xref: /dports/devel/gitlab-shell/gitlab-shell-65b8ec55bebd0aea64ac52b9878bafcc2ad992d3/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glue/api.go

// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT.

package glue

import (
	"fmt"
	"time"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/jsonrpc"
)

const opBatchCreatePartition = "BatchCreatePartition"

// BatchCreatePartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the BatchCreatePartition operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See BatchCreatePartition for more information on using the BatchCreatePartition
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the BatchCreatePartitionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.BatchCreatePartitionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchCreatePartition
func (c *Glue) BatchCreatePartitionRequest(input *BatchCreatePartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchCreatePartitionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opBatchCreatePartition,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &BatchCreatePartitionInput{}
	}

	output = &BatchCreatePartitionOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// BatchCreatePartition API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates one or more partitions in a batch operation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation BatchCreatePartition for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * AlreadyExistsException
//   A resource to be created or added already exists.
//
//   * ResourceNumberLimitExceededException
//   A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchCreatePartition
func (c *Glue) BatchCreatePartition(input *BatchCreatePartitionInput) (*BatchCreatePartitionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.BatchCreatePartitionRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// BatchCreatePartitionWithContext is the same as BatchCreatePartition with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See BatchCreatePartition for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) BatchCreatePartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchCreatePartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchCreatePartitionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.BatchCreatePartitionRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opBatchDeleteConnection = "BatchDeleteConnection"

// BatchDeleteConnectionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the BatchDeleteConnection operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See BatchDeleteConnection for more information on using the BatchDeleteConnection
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the BatchDeleteConnectionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.BatchDeleteConnectionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeleteConnection
func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteConnectionRequest(input *BatchDeleteConnectionInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchDeleteConnectionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opBatchDeleteConnection,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &BatchDeleteConnectionInput{}
	}

	output = &BatchDeleteConnectionOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// BatchDeleteConnection API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Deletes a list of connection definitions from the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation BatchDeleteConnection for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeleteConnection
func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteConnection(input *BatchDeleteConnectionInput) (*BatchDeleteConnectionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.BatchDeleteConnectionRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// BatchDeleteConnectionWithContext is the same as BatchDeleteConnection with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See BatchDeleteConnection for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteConnectionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchDeleteConnectionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchDeleteConnectionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.BatchDeleteConnectionRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opBatchDeletePartition = "BatchDeletePartition"

// BatchDeletePartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the BatchDeletePartition operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See BatchDeletePartition for more information on using the BatchDeletePartition
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the BatchDeletePartitionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.BatchDeletePartitionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeletePartition
func (c *Glue) BatchDeletePartitionRequest(input *BatchDeletePartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchDeletePartitionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opBatchDeletePartition,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &BatchDeletePartitionInput{}
	}

	output = &BatchDeletePartitionOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// BatchDeletePartition API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Deletes one or more partitions in a batch operation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation BatchDeletePartition for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeletePartition
func (c *Glue) BatchDeletePartition(input *BatchDeletePartitionInput) (*BatchDeletePartitionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.BatchDeletePartitionRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// BatchDeletePartitionWithContext is the same as BatchDeletePartition with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See BatchDeletePartition for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) BatchDeletePartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchDeletePartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchDeletePartitionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.BatchDeletePartitionRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opBatchDeleteTable = "BatchDeleteTable"

// BatchDeleteTableRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the BatchDeleteTable operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See BatchDeleteTable for more information on using the BatchDeleteTable
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the BatchDeleteTableRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.BatchDeleteTableRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeleteTable
func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteTableRequest(input *BatchDeleteTableInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchDeleteTableOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opBatchDeleteTable,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &BatchDeleteTableInput{}
	}

	output = &BatchDeleteTableOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// BatchDeleteTable API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Deletes multiple tables at once.
//
// After completing this operation, you no longer have access to the table versions
// and partitions that belong to the deleted table. AWS Glue deletes these "orphaned"
// resources asynchronously in a timely manner, at the discretion of the service.
//
// To ensure the immediate deletion of all related resources, before calling
// BatchDeleteTable, use DeleteTableVersion or BatchDeleteTableVersion, and
// DeletePartition or BatchDeletePartition, to delete any resources that belong
// to the table.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation BatchDeleteTable for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeleteTable
func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteTable(input *BatchDeleteTableInput) (*BatchDeleteTableOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.BatchDeleteTableRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// BatchDeleteTableWithContext is the same as BatchDeleteTable with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See BatchDeleteTable for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchDeleteTableInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchDeleteTableOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.BatchDeleteTableRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opBatchDeleteTableVersion = "BatchDeleteTableVersion"

// BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the BatchDeleteTableVersion operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See BatchDeleteTableVersion for more information on using the BatchDeleteTableVersion
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeleteTableVersion
func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest(input *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opBatchDeleteTableVersion,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &BatchDeleteTableVersionInput{}
	}

	output = &BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// BatchDeleteTableVersion API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Deletes a specified batch of versions of a table.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation BatchDeleteTableVersion for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeleteTableVersion
func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteTableVersion(input *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) (*BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// BatchDeleteTableVersionWithContext is the same as BatchDeleteTableVersion with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See BatchDeleteTableVersion for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteTableVersionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opBatchGetCrawlers = "BatchGetCrawlers"

// BatchGetCrawlersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the BatchGetCrawlers operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See BatchGetCrawlers for more information on using the BatchGetCrawlers
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the BatchGetCrawlersRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.BatchGetCrawlersRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetCrawlers
func (c *Glue) BatchGetCrawlersRequest(input *BatchGetCrawlersInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchGetCrawlersOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opBatchGetCrawlers,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &BatchGetCrawlersInput{}
	}

	output = &BatchGetCrawlersOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// BatchGetCrawlers API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of crawler names. After
// calling the ListCrawlers operation, you can call this operation to access
// the data to which you have been granted permissions. This operation supports
// all IAM permissions, including permission conditions that uses tags.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation BatchGetCrawlers for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetCrawlers
func (c *Glue) BatchGetCrawlers(input *BatchGetCrawlersInput) (*BatchGetCrawlersOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.BatchGetCrawlersRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// BatchGetCrawlersWithContext is the same as BatchGetCrawlers with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See BatchGetCrawlers for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) BatchGetCrawlersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchGetCrawlersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchGetCrawlersOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.BatchGetCrawlersRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opBatchGetDevEndpoints = "BatchGetDevEndpoints"

// BatchGetDevEndpointsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the BatchGetDevEndpoints operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See BatchGetDevEndpoints for more information on using the BatchGetDevEndpoints
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the BatchGetDevEndpointsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.BatchGetDevEndpointsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetDevEndpoints
func (c *Glue) BatchGetDevEndpointsRequest(input *BatchGetDevEndpointsInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opBatchGetDevEndpoints,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &BatchGetDevEndpointsInput{}
	}

	output = &BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// BatchGetDevEndpoints API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of development endpoint
// names. After calling the ListDevEndpoints operation, you can call this operation
// to access the data to which you have been granted permissions. This operation
// supports all IAM permissions, including permission conditions that uses tags.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation BatchGetDevEndpoints for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * AccessDeniedException
//   Access to a resource was denied.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetDevEndpoints
func (c *Glue) BatchGetDevEndpoints(input *BatchGetDevEndpointsInput) (*BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.BatchGetDevEndpointsRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// BatchGetDevEndpointsWithContext is the same as BatchGetDevEndpoints with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See BatchGetDevEndpoints for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) BatchGetDevEndpointsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchGetDevEndpointsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.BatchGetDevEndpointsRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opBatchGetJobs = "BatchGetJobs"

// BatchGetJobsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the BatchGetJobs operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See BatchGetJobs for more information on using the BatchGetJobs
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the BatchGetJobsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.BatchGetJobsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetJobs
func (c *Glue) BatchGetJobsRequest(input *BatchGetJobsInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchGetJobsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opBatchGetJobs,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &BatchGetJobsInput{}
	}

	output = &BatchGetJobsOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// BatchGetJobs API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of job names. After
// calling the ListJobs operation, you can call this operation to access the
// data to which you have been granted permissions. This operation supports
// all IAM permissions, including permission conditions that uses tags.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation BatchGetJobs for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetJobs
func (c *Glue) BatchGetJobs(input *BatchGetJobsInput) (*BatchGetJobsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.BatchGetJobsRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// BatchGetJobsWithContext is the same as BatchGetJobs with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See BatchGetJobs for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) BatchGetJobsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchGetJobsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchGetJobsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.BatchGetJobsRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opBatchGetPartition = "BatchGetPartition"

// BatchGetPartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the BatchGetPartition operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See BatchGetPartition for more information on using the BatchGetPartition
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the BatchGetPartitionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.BatchGetPartitionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetPartition
func (c *Glue) BatchGetPartitionRequest(input *BatchGetPartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchGetPartitionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opBatchGetPartition,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &BatchGetPartitionInput{}
	}

	output = &BatchGetPartitionOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// BatchGetPartition API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves partitions in a batch request.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation BatchGetPartition for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetPartition
func (c *Glue) BatchGetPartition(input *BatchGetPartitionInput) (*BatchGetPartitionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.BatchGetPartitionRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// BatchGetPartitionWithContext is the same as BatchGetPartition with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See BatchGetPartition for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) BatchGetPartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchGetPartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchGetPartitionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.BatchGetPartitionRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opBatchGetTriggers = "BatchGetTriggers"

// BatchGetTriggersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the BatchGetTriggers operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See BatchGetTriggers for more information on using the BatchGetTriggers
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the BatchGetTriggersRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.BatchGetTriggersRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetTriggers
func (c *Glue) BatchGetTriggersRequest(input *BatchGetTriggersInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchGetTriggersOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opBatchGetTriggers,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &BatchGetTriggersInput{}
	}

	output = &BatchGetTriggersOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// BatchGetTriggers API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of trigger names. After
// calling the ListTriggers operation, you can call this operation to access
// the data to which you have been granted permissions. This operation supports
// all IAM permissions, including permission conditions that uses tags.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation BatchGetTriggers for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetTriggers
func (c *Glue) BatchGetTriggers(input *BatchGetTriggersInput) (*BatchGetTriggersOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.BatchGetTriggersRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// BatchGetTriggersWithContext is the same as BatchGetTriggers with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See BatchGetTriggers for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) BatchGetTriggersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchGetTriggersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchGetTriggersOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.BatchGetTriggersRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opBatchGetWorkflows = "BatchGetWorkflows"

// BatchGetWorkflowsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the BatchGetWorkflows operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See BatchGetWorkflows for more information on using the BatchGetWorkflows
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the BatchGetWorkflowsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.BatchGetWorkflowsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetWorkflows
func (c *Glue) BatchGetWorkflowsRequest(input *BatchGetWorkflowsInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchGetWorkflowsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opBatchGetWorkflows,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &BatchGetWorkflowsInput{}
	}

	output = &BatchGetWorkflowsOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// BatchGetWorkflows API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of workflow names. After
// calling the ListWorkflows operation, you can call this operation to access
// the data to which you have been granted permissions. This operation supports
// all IAM permissions, including permission conditions that uses tags.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation BatchGetWorkflows for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetWorkflows
func (c *Glue) BatchGetWorkflows(input *BatchGetWorkflowsInput) (*BatchGetWorkflowsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.BatchGetWorkflowsRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// BatchGetWorkflowsWithContext is the same as BatchGetWorkflows with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See BatchGetWorkflows for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) BatchGetWorkflowsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchGetWorkflowsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchGetWorkflowsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.BatchGetWorkflowsRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opBatchStopJobRun = "BatchStopJobRun"

// BatchStopJobRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the BatchStopJobRun operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See BatchStopJobRun for more information on using the BatchStopJobRun
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the BatchStopJobRunRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.BatchStopJobRunRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchStopJobRun
func (c *Glue) BatchStopJobRunRequest(input *BatchStopJobRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchStopJobRunOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opBatchStopJobRun,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &BatchStopJobRunInput{}
	}

	output = &BatchStopJobRunOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// BatchStopJobRun API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Stops one or more job runs for a specified job definition.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation BatchStopJobRun for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchStopJobRun
func (c *Glue) BatchStopJobRun(input *BatchStopJobRunInput) (*BatchStopJobRunOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.BatchStopJobRunRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// BatchStopJobRunWithContext is the same as BatchStopJobRun with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See BatchStopJobRun for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) BatchStopJobRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchStopJobRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchStopJobRunOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.BatchStopJobRunRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opBatchUpdatePartition = "BatchUpdatePartition"

// BatchUpdatePartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the BatchUpdatePartition operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See BatchUpdatePartition for more information on using the BatchUpdatePartition
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the BatchUpdatePartitionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.BatchUpdatePartitionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchUpdatePartition
func (c *Glue) BatchUpdatePartitionRequest(input *BatchUpdatePartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchUpdatePartitionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opBatchUpdatePartition,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &BatchUpdatePartitionInput{}
	}

	output = &BatchUpdatePartitionOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// BatchUpdatePartition API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Updates one or more partitions in a batch operation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation BatchUpdatePartition for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchUpdatePartition
func (c *Glue) BatchUpdatePartition(input *BatchUpdatePartitionInput) (*BatchUpdatePartitionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.BatchUpdatePartitionRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// BatchUpdatePartitionWithContext is the same as BatchUpdatePartition with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See BatchUpdatePartition for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) BatchUpdatePartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchUpdatePartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchUpdatePartitionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.BatchUpdatePartitionRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opCancelMLTaskRun = "CancelMLTaskRun"

// CancelMLTaskRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CancelMLTaskRun operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CancelMLTaskRun for more information on using the CancelMLTaskRun
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CancelMLTaskRunRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CancelMLTaskRunRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CancelMLTaskRun
func (c *Glue) CancelMLTaskRunRequest(input *CancelMLTaskRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *CancelMLTaskRunOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCancelMLTaskRun,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CancelMLTaskRunInput{}
	}

	output = &CancelMLTaskRunOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// CancelMLTaskRun API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Cancels (stops) a task run. Machine learning task runs are asynchronous tasks
// that AWS Glue runs on your behalf as part of various machine learning workflows.
// You can cancel a machine learning task run at any time by calling CancelMLTaskRun
// with a task run's parent transform's TransformID and the task run's TaskRunId.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation CancelMLTaskRun for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CancelMLTaskRun
func (c *Glue) CancelMLTaskRun(input *CancelMLTaskRunInput) (*CancelMLTaskRunOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CancelMLTaskRunRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// CancelMLTaskRunWithContext is the same as CancelMLTaskRun with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CancelMLTaskRun for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) CancelMLTaskRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CancelMLTaskRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CancelMLTaskRunOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CancelMLTaskRunRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opCheckSchemaVersionValidity = "CheckSchemaVersionValidity"

// CheckSchemaVersionValidityRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CheckSchemaVersionValidity operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CheckSchemaVersionValidity for more information on using the CheckSchemaVersionValidity
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CheckSchemaVersionValidityRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CheckSchemaVersionValidityRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CheckSchemaVersionValidity
func (c *Glue) CheckSchemaVersionValidityRequest(input *CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput) (req *request.Request, output *CheckSchemaVersionValidityOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCheckSchemaVersionValidity,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput{}
	}

	output = &CheckSchemaVersionValidityOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// CheckSchemaVersionValidity API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Validates the supplied schema. This call has no side effects, it simply validates
// using the supplied schema using DataFormat as the format. Since it does not
// take a schema set name, no compatibility checks are performed.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation CheckSchemaVersionValidity for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * AccessDeniedException
//   Access to a resource was denied.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CheckSchemaVersionValidity
func (c *Glue) CheckSchemaVersionValidity(input *CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput) (*CheckSchemaVersionValidityOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CheckSchemaVersionValidityRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// CheckSchemaVersionValidityWithContext is the same as CheckSchemaVersionValidity with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CheckSchemaVersionValidity for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) CheckSchemaVersionValidityWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CheckSchemaVersionValidityOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CheckSchemaVersionValidityRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opCreateClassifier = "CreateClassifier"

// CreateClassifierRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateClassifier operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateClassifier for more information on using the CreateClassifier
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CreateClassifierRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CreateClassifierRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateClassifier
func (c *Glue) CreateClassifierRequest(input *CreateClassifierInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateClassifierOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreateClassifier,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreateClassifierInput{}
	}

	output = &CreateClassifierOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// CreateClassifier API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates a classifier in the user's account. This can be a GrokClassifier,
// an XMLClassifier, a JsonClassifier, or a CsvClassifier, depending on which
// field of the request is present.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation CreateClassifier for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * AlreadyExistsException
//   A resource to be created or added already exists.
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateClassifier
func (c *Glue) CreateClassifier(input *CreateClassifierInput) (*CreateClassifierOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateClassifierRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// CreateClassifierWithContext is the same as CreateClassifier with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateClassifier for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) CreateClassifierWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateClassifierInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateClassifierOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateClassifierRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opCreateConnection = "CreateConnection"

// CreateConnectionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateConnection operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateConnection for more information on using the CreateConnection
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CreateConnectionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CreateConnectionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateConnection
func (c *Glue) CreateConnectionRequest(input *CreateConnectionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateConnectionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreateConnection,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreateConnectionInput{}
	}

	output = &CreateConnectionOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// CreateConnection API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates a connection definition in the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation CreateConnection for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * AlreadyExistsException
//   A resource to be created or added already exists.
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * ResourceNumberLimitExceededException
//   A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateConnection
func (c *Glue) CreateConnection(input *CreateConnectionInput) (*CreateConnectionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateConnectionRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// CreateConnectionWithContext is the same as CreateConnection with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateConnection for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) CreateConnectionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateConnectionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateConnectionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateConnectionRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opCreateCrawler = "CreateCrawler"

// CreateCrawlerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateCrawler operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateCrawler for more information on using the CreateCrawler
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CreateCrawlerRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CreateCrawlerRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateCrawler
func (c *Glue) CreateCrawlerRequest(input *CreateCrawlerInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateCrawlerOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreateCrawler,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreateCrawlerInput{}
	}

	output = &CreateCrawlerOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// CreateCrawler API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates a new crawler with specified targets, role, configuration, and optional
// schedule. At least one crawl target must be specified, in the s3Targets field,
// the jdbcTargets field, or the DynamoDBTargets field.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation CreateCrawler for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * AlreadyExistsException
//   A resource to be created or added already exists.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * ResourceNumberLimitExceededException
//   A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateCrawler
func (c *Glue) CreateCrawler(input *CreateCrawlerInput) (*CreateCrawlerOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateCrawlerRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// CreateCrawlerWithContext is the same as CreateCrawler with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateCrawler for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) CreateCrawlerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateCrawlerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateCrawlerOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateCrawlerRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opCreateDatabase = "CreateDatabase"

// CreateDatabaseRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateDatabase operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateDatabase for more information on using the CreateDatabase
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CreateDatabaseRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CreateDatabaseRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateDatabase
func (c *Glue) CreateDatabaseRequest(input *CreateDatabaseInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDatabaseOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreateDatabase,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreateDatabaseInput{}
	}

	output = &CreateDatabaseOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// CreateDatabase API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates a new database in a Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation CreateDatabase for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * AlreadyExistsException
//   A resource to be created or added already exists.
//
//   * ResourceNumberLimitExceededException
//   A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateDatabase
func (c *Glue) CreateDatabase(input *CreateDatabaseInput) (*CreateDatabaseOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateDatabaseRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// CreateDatabaseWithContext is the same as CreateDatabase with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateDatabase for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) CreateDatabaseWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDatabaseInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDatabaseOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateDatabaseRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opCreateDevEndpoint = "CreateDevEndpoint"

// CreateDevEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateDevEndpoint operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateDevEndpoint for more information on using the CreateDevEndpoint
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CreateDevEndpointRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CreateDevEndpointRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateDevEndpoint
func (c *Glue) CreateDevEndpointRequest(input *CreateDevEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDevEndpointOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreateDevEndpoint,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreateDevEndpointInput{}
	}

	output = &CreateDevEndpointOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// CreateDevEndpoint API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates a new development endpoint.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation CreateDevEndpoint for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * AccessDeniedException
//   Access to a resource was denied.
//
//   * AlreadyExistsException
//   A resource to be created or added already exists.
//
//   * IdempotentParameterMismatchException
//   The same unique identifier was associated with two different records.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * ValidationException
//   A value could not be validated.
//
//   * ResourceNumberLimitExceededException
//   A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateDevEndpoint
func (c *Glue) CreateDevEndpoint(input *CreateDevEndpointInput) (*CreateDevEndpointOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateDevEndpointRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// CreateDevEndpointWithContext is the same as CreateDevEndpoint with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateDevEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) CreateDevEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDevEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDevEndpointOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateDevEndpointRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opCreateJob = "CreateJob"

// CreateJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateJob operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateJob for more information on using the CreateJob
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CreateJobRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CreateJobRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateJob
func (c *Glue) CreateJobRequest(input *CreateJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateJobOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreateJob,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreateJobInput{}
	}

	output = &CreateJobOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// CreateJob API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates a new job definition.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation CreateJob for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * IdempotentParameterMismatchException
//   The same unique identifier was associated with two different records.
//
//   * AlreadyExistsException
//   A resource to be created or added already exists.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * ResourceNumberLimitExceededException
//   A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
//   * ConcurrentModificationException
//   Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateJob
func (c *Glue) CreateJob(input *CreateJobInput) (*CreateJobOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateJobRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// CreateJobWithContext is the same as CreateJob with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateJob for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) CreateJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateJobOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateJobRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opCreateMLTransform = "CreateMLTransform"

// CreateMLTransformRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateMLTransform operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateMLTransform for more information on using the CreateMLTransform
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CreateMLTransformRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CreateMLTransformRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateMLTransform
func (c *Glue) CreateMLTransformRequest(input *CreateMLTransformInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateMLTransformOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreateMLTransform,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreateMLTransformInput{}
	}

	output = &CreateMLTransformOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// CreateMLTransform API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates an AWS Glue machine learning transform. This operation creates the
// transform and all the necessary parameters to train it.
//
// Call this operation as the first step in the process of using a machine learning
// transform (such as the FindMatches transform) for deduplicating data. You
// can provide an optional Description, in addition to the parameters that you
// want to use for your algorithm.
//
// You must also specify certain parameters for the tasks that AWS Glue runs
// on your behalf as part of learning from your data and creating a high-quality
// machine learning transform. These parameters include Role, and optionally,
// AllocatedCapacity, Timeout, and MaxRetries. For more information, see Jobs
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-api-jobs-job.html).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation CreateMLTransform for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * AlreadyExistsException
//   A resource to be created or added already exists.
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * AccessDeniedException
//   Access to a resource was denied.
//
//   * ResourceNumberLimitExceededException
//   A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
//   * IdempotentParameterMismatchException
//   The same unique identifier was associated with two different records.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateMLTransform
func (c *Glue) CreateMLTransform(input *CreateMLTransformInput) (*CreateMLTransformOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateMLTransformRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// CreateMLTransformWithContext is the same as CreateMLTransform with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateMLTransform for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) CreateMLTransformWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateMLTransformInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateMLTransformOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateMLTransformRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opCreatePartition = "CreatePartition"

// CreatePartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreatePartition operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreatePartition for more information on using the CreatePartition
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CreatePartitionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CreatePartitionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreatePartition
func (c *Glue) CreatePartitionRequest(input *CreatePartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreatePartitionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreatePartition,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreatePartitionInput{}
	}

	output = &CreatePartitionOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// CreatePartition API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates a new partition.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation CreatePartition for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * AlreadyExistsException
//   A resource to be created or added already exists.
//
//   * ResourceNumberLimitExceededException
//   A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreatePartition
func (c *Glue) CreatePartition(input *CreatePartitionInput) (*CreatePartitionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreatePartitionRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// CreatePartitionWithContext is the same as CreatePartition with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreatePartition for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) CreatePartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreatePartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreatePartitionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreatePartitionRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opCreatePartitionIndex = "CreatePartitionIndex"

// CreatePartitionIndexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreatePartitionIndex operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreatePartitionIndex for more information on using the CreatePartitionIndex
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CreatePartitionIndexRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CreatePartitionIndexRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreatePartitionIndex
func (c *Glue) CreatePartitionIndexRequest(input *CreatePartitionIndexInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreatePartitionIndexOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreatePartitionIndex,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreatePartitionIndexInput{}
	}

	output = &CreatePartitionIndexOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// CreatePartitionIndex API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates a specified partition index in an existing table.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation CreatePartitionIndex for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * AlreadyExistsException
//   A resource to be created or added already exists.
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * ResourceNumberLimitExceededException
//   A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreatePartitionIndex
func (c *Glue) CreatePartitionIndex(input *CreatePartitionIndexInput) (*CreatePartitionIndexOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreatePartitionIndexRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// CreatePartitionIndexWithContext is the same as CreatePartitionIndex with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreatePartitionIndex for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) CreatePartitionIndexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreatePartitionIndexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreatePartitionIndexOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreatePartitionIndexRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opCreateRegistry = "CreateRegistry"

// CreateRegistryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateRegistry operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateRegistry for more information on using the CreateRegistry
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CreateRegistryRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CreateRegistryRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateRegistry
func (c *Glue) CreateRegistryRequest(input *CreateRegistryInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateRegistryOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreateRegistry,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreateRegistryInput{}
	}

	output = &CreateRegistryOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// CreateRegistry API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates a new registry which may be used to hold a collection of schemas.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation CreateRegistry for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * AccessDeniedException
//   Access to a resource was denied.
//
//   * AlreadyExistsException
//   A resource to be created or added already exists.
//
//   * ResourceNumberLimitExceededException
//   A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateRegistry
func (c *Glue) CreateRegistry(input *CreateRegistryInput) (*CreateRegistryOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateRegistryRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// CreateRegistryWithContext is the same as CreateRegistry with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateRegistry for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) CreateRegistryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateRegistryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateRegistryOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateRegistryRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opCreateSchema = "CreateSchema"

// CreateSchemaRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateSchema operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateSchema for more information on using the CreateSchema
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CreateSchemaRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CreateSchemaRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateSchema
func (c *Glue) CreateSchemaRequest(input *CreateSchemaInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateSchemaOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreateSchema,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreateSchemaInput{}
	}

	output = &CreateSchemaOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// CreateSchema API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates a new schema set and registers the schema definition. Returns an
// error if the schema set already exists without actually registering the version.
//
// When the schema set is created, a version checkpoint will be set to the first
// version. Compatibility mode "DISABLED" restricts any additional schema versions
// from being added after the first schema version. For all other compatibility
// modes, validation of compatibility settings will be applied only from the
// second version onwards when the RegisterSchemaVersion API is used.
//
// When this API is called without a RegistryId, this will create an entry for
// a "default-registry" in the registry database tables, if it is not already
// present.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation CreateSchema for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * AccessDeniedException
//   Access to a resource was denied.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * AlreadyExistsException
//   A resource to be created or added already exists.
//
//   * ResourceNumberLimitExceededException
//   A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateSchema
func (c *Glue) CreateSchema(input *CreateSchemaInput) (*CreateSchemaOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateSchemaRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// CreateSchemaWithContext is the same as CreateSchema with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateSchema for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) CreateSchemaWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateSchemaInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateSchemaOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateSchemaRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opCreateScript = "CreateScript"

// CreateScriptRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateScript operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateScript for more information on using the CreateScript
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CreateScriptRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CreateScriptRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateScript
func (c *Glue) CreateScriptRequest(input *CreateScriptInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateScriptOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreateScript,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreateScriptInput{}
	}

	output = &CreateScriptOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// CreateScript API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Transforms a directed acyclic graph (DAG) into code.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation CreateScript for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateScript
func (c *Glue) CreateScript(input *CreateScriptInput) (*CreateScriptOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateScriptRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// CreateScriptWithContext is the same as CreateScript with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateScript for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) CreateScriptWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateScriptInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateScriptOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateScriptRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opCreateSecurityConfiguration = "CreateSecurityConfiguration"

// CreateSecurityConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateSecurityConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateSecurityConfiguration for more information on using the CreateSecurityConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CreateSecurityConfigurationRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CreateSecurityConfigurationRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateSecurityConfiguration
func (c *Glue) CreateSecurityConfigurationRequest(input *CreateSecurityConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreateSecurityConfiguration,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreateSecurityConfigurationInput{}
	}

	output = &CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// CreateSecurityConfiguration API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates a new security configuration. A security configuration is a set of
// security properties that can be used by AWS Glue. You can use a security
// configuration to encrypt data at rest. For information about using security
// configurations in AWS Glue, see Encrypting Data Written by Crawlers, Jobs,
// and Development Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/encryption-security-configuration.html).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation CreateSecurityConfiguration for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * AlreadyExistsException
//   A resource to be created or added already exists.
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * ResourceNumberLimitExceededException
//   A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateSecurityConfiguration
func (c *Glue) CreateSecurityConfiguration(input *CreateSecurityConfigurationInput) (*CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateSecurityConfigurationRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// CreateSecurityConfigurationWithContext is the same as CreateSecurityConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateSecurityConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) CreateSecurityConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateSecurityConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateSecurityConfigurationRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opCreateTable = "CreateTable"

// CreateTableRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateTable operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateTable for more information on using the CreateTable
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CreateTableRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CreateTableRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateTable
func (c *Glue) CreateTableRequest(input *CreateTableInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateTableOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreateTable,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreateTableInput{}
	}

	output = &CreateTableOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// CreateTable API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates a new table definition in the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation CreateTable for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * AlreadyExistsException
//   A resource to be created or added already exists.
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * ResourceNumberLimitExceededException
//   A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateTable
func (c *Glue) CreateTable(input *CreateTableInput) (*CreateTableOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateTableRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// CreateTableWithContext is the same as CreateTable with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateTable for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) CreateTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateTableInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateTableOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateTableRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opCreateTrigger = "CreateTrigger"

// CreateTriggerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateTrigger operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateTrigger for more information on using the CreateTrigger
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CreateTriggerRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CreateTriggerRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateTrigger
func (c *Glue) CreateTriggerRequest(input *CreateTriggerInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateTriggerOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreateTrigger,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreateTriggerInput{}
	}

	output = &CreateTriggerOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// CreateTrigger API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates a new trigger.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation CreateTrigger for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * AlreadyExistsException
//   A resource to be created or added already exists.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * IdempotentParameterMismatchException
//   The same unique identifier was associated with two different records.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * ResourceNumberLimitExceededException
//   A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
//   * ConcurrentModificationException
//   Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateTrigger
func (c *Glue) CreateTrigger(input *CreateTriggerInput) (*CreateTriggerOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateTriggerRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// CreateTriggerWithContext is the same as CreateTrigger with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateTrigger for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) CreateTriggerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateTriggerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateTriggerOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateTriggerRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opCreateUserDefinedFunction = "CreateUserDefinedFunction"

// CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateUserDefinedFunction operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateUserDefinedFunction for more information on using the CreateUserDefinedFunction
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateUserDefinedFunction
func (c *Glue) CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreateUserDefinedFunction,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput{}
	}

	output = &CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// CreateUserDefinedFunction API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates a new function definition in the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation CreateUserDefinedFunction for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * AlreadyExistsException
//   A resource to be created or added already exists.
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * ResourceNumberLimitExceededException
//   A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateUserDefinedFunction
func (c *Glue) CreateUserDefinedFunction(input *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) (*CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// CreateUserDefinedFunctionWithContext is the same as CreateUserDefinedFunction with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateUserDefinedFunction for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) CreateUserDefinedFunctionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opCreateWorkflow = "CreateWorkflow"

// CreateWorkflowRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateWorkflow operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateWorkflow for more information on using the CreateWorkflow
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CreateWorkflowRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CreateWorkflowRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateWorkflow
func (c *Glue) CreateWorkflowRequest(input *CreateWorkflowInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateWorkflowOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreateWorkflow,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreateWorkflowInput{}
	}

	output = &CreateWorkflowOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// CreateWorkflow API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates a new workflow.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation CreateWorkflow for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * AlreadyExistsException
//   A resource to be created or added already exists.
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * ResourceNumberLimitExceededException
//   A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
//   * ConcurrentModificationException
//   Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateWorkflow
func (c *Glue) CreateWorkflow(input *CreateWorkflowInput) (*CreateWorkflowOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateWorkflowRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// CreateWorkflowWithContext is the same as CreateWorkflow with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateWorkflow for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) CreateWorkflowWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateWorkflowInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateWorkflowOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateWorkflowRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteClassifier = "DeleteClassifier"

// DeleteClassifierRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteClassifier operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteClassifier for more information on using the DeleteClassifier
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteClassifierRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteClassifierRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteClassifier
func (c *Glue) DeleteClassifierRequest(input *DeleteClassifierInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteClassifierOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteClassifier,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteClassifierInput{}
	}

	output = &DeleteClassifierOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// DeleteClassifier API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Removes a classifier from the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeleteClassifier for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteClassifier
func (c *Glue) DeleteClassifier(input *DeleteClassifierInput) (*DeleteClassifierOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteClassifierRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteClassifierWithContext is the same as DeleteClassifier with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteClassifier for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeleteClassifierWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteClassifierInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteClassifierOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteClassifierRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteColumnStatisticsForPartition = "DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartition"

// DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartition operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartition for more information on using the DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartition
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartition
func (c *Glue) DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest(input *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteColumnStatisticsForPartition,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput{}
	}

	output = &DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartition API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Delete the partition column statistics of a column.
//
// The Identity and Access Management (IAM) permission required for this operation
// is DeletePartition.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartition for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartition
func (c *Glue) DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartition(input *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) (*DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionWithContext is the same as DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartition with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartition for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteColumnStatisticsForTable = "DeleteColumnStatisticsForTable"

// DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteColumnStatisticsForTable operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteColumnStatisticsForTable for more information on using the DeleteColumnStatisticsForTable
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteColumnStatisticsForTable
func (c *Glue) DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableRequest(input *DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteColumnStatisticsForTable,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput{}
	}

	output = &DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// DeleteColumnStatisticsForTable API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves table statistics of columns.
//
// The Identity and Access Management (IAM) permission required for this operation
// is DeleteTable.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeleteColumnStatisticsForTable for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteColumnStatisticsForTable
func (c *Glue) DeleteColumnStatisticsForTable(input *DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput) (*DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableWithContext is the same as DeleteColumnStatisticsForTable with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteColumnStatisticsForTable for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteConnection = "DeleteConnection"

// DeleteConnectionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteConnection operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteConnection for more information on using the DeleteConnection
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteConnectionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteConnectionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteConnection
func (c *Glue) DeleteConnectionRequest(input *DeleteConnectionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteConnectionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteConnection,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteConnectionInput{}
	}

	output = &DeleteConnectionOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// DeleteConnection API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Deletes a connection from the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeleteConnection for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteConnection
func (c *Glue) DeleteConnection(input *DeleteConnectionInput) (*DeleteConnectionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteConnectionRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteConnectionWithContext is the same as DeleteConnection with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteConnection for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeleteConnectionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteConnectionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteConnectionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteConnectionRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteCrawler = "DeleteCrawler"

// DeleteCrawlerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteCrawler operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteCrawler for more information on using the DeleteCrawler
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteCrawlerRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteCrawlerRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteCrawler
func (c *Glue) DeleteCrawlerRequest(input *DeleteCrawlerInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteCrawlerOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteCrawler,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteCrawlerInput{}
	}

	output = &DeleteCrawlerOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// DeleteCrawler API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Removes a specified crawler from the AWS Glue Data Catalog, unless the crawler
// state is RUNNING.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeleteCrawler for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * CrawlerRunningException
//   The operation cannot be performed because the crawler is already running.
//
//   * SchedulerTransitioningException
//   The specified scheduler is transitioning.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteCrawler
func (c *Glue) DeleteCrawler(input *DeleteCrawlerInput) (*DeleteCrawlerOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteCrawlerRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteCrawlerWithContext is the same as DeleteCrawler with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteCrawler for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeleteCrawlerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteCrawlerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteCrawlerOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteCrawlerRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteDatabase = "DeleteDatabase"

// DeleteDatabaseRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteDatabase operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteDatabase for more information on using the DeleteDatabase
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteDatabaseRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteDatabaseRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteDatabase
func (c *Glue) DeleteDatabaseRequest(input *DeleteDatabaseInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDatabaseOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteDatabase,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteDatabaseInput{}
	}

	output = &DeleteDatabaseOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// DeleteDatabase API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Removes a specified database from a Data Catalog.
//
// After completing this operation, you no longer have access to the tables
// (and all table versions and partitions that might belong to the tables) and
// the user-defined functions in the deleted database. AWS Glue deletes these
// "orphaned" resources asynchronously in a timely manner, at the discretion
// of the service.
//
// To ensure the immediate deletion of all related resources, before calling
// DeleteDatabase, use DeleteTableVersion or BatchDeleteTableVersion, DeletePartition
// or BatchDeletePartition, DeleteUserDefinedFunction, and DeleteTable or BatchDeleteTable,
// to delete any resources that belong to the database.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeleteDatabase for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteDatabase
func (c *Glue) DeleteDatabase(input *DeleteDatabaseInput) (*DeleteDatabaseOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteDatabaseRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteDatabaseWithContext is the same as DeleteDatabase with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteDatabase for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeleteDatabaseWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDatabaseInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDatabaseOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteDatabaseRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteDevEndpoint = "DeleteDevEndpoint"

// DeleteDevEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteDevEndpoint operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteDevEndpoint for more information on using the DeleteDevEndpoint
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteDevEndpointRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteDevEndpointRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteDevEndpoint
func (c *Glue) DeleteDevEndpointRequest(input *DeleteDevEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDevEndpointOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteDevEndpoint,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteDevEndpointInput{}
	}

	output = &DeleteDevEndpointOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// DeleteDevEndpoint API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Deletes a specified development endpoint.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeleteDevEndpoint for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteDevEndpoint
func (c *Glue) DeleteDevEndpoint(input *DeleteDevEndpointInput) (*DeleteDevEndpointOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteDevEndpointRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteDevEndpointWithContext is the same as DeleteDevEndpoint with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteDevEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeleteDevEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDevEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDevEndpointOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteDevEndpointRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteJob = "DeleteJob"

// DeleteJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteJob operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteJob for more information on using the DeleteJob
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteJobRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteJobRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteJob
func (c *Glue) DeleteJobRequest(input *DeleteJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteJobOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteJob,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteJobInput{}
	}

	output = &DeleteJobOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// DeleteJob API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Deletes a specified job definition. If the job definition is not found, no
// exception is thrown.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeleteJob for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteJob
func (c *Glue) DeleteJob(input *DeleteJobInput) (*DeleteJobOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteJobRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteJobWithContext is the same as DeleteJob with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteJob for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeleteJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteJobOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteJobRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteMLTransform = "DeleteMLTransform"

// DeleteMLTransformRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteMLTransform operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteMLTransform for more information on using the DeleteMLTransform
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteMLTransformRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteMLTransformRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteMLTransform
func (c *Glue) DeleteMLTransformRequest(input *DeleteMLTransformInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteMLTransformOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteMLTransform,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteMLTransformInput{}
	}

	output = &DeleteMLTransformOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// DeleteMLTransform API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Deletes an AWS Glue machine learning transform. Machine learning transforms
// are a special type of transform that use machine learning to learn the details
// of the transformation to be performed by learning from examples provided
// by humans. These transformations are then saved by AWS Glue. If you no longer
// need a transform, you can delete it by calling DeleteMLTransforms. However,
// any AWS Glue jobs that still reference the deleted transform will no longer
// succeed.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeleteMLTransform for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteMLTransform
func (c *Glue) DeleteMLTransform(input *DeleteMLTransformInput) (*DeleteMLTransformOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteMLTransformRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteMLTransformWithContext is the same as DeleteMLTransform with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteMLTransform for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeleteMLTransformWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteMLTransformInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteMLTransformOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteMLTransformRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeletePartition = "DeletePartition"

// DeletePartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeletePartition operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeletePartition for more information on using the DeletePartition
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeletePartitionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeletePartitionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeletePartition
func (c *Glue) DeletePartitionRequest(input *DeletePartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeletePartitionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeletePartition,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeletePartitionInput{}
	}

	output = &DeletePartitionOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// DeletePartition API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Deletes a specified partition.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeletePartition for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeletePartition
func (c *Glue) DeletePartition(input *DeletePartitionInput) (*DeletePartitionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeletePartitionRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// DeletePartitionWithContext is the same as DeletePartition with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeletePartition for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeletePartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeletePartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeletePartitionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeletePartitionRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeletePartitionIndex = "DeletePartitionIndex"

// DeletePartitionIndexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeletePartitionIndex operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeletePartitionIndex for more information on using the DeletePartitionIndex
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeletePartitionIndexRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeletePartitionIndexRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeletePartitionIndex
func (c *Glue) DeletePartitionIndexRequest(input *DeletePartitionIndexInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeletePartitionIndexOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeletePartitionIndex,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeletePartitionIndexInput{}
	}

	output = &DeletePartitionIndexOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// DeletePartitionIndex API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Deletes a specified partition index from an existing table.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeletePartitionIndex for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * ConflictException
//   The CreatePartitions API was called on a table that has indexes enabled.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeletePartitionIndex
func (c *Glue) DeletePartitionIndex(input *DeletePartitionIndexInput) (*DeletePartitionIndexOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeletePartitionIndexRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// DeletePartitionIndexWithContext is the same as DeletePartitionIndex with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeletePartitionIndex for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeletePartitionIndexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeletePartitionIndexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeletePartitionIndexOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeletePartitionIndexRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteRegistry = "DeleteRegistry"

// DeleteRegistryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteRegistry operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteRegistry for more information on using the DeleteRegistry
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteRegistryRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteRegistryRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteRegistry
func (c *Glue) DeleteRegistryRequest(input *DeleteRegistryInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteRegistryOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteRegistry,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteRegistryInput{}
	}

	output = &DeleteRegistryOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// DeleteRegistry API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Delete the entire registry including schema and all of its versions. To get
// the status of the delete operation, you can call the GetRegistry API after
// the asynchronous call. Deleting a registry will disable all online operations
// for the registry such as the UpdateRegistry, CreateSchema, UpdateSchema,
// and RegisterSchemaVersion APIs.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeleteRegistry for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * AccessDeniedException
//   Access to a resource was denied.
//
//   * ConcurrentModificationException
//   Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteRegistry
func (c *Glue) DeleteRegistry(input *DeleteRegistryInput) (*DeleteRegistryOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteRegistryRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteRegistryWithContext is the same as DeleteRegistry with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteRegistry for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeleteRegistryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteRegistryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteRegistryOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteRegistryRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteResourcePolicy = "DeleteResourcePolicy"

// DeleteResourcePolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteResourcePolicy operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteResourcePolicy for more information on using the DeleteResourcePolicy
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteResourcePolicyRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteResourcePolicyRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteResourcePolicy
func (c *Glue) DeleteResourcePolicyRequest(input *DeleteResourcePolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteResourcePolicyOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteResourcePolicy,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteResourcePolicyInput{}
	}

	output = &DeleteResourcePolicyOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// DeleteResourcePolicy API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Deletes a specified policy.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeleteResourcePolicy for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * ConditionCheckFailureException
//   A specified condition was not satisfied.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteResourcePolicy
func (c *Glue) DeleteResourcePolicy(input *DeleteResourcePolicyInput) (*DeleteResourcePolicyOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteResourcePolicyRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteResourcePolicyWithContext is the same as DeleteResourcePolicy with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteResourcePolicy for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeleteResourcePolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteResourcePolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteResourcePolicyOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteResourcePolicyRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteSchema = "DeleteSchema"

// DeleteSchemaRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteSchema operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteSchema for more information on using the DeleteSchema
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteSchemaRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteSchemaRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteSchema
func (c *Glue) DeleteSchemaRequest(input *DeleteSchemaInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteSchemaOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteSchema,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteSchemaInput{}
	}

	output = &DeleteSchemaOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// DeleteSchema API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Deletes the entire schema set, including the schema set and all of its versions.
// To get the status of the delete operation, you can call GetSchema API after
// the asynchronous call. Deleting a registry will disable all online operations
// for the schema, such as the GetSchemaByDefinition, and RegisterSchemaVersion
// APIs.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeleteSchema for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * AccessDeniedException
//   Access to a resource was denied.
//
//   * ConcurrentModificationException
//   Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteSchema
func (c *Glue) DeleteSchema(input *DeleteSchemaInput) (*DeleteSchemaOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteSchemaRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteSchemaWithContext is the same as DeleteSchema with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteSchema for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeleteSchemaWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteSchemaInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteSchemaOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteSchemaRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteSchemaVersions = "DeleteSchemaVersions"

// DeleteSchemaVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteSchemaVersions operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteSchemaVersions for more information on using the DeleteSchemaVersions
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteSchemaVersionsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteSchemaVersionsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteSchemaVersions
func (c *Glue) DeleteSchemaVersionsRequest(input *DeleteSchemaVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteSchemaVersionsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteSchemaVersions,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteSchemaVersionsInput{}
	}

	output = &DeleteSchemaVersionsOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// DeleteSchemaVersions API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Remove versions from the specified schema. A version number or range may
// be supplied. If the compatibility mode forbids deleting of a version that
// is necessary, such as BACKWARDS_FULL, an error is returned. Calling the GetSchemaVersions
// API after this call will list the status of the deleted versions.
//
// When the range of version numbers contain check pointed version, the API
// will return a 409 conflict and will not proceed with the deletion. You have
// to remove the checkpoint first using the DeleteSchemaCheckpoint API before
// using this API.
//
// You cannot use the DeleteSchemaVersions API to delete the first schema version
// in the schema set. The first schema version can only be deleted by the DeleteSchema
// API. This operation will also delete the attached SchemaVersionMetadata under
// the schema versions. Hard deletes will be enforced on the database.
//
// If the compatibility mode forbids deleting of a version that is necessary,
// such as BACKWARDS_FULL, an error is returned.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeleteSchemaVersions for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * AccessDeniedException
//   Access to a resource was denied.
//
//   * ConcurrentModificationException
//   Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteSchemaVersions
func (c *Glue) DeleteSchemaVersions(input *DeleteSchemaVersionsInput) (*DeleteSchemaVersionsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteSchemaVersionsRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteSchemaVersionsWithContext is the same as DeleteSchemaVersions with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteSchemaVersions for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeleteSchemaVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteSchemaVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteSchemaVersionsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteSchemaVersionsRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteSecurityConfiguration = "DeleteSecurityConfiguration"

// DeleteSecurityConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteSecurityConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteSecurityConfiguration for more information on using the DeleteSecurityConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteSecurityConfigurationRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteSecurityConfigurationRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteSecurityConfiguration
func (c *Glue) DeleteSecurityConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteSecurityConfigurationOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteSecurityConfiguration,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput{}
	}

	output = &DeleteSecurityConfigurationOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// DeleteSecurityConfiguration API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Deletes a specified security configuration.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeleteSecurityConfiguration for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteSecurityConfiguration
func (c *Glue) DeleteSecurityConfiguration(input *DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput) (*DeleteSecurityConfigurationOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteSecurityConfigurationRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteSecurityConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteSecurityConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteSecurityConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeleteSecurityConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteSecurityConfigurationOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteSecurityConfigurationRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteTable = "DeleteTable"

// DeleteTableRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteTable operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteTable for more information on using the DeleteTable
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteTableRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteTableRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteTable
func (c *Glue) DeleteTableRequest(input *DeleteTableInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteTableOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteTable,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteTableInput{}
	}

	output = &DeleteTableOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// DeleteTable API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Removes a table definition from the Data Catalog.
//
// After completing this operation, you no longer have access to the table versions
// and partitions that belong to the deleted table. AWS Glue deletes these "orphaned"
// resources asynchronously in a timely manner, at the discretion of the service.
//
// To ensure the immediate deletion of all related resources, before calling
// DeleteTable, use DeleteTableVersion or BatchDeleteTableVersion, and DeletePartition
// or BatchDeletePartition, to delete any resources that belong to the table.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeleteTable for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteTable
func (c *Glue) DeleteTable(input *DeleteTableInput) (*DeleteTableOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteTableRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteTableWithContext is the same as DeleteTable with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteTable for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeleteTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteTableInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteTableOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteTableRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteTableVersion = "DeleteTableVersion"

// DeleteTableVersionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteTableVersion operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteTableVersion for more information on using the DeleteTableVersion
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteTableVersionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteTableVersionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteTableVersion
func (c *Glue) DeleteTableVersionRequest(input *DeleteTableVersionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteTableVersionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteTableVersion,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteTableVersionInput{}
	}

	output = &DeleteTableVersionOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// DeleteTableVersion API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Deletes a specified version of a table.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeleteTableVersion for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteTableVersion
func (c *Glue) DeleteTableVersion(input *DeleteTableVersionInput) (*DeleteTableVersionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteTableVersionRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteTableVersionWithContext is the same as DeleteTableVersion with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteTableVersion for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeleteTableVersionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteTableVersionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteTableVersionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteTableVersionRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteTrigger = "DeleteTrigger"

// DeleteTriggerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteTrigger operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteTrigger for more information on using the DeleteTrigger
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteTriggerRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteTriggerRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteTrigger
func (c *Glue) DeleteTriggerRequest(input *DeleteTriggerInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteTriggerOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteTrigger,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteTriggerInput{}
	}

	output = &DeleteTriggerOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// DeleteTrigger API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Deletes a specified trigger. If the trigger is not found, no exception is
// thrown.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeleteTrigger for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * ConcurrentModificationException
//   Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteTrigger
func (c *Glue) DeleteTrigger(input *DeleteTriggerInput) (*DeleteTriggerOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteTriggerRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteTriggerWithContext is the same as DeleteTrigger with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteTrigger for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeleteTriggerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteTriggerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteTriggerOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteTriggerRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteUserDefinedFunction = "DeleteUserDefinedFunction"

// DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteUserDefinedFunction operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteUserDefinedFunction for more information on using the DeleteUserDefinedFunction
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteUserDefinedFunction
func (c *Glue) DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteUserDefinedFunction,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput{}
	}

	output = &DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// DeleteUserDefinedFunction API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Deletes an existing function definition from the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeleteUserDefinedFunction for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteUserDefinedFunction
func (c *Glue) DeleteUserDefinedFunction(input *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) (*DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteUserDefinedFunctionWithContext is the same as DeleteUserDefinedFunction with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteUserDefinedFunction for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeleteUserDefinedFunctionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteWorkflow = "DeleteWorkflow"

// DeleteWorkflowRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteWorkflow operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteWorkflow for more information on using the DeleteWorkflow
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteWorkflowRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteWorkflowRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteWorkflow
func (c *Glue) DeleteWorkflowRequest(input *DeleteWorkflowInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteWorkflowOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteWorkflow,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteWorkflowInput{}
	}

	output = &DeleteWorkflowOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// DeleteWorkflow API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Deletes a workflow.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation DeleteWorkflow for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * ConcurrentModificationException
//   Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteWorkflow
func (c *Glue) DeleteWorkflow(input *DeleteWorkflowInput) (*DeleteWorkflowOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteWorkflowRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteWorkflowWithContext is the same as DeleteWorkflow with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteWorkflow for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) DeleteWorkflowWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteWorkflowInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteWorkflowOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteWorkflowRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetCatalogImportStatus = "GetCatalogImportStatus"

// GetCatalogImportStatusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetCatalogImportStatus operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetCatalogImportStatus for more information on using the GetCatalogImportStatus
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetCatalogImportStatusRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetCatalogImportStatusRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCatalogImportStatus
func (c *Glue) GetCatalogImportStatusRequest(input *GetCatalogImportStatusInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCatalogImportStatusOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetCatalogImportStatus,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetCatalogImportStatusInput{}
	}

	output = &GetCatalogImportStatusOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetCatalogImportStatus API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves the status of a migration operation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetCatalogImportStatus for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCatalogImportStatus
func (c *Glue) GetCatalogImportStatus(input *GetCatalogImportStatusInput) (*GetCatalogImportStatusOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetCatalogImportStatusRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetCatalogImportStatusWithContext is the same as GetCatalogImportStatus with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetCatalogImportStatus for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetCatalogImportStatusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCatalogImportStatusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCatalogImportStatusOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetCatalogImportStatusRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetClassifier = "GetClassifier"

// GetClassifierRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetClassifier operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetClassifier for more information on using the GetClassifier
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetClassifierRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetClassifierRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetClassifier
func (c *Glue) GetClassifierRequest(input *GetClassifierInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetClassifierOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetClassifier,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetClassifierInput{}
	}

	output = &GetClassifierOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetClassifier API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieve a classifier by name.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetClassifier for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetClassifier
func (c *Glue) GetClassifier(input *GetClassifierInput) (*GetClassifierOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetClassifierRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetClassifierWithContext is the same as GetClassifier with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetClassifier for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetClassifierWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetClassifierInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetClassifierOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetClassifierRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetClassifiers = "GetClassifiers"

// GetClassifiersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetClassifiers operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetClassifiers for more information on using the GetClassifiers
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetClassifiersRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetClassifiersRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetClassifiers
func (c *Glue) GetClassifiersRequest(input *GetClassifiersInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetClassifiersOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetClassifiers,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetClassifiersInput{}
	}

	output = &GetClassifiersOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetClassifiers API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Lists all classifier objects in the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetClassifiers for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetClassifiers
func (c *Glue) GetClassifiers(input *GetClassifiersInput) (*GetClassifiersOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetClassifiersRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetClassifiersWithContext is the same as GetClassifiers with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetClassifiers for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetClassifiersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetClassifiersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetClassifiersOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetClassifiersRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetClassifiersPages iterates over the pages of a GetClassifiers operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetClassifiers method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetClassifiers operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.GetClassifiersPages(params,
//        func(page *glue.GetClassifiersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *Glue) GetClassifiersPages(input *GetClassifiersInput, fn func(*GetClassifiersOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.GetClassifiersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// GetClassifiersPagesWithContext same as GetClassifiersPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetClassifiersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetClassifiersInput, fn func(*GetClassifiersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *GetClassifiersInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.GetClassifiersRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*GetClassifiersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opGetColumnStatisticsForPartition = "GetColumnStatisticsForPartition"

// GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetColumnStatisticsForPartition operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetColumnStatisticsForPartition for more information on using the GetColumnStatisticsForPartition
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetColumnStatisticsForPartition
func (c *Glue) GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest(input *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetColumnStatisticsForPartition,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput{}
	}

	output = &GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetColumnStatisticsForPartition API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves partition statistics of columns.
//
// The Identity and Access Management (IAM) permission required for this operation
// is GetPartition.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetColumnStatisticsForPartition for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetColumnStatisticsForPartition
func (c *Glue) GetColumnStatisticsForPartition(input *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) (*GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionWithContext is the same as GetColumnStatisticsForPartition with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetColumnStatisticsForPartition for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetColumnStatisticsForTable = "GetColumnStatisticsForTable"

// GetColumnStatisticsForTableRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetColumnStatisticsForTable operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetColumnStatisticsForTable for more information on using the GetColumnStatisticsForTable
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetColumnStatisticsForTableRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetColumnStatisticsForTableRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetColumnStatisticsForTable
func (c *Glue) GetColumnStatisticsForTableRequest(input *GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetColumnStatisticsForTableOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetColumnStatisticsForTable,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput{}
	}

	output = &GetColumnStatisticsForTableOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetColumnStatisticsForTable API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves table statistics of columns.
//
// The Identity and Access Management (IAM) permission required for this operation
// is GetTable.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetColumnStatisticsForTable for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetColumnStatisticsForTable
func (c *Glue) GetColumnStatisticsForTable(input *GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput) (*GetColumnStatisticsForTableOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetColumnStatisticsForTableRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetColumnStatisticsForTableWithContext is the same as GetColumnStatisticsForTable with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetColumnStatisticsForTable for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetColumnStatisticsForTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetColumnStatisticsForTableOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetColumnStatisticsForTableRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetConnection = "GetConnection"

// GetConnectionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetConnection operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetConnection for more information on using the GetConnection
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetConnectionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetConnectionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetConnection
func (c *Glue) GetConnectionRequest(input *GetConnectionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetConnectionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetConnection,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetConnectionInput{}
	}

	output = &GetConnectionOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetConnection API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves a connection definition from the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetConnection for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetConnection
func (c *Glue) GetConnection(input *GetConnectionInput) (*GetConnectionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetConnectionRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetConnectionWithContext is the same as GetConnection with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetConnection for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetConnectionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetConnectionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetConnectionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetConnectionRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetConnections = "GetConnections"

// GetConnectionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetConnections operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetConnections for more information on using the GetConnections
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetConnectionsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetConnectionsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetConnections
func (c *Glue) GetConnectionsRequest(input *GetConnectionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetConnectionsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetConnections,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetConnectionsInput{}
	}

	output = &GetConnectionsOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetConnections API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves a list of connection definitions from the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetConnections for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetConnections
func (c *Glue) GetConnections(input *GetConnectionsInput) (*GetConnectionsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetConnectionsRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetConnectionsWithContext is the same as GetConnections with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetConnections for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetConnectionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetConnectionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetConnectionsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetConnectionsRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetConnectionsPages iterates over the pages of a GetConnections operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetConnections method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetConnections operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.GetConnectionsPages(params,
//        func(page *glue.GetConnectionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *Glue) GetConnectionsPages(input *GetConnectionsInput, fn func(*GetConnectionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.GetConnectionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// GetConnectionsPagesWithContext same as GetConnectionsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetConnectionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetConnectionsInput, fn func(*GetConnectionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *GetConnectionsInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.GetConnectionsRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*GetConnectionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opGetCrawler = "GetCrawler"

// GetCrawlerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetCrawler operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetCrawler for more information on using the GetCrawler
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetCrawlerRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetCrawlerRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawler
func (c *Glue) GetCrawlerRequest(input *GetCrawlerInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCrawlerOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetCrawler,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetCrawlerInput{}
	}

	output = &GetCrawlerOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetCrawler API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves metadata for a specified crawler.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetCrawler for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawler
func (c *Glue) GetCrawler(input *GetCrawlerInput) (*GetCrawlerOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetCrawlerRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetCrawlerWithContext is the same as GetCrawler with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetCrawler for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetCrawlerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCrawlerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCrawlerOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetCrawlerRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetCrawlerMetrics = "GetCrawlerMetrics"

// GetCrawlerMetricsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetCrawlerMetrics operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetCrawlerMetrics for more information on using the GetCrawlerMetrics
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetCrawlerMetricsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetCrawlerMetricsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawlerMetrics
func (c *Glue) GetCrawlerMetricsRequest(input *GetCrawlerMetricsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCrawlerMetricsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetCrawlerMetrics,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetCrawlerMetricsInput{}
	}

	output = &GetCrawlerMetricsOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetCrawlerMetrics API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves metrics about specified crawlers.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetCrawlerMetrics for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawlerMetrics
func (c *Glue) GetCrawlerMetrics(input *GetCrawlerMetricsInput) (*GetCrawlerMetricsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetCrawlerMetricsRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetCrawlerMetricsWithContext is the same as GetCrawlerMetrics with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetCrawlerMetrics for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetCrawlerMetricsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCrawlerMetricsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCrawlerMetricsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetCrawlerMetricsRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetCrawlerMetricsPages iterates over the pages of a GetCrawlerMetrics operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetCrawlerMetrics method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetCrawlerMetrics operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.GetCrawlerMetricsPages(params,
//        func(page *glue.GetCrawlerMetricsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *Glue) GetCrawlerMetricsPages(input *GetCrawlerMetricsInput, fn func(*GetCrawlerMetricsOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.GetCrawlerMetricsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// GetCrawlerMetricsPagesWithContext same as GetCrawlerMetricsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetCrawlerMetricsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCrawlerMetricsInput, fn func(*GetCrawlerMetricsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *GetCrawlerMetricsInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.GetCrawlerMetricsRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*GetCrawlerMetricsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opGetCrawlers = "GetCrawlers"

// GetCrawlersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetCrawlers operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetCrawlers for more information on using the GetCrawlers
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetCrawlersRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetCrawlersRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawlers
func (c *Glue) GetCrawlersRequest(input *GetCrawlersInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCrawlersOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetCrawlers,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetCrawlersInput{}
	}

	output = &GetCrawlersOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetCrawlers API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves metadata for all crawlers defined in the customer account.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetCrawlers for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawlers
func (c *Glue) GetCrawlers(input *GetCrawlersInput) (*GetCrawlersOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetCrawlersRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetCrawlersWithContext is the same as GetCrawlers with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetCrawlers for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetCrawlersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCrawlersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCrawlersOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetCrawlersRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetCrawlersPages iterates over the pages of a GetCrawlers operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetCrawlers method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetCrawlers operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.GetCrawlersPages(params,
//        func(page *glue.GetCrawlersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *Glue) GetCrawlersPages(input *GetCrawlersInput, fn func(*GetCrawlersOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.GetCrawlersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// GetCrawlersPagesWithContext same as GetCrawlersPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetCrawlersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCrawlersInput, fn func(*GetCrawlersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *GetCrawlersInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.GetCrawlersRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*GetCrawlersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opGetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings = "GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings"

// GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings for more information on using the GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings
func (c *Glue) GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest(input *GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput{}
	}

	output = &GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves the security configuration for a specified catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings
func (c *Glue) GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings(input *GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) (*GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsWithContext is the same as GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetDatabase = "GetDatabase"

// GetDatabaseRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetDatabase operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetDatabase for more information on using the GetDatabase
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetDatabaseRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetDatabaseRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDatabase
func (c *Glue) GetDatabaseRequest(input *GetDatabaseInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDatabaseOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetDatabase,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetDatabaseInput{}
	}

	output = &GetDatabaseOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetDatabase API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves the definition of a specified database.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetDatabase for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDatabase
func (c *Glue) GetDatabase(input *GetDatabaseInput) (*GetDatabaseOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetDatabaseRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetDatabaseWithContext is the same as GetDatabase with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetDatabase for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetDatabaseWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDatabaseInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDatabaseOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetDatabaseRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetDatabases = "GetDatabases"

// GetDatabasesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetDatabases operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetDatabases for more information on using the GetDatabases
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetDatabasesRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetDatabasesRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDatabases
func (c *Glue) GetDatabasesRequest(input *GetDatabasesInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDatabasesOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetDatabases,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetDatabasesInput{}
	}

	output = &GetDatabasesOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetDatabases API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves all databases defined in a given Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetDatabases for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDatabases
func (c *Glue) GetDatabases(input *GetDatabasesInput) (*GetDatabasesOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetDatabasesRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetDatabasesWithContext is the same as GetDatabases with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetDatabases for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetDatabasesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDatabasesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDatabasesOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetDatabasesRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetDatabasesPages iterates over the pages of a GetDatabases operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetDatabases method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetDatabases operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.GetDatabasesPages(params,
//        func(page *glue.GetDatabasesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *Glue) GetDatabasesPages(input *GetDatabasesInput, fn func(*GetDatabasesOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.GetDatabasesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// GetDatabasesPagesWithContext same as GetDatabasesPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetDatabasesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDatabasesInput, fn func(*GetDatabasesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *GetDatabasesInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.GetDatabasesRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*GetDatabasesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opGetDataflowGraph = "GetDataflowGraph"

// GetDataflowGraphRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetDataflowGraph operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetDataflowGraph for more information on using the GetDataflowGraph
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetDataflowGraphRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetDataflowGraphRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDataflowGraph
func (c *Glue) GetDataflowGraphRequest(input *GetDataflowGraphInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDataflowGraphOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetDataflowGraph,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetDataflowGraphInput{}
	}

	output = &GetDataflowGraphOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetDataflowGraph API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Transforms a Python script into a directed acyclic graph (DAG).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetDataflowGraph for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDataflowGraph
func (c *Glue) GetDataflowGraph(input *GetDataflowGraphInput) (*GetDataflowGraphOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetDataflowGraphRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetDataflowGraphWithContext is the same as GetDataflowGraph with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetDataflowGraph for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetDataflowGraphWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDataflowGraphInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDataflowGraphOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetDataflowGraphRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetDevEndpoint = "GetDevEndpoint"

// GetDevEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetDevEndpoint operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetDevEndpoint for more information on using the GetDevEndpoint
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetDevEndpointRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetDevEndpointRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDevEndpoint
func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpointRequest(input *GetDevEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDevEndpointOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetDevEndpoint,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetDevEndpointInput{}
	}

	output = &GetDevEndpointOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetDevEndpoint API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves information about a specified development endpoint.
//
// When you create a development endpoint in a virtual private cloud (VPC),
// AWS Glue returns only a private IP address, and the public IP address field
// is not populated. When you create a non-VPC development endpoint, AWS Glue
// returns only a public IP address.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetDevEndpoint for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDevEndpoint
func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpoint(input *GetDevEndpointInput) (*GetDevEndpointOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetDevEndpointRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetDevEndpointWithContext is the same as GetDevEndpoint with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetDevEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDevEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDevEndpointOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetDevEndpointRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetDevEndpoints = "GetDevEndpoints"

// GetDevEndpointsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetDevEndpoints operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetDevEndpoints for more information on using the GetDevEndpoints
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetDevEndpointsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetDevEndpointsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDevEndpoints
func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpointsRequest(input *GetDevEndpointsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDevEndpointsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetDevEndpoints,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetDevEndpointsInput{}
	}

	output = &GetDevEndpointsOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetDevEndpoints API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves all the development endpoints in this AWS account.
//
// When you create a development endpoint in a virtual private cloud (VPC),
// AWS Glue returns only a private IP address and the public IP address field
// is not populated. When you create a non-VPC development endpoint, AWS Glue
// returns only a public IP address.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetDevEndpoints for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDevEndpoints
func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpoints(input *GetDevEndpointsInput) (*GetDevEndpointsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetDevEndpointsRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetDevEndpointsWithContext is the same as GetDevEndpoints with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetDevEndpoints for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpointsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDevEndpointsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDevEndpointsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetDevEndpointsRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetDevEndpointsPages iterates over the pages of a GetDevEndpoints operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetDevEndpoints method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetDevEndpoints operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.GetDevEndpointsPages(params,
//        func(page *glue.GetDevEndpointsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpointsPages(input *GetDevEndpointsInput, fn func(*GetDevEndpointsOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.GetDevEndpointsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// GetDevEndpointsPagesWithContext same as GetDevEndpointsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpointsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDevEndpointsInput, fn func(*GetDevEndpointsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *GetDevEndpointsInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.GetDevEndpointsRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*GetDevEndpointsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opGetJob = "GetJob"

// GetJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetJob operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetJob for more information on using the GetJob
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetJobRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetJobRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJob
func (c *Glue) GetJobRequest(input *GetJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetJobOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetJob,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetJobInput{}
	}

	output = &GetJobOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetJob API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves an existing job definition.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetJob for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJob
func (c *Glue) GetJob(input *GetJobInput) (*GetJobOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetJobRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetJobWithContext is the same as GetJob with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetJob for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetJobOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetJobRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetJobBookmark = "GetJobBookmark"

// GetJobBookmarkRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetJobBookmark operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetJobBookmark for more information on using the GetJobBookmark
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetJobBookmarkRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetJobBookmarkRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobBookmark
func (c *Glue) GetJobBookmarkRequest(input *GetJobBookmarkInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetJobBookmarkOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetJobBookmark,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetJobBookmarkInput{}
	}

	output = &GetJobBookmarkOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetJobBookmark API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Returns information on a job bookmark entry.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetJobBookmark for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * ValidationException
//   A value could not be validated.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobBookmark
func (c *Glue) GetJobBookmark(input *GetJobBookmarkInput) (*GetJobBookmarkOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetJobBookmarkRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetJobBookmarkWithContext is the same as GetJobBookmark with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetJobBookmark for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetJobBookmarkWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobBookmarkInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetJobBookmarkOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetJobBookmarkRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetJobRun = "GetJobRun"

// GetJobRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetJobRun operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetJobRun for more information on using the GetJobRun
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetJobRunRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetJobRunRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobRun
func (c *Glue) GetJobRunRequest(input *GetJobRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetJobRunOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetJobRun,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetJobRunInput{}
	}

	output = &GetJobRunOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetJobRun API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves the metadata for a given job run.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetJobRun for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobRun
func (c *Glue) GetJobRun(input *GetJobRunInput) (*GetJobRunOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetJobRunRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetJobRunWithContext is the same as GetJobRun with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetJobRun for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetJobRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetJobRunOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetJobRunRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetJobRuns = "GetJobRuns"

// GetJobRunsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetJobRuns operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetJobRuns for more information on using the GetJobRuns
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetJobRunsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetJobRunsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobRuns
func (c *Glue) GetJobRunsRequest(input *GetJobRunsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetJobRunsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetJobRuns,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetJobRunsInput{}
	}

	output = &GetJobRunsOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetJobRuns API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves metadata for all runs of a given job definition.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetJobRuns for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobRuns
func (c *Glue) GetJobRuns(input *GetJobRunsInput) (*GetJobRunsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetJobRunsRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetJobRunsWithContext is the same as GetJobRuns with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetJobRuns for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetJobRunsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobRunsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetJobRunsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetJobRunsRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetJobRunsPages iterates over the pages of a GetJobRuns operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetJobRuns method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetJobRuns operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.GetJobRunsPages(params,
//        func(page *glue.GetJobRunsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *Glue) GetJobRunsPages(input *GetJobRunsInput, fn func(*GetJobRunsOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.GetJobRunsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// GetJobRunsPagesWithContext same as GetJobRunsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetJobRunsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobRunsInput, fn func(*GetJobRunsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *GetJobRunsInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.GetJobRunsRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*GetJobRunsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opGetJobs = "GetJobs"

// GetJobsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetJobs operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetJobs for more information on using the GetJobs
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetJobsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetJobsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobs
func (c *Glue) GetJobsRequest(input *GetJobsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetJobsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetJobs,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetJobsInput{}
	}

	output = &GetJobsOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetJobs API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves all current job definitions.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetJobs for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobs
func (c *Glue) GetJobs(input *GetJobsInput) (*GetJobsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetJobsRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetJobsWithContext is the same as GetJobs with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetJobs for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetJobsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetJobsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetJobsRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetJobsPages iterates over the pages of a GetJobs operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetJobs method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetJobs operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.GetJobsPages(params,
//        func(page *glue.GetJobsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *Glue) GetJobsPages(input *GetJobsInput, fn func(*GetJobsOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.GetJobsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// GetJobsPagesWithContext same as GetJobsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetJobsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobsInput, fn func(*GetJobsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *GetJobsInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.GetJobsRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*GetJobsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opGetMLTaskRun = "GetMLTaskRun"

// GetMLTaskRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetMLTaskRun operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetMLTaskRun for more information on using the GetMLTaskRun
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetMLTaskRunRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetMLTaskRunRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMLTaskRun
func (c *Glue) GetMLTaskRunRequest(input *GetMLTaskRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetMLTaskRunOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetMLTaskRun,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetMLTaskRunInput{}
	}

	output = &GetMLTaskRunOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetMLTaskRun API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Gets details for a specific task run on a machine learning transform. Machine
// learning task runs are asynchronous tasks that AWS Glue runs on your behalf
// as part of various machine learning workflows. You can check the stats of
// any task run by calling GetMLTaskRun with the TaskRunID and its parent transform's
// TransformID.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetMLTaskRun for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMLTaskRun
func (c *Glue) GetMLTaskRun(input *GetMLTaskRunInput) (*GetMLTaskRunOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetMLTaskRunRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetMLTaskRunWithContext is the same as GetMLTaskRun with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetMLTaskRun for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetMLTaskRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetMLTaskRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetMLTaskRunOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetMLTaskRunRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetMLTaskRuns = "GetMLTaskRuns"

// GetMLTaskRunsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetMLTaskRuns operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetMLTaskRuns for more information on using the GetMLTaskRuns
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetMLTaskRunsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetMLTaskRunsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMLTaskRuns
func (c *Glue) GetMLTaskRunsRequest(input *GetMLTaskRunsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetMLTaskRunsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetMLTaskRuns,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetMLTaskRunsInput{}
	}

	output = &GetMLTaskRunsOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetMLTaskRuns API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Gets a list of runs for a machine learning transform. Machine learning task
// runs are asynchronous tasks that AWS Glue runs on your behalf as part of
// various machine learning workflows. You can get a sortable, filterable list
// of machine learning task runs by calling GetMLTaskRuns with their parent
// transform's TransformID and other optional parameters as documented in this
// section.
//
// This operation returns a list of historic runs and must be paginated.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetMLTaskRuns for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMLTaskRuns
func (c *Glue) GetMLTaskRuns(input *GetMLTaskRunsInput) (*GetMLTaskRunsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetMLTaskRunsRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetMLTaskRunsWithContext is the same as GetMLTaskRuns with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetMLTaskRuns for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetMLTaskRunsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetMLTaskRunsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetMLTaskRunsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetMLTaskRunsRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetMLTaskRunsPages iterates over the pages of a GetMLTaskRuns operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetMLTaskRuns method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetMLTaskRuns operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.GetMLTaskRunsPages(params,
//        func(page *glue.GetMLTaskRunsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *Glue) GetMLTaskRunsPages(input *GetMLTaskRunsInput, fn func(*GetMLTaskRunsOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.GetMLTaskRunsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// GetMLTaskRunsPagesWithContext same as GetMLTaskRunsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetMLTaskRunsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetMLTaskRunsInput, fn func(*GetMLTaskRunsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *GetMLTaskRunsInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.GetMLTaskRunsRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*GetMLTaskRunsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opGetMLTransform = "GetMLTransform"

// GetMLTransformRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetMLTransform operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetMLTransform for more information on using the GetMLTransform
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetMLTransformRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetMLTransformRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMLTransform
func (c *Glue) GetMLTransformRequest(input *GetMLTransformInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetMLTransformOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetMLTransform,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetMLTransformInput{}
	}

	output = &GetMLTransformOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetMLTransform API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Gets an AWS Glue machine learning transform artifact and all its corresponding
// metadata. Machine learning transforms are a special type of transform that
// use machine learning to learn the details of the transformation to be performed
// by learning from examples provided by humans. These transformations are then
// saved by AWS Glue. You can retrieve their metadata by calling GetMLTransform.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetMLTransform for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMLTransform
func (c *Glue) GetMLTransform(input *GetMLTransformInput) (*GetMLTransformOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetMLTransformRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetMLTransformWithContext is the same as GetMLTransform with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetMLTransform for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetMLTransformWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetMLTransformInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetMLTransformOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetMLTransformRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetMLTransforms = "GetMLTransforms"

// GetMLTransformsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetMLTransforms operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetMLTransforms for more information on using the GetMLTransforms
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetMLTransformsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetMLTransformsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMLTransforms
func (c *Glue) GetMLTransformsRequest(input *GetMLTransformsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetMLTransformsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetMLTransforms,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetMLTransformsInput{}
	}

	output = &GetMLTransformsOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetMLTransforms API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Gets a sortable, filterable list of existing AWS Glue machine learning transforms.
// Machine learning transforms are a special type of transform that use machine
// learning to learn the details of the transformation to be performed by learning
// from examples provided by humans. These transformations are then saved by
// AWS Glue, and you can retrieve their metadata by calling GetMLTransforms.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetMLTransforms for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMLTransforms
func (c *Glue) GetMLTransforms(input *GetMLTransformsInput) (*GetMLTransformsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetMLTransformsRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetMLTransformsWithContext is the same as GetMLTransforms with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetMLTransforms for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetMLTransformsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetMLTransformsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetMLTransformsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetMLTransformsRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetMLTransformsPages iterates over the pages of a GetMLTransforms operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetMLTransforms method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetMLTransforms operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.GetMLTransformsPages(params,
//        func(page *glue.GetMLTransformsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *Glue) GetMLTransformsPages(input *GetMLTransformsInput, fn func(*GetMLTransformsOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.GetMLTransformsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// GetMLTransformsPagesWithContext same as GetMLTransformsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetMLTransformsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetMLTransformsInput, fn func(*GetMLTransformsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *GetMLTransformsInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.GetMLTransformsRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*GetMLTransformsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opGetMapping = "GetMapping"

// GetMappingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetMapping operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetMapping for more information on using the GetMapping
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetMappingRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetMappingRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMapping
func (c *Glue) GetMappingRequest(input *GetMappingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetMappingOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetMapping,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetMappingInput{}
	}

	output = &GetMappingOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetMapping API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates mappings.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetMapping for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMapping
func (c *Glue) GetMapping(input *GetMappingInput) (*GetMappingOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetMappingRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetMappingWithContext is the same as GetMapping with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetMapping for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetMappingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetMappingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetMappingOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetMappingRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetPartition = "GetPartition"

// GetPartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetPartition operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetPartition for more information on using the GetPartition
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetPartitionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetPartitionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPartition
func (c *Glue) GetPartitionRequest(input *GetPartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPartitionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetPartition,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetPartitionInput{}
	}

	output = &GetPartitionOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetPartition API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves information about a specified partition.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetPartition for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPartition
func (c *Glue) GetPartition(input *GetPartitionInput) (*GetPartitionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetPartitionRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetPartitionWithContext is the same as GetPartition with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetPartition for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetPartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPartitionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetPartitionRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetPartitionIndexes = "GetPartitionIndexes"

// GetPartitionIndexesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetPartitionIndexes operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetPartitionIndexes for more information on using the GetPartitionIndexes
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetPartitionIndexesRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetPartitionIndexesRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPartitionIndexes
func (c *Glue) GetPartitionIndexesRequest(input *GetPartitionIndexesInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPartitionIndexesOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetPartitionIndexes,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetPartitionIndexesInput{}
	}

	output = &GetPartitionIndexesOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetPartitionIndexes API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves the partition indexes associated with a table.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetPartitionIndexes for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * ConflictException
//   The CreatePartitions API was called on a table that has indexes enabled.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPartitionIndexes
func (c *Glue) GetPartitionIndexes(input *GetPartitionIndexesInput) (*GetPartitionIndexesOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetPartitionIndexesRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetPartitionIndexesWithContext is the same as GetPartitionIndexes with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetPartitionIndexes for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetPartitionIndexesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPartitionIndexesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPartitionIndexesOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetPartitionIndexesRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetPartitionIndexesPages iterates over the pages of a GetPartitionIndexes operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetPartitionIndexes method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetPartitionIndexes operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.GetPartitionIndexesPages(params,
//        func(page *glue.GetPartitionIndexesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *Glue) GetPartitionIndexesPages(input *GetPartitionIndexesInput, fn func(*GetPartitionIndexesOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.GetPartitionIndexesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// GetPartitionIndexesPagesWithContext same as GetPartitionIndexesPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetPartitionIndexesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPartitionIndexesInput, fn func(*GetPartitionIndexesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *GetPartitionIndexesInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.GetPartitionIndexesRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*GetPartitionIndexesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opGetPartitions = "GetPartitions"

// GetPartitionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetPartitions operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetPartitions for more information on using the GetPartitions
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetPartitionsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetPartitionsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPartitions
func (c *Glue) GetPartitionsRequest(input *GetPartitionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPartitionsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetPartitions,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetPartitionsInput{}
	}

	output = &GetPartitionsOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetPartitions API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves information about the partitions in a table.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetPartitions for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPartitions
func (c *Glue) GetPartitions(input *GetPartitionsInput) (*GetPartitionsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetPartitionsRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetPartitionsWithContext is the same as GetPartitions with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetPartitions for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetPartitionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPartitionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPartitionsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetPartitionsRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetPartitionsPages iterates over the pages of a GetPartitions operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetPartitions method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetPartitions operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.GetPartitionsPages(params,
//        func(page *glue.GetPartitionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *Glue) GetPartitionsPages(input *GetPartitionsInput, fn func(*GetPartitionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.GetPartitionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// GetPartitionsPagesWithContext same as GetPartitionsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetPartitionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPartitionsInput, fn func(*GetPartitionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *GetPartitionsInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.GetPartitionsRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*GetPartitionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opGetPlan = "GetPlan"

// GetPlanRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetPlan operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetPlan for more information on using the GetPlan
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetPlanRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetPlanRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPlan
func (c *Glue) GetPlanRequest(input *GetPlanInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPlanOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetPlan,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetPlanInput{}
	}

	output = &GetPlanOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetPlan API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Gets code to perform a specified mapping.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetPlan for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPlan
func (c *Glue) GetPlan(input *GetPlanInput) (*GetPlanOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetPlanRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetPlanWithContext is the same as GetPlan with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetPlan for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetPlanWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPlanInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPlanOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetPlanRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetRegistry = "GetRegistry"

// GetRegistryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetRegistry operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetRegistry for more information on using the GetRegistry
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetRegistryRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetRegistryRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetRegistry
func (c *Glue) GetRegistryRequest(input *GetRegistryInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetRegistryOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetRegistry,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetRegistryInput{}
	}

	output = &GetRegistryOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetRegistry API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Describes the specified registry in detail.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetRegistry for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * AccessDeniedException
//   Access to a resource was denied.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetRegistry
func (c *Glue) GetRegistry(input *GetRegistryInput) (*GetRegistryOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetRegistryRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetRegistryWithContext is the same as GetRegistry with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetRegistry for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetRegistryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetRegistryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetRegistryOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetRegistryRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetResourcePolicies = "GetResourcePolicies"

// GetResourcePoliciesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetResourcePolicies operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetResourcePolicies for more information on using the GetResourcePolicies
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetResourcePoliciesRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetResourcePoliciesRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetResourcePolicies
func (c *Glue) GetResourcePoliciesRequest(input *GetResourcePoliciesInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetResourcePoliciesOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetResourcePolicies,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetResourcePoliciesInput{}
	}

	output = &GetResourcePoliciesOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetResourcePolicies API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves the security configurations for the resource policies set on individual
// resources, and also the account-level policy.
//
// This operation also returns the Data Catalog resource policy. However, if
// you enabled metadata encryption in Data Catalog settings, and you do not
// have permission on the AWS KMS key, the operation can't return the Data Catalog
// resource policy.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetResourcePolicies for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetResourcePolicies
func (c *Glue) GetResourcePolicies(input *GetResourcePoliciesInput) (*GetResourcePoliciesOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetResourcePoliciesRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetResourcePoliciesWithContext is the same as GetResourcePolicies with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetResourcePolicies for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetResourcePoliciesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetResourcePoliciesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetResourcePoliciesOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetResourcePoliciesRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetResourcePoliciesPages iterates over the pages of a GetResourcePolicies operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetResourcePolicies method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetResourcePolicies operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.GetResourcePoliciesPages(params,
//        func(page *glue.GetResourcePoliciesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *Glue) GetResourcePoliciesPages(input *GetResourcePoliciesInput, fn func(*GetResourcePoliciesOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.GetResourcePoliciesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// GetResourcePoliciesPagesWithContext same as GetResourcePoliciesPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetResourcePoliciesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetResourcePoliciesInput, fn func(*GetResourcePoliciesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *GetResourcePoliciesInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.GetResourcePoliciesRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*GetResourcePoliciesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opGetResourcePolicy = "GetResourcePolicy"

// GetResourcePolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetResourcePolicy operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetResourcePolicy for more information on using the GetResourcePolicy
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetResourcePolicyRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetResourcePolicyRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetResourcePolicy
func (c *Glue) GetResourcePolicyRequest(input *GetResourcePolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetResourcePolicyOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetResourcePolicy,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetResourcePolicyInput{}
	}

	output = &GetResourcePolicyOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetResourcePolicy API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves a specified resource policy.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetResourcePolicy for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetResourcePolicy
func (c *Glue) GetResourcePolicy(input *GetResourcePolicyInput) (*GetResourcePolicyOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetResourcePolicyRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetResourcePolicyWithContext is the same as GetResourcePolicy with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetResourcePolicy for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetResourcePolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetResourcePolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetResourcePolicyOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetResourcePolicyRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetSchema = "GetSchema"

// GetSchemaRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetSchema operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetSchema for more information on using the GetSchema
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetSchemaRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetSchemaRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetSchema
func (c *Glue) GetSchemaRequest(input *GetSchemaInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetSchemaOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetSchema,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetSchemaInput{}
	}

	output = &GetSchemaOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetSchema API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Describes the specified schema in detail.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetSchema for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * AccessDeniedException
//   Access to a resource was denied.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetSchema
func (c *Glue) GetSchema(input *GetSchemaInput) (*GetSchemaOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetSchemaRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetSchemaWithContext is the same as GetSchema with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetSchema for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetSchemaWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetSchemaInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetSchemaOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetSchemaRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetSchemaByDefinition = "GetSchemaByDefinition"

// GetSchemaByDefinitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetSchemaByDefinition operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetSchemaByDefinition for more information on using the GetSchemaByDefinition
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetSchemaByDefinitionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetSchemaByDefinitionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetSchemaByDefinition
func (c *Glue) GetSchemaByDefinitionRequest(input *GetSchemaByDefinitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetSchemaByDefinition,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetSchemaByDefinitionInput{}
	}

	output = &GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetSchemaByDefinition API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves a schema by the SchemaDefinition. The schema definition is sent
// to the Schema Registry, canonicalized, and hashed. If the hash is matched
// within the scope of the SchemaName or ARN (or the default registry, if none
// is supplied), that schema’s metadata is returned. Otherwise, a 404 or NotFound
// error is returned. Schema versions in Deleted statuses will not be included
// in the results.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetSchemaByDefinition for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * AccessDeniedException
//   Access to a resource was denied.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetSchemaByDefinition
func (c *Glue) GetSchemaByDefinition(input *GetSchemaByDefinitionInput) (*GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetSchemaByDefinitionRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetSchemaByDefinitionWithContext is the same as GetSchemaByDefinition with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetSchemaByDefinition for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetSchemaByDefinitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetSchemaByDefinitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetSchemaByDefinitionRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetSchemaVersion = "GetSchemaVersion"

// GetSchemaVersionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetSchemaVersion operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetSchemaVersion for more information on using the GetSchemaVersion
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetSchemaVersionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetSchemaVersionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetSchemaVersion
func (c *Glue) GetSchemaVersionRequest(input *GetSchemaVersionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetSchemaVersionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetSchemaVersion,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetSchemaVersionInput{}
	}

	output = &GetSchemaVersionOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetSchemaVersion API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Get the specified schema by its unique ID assigned when a version of the
// schema is created or registered. Schema versions in Deleted status will not
// be included in the results.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetSchemaVersion for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * AccessDeniedException
//   Access to a resource was denied.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetSchemaVersion
func (c *Glue) GetSchemaVersion(input *GetSchemaVersionInput) (*GetSchemaVersionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetSchemaVersionRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetSchemaVersionWithContext is the same as GetSchemaVersion with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetSchemaVersion for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetSchemaVersionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetSchemaVersionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetSchemaVersionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetSchemaVersionRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetSchemaVersionsDiff = "GetSchemaVersionsDiff"

// GetSchemaVersionsDiffRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetSchemaVersionsDiff operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetSchemaVersionsDiff for more information on using the GetSchemaVersionsDiff
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetSchemaVersionsDiffRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetSchemaVersionsDiffRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetSchemaVersionsDiff
func (c *Glue) GetSchemaVersionsDiffRequest(input *GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetSchemaVersionsDiffOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetSchemaVersionsDiff,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput{}
	}

	output = &GetSchemaVersionsDiffOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetSchemaVersionsDiff API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Fetches the schema version difference in the specified difference type between
// two stored schema versions in the Schema Registry.
//
// This API allows you to compare two schema versions between two schema definitions
// under the same schema.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetSchemaVersionsDiff for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * AccessDeniedException
//   Access to a resource was denied.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetSchemaVersionsDiff
func (c *Glue) GetSchemaVersionsDiff(input *GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput) (*GetSchemaVersionsDiffOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetSchemaVersionsDiffRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetSchemaVersionsDiffWithContext is the same as GetSchemaVersionsDiff with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetSchemaVersionsDiff for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetSchemaVersionsDiffWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetSchemaVersionsDiffOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetSchemaVersionsDiffRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetSecurityConfiguration = "GetSecurityConfiguration"

// GetSecurityConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetSecurityConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetSecurityConfiguration for more information on using the GetSecurityConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetSecurityConfigurationRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetSecurityConfigurationRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetSecurityConfiguration
func (c *Glue) GetSecurityConfigurationRequest(input *GetSecurityConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetSecurityConfigurationOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetSecurityConfiguration,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetSecurityConfigurationInput{}
	}

	output = &GetSecurityConfigurationOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetSecurityConfiguration API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves a specified security configuration.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetSecurityConfiguration for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetSecurityConfiguration
func (c *Glue) GetSecurityConfiguration(input *GetSecurityConfigurationInput) (*GetSecurityConfigurationOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetSecurityConfigurationRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetSecurityConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetSecurityConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetSecurityConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetSecurityConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetSecurityConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetSecurityConfigurationOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetSecurityConfigurationRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetSecurityConfigurations = "GetSecurityConfigurations"

// GetSecurityConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetSecurityConfigurations operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetSecurityConfigurations for more information on using the GetSecurityConfigurations
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetSecurityConfigurationsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetSecurityConfigurationsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetSecurityConfigurations
func (c *Glue) GetSecurityConfigurationsRequest(input *GetSecurityConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetSecurityConfigurations,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetSecurityConfigurationsInput{}
	}

	output = &GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetSecurityConfigurations API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves a list of all security configurations.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetSecurityConfigurations for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetSecurityConfigurations
func (c *Glue) GetSecurityConfigurations(input *GetSecurityConfigurationsInput) (*GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetSecurityConfigurationsRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetSecurityConfigurationsWithContext is the same as GetSecurityConfigurations with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetSecurityConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetSecurityConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetSecurityConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetSecurityConfigurationsRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetSecurityConfigurationsPages iterates over the pages of a GetSecurityConfigurations operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetSecurityConfigurations method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetSecurityConfigurations operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.GetSecurityConfigurationsPages(params,
//        func(page *glue.GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *Glue) GetSecurityConfigurationsPages(input *GetSecurityConfigurationsInput, fn func(*GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.GetSecurityConfigurationsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// GetSecurityConfigurationsPagesWithContext same as GetSecurityConfigurationsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetSecurityConfigurationsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetSecurityConfigurationsInput, fn func(*GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *GetSecurityConfigurationsInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.GetSecurityConfigurationsRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opGetTable = "GetTable"

// GetTableRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetTable operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetTable for more information on using the GetTable
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetTableRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetTableRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTable
func (c *Glue) GetTableRequest(input *GetTableInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetTableOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetTable,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetTableInput{}
	}

	output = &GetTableOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetTable API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves the Table definition in a Data Catalog for a specified table.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetTable for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTable
func (c *Glue) GetTable(input *GetTableInput) (*GetTableOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetTableRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetTableWithContext is the same as GetTable with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetTable for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTableInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetTableOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetTableRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetTableVersion = "GetTableVersion"

// GetTableVersionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetTableVersion operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetTableVersion for more information on using the GetTableVersion
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetTableVersionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetTableVersionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTableVersion
func (c *Glue) GetTableVersionRequest(input *GetTableVersionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetTableVersionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetTableVersion,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetTableVersionInput{}
	}

	output = &GetTableVersionOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetTableVersion API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves a specified version of a table.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetTableVersion for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTableVersion
func (c *Glue) GetTableVersion(input *GetTableVersionInput) (*GetTableVersionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetTableVersionRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetTableVersionWithContext is the same as GetTableVersion with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetTableVersion for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetTableVersionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTableVersionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetTableVersionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetTableVersionRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetTableVersions = "GetTableVersions"

// GetTableVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetTableVersions operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetTableVersions for more information on using the GetTableVersions
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetTableVersionsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetTableVersionsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTableVersions
func (c *Glue) GetTableVersionsRequest(input *GetTableVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetTableVersionsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetTableVersions,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetTableVersionsInput{}
	}

	output = &GetTableVersionsOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetTableVersions API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves a list of strings that identify available versions of a specified
// table.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetTableVersions for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTableVersions
func (c *Glue) GetTableVersions(input *GetTableVersionsInput) (*GetTableVersionsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetTableVersionsRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetTableVersionsWithContext is the same as GetTableVersions with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetTableVersions for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetTableVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTableVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetTableVersionsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetTableVersionsRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetTableVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a GetTableVersions operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetTableVersions method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetTableVersions operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.GetTableVersionsPages(params,
//        func(page *glue.GetTableVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *Glue) GetTableVersionsPages(input *GetTableVersionsInput, fn func(*GetTableVersionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.GetTableVersionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// GetTableVersionsPagesWithContext same as GetTableVersionsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetTableVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTableVersionsInput, fn func(*GetTableVersionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *GetTableVersionsInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.GetTableVersionsRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*GetTableVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opGetTables = "GetTables"

// GetTablesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetTables operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetTables for more information on using the GetTables
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetTablesRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetTablesRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTables
func (c *Glue) GetTablesRequest(input *GetTablesInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetTablesOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetTables,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetTablesInput{}
	}

	output = &GetTablesOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetTables API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves the definitions of some or all of the tables in a given Database.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetTables for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTables
func (c *Glue) GetTables(input *GetTablesInput) (*GetTablesOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetTablesRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetTablesWithContext is the same as GetTables with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetTables for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetTablesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTablesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetTablesOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetTablesRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetTablesPages iterates over the pages of a GetTables operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetTables method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetTables operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.GetTablesPages(params,
//        func(page *glue.GetTablesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *Glue) GetTablesPages(input *GetTablesInput, fn func(*GetTablesOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.GetTablesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// GetTablesPagesWithContext same as GetTablesPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetTablesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTablesInput, fn func(*GetTablesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *GetTablesInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.GetTablesRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*GetTablesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opGetTags = "GetTags"

// GetTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetTags operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetTags for more information on using the GetTags
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetTagsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetTagsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTags
func (c *Glue) GetTagsRequest(input *GetTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetTagsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetTags,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetTagsInput{}
	}

	output = &GetTagsOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetTags API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves a list of tags associated with a resource.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetTags for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTags
func (c *Glue) GetTags(input *GetTagsInput) (*GetTagsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetTagsRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetTagsWithContext is the same as GetTags with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetTags for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetTagsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetTagsRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetTrigger = "GetTrigger"

// GetTriggerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetTrigger operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetTrigger for more information on using the GetTrigger
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetTriggerRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetTriggerRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTrigger
func (c *Glue) GetTriggerRequest(input *GetTriggerInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetTriggerOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetTrigger,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetTriggerInput{}
	}

	output = &GetTriggerOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetTrigger API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves the definition of a trigger.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetTrigger for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTrigger
func (c *Glue) GetTrigger(input *GetTriggerInput) (*GetTriggerOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetTriggerRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetTriggerWithContext is the same as GetTrigger with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetTrigger for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetTriggerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTriggerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetTriggerOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetTriggerRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetTriggers = "GetTriggers"

// GetTriggersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetTriggers operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetTriggers for more information on using the GetTriggers
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetTriggersRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetTriggersRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTriggers
func (c *Glue) GetTriggersRequest(input *GetTriggersInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetTriggersOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetTriggers,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetTriggersInput{}
	}

	output = &GetTriggersOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetTriggers API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Gets all the triggers associated with a job.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetTriggers for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTriggers
func (c *Glue) GetTriggers(input *GetTriggersInput) (*GetTriggersOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetTriggersRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetTriggersWithContext is the same as GetTriggers with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetTriggers for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetTriggersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTriggersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetTriggersOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetTriggersRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetTriggersPages iterates over the pages of a GetTriggers operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetTriggers method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetTriggers operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.GetTriggersPages(params,
//        func(page *glue.GetTriggersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *Glue) GetTriggersPages(input *GetTriggersInput, fn func(*GetTriggersOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.GetTriggersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// GetTriggersPagesWithContext same as GetTriggersPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetTriggersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTriggersInput, fn func(*GetTriggersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *GetTriggersInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.GetTriggersRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*GetTriggersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opGetUserDefinedFunction = "GetUserDefinedFunction"

// GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetUserDefinedFunction operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetUserDefinedFunction for more information on using the GetUserDefinedFunction
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetUserDefinedFunction
func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetUserDefinedFunction,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetUserDefinedFunctionInput{}
	}

	output = &GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetUserDefinedFunction API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves a specified function definition from the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetUserDefinedFunction for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetUserDefinedFunction
func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunction(input *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) (*GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetUserDefinedFunctionWithContext is the same as GetUserDefinedFunction with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetUserDefinedFunction for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetUserDefinedFunctions = "GetUserDefinedFunctions"

// GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetUserDefinedFunctions operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetUserDefinedFunctions for more information on using the GetUserDefinedFunctions
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetUserDefinedFunctions
func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest(input *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetUserDefinedFunctions,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput{}
	}

	output = &GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetUserDefinedFunctions API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves multiple function definitions from the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetUserDefinedFunctions for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetUserDefinedFunctions
func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctions(input *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) (*GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetUserDefinedFunctionsWithContext is the same as GetUserDefinedFunctions with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetUserDefinedFunctions for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetUserDefinedFunctionsPages iterates over the pages of a GetUserDefinedFunctions operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetUserDefinedFunctions method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetUserDefinedFunctions operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.GetUserDefinedFunctionsPages(params,
//        func(page *glue.GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctionsPages(input *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput, fn func(*GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.GetUserDefinedFunctionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// GetUserDefinedFunctionsPagesWithContext same as GetUserDefinedFunctionsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput, fn func(*GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opGetWorkflow = "GetWorkflow"

// GetWorkflowRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetWorkflow operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetWorkflow for more information on using the GetWorkflow
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetWorkflowRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetWorkflowRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetWorkflow
func (c *Glue) GetWorkflowRequest(input *GetWorkflowInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetWorkflowOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetWorkflow,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetWorkflowInput{}
	}

	output = &GetWorkflowOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetWorkflow API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves resource metadata for a workflow.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetWorkflow for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetWorkflow
func (c *Glue) GetWorkflow(input *GetWorkflowInput) (*GetWorkflowOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetWorkflowRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetWorkflowWithContext is the same as GetWorkflow with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetWorkflow for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetWorkflowWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetWorkflowInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetWorkflowOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetWorkflowRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetWorkflowRun = "GetWorkflowRun"

// GetWorkflowRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetWorkflowRun operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetWorkflowRun for more information on using the GetWorkflowRun
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetWorkflowRunRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetWorkflowRunRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetWorkflowRun
func (c *Glue) GetWorkflowRunRequest(input *GetWorkflowRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetWorkflowRunOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetWorkflowRun,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetWorkflowRunInput{}
	}

	output = &GetWorkflowRunOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetWorkflowRun API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves the metadata for a given workflow run.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetWorkflowRun for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetWorkflowRun
func (c *Glue) GetWorkflowRun(input *GetWorkflowRunInput) (*GetWorkflowRunOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetWorkflowRunRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetWorkflowRunWithContext is the same as GetWorkflowRun with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetWorkflowRun for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetWorkflowRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetWorkflowRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetWorkflowRunOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetWorkflowRunRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetWorkflowRunProperties = "GetWorkflowRunProperties"

// GetWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetWorkflowRunProperties operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetWorkflowRunProperties for more information on using the GetWorkflowRunProperties
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetWorkflowRunProperties
func (c *Glue) GetWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest(input *GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetWorkflowRunProperties,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput{}
	}

	output = &GetWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetWorkflowRunProperties API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves the workflow run properties which were set during the run.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetWorkflowRunProperties for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetWorkflowRunProperties
func (c *Glue) GetWorkflowRunProperties(input *GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) (*GetWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetWorkflowRunPropertiesWithContext is the same as GetWorkflowRunProperties with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetWorkflowRunProperties for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetWorkflowRunPropertiesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetWorkflowRuns = "GetWorkflowRuns"

// GetWorkflowRunsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetWorkflowRuns operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetWorkflowRuns for more information on using the GetWorkflowRuns
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the GetWorkflowRunsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.GetWorkflowRunsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetWorkflowRuns
func (c *Glue) GetWorkflowRunsRequest(input *GetWorkflowRunsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetWorkflowRunsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetWorkflowRuns,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetWorkflowRunsInput{}
	}

	output = &GetWorkflowRunsOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetWorkflowRuns API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves metadata for all runs of a given workflow.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation GetWorkflowRuns for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetWorkflowRuns
func (c *Glue) GetWorkflowRuns(input *GetWorkflowRunsInput) (*GetWorkflowRunsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetWorkflowRunsRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetWorkflowRunsWithContext is the same as GetWorkflowRuns with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetWorkflowRuns for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetWorkflowRunsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetWorkflowRunsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetWorkflowRunsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetWorkflowRunsRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetWorkflowRunsPages iterates over the pages of a GetWorkflowRuns operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See GetWorkflowRuns method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetWorkflowRuns operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.GetWorkflowRunsPages(params,
//        func(page *glue.GetWorkflowRunsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *Glue) GetWorkflowRunsPages(input *GetWorkflowRunsInput, fn func(*GetWorkflowRunsOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.GetWorkflowRunsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// GetWorkflowRunsPagesWithContext same as GetWorkflowRunsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) GetWorkflowRunsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetWorkflowRunsInput, fn func(*GetWorkflowRunsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *GetWorkflowRunsInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.GetWorkflowRunsRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*GetWorkflowRunsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opImportCatalogToGlue = "ImportCatalogToGlue"

// ImportCatalogToGlueRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ImportCatalogToGlue operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ImportCatalogToGlue for more information on using the ImportCatalogToGlue
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ImportCatalogToGlueRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ImportCatalogToGlueRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ImportCatalogToGlue
func (c *Glue) ImportCatalogToGlueRequest(input *ImportCatalogToGlueInput) (req *request.Request, output *ImportCatalogToGlueOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opImportCatalogToGlue,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &ImportCatalogToGlueInput{}
	}

	output = &ImportCatalogToGlueOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// ImportCatalogToGlue API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Imports an existing Amazon Athena Data Catalog to AWS Glue
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation ImportCatalogToGlue for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ImportCatalogToGlue
func (c *Glue) ImportCatalogToGlue(input *ImportCatalogToGlueInput) (*ImportCatalogToGlueOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ImportCatalogToGlueRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// ImportCatalogToGlueWithContext is the same as ImportCatalogToGlue with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ImportCatalogToGlue for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) ImportCatalogToGlueWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ImportCatalogToGlueInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ImportCatalogToGlueOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ImportCatalogToGlueRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opListCrawlers = "ListCrawlers"

// ListCrawlersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListCrawlers operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListCrawlers for more information on using the ListCrawlers
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ListCrawlersRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ListCrawlersRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListCrawlers
func (c *Glue) ListCrawlersRequest(input *ListCrawlersInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListCrawlersOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opListCrawlers,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &ListCrawlersInput{}
	}

	output = &ListCrawlersOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// ListCrawlers API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves the names of all crawler resources in this AWS account, or the
// resources with the specified tag. This operation allows you to see which
// resources are available in your account, and their names.
//
// This operation takes the optional Tags field, which you can use as a filter
// on the response so that tagged resources can be retrieved as a group. If
// you choose to use tags filtering, only resources with the tag are retrieved.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation ListCrawlers for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListCrawlers
func (c *Glue) ListCrawlers(input *ListCrawlersInput) (*ListCrawlersOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ListCrawlersRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// ListCrawlersWithContext is the same as ListCrawlers with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListCrawlers for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) ListCrawlersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListCrawlersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListCrawlersOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ListCrawlersRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// ListCrawlersPages iterates over the pages of a ListCrawlers operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See ListCrawlers method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListCrawlers operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.ListCrawlersPages(params,
//        func(page *glue.ListCrawlersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *Glue) ListCrawlersPages(input *ListCrawlersInput, fn func(*ListCrawlersOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.ListCrawlersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// ListCrawlersPagesWithContext same as ListCrawlersPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) ListCrawlersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListCrawlersInput, fn func(*ListCrawlersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *ListCrawlersInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.ListCrawlersRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*ListCrawlersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opListDevEndpoints = "ListDevEndpoints"

// ListDevEndpointsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListDevEndpoints operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListDevEndpoints for more information on using the ListDevEndpoints
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ListDevEndpointsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ListDevEndpointsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListDevEndpoints
func (c *Glue) ListDevEndpointsRequest(input *ListDevEndpointsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListDevEndpointsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opListDevEndpoints,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &ListDevEndpointsInput{}
	}

	output = &ListDevEndpointsOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// ListDevEndpoints API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves the names of all DevEndpoint resources in this AWS account, or
// the resources with the specified tag. This operation allows you to see which
// resources are available in your account, and their names.
//
// This operation takes the optional Tags field, which you can use as a filter
// on the response so that tagged resources can be retrieved as a group. If
// you choose to use tags filtering, only resources with the tag are retrieved.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation ListDevEndpoints for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListDevEndpoints
func (c *Glue) ListDevEndpoints(input *ListDevEndpointsInput) (*ListDevEndpointsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ListDevEndpointsRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// ListDevEndpointsWithContext is the same as ListDevEndpoints with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListDevEndpoints for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) ListDevEndpointsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListDevEndpointsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListDevEndpointsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ListDevEndpointsRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// ListDevEndpointsPages iterates over the pages of a ListDevEndpoints operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See ListDevEndpoints method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListDevEndpoints operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.ListDevEndpointsPages(params,
//        func(page *glue.ListDevEndpointsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *Glue) ListDevEndpointsPages(input *ListDevEndpointsInput, fn func(*ListDevEndpointsOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.ListDevEndpointsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// ListDevEndpointsPagesWithContext same as ListDevEndpointsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) ListDevEndpointsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListDevEndpointsInput, fn func(*ListDevEndpointsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *ListDevEndpointsInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.ListDevEndpointsRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*ListDevEndpointsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opListJobs = "ListJobs"

// ListJobsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListJobs operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListJobs for more information on using the ListJobs
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ListJobsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ListJobsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListJobs
func (c *Glue) ListJobsRequest(input *ListJobsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListJobsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opListJobs,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &ListJobsInput{}
	}

	output = &ListJobsOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// ListJobs API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves the names of all job resources in this AWS account, or the resources
// with the specified tag. This operation allows you to see which resources
// are available in your account, and their names.
//
// This operation takes the optional Tags field, which you can use as a filter
// on the response so that tagged resources can be retrieved as a group. If
// you choose to use tags filtering, only resources with the tag are retrieved.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation ListJobs for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListJobs
func (c *Glue) ListJobs(input *ListJobsInput) (*ListJobsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ListJobsRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// ListJobsWithContext is the same as ListJobs with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListJobs for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) ListJobsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListJobsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListJobsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ListJobsRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// ListJobsPages iterates over the pages of a ListJobs operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See ListJobs method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListJobs operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.ListJobsPages(params,
//        func(page *glue.ListJobsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *Glue) ListJobsPages(input *ListJobsInput, fn func(*ListJobsOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.ListJobsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// ListJobsPagesWithContext same as ListJobsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) ListJobsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListJobsInput, fn func(*ListJobsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *ListJobsInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.ListJobsRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*ListJobsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opListMLTransforms = "ListMLTransforms"

// ListMLTransformsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListMLTransforms operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListMLTransforms for more information on using the ListMLTransforms
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ListMLTransformsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ListMLTransformsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListMLTransforms
func (c *Glue) ListMLTransformsRequest(input *ListMLTransformsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListMLTransformsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opListMLTransforms,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &ListMLTransformsInput{}
	}

	output = &ListMLTransformsOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// ListMLTransforms API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves a sortable, filterable list of existing AWS Glue machine learning
// transforms in this AWS account, or the resources with the specified tag.
// This operation takes the optional Tags field, which you can use as a filter
// of the responses so that tagged resources can be retrieved as a group. If
// you choose to use tag filtering, only resources with the tags are retrieved.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation ListMLTransforms for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListMLTransforms
func (c *Glue) ListMLTransforms(input *ListMLTransformsInput) (*ListMLTransformsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ListMLTransformsRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// ListMLTransformsWithContext is the same as ListMLTransforms with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListMLTransforms for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) ListMLTransformsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMLTransformsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListMLTransformsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ListMLTransformsRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// ListMLTransformsPages iterates over the pages of a ListMLTransforms operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See ListMLTransforms method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListMLTransforms operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.ListMLTransformsPages(params,
//        func(page *glue.ListMLTransformsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *Glue) ListMLTransformsPages(input *ListMLTransformsInput, fn func(*ListMLTransformsOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.ListMLTransformsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// ListMLTransformsPagesWithContext same as ListMLTransformsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) ListMLTransformsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMLTransformsInput, fn func(*ListMLTransformsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *ListMLTransformsInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.ListMLTransformsRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*ListMLTransformsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opListRegistries = "ListRegistries"

// ListRegistriesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListRegistries operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListRegistries for more information on using the ListRegistries
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ListRegistriesRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ListRegistriesRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListRegistries
func (c *Glue) ListRegistriesRequest(input *ListRegistriesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListRegistriesOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opListRegistries,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &ListRegistriesInput{}
	}

	output = &ListRegistriesOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// ListRegistries API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Returns a list of registries that you have created, with minimal registry
// information. Registries in the Deleting status will not be included in the
// results. Empty results will be returned if there are no registries available.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation ListRegistries for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * AccessDeniedException
//   Access to a resource was denied.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListRegistries
func (c *Glue) ListRegistries(input *ListRegistriesInput) (*ListRegistriesOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ListRegistriesRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// ListRegistriesWithContext is the same as ListRegistries with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListRegistries for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) ListRegistriesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListRegistriesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListRegistriesOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ListRegistriesRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// ListRegistriesPages iterates over the pages of a ListRegistries operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See ListRegistries method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListRegistries operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.ListRegistriesPages(params,
//        func(page *glue.ListRegistriesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *Glue) ListRegistriesPages(input *ListRegistriesInput, fn func(*ListRegistriesOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.ListRegistriesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// ListRegistriesPagesWithContext same as ListRegistriesPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) ListRegistriesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListRegistriesInput, fn func(*ListRegistriesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *ListRegistriesInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.ListRegistriesRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*ListRegistriesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opListSchemaVersions = "ListSchemaVersions"

// ListSchemaVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListSchemaVersions operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListSchemaVersions for more information on using the ListSchemaVersions
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ListSchemaVersionsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ListSchemaVersionsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListSchemaVersions
func (c *Glue) ListSchemaVersionsRequest(input *ListSchemaVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListSchemaVersionsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opListSchemaVersions,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &ListSchemaVersionsInput{}
	}

	output = &ListSchemaVersionsOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// ListSchemaVersions API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Returns a list of schema versions that you have created, with minimal information.
// Schema versions in Deleted status will not be included in the results. Empty
// results will be returned if there are no schema versions available.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation ListSchemaVersions for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * AccessDeniedException
//   Access to a resource was denied.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListSchemaVersions
func (c *Glue) ListSchemaVersions(input *ListSchemaVersionsInput) (*ListSchemaVersionsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ListSchemaVersionsRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// ListSchemaVersionsWithContext is the same as ListSchemaVersions with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListSchemaVersions for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) ListSchemaVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListSchemaVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListSchemaVersionsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ListSchemaVersionsRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// ListSchemaVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a ListSchemaVersions operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See ListSchemaVersions method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListSchemaVersions operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.ListSchemaVersionsPages(params,
//        func(page *glue.ListSchemaVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *Glue) ListSchemaVersionsPages(input *ListSchemaVersionsInput, fn func(*ListSchemaVersionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.ListSchemaVersionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// ListSchemaVersionsPagesWithContext same as ListSchemaVersionsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) ListSchemaVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListSchemaVersionsInput, fn func(*ListSchemaVersionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *ListSchemaVersionsInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.ListSchemaVersionsRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*ListSchemaVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opListSchemas = "ListSchemas"

// ListSchemasRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListSchemas operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListSchemas for more information on using the ListSchemas
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ListSchemasRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ListSchemasRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListSchemas
func (c *Glue) ListSchemasRequest(input *ListSchemasInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListSchemasOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opListSchemas,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &ListSchemasInput{}
	}

	output = &ListSchemasOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// ListSchemas API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Returns a list of schemas with minimal details. Schemas in Deleting status
// will not be included in the results. Empty results will be returned if there
// are no schemas available.
//
// When the RegistryId is not provided, all the schemas across registries will
// be part of the API response.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation ListSchemas for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * AccessDeniedException
//   Access to a resource was denied.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListSchemas
func (c *Glue) ListSchemas(input *ListSchemasInput) (*ListSchemasOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ListSchemasRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// ListSchemasWithContext is the same as ListSchemas with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListSchemas for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) ListSchemasWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListSchemasInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListSchemasOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ListSchemasRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// ListSchemasPages iterates over the pages of a ListSchemas operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See ListSchemas method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListSchemas operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.ListSchemasPages(params,
//        func(page *glue.ListSchemasOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *Glue) ListSchemasPages(input *ListSchemasInput, fn func(*ListSchemasOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.ListSchemasPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// ListSchemasPagesWithContext same as ListSchemasPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) ListSchemasPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListSchemasInput, fn func(*ListSchemasOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *ListSchemasInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.ListSchemasRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*ListSchemasOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opListTriggers = "ListTriggers"

// ListTriggersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListTriggers operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListTriggers for more information on using the ListTriggers
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ListTriggersRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ListTriggersRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListTriggers
func (c *Glue) ListTriggersRequest(input *ListTriggersInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTriggersOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opListTriggers,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &ListTriggersInput{}
	}

	output = &ListTriggersOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// ListTriggers API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Retrieves the names of all trigger resources in this AWS account, or the
// resources with the specified tag. This operation allows you to see which
// resources are available in your account, and their names.
//
// This operation takes the optional Tags field, which you can use as a filter
// on the response so that tagged resources can be retrieved as a group. If
// you choose to use tags filtering, only resources with the tag are retrieved.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation ListTriggers for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListTriggers
func (c *Glue) ListTriggers(input *ListTriggersInput) (*ListTriggersOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ListTriggersRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// ListTriggersWithContext is the same as ListTriggers with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListTriggers for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) ListTriggersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTriggersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListTriggersOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ListTriggersRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// ListTriggersPages iterates over the pages of a ListTriggers operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See ListTriggers method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListTriggers operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.ListTriggersPages(params,
//        func(page *glue.ListTriggersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *Glue) ListTriggersPages(input *ListTriggersInput, fn func(*ListTriggersOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.ListTriggersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// ListTriggersPagesWithContext same as ListTriggersPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) ListTriggersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTriggersInput, fn func(*ListTriggersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *ListTriggersInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.ListTriggersRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*ListTriggersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opListWorkflows = "ListWorkflows"

// ListWorkflowsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListWorkflows operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListWorkflows for more information on using the ListWorkflows
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ListWorkflowsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ListWorkflowsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListWorkflows
func (c *Glue) ListWorkflowsRequest(input *ListWorkflowsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListWorkflowsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opListWorkflows,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &ListWorkflowsInput{}
	}

	output = &ListWorkflowsOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// ListWorkflows API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Lists names of workflows created in the account.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation ListWorkflows for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListWorkflows
func (c *Glue) ListWorkflows(input *ListWorkflowsInput) (*ListWorkflowsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ListWorkflowsRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// ListWorkflowsWithContext is the same as ListWorkflows with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListWorkflows for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) ListWorkflowsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListWorkflowsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListWorkflowsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ListWorkflowsRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// ListWorkflowsPages iterates over the pages of a ListWorkflows operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See ListWorkflows method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListWorkflows operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.ListWorkflowsPages(params,
//        func(page *glue.ListWorkflowsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *Glue) ListWorkflowsPages(input *ListWorkflowsInput, fn func(*ListWorkflowsOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.ListWorkflowsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// ListWorkflowsPagesWithContext same as ListWorkflowsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) ListWorkflowsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListWorkflowsInput, fn func(*ListWorkflowsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *ListWorkflowsInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.ListWorkflowsRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*ListWorkflowsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opPutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings = "PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings"

// PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings for more information on using the PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings
func (c *Glue) PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest(input *PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opPutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput{}
	}

	output = &PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Sets the security configuration for a specified catalog. After the configuration
// has been set, the specified encryption is applied to every catalog write
// thereafter.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings
func (c *Glue) PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings(input *PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) (*PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsWithContext is the same as PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opPutResourcePolicy = "PutResourcePolicy"

// PutResourcePolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutResourcePolicy operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutResourcePolicy for more information on using the PutResourcePolicy
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PutResourcePolicyRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PutResourcePolicyRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/PutResourcePolicy
func (c *Glue) PutResourcePolicyRequest(input *PutResourcePolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutResourcePolicyOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opPutResourcePolicy,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &PutResourcePolicyInput{}
	}

	output = &PutResourcePolicyOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// PutResourcePolicy API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Sets the Data Catalog resource policy for access control.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation PutResourcePolicy for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * ConditionCheckFailureException
//   A specified condition was not satisfied.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/PutResourcePolicy
func (c *Glue) PutResourcePolicy(input *PutResourcePolicyInput) (*PutResourcePolicyOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.PutResourcePolicyRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// PutResourcePolicyWithContext is the same as PutResourcePolicy with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutResourcePolicy for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) PutResourcePolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutResourcePolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutResourcePolicyOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.PutResourcePolicyRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opPutSchemaVersionMetadata = "PutSchemaVersionMetadata"

// PutSchemaVersionMetadataRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutSchemaVersionMetadata operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutSchemaVersionMetadata for more information on using the PutSchemaVersionMetadata
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PutSchemaVersionMetadataRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PutSchemaVersionMetadataRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/PutSchemaVersionMetadata
func (c *Glue) PutSchemaVersionMetadataRequest(input *PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opPutSchemaVersionMetadata,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput{}
	}

	output = &PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// PutSchemaVersionMetadata API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Puts the metadata key value pair for a specified schema version ID. A maximum
// of 10 key value pairs will be allowed per schema version. They can be added
// over one or more calls.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation PutSchemaVersionMetadata for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * AccessDeniedException
//   Access to a resource was denied.
//
//   * AlreadyExistsException
//   A resource to be created or added already exists.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * ResourceNumberLimitExceededException
//   A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/PutSchemaVersionMetadata
func (c *Glue) PutSchemaVersionMetadata(input *PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput) (*PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.PutSchemaVersionMetadataRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// PutSchemaVersionMetadataWithContext is the same as PutSchemaVersionMetadata with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutSchemaVersionMetadata for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) PutSchemaVersionMetadataWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.PutSchemaVersionMetadataRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opPutWorkflowRunProperties = "PutWorkflowRunProperties"

// PutWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutWorkflowRunProperties operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutWorkflowRunProperties for more information on using the PutWorkflowRunProperties
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PutWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PutWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/PutWorkflowRunProperties
func (c *Glue) PutWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest(input *PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opPutWorkflowRunProperties,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput{}
	}

	output = &PutWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// PutWorkflowRunProperties API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Puts the specified workflow run properties for the given workflow run. If
// a property already exists for the specified run, then it overrides the value
// otherwise adds the property to existing properties.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation PutWorkflowRunProperties for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * AlreadyExistsException
//   A resource to be created or added already exists.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * ResourceNumberLimitExceededException
//   A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
//   * ConcurrentModificationException
//   Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/PutWorkflowRunProperties
func (c *Glue) PutWorkflowRunProperties(input *PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) (*PutWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.PutWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// PutWorkflowRunPropertiesWithContext is the same as PutWorkflowRunProperties with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutWorkflowRunProperties for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) PutWorkflowRunPropertiesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.PutWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opQuerySchemaVersionMetadata = "QuerySchemaVersionMetadata"

// QuerySchemaVersionMetadataRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the QuerySchemaVersionMetadata operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See QuerySchemaVersionMetadata for more information on using the QuerySchemaVersionMetadata
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the QuerySchemaVersionMetadataRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.QuerySchemaVersionMetadataRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/QuerySchemaVersionMetadata
func (c *Glue) QuerySchemaVersionMetadataRequest(input *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) (req *request.Request, output *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opQuerySchemaVersionMetadata,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput{}
	}

	output = &QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// QuerySchemaVersionMetadata API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Queries for the schema version metadata information.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation QuerySchemaVersionMetadata for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * AccessDeniedException
//   Access to a resource was denied.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/QuerySchemaVersionMetadata
func (c *Glue) QuerySchemaVersionMetadata(input *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) (*QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.QuerySchemaVersionMetadataRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// QuerySchemaVersionMetadataWithContext is the same as QuerySchemaVersionMetadata with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See QuerySchemaVersionMetadata for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) QuerySchemaVersionMetadataWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput, opts ...request.Option) (*QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.QuerySchemaVersionMetadataRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opRegisterSchemaVersion = "RegisterSchemaVersion"

// RegisterSchemaVersionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RegisterSchemaVersion operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See RegisterSchemaVersion for more information on using the RegisterSchemaVersion
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the RegisterSchemaVersionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.RegisterSchemaVersionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/RegisterSchemaVersion
func (c *Glue) RegisterSchemaVersionRequest(input *RegisterSchemaVersionInput) (req *request.Request, output *RegisterSchemaVersionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opRegisterSchemaVersion,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &RegisterSchemaVersionInput{}
	}

	output = &RegisterSchemaVersionOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// RegisterSchemaVersion API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Adds a new version to the existing schema. Returns an error if new version
// of schema does not meet the compatibility requirements of the schema set.
// This API will not create a new schema set and will return a 404 error if
// the schema set is not already present in the Schema Registry.
//
// If this is the first schema definition to be registered in the Schema Registry,
// this API will store the schema version and return immediately. Otherwise,
// this call has the potential to run longer than other operations due to compatibility
// modes. You can call the GetSchemaVersion API with the SchemaVersionId to
// check compatibility modes.
//
// If the same schema definition is already stored in Schema Registry as a version,
// the schema ID of the existing schema is returned to the caller.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation RegisterSchemaVersion for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * AccessDeniedException
//   Access to a resource was denied.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * ResourceNumberLimitExceededException
//   A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
//   * ConcurrentModificationException
//   Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/RegisterSchemaVersion
func (c *Glue) RegisterSchemaVersion(input *RegisterSchemaVersionInput) (*RegisterSchemaVersionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.RegisterSchemaVersionRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// RegisterSchemaVersionWithContext is the same as RegisterSchemaVersion with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See RegisterSchemaVersion for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) RegisterSchemaVersionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RegisterSchemaVersionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RegisterSchemaVersionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.RegisterSchemaVersionRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opRemoveSchemaVersionMetadata = "RemoveSchemaVersionMetadata"

// RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RemoveSchemaVersionMetadata operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See RemoveSchemaVersionMetadata for more information on using the RemoveSchemaVersionMetadata
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/RemoveSchemaVersionMetadata
func (c *Glue) RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataRequest(input *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opRemoveSchemaVersionMetadata,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput{}
	}

	output = &RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// RemoveSchemaVersionMetadata API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Removes a key value pair from the schema version metadata for the specified
// schema version ID.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation RemoveSchemaVersionMetadata for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * AccessDeniedException
//   Access to a resource was denied.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/RemoveSchemaVersionMetadata
func (c *Glue) RemoveSchemaVersionMetadata(input *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput) (*RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataWithContext is the same as RemoveSchemaVersionMetadata with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See RemoveSchemaVersionMetadata for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opResetJobBookmark = "ResetJobBookmark"

// ResetJobBookmarkRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ResetJobBookmark operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ResetJobBookmark for more information on using the ResetJobBookmark
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ResetJobBookmarkRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ResetJobBookmarkRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ResetJobBookmark
func (c *Glue) ResetJobBookmarkRequest(input *ResetJobBookmarkInput) (req *request.Request, output *ResetJobBookmarkOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opResetJobBookmark,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &ResetJobBookmarkInput{}
	}

	output = &ResetJobBookmarkOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// ResetJobBookmark API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Resets a bookmark entry.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation ResetJobBookmark for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ResetJobBookmark
func (c *Glue) ResetJobBookmark(input *ResetJobBookmarkInput) (*ResetJobBookmarkOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ResetJobBookmarkRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// ResetJobBookmarkWithContext is the same as ResetJobBookmark with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ResetJobBookmark for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) ResetJobBookmarkWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ResetJobBookmarkInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ResetJobBookmarkOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ResetJobBookmarkRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opResumeWorkflowRun = "ResumeWorkflowRun"

// ResumeWorkflowRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ResumeWorkflowRun operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ResumeWorkflowRun for more information on using the ResumeWorkflowRun
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ResumeWorkflowRunRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ResumeWorkflowRunRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ResumeWorkflowRun
func (c *Glue) ResumeWorkflowRunRequest(input *ResumeWorkflowRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *ResumeWorkflowRunOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opResumeWorkflowRun,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &ResumeWorkflowRunInput{}
	}

	output = &ResumeWorkflowRunOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// ResumeWorkflowRun API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Restarts selected nodes of a previous partially completed workflow run and
// resumes the workflow run. The selected nodes and all nodes that are downstream
// from the selected nodes are run.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation ResumeWorkflowRun for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * ConcurrentRunsExceededException
//   Too many jobs are being run concurrently.
//
//   * IllegalWorkflowStateException
//   The workflow is in an invalid state to perform a requested operation.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ResumeWorkflowRun
func (c *Glue) ResumeWorkflowRun(input *ResumeWorkflowRunInput) (*ResumeWorkflowRunOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ResumeWorkflowRunRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// ResumeWorkflowRunWithContext is the same as ResumeWorkflowRun with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ResumeWorkflowRun for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) ResumeWorkflowRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ResumeWorkflowRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ResumeWorkflowRunOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ResumeWorkflowRunRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opSearchTables = "SearchTables"

// SearchTablesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the SearchTables operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See SearchTables for more information on using the SearchTables
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the SearchTablesRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.SearchTablesRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/SearchTables
func (c *Glue) SearchTablesRequest(input *SearchTablesInput) (req *request.Request, output *SearchTablesOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opSearchTables,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &SearchTablesInput{}
	}

	output = &SearchTablesOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// SearchTables API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Searches a set of tables based on properties in the table metadata as well
// as on the parent database. You can search against text or filter conditions.
//
// You can only get tables that you have access to based on the security policies
// defined in Lake Formation. You need at least a read-only access to the table
// for it to be returned. If you do not have access to all the columns in the
// table, these columns will not be searched against when returning the list
// of tables back to you. If you have access to the columns but not the data
// in the columns, those columns and the associated metadata for those columns
// will be included in the search.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation SearchTables for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/SearchTables
func (c *Glue) SearchTables(input *SearchTablesInput) (*SearchTablesOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.SearchTablesRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// SearchTablesWithContext is the same as SearchTables with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See SearchTables for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) SearchTablesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *SearchTablesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*SearchTablesOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.SearchTablesRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// SearchTablesPages iterates over the pages of a SearchTables operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See SearchTables method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a SearchTables operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.SearchTablesPages(params,
//        func(page *glue.SearchTablesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *Glue) SearchTablesPages(input *SearchTablesInput, fn func(*SearchTablesOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.SearchTablesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// SearchTablesPagesWithContext same as SearchTablesPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) SearchTablesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *SearchTablesInput, fn func(*SearchTablesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *SearchTablesInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.SearchTablesRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*SearchTablesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opStartCrawler = "StartCrawler"

// StartCrawlerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the StartCrawler operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See StartCrawler for more information on using the StartCrawler
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the StartCrawlerRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.StartCrawlerRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartCrawler
func (c *Glue) StartCrawlerRequest(input *StartCrawlerInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartCrawlerOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opStartCrawler,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &StartCrawlerInput{}
	}

	output = &StartCrawlerOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// StartCrawler API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Starts a crawl using the specified crawler, regardless of what is scheduled.
// If the crawler is already running, returns a CrawlerRunningException (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-api-exceptions.html#aws-glue-api-exceptions-CrawlerRunningException).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation StartCrawler for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * CrawlerRunningException
//   The operation cannot be performed because the crawler is already running.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartCrawler
func (c *Glue) StartCrawler(input *StartCrawlerInput) (*StartCrawlerOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.StartCrawlerRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// StartCrawlerWithContext is the same as StartCrawler with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See StartCrawler for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) StartCrawlerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartCrawlerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartCrawlerOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.StartCrawlerRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opStartCrawlerSchedule = "StartCrawlerSchedule"

// StartCrawlerScheduleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the StartCrawlerSchedule operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See StartCrawlerSchedule for more information on using the StartCrawlerSchedule
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the StartCrawlerScheduleRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.StartCrawlerScheduleRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartCrawlerSchedule
func (c *Glue) StartCrawlerScheduleRequest(input *StartCrawlerScheduleInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartCrawlerScheduleOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opStartCrawlerSchedule,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &StartCrawlerScheduleInput{}
	}

	output = &StartCrawlerScheduleOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// StartCrawlerSchedule API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Changes the schedule state of the specified crawler to SCHEDULED, unless
// the crawler is already running or the schedule state is already SCHEDULED.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation StartCrawlerSchedule for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * SchedulerRunningException
//   The specified scheduler is already running.
//
//   * SchedulerTransitioningException
//   The specified scheduler is transitioning.
//
//   * NoScheduleException
//   There is no applicable schedule.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartCrawlerSchedule
func (c *Glue) StartCrawlerSchedule(input *StartCrawlerScheduleInput) (*StartCrawlerScheduleOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.StartCrawlerScheduleRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// StartCrawlerScheduleWithContext is the same as StartCrawlerSchedule with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See StartCrawlerSchedule for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) StartCrawlerScheduleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartCrawlerScheduleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartCrawlerScheduleOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.StartCrawlerScheduleRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opStartExportLabelsTaskRun = "StartExportLabelsTaskRun"

// StartExportLabelsTaskRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the StartExportLabelsTaskRun operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See StartExportLabelsTaskRun for more information on using the StartExportLabelsTaskRun
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the StartExportLabelsTaskRunRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.StartExportLabelsTaskRunRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartExportLabelsTaskRun
func (c *Glue) StartExportLabelsTaskRunRequest(input *StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartExportLabelsTaskRunOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opStartExportLabelsTaskRun,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput{}
	}

	output = &StartExportLabelsTaskRunOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// StartExportLabelsTaskRun API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Begins an asynchronous task to export all labeled data for a particular transform.
// This task is the only label-related API call that is not part of the typical
// active learning workflow. You typically use StartExportLabelsTaskRun when
// you want to work with all of your existing labels at the same time, such
// as when you want to remove or change labels that were previously submitted
// as truth. This API operation accepts the TransformId whose labels you want
// to export and an Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) path to export
// the labels to. The operation returns a TaskRunId. You can check on the status
// of your task run by calling the GetMLTaskRun API.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation StartExportLabelsTaskRun for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartExportLabelsTaskRun
func (c *Glue) StartExportLabelsTaskRun(input *StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput) (*StartExportLabelsTaskRunOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.StartExportLabelsTaskRunRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// StartExportLabelsTaskRunWithContext is the same as StartExportLabelsTaskRun with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See StartExportLabelsTaskRun for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) StartExportLabelsTaskRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartExportLabelsTaskRunOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.StartExportLabelsTaskRunRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opStartImportLabelsTaskRun = "StartImportLabelsTaskRun"

// StartImportLabelsTaskRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the StartImportLabelsTaskRun operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See StartImportLabelsTaskRun for more information on using the StartImportLabelsTaskRun
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the StartImportLabelsTaskRunRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.StartImportLabelsTaskRunRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartImportLabelsTaskRun
func (c *Glue) StartImportLabelsTaskRunRequest(input *StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartImportLabelsTaskRunOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opStartImportLabelsTaskRun,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput{}
	}

	output = &StartImportLabelsTaskRunOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// StartImportLabelsTaskRun API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Enables you to provide additional labels (examples of truth) to be used to
// teach the machine learning transform and improve its quality. This API operation
// is generally used as part of the active learning workflow that starts with
// the StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun call and that ultimately results
// in improving the quality of your machine learning transform.
//
// After the StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun finishes, AWS Glue machine
// learning will have generated a series of questions for humans to answer.
// (Answering these questions is often called 'labeling' in the machine learning
// workflows). In the case of the FindMatches transform, these questions are
// of the form, “What is the correct way to group these rows together into
// groups composed entirely of matching records?” After the labeling process
// is finished, users upload their answers/labels with a call to StartImportLabelsTaskRun.
// After StartImportLabelsTaskRun finishes, all future runs of the machine learning
// transform use the new and improved labels and perform a higher-quality transformation.
//
// By default, StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun continually learns from and
// combines all labels that you upload unless you set Replace to true. If you
// set Replace to true, StartImportLabelsTaskRun deletes and forgets all previously
// uploaded labels and learns only from the exact set that you upload. Replacing
// labels can be helpful if you realize that you previously uploaded incorrect
// labels, and you believe that they are having a negative effect on your transform
// quality.
//
// You can check on the status of your task run by calling the GetMLTaskRun
// operation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation StartImportLabelsTaskRun for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * ResourceNumberLimitExceededException
//   A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartImportLabelsTaskRun
func (c *Glue) StartImportLabelsTaskRun(input *StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput) (*StartImportLabelsTaskRunOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.StartImportLabelsTaskRunRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// StartImportLabelsTaskRunWithContext is the same as StartImportLabelsTaskRun with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See StartImportLabelsTaskRun for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) StartImportLabelsTaskRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartImportLabelsTaskRunOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.StartImportLabelsTaskRunRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opStartJobRun = "StartJobRun"

// StartJobRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the StartJobRun operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See StartJobRun for more information on using the StartJobRun
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the StartJobRunRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.StartJobRunRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartJobRun
func (c *Glue) StartJobRunRequest(input *StartJobRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartJobRunOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opStartJobRun,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &StartJobRunInput{}
	}

	output = &StartJobRunOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// StartJobRun API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Starts a job run using a job definition.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation StartJobRun for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * ResourceNumberLimitExceededException
//   A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
//   * ConcurrentRunsExceededException
//   Too many jobs are being run concurrently.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartJobRun
func (c *Glue) StartJobRun(input *StartJobRunInput) (*StartJobRunOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.StartJobRunRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// StartJobRunWithContext is the same as StartJobRun with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See StartJobRun for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) StartJobRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartJobRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartJobRunOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.StartJobRunRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opStartMLEvaluationTaskRun = "StartMLEvaluationTaskRun"

// StartMLEvaluationTaskRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the StartMLEvaluationTaskRun operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See StartMLEvaluationTaskRun for more information on using the StartMLEvaluationTaskRun
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the StartMLEvaluationTaskRunRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.StartMLEvaluationTaskRunRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartMLEvaluationTaskRun
func (c *Glue) StartMLEvaluationTaskRunRequest(input *StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartMLEvaluationTaskRunOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opStartMLEvaluationTaskRun,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput{}
	}

	output = &StartMLEvaluationTaskRunOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// StartMLEvaluationTaskRun API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Starts a task to estimate the quality of the transform.
//
// When you provide label sets as examples of truth, AWS Glue machine learning
// uses some of those examples to learn from them. The rest of the labels are
// used as a test to estimate quality.
//
// Returns a unique identifier for the run. You can call GetMLTaskRun to get
// more information about the stats of the EvaluationTaskRun.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation StartMLEvaluationTaskRun for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * ConcurrentRunsExceededException
//   Too many jobs are being run concurrently.
//
//   * MLTransformNotReadyException
//   The machine learning transform is not ready to run.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartMLEvaluationTaskRun
func (c *Glue) StartMLEvaluationTaskRun(input *StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput) (*StartMLEvaluationTaskRunOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.StartMLEvaluationTaskRunRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// StartMLEvaluationTaskRunWithContext is the same as StartMLEvaluationTaskRun with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See StartMLEvaluationTaskRun for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) StartMLEvaluationTaskRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartMLEvaluationTaskRunOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.StartMLEvaluationTaskRunRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opStartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun = "StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun"

// StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun for more information on using the StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun
func (c *Glue) StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunRequest(input *StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opStartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput{}
	}

	output = &StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Starts the active learning workflow for your machine learning transform to
// improve the transform's quality by generating label sets and adding labels.
//
// When the StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun finishes, AWS Glue will have
// generated a "labeling set" or a set of questions for humans to answer.
//
// In the case of the FindMatches transform, these questions are of the form,
// “What is the correct way to group these rows together into groups composed
// entirely of matching records?”
//
// After the labeling process is finished, you can upload your labels with a
// call to StartImportLabelsTaskRun. After StartImportLabelsTaskRun finishes,
// all future runs of the machine learning transform will use the new and improved
// labels and perform a higher-quality transformation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * ConcurrentRunsExceededException
//   Too many jobs are being run concurrently.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun
func (c *Glue) StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun(input *StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput) (*StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunWithContext is the same as StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opStartTrigger = "StartTrigger"

// StartTriggerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the StartTrigger operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See StartTrigger for more information on using the StartTrigger
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the StartTriggerRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.StartTriggerRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartTrigger
func (c *Glue) StartTriggerRequest(input *StartTriggerInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartTriggerOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opStartTrigger,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &StartTriggerInput{}
	}

	output = &StartTriggerOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// StartTrigger API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Starts an existing trigger. See Triggering Jobs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/trigger-job.html)
// for information about how different types of trigger are started.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation StartTrigger for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * ResourceNumberLimitExceededException
//   A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
//   * ConcurrentRunsExceededException
//   Too many jobs are being run concurrently.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartTrigger
func (c *Glue) StartTrigger(input *StartTriggerInput) (*StartTriggerOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.StartTriggerRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// StartTriggerWithContext is the same as StartTrigger with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See StartTrigger for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) StartTriggerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartTriggerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartTriggerOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.StartTriggerRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opStartWorkflowRun = "StartWorkflowRun"

// StartWorkflowRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the StartWorkflowRun operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See StartWorkflowRun for more information on using the StartWorkflowRun
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the StartWorkflowRunRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.StartWorkflowRunRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartWorkflowRun
func (c *Glue) StartWorkflowRunRequest(input *StartWorkflowRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartWorkflowRunOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opStartWorkflowRun,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &StartWorkflowRunInput{}
	}

	output = &StartWorkflowRunOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// StartWorkflowRun API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Starts a new run of the specified workflow.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation StartWorkflowRun for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * ResourceNumberLimitExceededException
//   A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
//   * ConcurrentRunsExceededException
//   Too many jobs are being run concurrently.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartWorkflowRun
func (c *Glue) StartWorkflowRun(input *StartWorkflowRunInput) (*StartWorkflowRunOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.StartWorkflowRunRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// StartWorkflowRunWithContext is the same as StartWorkflowRun with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See StartWorkflowRun for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) StartWorkflowRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartWorkflowRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartWorkflowRunOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.StartWorkflowRunRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opStopCrawler = "StopCrawler"

// StopCrawlerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the StopCrawler operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See StopCrawler for more information on using the StopCrawler
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the StopCrawlerRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.StopCrawlerRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopCrawler
func (c *Glue) StopCrawlerRequest(input *StopCrawlerInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopCrawlerOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opStopCrawler,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &StopCrawlerInput{}
	}

	output = &StopCrawlerOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// StopCrawler API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// If the specified crawler is running, stops the crawl.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation StopCrawler for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * CrawlerNotRunningException
//   The specified crawler is not running.
//
//   * CrawlerStoppingException
//   The specified crawler is stopping.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopCrawler
func (c *Glue) StopCrawler(input *StopCrawlerInput) (*StopCrawlerOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.StopCrawlerRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// StopCrawlerWithContext is the same as StopCrawler with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See StopCrawler for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) StopCrawlerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopCrawlerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopCrawlerOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.StopCrawlerRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opStopCrawlerSchedule = "StopCrawlerSchedule"

// StopCrawlerScheduleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the StopCrawlerSchedule operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See StopCrawlerSchedule for more information on using the StopCrawlerSchedule
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the StopCrawlerScheduleRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.StopCrawlerScheduleRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopCrawlerSchedule
func (c *Glue) StopCrawlerScheduleRequest(input *StopCrawlerScheduleInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopCrawlerScheduleOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opStopCrawlerSchedule,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &StopCrawlerScheduleInput{}
	}

	output = &StopCrawlerScheduleOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// StopCrawlerSchedule API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Sets the schedule state of the specified crawler to NOT_SCHEDULED, but does
// not stop the crawler if it is already running.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation StopCrawlerSchedule for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * SchedulerNotRunningException
//   The specified scheduler is not running.
//
//   * SchedulerTransitioningException
//   The specified scheduler is transitioning.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopCrawlerSchedule
func (c *Glue) StopCrawlerSchedule(input *StopCrawlerScheduleInput) (*StopCrawlerScheduleOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.StopCrawlerScheduleRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// StopCrawlerScheduleWithContext is the same as StopCrawlerSchedule with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See StopCrawlerSchedule for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) StopCrawlerScheduleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopCrawlerScheduleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopCrawlerScheduleOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.StopCrawlerScheduleRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opStopTrigger = "StopTrigger"

// StopTriggerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the StopTrigger operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See StopTrigger for more information on using the StopTrigger
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the StopTriggerRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.StopTriggerRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopTrigger
func (c *Glue) StopTriggerRequest(input *StopTriggerInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopTriggerOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opStopTrigger,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &StopTriggerInput{}
	}

	output = &StopTriggerOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// StopTrigger API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Stops a specified trigger.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation StopTrigger for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * ConcurrentModificationException
//   Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopTrigger
func (c *Glue) StopTrigger(input *StopTriggerInput) (*StopTriggerOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.StopTriggerRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// StopTriggerWithContext is the same as StopTrigger with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See StopTrigger for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) StopTriggerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopTriggerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopTriggerOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.StopTriggerRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opStopWorkflowRun = "StopWorkflowRun"

// StopWorkflowRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the StopWorkflowRun operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See StopWorkflowRun for more information on using the StopWorkflowRun
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the StopWorkflowRunRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.StopWorkflowRunRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopWorkflowRun
func (c *Glue) StopWorkflowRunRequest(input *StopWorkflowRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopWorkflowRunOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opStopWorkflowRun,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &StopWorkflowRunInput{}
	}

	output = &StopWorkflowRunOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// StopWorkflowRun API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Stops the execution of the specified workflow run.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation StopWorkflowRun for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * IllegalWorkflowStateException
//   The workflow is in an invalid state to perform a requested operation.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopWorkflowRun
func (c *Glue) StopWorkflowRun(input *StopWorkflowRunInput) (*StopWorkflowRunOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.StopWorkflowRunRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// StopWorkflowRunWithContext is the same as StopWorkflowRun with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See StopWorkflowRun for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) StopWorkflowRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopWorkflowRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopWorkflowRunOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.StopWorkflowRunRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opTagResource = "TagResource"

// TagResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the TagResource operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See TagResource for more information on using the TagResource
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the TagResourceRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.TagResourceRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/TagResource
func (c *Glue) TagResourceRequest(input *TagResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *TagResourceOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opTagResource,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &TagResourceInput{}
	}

	output = &TagResourceOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// TagResource API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Adds tags to a resource. A tag is a label you can assign to an AWS resource.
// In AWS Glue, you can tag only certain resources. For information about what
// resources you can tag, see AWS Tags in AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-tags.html).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation TagResource for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/TagResource
func (c *Glue) TagResource(input *TagResourceInput) (*TagResourceOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.TagResourceRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// TagResourceWithContext is the same as TagResource with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See TagResource for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) TagResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *TagResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*TagResourceOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.TagResourceRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opUntagResource = "UntagResource"

// UntagResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UntagResource operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UntagResource for more information on using the UntagResource
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the UntagResourceRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.UntagResourceRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UntagResource
func (c *Glue) UntagResourceRequest(input *UntagResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *UntagResourceOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opUntagResource,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &UntagResourceInput{}
	}

	output = &UntagResourceOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// UntagResource API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Removes tags from a resource.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation UntagResource for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UntagResource
func (c *Glue) UntagResource(input *UntagResourceInput) (*UntagResourceOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UntagResourceRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// UntagResourceWithContext is the same as UntagResource with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UntagResource for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) UntagResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UntagResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UntagResourceOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UntagResourceRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opUpdateClassifier = "UpdateClassifier"

// UpdateClassifierRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdateClassifier operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdateClassifier for more information on using the UpdateClassifier
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the UpdateClassifierRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.UpdateClassifierRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateClassifier
func (c *Glue) UpdateClassifierRequest(input *UpdateClassifierInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateClassifierOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opUpdateClassifier,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &UpdateClassifierInput{}
	}

	output = &UpdateClassifierOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// UpdateClassifier API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Modifies an existing classifier (a GrokClassifier, an XMLClassifier, a JsonClassifier,
// or a CsvClassifier, depending on which field is present).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation UpdateClassifier for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * VersionMismatchException
//   There was a version conflict.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateClassifier
func (c *Glue) UpdateClassifier(input *UpdateClassifierInput) (*UpdateClassifierOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateClassifierRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// UpdateClassifierWithContext is the same as UpdateClassifier with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdateClassifier for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) UpdateClassifierWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateClassifierInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateClassifierOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateClassifierRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opUpdateColumnStatisticsForPartition = "UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartition"

// UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartition operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartition for more information on using the UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartition
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartition
func (c *Glue) UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest(input *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opUpdateColumnStatisticsForPartition,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput{}
	}

	output = &UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartition API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates or updates partition statistics of columns.
//
// The Identity and Access Management (IAM) permission required for this operation
// is UpdatePartition.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartition for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartition
func (c *Glue) UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartition(input *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) (*UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionWithContext is the same as UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartition with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartition for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opUpdateColumnStatisticsForTable = "UpdateColumnStatisticsForTable"

// UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdateColumnStatisticsForTable operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdateColumnStatisticsForTable for more information on using the UpdateColumnStatisticsForTable
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateColumnStatisticsForTable
func (c *Glue) UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableRequest(input *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opUpdateColumnStatisticsForTable,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput{}
	}

	output = &UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// UpdateColumnStatisticsForTable API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Creates or updates table statistics of columns.
//
// The Identity and Access Management (IAM) permission required for this operation
// is UpdateTable.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation UpdateColumnStatisticsForTable for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateColumnStatisticsForTable
func (c *Glue) UpdateColumnStatisticsForTable(input *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput) (*UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableWithContext is the same as UpdateColumnStatisticsForTable with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdateColumnStatisticsForTable for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opUpdateConnection = "UpdateConnection"

// UpdateConnectionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdateConnection operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdateConnection for more information on using the UpdateConnection
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the UpdateConnectionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.UpdateConnectionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateConnection
func (c *Glue) UpdateConnectionRequest(input *UpdateConnectionInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateConnectionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opUpdateConnection,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &UpdateConnectionInput{}
	}

	output = &UpdateConnectionOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// UpdateConnection API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Updates a connection definition in the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation UpdateConnection for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateConnection
func (c *Glue) UpdateConnection(input *UpdateConnectionInput) (*UpdateConnectionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateConnectionRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// UpdateConnectionWithContext is the same as UpdateConnection with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdateConnection for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) UpdateConnectionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateConnectionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateConnectionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateConnectionRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opUpdateCrawler = "UpdateCrawler"

// UpdateCrawlerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdateCrawler operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdateCrawler for more information on using the UpdateCrawler
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the UpdateCrawlerRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.UpdateCrawlerRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateCrawler
func (c *Glue) UpdateCrawlerRequest(input *UpdateCrawlerInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateCrawlerOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opUpdateCrawler,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &UpdateCrawlerInput{}
	}

	output = &UpdateCrawlerOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// UpdateCrawler API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Updates a crawler. If a crawler is running, you must stop it using StopCrawler
// before updating it.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation UpdateCrawler for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * VersionMismatchException
//   There was a version conflict.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * CrawlerRunningException
//   The operation cannot be performed because the crawler is already running.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateCrawler
func (c *Glue) UpdateCrawler(input *UpdateCrawlerInput) (*UpdateCrawlerOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateCrawlerRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// UpdateCrawlerWithContext is the same as UpdateCrawler with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdateCrawler for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) UpdateCrawlerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateCrawlerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateCrawlerOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateCrawlerRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opUpdateCrawlerSchedule = "UpdateCrawlerSchedule"

// UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdateCrawlerSchedule operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdateCrawlerSchedule for more information on using the UpdateCrawlerSchedule
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateCrawlerSchedule
func (c *Glue) UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest(input *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opUpdateCrawlerSchedule,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput{}
	}

	output = &UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// UpdateCrawlerSchedule API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Updates the schedule of a crawler using a cron expression.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation UpdateCrawlerSchedule for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * VersionMismatchException
//   There was a version conflict.
//
//   * SchedulerTransitioningException
//   The specified scheduler is transitioning.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateCrawlerSchedule
func (c *Glue) UpdateCrawlerSchedule(input *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) (*UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// UpdateCrawlerScheduleWithContext is the same as UpdateCrawlerSchedule with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdateCrawlerSchedule for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) UpdateCrawlerScheduleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opUpdateDatabase = "UpdateDatabase"

// UpdateDatabaseRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdateDatabase operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdateDatabase for more information on using the UpdateDatabase
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the UpdateDatabaseRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.UpdateDatabaseRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateDatabase
func (c *Glue) UpdateDatabaseRequest(input *UpdateDatabaseInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateDatabaseOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opUpdateDatabase,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &UpdateDatabaseInput{}
	}

	output = &UpdateDatabaseOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// UpdateDatabase API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Updates an existing database definition in a Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation UpdateDatabase for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateDatabase
func (c *Glue) UpdateDatabase(input *UpdateDatabaseInput) (*UpdateDatabaseOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateDatabaseRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// UpdateDatabaseWithContext is the same as UpdateDatabase with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdateDatabase for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) UpdateDatabaseWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateDatabaseInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateDatabaseOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateDatabaseRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opUpdateDevEndpoint = "UpdateDevEndpoint"

// UpdateDevEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdateDevEndpoint operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdateDevEndpoint for more information on using the UpdateDevEndpoint
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the UpdateDevEndpointRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.UpdateDevEndpointRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateDevEndpoint
func (c *Glue) UpdateDevEndpointRequest(input *UpdateDevEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateDevEndpointOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opUpdateDevEndpoint,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &UpdateDevEndpointInput{}
	}

	output = &UpdateDevEndpointOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// UpdateDevEndpoint API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Updates a specified development endpoint.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation UpdateDevEndpoint for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * ValidationException
//   A value could not be validated.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateDevEndpoint
func (c *Glue) UpdateDevEndpoint(input *UpdateDevEndpointInput) (*UpdateDevEndpointOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateDevEndpointRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// UpdateDevEndpointWithContext is the same as UpdateDevEndpoint with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdateDevEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) UpdateDevEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateDevEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateDevEndpointOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateDevEndpointRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opUpdateJob = "UpdateJob"

// UpdateJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdateJob operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdateJob for more information on using the UpdateJob
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the UpdateJobRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.UpdateJobRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateJob
func (c *Glue) UpdateJobRequest(input *UpdateJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateJobOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opUpdateJob,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &UpdateJobInput{}
	}

	output = &UpdateJobOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// UpdateJob API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Updates an existing job definition.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation UpdateJob for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * ConcurrentModificationException
//   Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateJob
func (c *Glue) UpdateJob(input *UpdateJobInput) (*UpdateJobOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateJobRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// UpdateJobWithContext is the same as UpdateJob with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdateJob for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) UpdateJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateJobOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateJobRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opUpdateMLTransform = "UpdateMLTransform"

// UpdateMLTransformRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdateMLTransform operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdateMLTransform for more information on using the UpdateMLTransform
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the UpdateMLTransformRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.UpdateMLTransformRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateMLTransform
func (c *Glue) UpdateMLTransformRequest(input *UpdateMLTransformInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateMLTransformOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opUpdateMLTransform,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &UpdateMLTransformInput{}
	}

	output = &UpdateMLTransformOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// UpdateMLTransform API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Updates an existing machine learning transform. Call this operation to tune
// the algorithm parameters to achieve better results.
//
// After calling this operation, you can call the StartMLEvaluationTaskRun operation
// to assess how well your new parameters achieved your goals (such as improving
// the quality of your machine learning transform, or making it more cost-effective).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation UpdateMLTransform for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * AccessDeniedException
//   Access to a resource was denied.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateMLTransform
func (c *Glue) UpdateMLTransform(input *UpdateMLTransformInput) (*UpdateMLTransformOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateMLTransformRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// UpdateMLTransformWithContext is the same as UpdateMLTransform with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdateMLTransform for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) UpdateMLTransformWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateMLTransformInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateMLTransformOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateMLTransformRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opUpdatePartition = "UpdatePartition"

// UpdatePartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdatePartition operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdatePartition for more information on using the UpdatePartition
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the UpdatePartitionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.UpdatePartitionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdatePartition
func (c *Glue) UpdatePartitionRequest(input *UpdatePartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdatePartitionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opUpdatePartition,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &UpdatePartitionInput{}
	}

	output = &UpdatePartitionOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// UpdatePartition API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Updates a partition.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation UpdatePartition for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdatePartition
func (c *Glue) UpdatePartition(input *UpdatePartitionInput) (*UpdatePartitionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdatePartitionRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// UpdatePartitionWithContext is the same as UpdatePartition with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdatePartition for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) UpdatePartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdatePartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdatePartitionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdatePartitionRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opUpdateRegistry = "UpdateRegistry"

// UpdateRegistryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdateRegistry operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdateRegistry for more information on using the UpdateRegistry
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the UpdateRegistryRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.UpdateRegistryRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateRegistry
func (c *Glue) UpdateRegistryRequest(input *UpdateRegistryInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateRegistryOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opUpdateRegistry,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &UpdateRegistryInput{}
	}

	output = &UpdateRegistryOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// UpdateRegistry API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Updates an existing registry which is used to hold a collection of schemas.
// The updated properties relate to the registry, and do not modify any of the
// schemas within the registry.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation UpdateRegistry for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * AccessDeniedException
//   Access to a resource was denied.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * ConcurrentModificationException
//   Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateRegistry
func (c *Glue) UpdateRegistry(input *UpdateRegistryInput) (*UpdateRegistryOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateRegistryRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// UpdateRegistryWithContext is the same as UpdateRegistry with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdateRegistry for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) UpdateRegistryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateRegistryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateRegistryOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateRegistryRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opUpdateSchema = "UpdateSchema"

// UpdateSchemaRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdateSchema operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdateSchema for more information on using the UpdateSchema
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the UpdateSchemaRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.UpdateSchemaRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateSchema
func (c *Glue) UpdateSchemaRequest(input *UpdateSchemaInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateSchemaOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opUpdateSchema,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &UpdateSchemaInput{}
	}

	output = &UpdateSchemaOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// UpdateSchema API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Updates the description, compatibility setting, or version checkpoint for
// a schema set.
//
// For updating the compatibility setting, the call will not validate compatibility
// for the entire set of schema versions with the new compatibility setting.
// If the value for Compatibility is provided, the VersionNumber (a checkpoint)
// is also required. The API will validate the checkpoint version number for
// consistency.
//
// If the value for the VersionNumber (checkpoint) is provided, Compatibility
// is optional and this can be used to set/reset a checkpoint for the schema.
//
// This update will happen only if the schema is in the AVAILABLE state.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation UpdateSchema for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * AccessDeniedException
//   Access to a resource was denied.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * ConcurrentModificationException
//   Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateSchema
func (c *Glue) UpdateSchema(input *UpdateSchemaInput) (*UpdateSchemaOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateSchemaRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// UpdateSchemaWithContext is the same as UpdateSchema with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdateSchema for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) UpdateSchemaWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateSchemaInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateSchemaOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateSchemaRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opUpdateTable = "UpdateTable"

// UpdateTableRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdateTable operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdateTable for more information on using the UpdateTable
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the UpdateTableRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.UpdateTableRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateTable
func (c *Glue) UpdateTableRequest(input *UpdateTableInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateTableOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opUpdateTable,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &UpdateTableInput{}
	}

	output = &UpdateTableOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// UpdateTable API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Updates a metadata table in the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation UpdateTable for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * ConcurrentModificationException
//   Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.
//
//   * ResourceNumberLimitExceededException
//   A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateTable
func (c *Glue) UpdateTable(input *UpdateTableInput) (*UpdateTableOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateTableRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// UpdateTableWithContext is the same as UpdateTable with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdateTable for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) UpdateTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateTableInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateTableOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateTableRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opUpdateTrigger = "UpdateTrigger"

// UpdateTriggerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdateTrigger operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdateTrigger for more information on using the UpdateTrigger
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the UpdateTriggerRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.UpdateTriggerRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateTrigger
func (c *Glue) UpdateTriggerRequest(input *UpdateTriggerInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateTriggerOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opUpdateTrigger,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &UpdateTriggerInput{}
	}

	output = &UpdateTriggerOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// UpdateTrigger API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Updates a trigger definition.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation UpdateTrigger for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * ConcurrentModificationException
//   Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateTrigger
func (c *Glue) UpdateTrigger(input *UpdateTriggerInput) (*UpdateTriggerOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateTriggerRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// UpdateTriggerWithContext is the same as UpdateTrigger with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdateTrigger for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) UpdateTriggerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateTriggerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateTriggerOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateTriggerRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opUpdateUserDefinedFunction = "UpdateUserDefinedFunction"

// UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdateUserDefinedFunction operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdateUserDefinedFunction for more information on using the UpdateUserDefinedFunction
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateUserDefinedFunction
func (c *Glue) UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opUpdateUserDefinedFunction,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput{}
	}

	output = &UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// UpdateUserDefinedFunction API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Updates an existing function definition in the Data Catalog.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation UpdateUserDefinedFunction for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * EncryptionException
//   An encryption operation failed.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateUserDefinedFunction
func (c *Glue) UpdateUserDefinedFunction(input *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) (*UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// UpdateUserDefinedFunctionWithContext is the same as UpdateUserDefinedFunction with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdateUserDefinedFunction for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) UpdateUserDefinedFunctionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opUpdateWorkflow = "UpdateWorkflow"

// UpdateWorkflowRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdateWorkflow operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdateWorkflow for more information on using the UpdateWorkflow
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
//    // Example sending a request using the UpdateWorkflowRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.UpdateWorkflowRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateWorkflow
func (c *Glue) UpdateWorkflowRequest(input *UpdateWorkflowInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateWorkflowOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opUpdateWorkflow,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &UpdateWorkflowInput{}
	}

	output = &UpdateWorkflowOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// UpdateWorkflow API operation for AWS Glue.
//
// Updates an existing workflow.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's
// API operation UpdateWorkflow for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//   * InvalidInputException
//   The input provided was not valid.
//
//   * EntityNotFoundException
//   A specified entity does not exist
//
//   * InternalServiceException
//   An internal service error occurred.
//
//   * OperationTimeoutException
//   The operation timed out.
//
//   * ConcurrentModificationException
//   Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateWorkflow
func (c *Glue) UpdateWorkflow(input *UpdateWorkflowInput) (*UpdateWorkflowOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateWorkflowRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// UpdateWorkflowWithContext is the same as UpdateWorkflow with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdateWorkflow for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *Glue) UpdateWorkflowWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateWorkflowInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateWorkflowOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateWorkflowRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// Access to a resource was denied.
type AccessDeniedException struct {
	_            struct{}                  `type:"structure"`
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s AccessDeniedException) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AccessDeniedException) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

func newErrorAccessDeniedException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error {
	return &AccessDeniedException{
		RespMetadata: v,
	}
}

// Code returns the exception type name.
func (s *AccessDeniedException) Code() string {
	return "AccessDeniedException"
}

// Message returns the exception's message.
func (s *AccessDeniedException) Message() string {
	if s.Message_ != nil {
		return *s.Message_
	}
	return ""
}

// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.
func (s *AccessDeniedException) OrigErr() error {
	return nil
}

func (s *AccessDeniedException) Error() string {
	return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message())
}

// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.
func (s *AccessDeniedException) StatusCode() int {
	return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode
}

// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.
func (s *AccessDeniedException) RequestID() string {
	return s.RespMetadata.RequestID
}

// Defines an action to be initiated by a trigger.
type Action struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The job arguments used when this trigger fires. For this job run, they replace
	// the default arguments set in the job definition itself.
	//
	// You can specify arguments here that your own job-execution script consumes,
	// as well as arguments that AWS Glue itself consumes.
	//
	// For information about how to specify and consume your own Job arguments,
	// see the Calling AWS Glue APIs in Python (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-python-calling.html)
	// topic in the developer guide.
	//
	// For information about the key-value pairs that AWS Glue consumes to set up
	// your job, see the Special Parameters Used by AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-etl-glue-arguments.html)
	// topic in the developer guide.
	Arguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// The name of the crawler to be used with this action.
	CrawlerName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of a job to be executed.
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Specifies configuration properties of a job run notification.
	NotificationProperty *NotificationProperty `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with this action.
	SecurityConfiguration *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The JobRun timeout in minutes. This is the maximum time that a job run can
	// consume resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The
	// default is 2,880 minutes (48 hours). This overrides the timeout value set
	// in the parent job.
	Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Action) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Action) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Action) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Action"}
	if s.CrawlerName != nil && len(*s.CrawlerName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CrawlerName", 1))
	}
	if s.JobName != nil && len(*s.JobName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobName", 1))
	}
	if s.SecurityConfiguration != nil && len(*s.SecurityConfiguration) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SecurityConfiguration", 1))
	}
	if s.Timeout != nil && *s.Timeout < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Timeout", 1))
	}
	if s.NotificationProperty != nil {
		if err := s.NotificationProperty.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("NotificationProperty", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetArguments sets the Arguments field's value.
func (s *Action) SetArguments(v map[string]*string) *Action {
	s.Arguments = v
	return s
}

// SetCrawlerName sets the CrawlerName field's value.
func (s *Action) SetCrawlerName(v string) *Action {
	s.CrawlerName = &v
	return s
}

// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *Action) SetJobName(v string) *Action {
	s.JobName = &v
	return s
}

// SetNotificationProperty sets the NotificationProperty field's value.
func (s *Action) SetNotificationProperty(v *NotificationProperty) *Action {
	s.NotificationProperty = v
	return s
}

// SetSecurityConfiguration sets the SecurityConfiguration field's value.
func (s *Action) SetSecurityConfiguration(v string) *Action {
	s.SecurityConfiguration = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimeout sets the Timeout field's value.
func (s *Action) SetTimeout(v int64) *Action {
	s.Timeout = &v
	return s
}

// A resource to be created or added already exists.
type AlreadyExistsException struct {
	_            struct{}                  `type:"structure"`
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s AlreadyExistsException) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AlreadyExistsException) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

func newErrorAlreadyExistsException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error {
	return &AlreadyExistsException{
		RespMetadata: v,
	}
}

// Code returns the exception type name.
func (s *AlreadyExistsException) Code() string {
	return "AlreadyExistsException"
}

// Message returns the exception's message.
func (s *AlreadyExistsException) Message() string {
	if s.Message_ != nil {
		return *s.Message_
	}
	return ""
}

// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.
func (s *AlreadyExistsException) OrigErr() error {
	return nil
}

func (s *AlreadyExistsException) Error() string {
	return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message())
}

// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.
func (s *AlreadyExistsException) StatusCode() int {
	return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode
}

// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.
func (s *AlreadyExistsException) RequestID() string {
	return s.RespMetadata.RequestID
}

// A list of errors that can occur when registering partition indexes for an
// existing table.
//
// These errors give the details about why an index registration failed and
// provide a limited number of partitions in the response, so that you can fix
// the partitions at fault and try registering the index again. The most common
// set of errors that can occur are categorized as follows:
//
//    * EncryptedPartitionError: The partitions are encrypted.
//
//    * InvalidPartitionTypeDataError: The partition value doesn't match the
//    data type for that partition column.
//
//    * MissingPartitionValueError: The partitions are encrypted.
//
//    * UnsupportedPartitionCharacterError: Characters inside the partition
//    value are not supported. For example: U+0000 , U+0001, U+0002.
//
//    * InternalError: Any error which does not belong to other error codes.
type BackfillError struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The error code for an error that occurred when registering partition indexes
	// for an existing table.
	Code *string `type:"string" enum:"BackfillErrorCode"`

	// A list of a limited number of partitions in the response.
	Partitions []*PartitionValueList `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BackfillError) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BackfillError) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCode sets the Code field's value.
func (s *BackfillError) SetCode(v string) *BackfillError {
	s.Code = &v
	return s
}

// SetPartitions sets the Partitions field's value.
func (s *BackfillError) SetPartitions(v []*PartitionValueList) *BackfillError {
	s.Partitions = v
	return s
}

type BatchCreatePartitionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the catalog in which the partition is to be created. Currently,
	// this should be the AWS account ID.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the metadata database in which the partition is to be created.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of PartitionInput structures that define the partitions to be created.
	//
	// PartitionInputList is a required field
	PartitionInputList []*PartitionInput `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The name of the metadata table in which the partition is to be created.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchCreatePartitionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchCreatePartitionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BatchCreatePartitionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchCreatePartitionInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.PartitionInputList == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartitionInputList"))
	}
	if s.TableName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
	}
	if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
	}
	if s.PartitionInputList != nil {
		for i, v := range s.PartitionInputList {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "PartitionInputList", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *BatchCreatePartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *BatchCreatePartitionInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *BatchCreatePartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *BatchCreatePartitionInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetPartitionInputList sets the PartitionInputList field's value.
func (s *BatchCreatePartitionInput) SetPartitionInputList(v []*PartitionInput) *BatchCreatePartitionInput {
	s.PartitionInputList = v
	return s
}

// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *BatchCreatePartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *BatchCreatePartitionInput {
	s.TableName = &v
	return s
}

type BatchCreatePartitionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The errors encountered when trying to create the requested partitions.
	Errors []*PartitionError `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchCreatePartitionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchCreatePartitionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
func (s *BatchCreatePartitionOutput) SetErrors(v []*PartitionError) *BatchCreatePartitionOutput {
	s.Errors = v
	return s
}

type BatchDeleteConnectionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connections reside. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A list of names of the connections to delete.
	//
	// ConnectionNameList is a required field
	ConnectionNameList []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeleteConnectionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeleteConnectionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BatchDeleteConnectionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchDeleteConnectionInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.ConnectionNameList == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ConnectionNameList"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *BatchDeleteConnectionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *BatchDeleteConnectionInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetConnectionNameList sets the ConnectionNameList field's value.
func (s *BatchDeleteConnectionInput) SetConnectionNameList(v []*string) *BatchDeleteConnectionInput {
	s.ConnectionNameList = v
	return s
}

type BatchDeleteConnectionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A map of the names of connections that were not successfully deleted to error
	// details.
	Errors map[string]*ErrorDetail `type:"map"`

	// A list of names of the connection definitions that were successfully deleted.
	Succeeded []*string `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeleteConnectionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeleteConnectionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
func (s *BatchDeleteConnectionOutput) SetErrors(v map[string]*ErrorDetail) *BatchDeleteConnectionOutput {
	s.Errors = v
	return s
}

// SetSucceeded sets the Succeeded field's value.
func (s *BatchDeleteConnectionOutput) SetSucceeded(v []*string) *BatchDeleteConnectionOutput {
	s.Succeeded = v
	return s
}

type BatchDeletePartitionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partition to be deleted resides. If
	// none is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database in which the table in question resides.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of PartitionInput structures that define the partitions to be deleted.
	//
	// PartitionsToDelete is a required field
	PartitionsToDelete []*PartitionValueList `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The name of the table that contains the partitions to be deleted.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeletePartitionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeletePartitionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BatchDeletePartitionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchDeletePartitionInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.PartitionsToDelete == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartitionsToDelete"))
	}
	if s.TableName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
	}
	if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
	}
	if s.PartitionsToDelete != nil {
		for i, v := range s.PartitionsToDelete {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "PartitionsToDelete", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *BatchDeletePartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *BatchDeletePartitionInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *BatchDeletePartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *BatchDeletePartitionInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetPartitionsToDelete sets the PartitionsToDelete field's value.
func (s *BatchDeletePartitionInput) SetPartitionsToDelete(v []*PartitionValueList) *BatchDeletePartitionInput {
	s.PartitionsToDelete = v
	return s
}

// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *BatchDeletePartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *BatchDeletePartitionInput {
	s.TableName = &v
	return s
}

type BatchDeletePartitionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The errors encountered when trying to delete the requested partitions.
	Errors []*PartitionError `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeletePartitionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeletePartitionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
func (s *BatchDeletePartitionOutput) SetErrors(v []*PartitionError) *BatchDeletePartitionOutput {
	s.Errors = v
	return s
}

type BatchDeleteTableInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the table resides. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database in which the tables to delete reside. For
	// Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of the table to delete.
	//
	// TablesToDelete is a required field
	TablesToDelete []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeleteTableInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeleteTableInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BatchDeleteTableInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchDeleteTableInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.TablesToDelete == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TablesToDelete"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *BatchDeleteTableInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *BatchDeleteTableInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *BatchDeleteTableInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *BatchDeleteTableInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetTablesToDelete sets the TablesToDelete field's value.
func (s *BatchDeleteTableInput) SetTablesToDelete(v []*string) *BatchDeleteTableInput {
	s.TablesToDelete = v
	return s
}

type BatchDeleteTableOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of errors encountered in attempting to delete the specified tables.
	Errors []*TableError `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeleteTableOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeleteTableOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
func (s *BatchDeleteTableOutput) SetErrors(v []*TableError) *BatchDeleteTableOutput {
	s.Errors = v
	return s
}

type BatchDeleteTableVersionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The database in the catalog in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility,
	// this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the table. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of the IDs of versions to be deleted. A VersionId is a string representation
	// of an integer. Each version is incremented by 1.
	//
	// VersionIds is a required field
	VersionIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchDeleteTableVersionInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.TableName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
	}
	if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
	}
	if s.VersionIds == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VersionIds"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) SetTableName(v string) *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput {
	s.TableName = &v
	return s
}

// SetVersionIds sets the VersionIds field's value.
func (s *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) SetVersionIds(v []*string) *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput {
	s.VersionIds = v
	return s
}

type BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of errors encountered while trying to delete the specified table versions.
	Errors []*TableVersionError `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
func (s *BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput) SetErrors(v []*TableVersionError) *BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput {
	s.Errors = v
	return s
}

type BatchGetCrawlersInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of crawler names, which might be the names returned from the ListCrawlers
	// operation.
	//
	// CrawlerNames is a required field
	CrawlerNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchGetCrawlersInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchGetCrawlersInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BatchGetCrawlersInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchGetCrawlersInput"}
	if s.CrawlerNames == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CrawlerNames"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCrawlerNames sets the CrawlerNames field's value.
func (s *BatchGetCrawlersInput) SetCrawlerNames(v []*string) *BatchGetCrawlersInput {
	s.CrawlerNames = v
	return s
}

type BatchGetCrawlersOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of crawler definitions.
	Crawlers []*Crawler `type:"list"`

	// A list of names of crawlers that were not found.
	CrawlersNotFound []*string `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchGetCrawlersOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchGetCrawlersOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCrawlers sets the Crawlers field's value.
func (s *BatchGetCrawlersOutput) SetCrawlers(v []*Crawler) *BatchGetCrawlersOutput {
	s.Crawlers = v
	return s
}

// SetCrawlersNotFound sets the CrawlersNotFound field's value.
func (s *BatchGetCrawlersOutput) SetCrawlersNotFound(v []*string) *BatchGetCrawlersOutput {
	s.CrawlersNotFound = v
	return s
}

type BatchGetDevEndpointsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The list of DevEndpoint names, which might be the names returned from the
	// ListDevEndpoint operation.
	//
	// DevEndpointNames is a required field
	DevEndpointNames []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchGetDevEndpointsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchGetDevEndpointsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BatchGetDevEndpointsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchGetDevEndpointsInput"}
	if s.DevEndpointNames == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DevEndpointNames"))
	}
	if s.DevEndpointNames != nil && len(s.DevEndpointNames) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DevEndpointNames", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetDevEndpointNames sets the DevEndpointNames field's value.
func (s *BatchGetDevEndpointsInput) SetDevEndpointNames(v []*string) *BatchGetDevEndpointsInput {
	s.DevEndpointNames = v
	return s
}

type BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of DevEndpoint definitions.
	DevEndpoints []*DevEndpoint `type:"list"`

	// A list of DevEndpoints not found.
	DevEndpointsNotFound []*string `min:"1" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetDevEndpoints sets the DevEndpoints field's value.
func (s *BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput) SetDevEndpoints(v []*DevEndpoint) *BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput {
	s.DevEndpoints = v
	return s
}

// SetDevEndpointsNotFound sets the DevEndpointsNotFound field's value.
func (s *BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput) SetDevEndpointsNotFound(v []*string) *BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput {
	s.DevEndpointsNotFound = v
	return s
}

type BatchGetJobsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of job names, which might be the names returned from the ListJobs
	// operation.
	//
	// JobNames is a required field
	JobNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchGetJobsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchGetJobsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BatchGetJobsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchGetJobsInput"}
	if s.JobNames == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobNames"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetJobNames sets the JobNames field's value.
func (s *BatchGetJobsInput) SetJobNames(v []*string) *BatchGetJobsInput {
	s.JobNames = v
	return s
}

type BatchGetJobsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of job definitions.
	Jobs []*Job `type:"list"`

	// A list of names of jobs not found.
	JobsNotFound []*string `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchGetJobsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchGetJobsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetJobs sets the Jobs field's value.
func (s *BatchGetJobsOutput) SetJobs(v []*Job) *BatchGetJobsOutput {
	s.Jobs = v
	return s
}

// SetJobsNotFound sets the JobsNotFound field's value.
func (s *BatchGetJobsOutput) SetJobsNotFound(v []*string) *BatchGetJobsOutput {
	s.JobsNotFound = v
	return s
}

type BatchGetPartitionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none
	// is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of partition values identifying the partitions to retrieve.
	//
	// PartitionsToGet is a required field
	PartitionsToGet []*PartitionValueList `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The name of the partitions' table.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchGetPartitionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchGetPartitionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BatchGetPartitionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchGetPartitionInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.PartitionsToGet == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartitionsToGet"))
	}
	if s.TableName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
	}
	if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
	}
	if s.PartitionsToGet != nil {
		for i, v := range s.PartitionsToGet {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "PartitionsToGet", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *BatchGetPartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *BatchGetPartitionInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *BatchGetPartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *BatchGetPartitionInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetPartitionsToGet sets the PartitionsToGet field's value.
func (s *BatchGetPartitionInput) SetPartitionsToGet(v []*PartitionValueList) *BatchGetPartitionInput {
	s.PartitionsToGet = v
	return s
}

// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *BatchGetPartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *BatchGetPartitionInput {
	s.TableName = &v
	return s
}

type BatchGetPartitionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of the requested partitions.
	Partitions []*Partition `type:"list"`

	// A list of the partition values in the request for which partitions were not
	// returned.
	UnprocessedKeys []*PartitionValueList `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchGetPartitionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchGetPartitionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetPartitions sets the Partitions field's value.
func (s *BatchGetPartitionOutput) SetPartitions(v []*Partition) *BatchGetPartitionOutput {
	s.Partitions = v
	return s
}

// SetUnprocessedKeys sets the UnprocessedKeys field's value.
func (s *BatchGetPartitionOutput) SetUnprocessedKeys(v []*PartitionValueList) *BatchGetPartitionOutput {
	s.UnprocessedKeys = v
	return s
}

type BatchGetTriggersInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of trigger names, which may be the names returned from the ListTriggers
	// operation.
	//
	// TriggerNames is a required field
	TriggerNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchGetTriggersInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchGetTriggersInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BatchGetTriggersInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchGetTriggersInput"}
	if s.TriggerNames == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TriggerNames"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetTriggerNames sets the TriggerNames field's value.
func (s *BatchGetTriggersInput) SetTriggerNames(v []*string) *BatchGetTriggersInput {
	s.TriggerNames = v
	return s
}

type BatchGetTriggersOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of trigger definitions.
	Triggers []*Trigger `type:"list"`

	// A list of names of triggers not found.
	TriggersNotFound []*string `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchGetTriggersOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchGetTriggersOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetTriggers sets the Triggers field's value.
func (s *BatchGetTriggersOutput) SetTriggers(v []*Trigger) *BatchGetTriggersOutput {
	s.Triggers = v
	return s
}

// SetTriggersNotFound sets the TriggersNotFound field's value.
func (s *BatchGetTriggersOutput) SetTriggersNotFound(v []*string) *BatchGetTriggersOutput {
	s.TriggersNotFound = v
	return s
}

type BatchGetWorkflowsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies whether to include a graph when returning the workflow resource
	// metadata.
	IncludeGraph *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of workflow names, which may be the names returned from the ListWorkflows
	// operation.
	//
	// Names is a required field
	Names []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchGetWorkflowsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchGetWorkflowsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BatchGetWorkflowsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchGetWorkflowsInput"}
	if s.Names == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Names"))
	}
	if s.Names != nil && len(s.Names) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Names", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetIncludeGraph sets the IncludeGraph field's value.
func (s *BatchGetWorkflowsInput) SetIncludeGraph(v bool) *BatchGetWorkflowsInput {
	s.IncludeGraph = &v
	return s
}

// SetNames sets the Names field's value.
func (s *BatchGetWorkflowsInput) SetNames(v []*string) *BatchGetWorkflowsInput {
	s.Names = v
	return s
}

type BatchGetWorkflowsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of names of workflows not found.
	MissingWorkflows []*string `min:"1" type:"list"`

	// A list of workflow resource metadata.
	Workflows []*Workflow `min:"1" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchGetWorkflowsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchGetWorkflowsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetMissingWorkflows sets the MissingWorkflows field's value.
func (s *BatchGetWorkflowsOutput) SetMissingWorkflows(v []*string) *BatchGetWorkflowsOutput {
	s.MissingWorkflows = v
	return s
}

// SetWorkflows sets the Workflows field's value.
func (s *BatchGetWorkflowsOutput) SetWorkflows(v []*Workflow) *BatchGetWorkflowsOutput {
	s.Workflows = v
	return s
}

// Records an error that occurred when attempting to stop a specified job run.
type BatchStopJobRunError struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies details about the error that was encountered.
	ErrorDetail *ErrorDetail `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the job definition that is used in the job run in question.
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The JobRunId of the job run in question.
	JobRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchStopJobRunError) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchStopJobRunError) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetErrorDetail sets the ErrorDetail field's value.
func (s *BatchStopJobRunError) SetErrorDetail(v *ErrorDetail) *BatchStopJobRunError {
	s.ErrorDetail = v
	return s
}

// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *BatchStopJobRunError) SetJobName(v string) *BatchStopJobRunError {
	s.JobName = &v
	return s
}

// SetJobRunId sets the JobRunId field's value.
func (s *BatchStopJobRunError) SetJobRunId(v string) *BatchStopJobRunError {
	s.JobRunId = &v
	return s
}

type BatchStopJobRunInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the job definition for which to stop job runs.
	//
	// JobName is a required field
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of the JobRunIds that should be stopped for that job definition.
	//
	// JobRunIds is a required field
	JobRunIds []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchStopJobRunInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchStopJobRunInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BatchStopJobRunInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchStopJobRunInput"}
	if s.JobName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobName"))
	}
	if s.JobName != nil && len(*s.JobName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobName", 1))
	}
	if s.JobRunIds == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobRunIds"))
	}
	if s.JobRunIds != nil && len(s.JobRunIds) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobRunIds", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *BatchStopJobRunInput) SetJobName(v string) *BatchStopJobRunInput {
	s.JobName = &v
	return s
}

// SetJobRunIds sets the JobRunIds field's value.
func (s *BatchStopJobRunInput) SetJobRunIds(v []*string) *BatchStopJobRunInput {
	s.JobRunIds = v
	return s
}

type BatchStopJobRunOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of the errors that were encountered in trying to stop JobRuns, including
	// the JobRunId for which each error was encountered and details about the error.
	Errors []*BatchStopJobRunError `type:"list"`

	// A list of the JobRuns that were successfully submitted for stopping.
	SuccessfulSubmissions []*BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchStopJobRunOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchStopJobRunOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
func (s *BatchStopJobRunOutput) SetErrors(v []*BatchStopJobRunError) *BatchStopJobRunOutput {
	s.Errors = v
	return s
}

// SetSuccessfulSubmissions sets the SuccessfulSubmissions field's value.
func (s *BatchStopJobRunOutput) SetSuccessfulSubmissions(v []*BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission) *BatchStopJobRunOutput {
	s.SuccessfulSubmissions = v
	return s
}

// Records a successful request to stop a specified JobRun.
type BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the job definition used in the job run that was stopped.
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The JobRunId of the job run that was stopped.
	JobRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission) SetJobName(v string) *BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission {
	s.JobName = &v
	return s
}

// SetJobRunId sets the JobRunId field's value.
func (s *BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission) SetJobRunId(v string) *BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission {
	s.JobRunId = &v
	return s
}

// Contains information about a batch update partition error.
type BatchUpdatePartitionFailureEntry struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The details about the batch update partition error.
	ErrorDetail *ErrorDetail `type:"structure"`

	// A list of values defining the partitions.
	PartitionValueList []*string `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchUpdatePartitionFailureEntry) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchUpdatePartitionFailureEntry) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetErrorDetail sets the ErrorDetail field's value.
func (s *BatchUpdatePartitionFailureEntry) SetErrorDetail(v *ErrorDetail) *BatchUpdatePartitionFailureEntry {
	s.ErrorDetail = v
	return s
}

// SetPartitionValueList sets the PartitionValueList field's value.
func (s *BatchUpdatePartitionFailureEntry) SetPartitionValueList(v []*string) *BatchUpdatePartitionFailureEntry {
	s.PartitionValueList = v
	return s
}

type BatchUpdatePartitionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the catalog in which the partition is to be updated. Currently,
	// this should be the AWS account ID.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the metadata database in which the partition is to be updated.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of up to 100 BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry objects to update.
	//
	// Entries is a required field
	Entries []*BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The name of the metadata table in which the partition is to be updated.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchUpdatePartitionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchUpdatePartitionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BatchUpdatePartitionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchUpdatePartitionInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.Entries == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Entries"))
	}
	if s.Entries != nil && len(s.Entries) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Entries", 1))
	}
	if s.TableName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
	}
	if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
	}
	if s.Entries != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Entries {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Entries", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *BatchUpdatePartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *BatchUpdatePartitionInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *BatchUpdatePartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *BatchUpdatePartitionInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetEntries sets the Entries field's value.
func (s *BatchUpdatePartitionInput) SetEntries(v []*BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry) *BatchUpdatePartitionInput {
	s.Entries = v
	return s
}

// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *BatchUpdatePartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *BatchUpdatePartitionInput {
	s.TableName = &v
	return s
}

type BatchUpdatePartitionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The errors encountered when trying to update the requested partitions. A
	// list of BatchUpdatePartitionFailureEntry objects.
	Errors []*BatchUpdatePartitionFailureEntry `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchUpdatePartitionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchUpdatePartitionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
func (s *BatchUpdatePartitionOutput) SetErrors(v []*BatchUpdatePartitionFailureEntry) *BatchUpdatePartitionOutput {
	s.Errors = v
	return s
}

// A structure that contains the values and structure used to update a partition.
type BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The structure used to update a partition.
	//
	// PartitionInput is a required field
	PartitionInput *PartitionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// A list of values defining the partitions.
	//
	// PartitionValueList is a required field
	PartitionValueList []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry"}
	if s.PartitionInput == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartitionInput"))
	}
	if s.PartitionValueList == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartitionValueList"))
	}
	if s.PartitionInput != nil {
		if err := s.PartitionInput.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("PartitionInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetPartitionInput sets the PartitionInput field's value.
func (s *BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry) SetPartitionInput(v *PartitionInput) *BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry {
	s.PartitionInput = v
	return s
}

// SetPartitionValueList sets the PartitionValueList field's value.
func (s *BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry) SetPartitionValueList(v []*string) *BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry {
	s.PartitionValueList = v
	return s
}

// Defines column statistics supported for bit sequence data values.
type BinaryColumnStatisticsData struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The average bit sequence length in the column.
	//
	// AverageLength is a required field
	AverageLength *float64 `type:"double" required:"true"`

	// The size of the longest bit sequence in the column.
	//
	// MaximumLength is a required field
	MaximumLength *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`

	// The number of null values in the column.
	//
	// NumberOfNulls is a required field
	NumberOfNulls *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BinaryColumnStatisticsData) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BinaryColumnStatisticsData) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BinaryColumnStatisticsData) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BinaryColumnStatisticsData"}
	if s.AverageLength == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AverageLength"))
	}
	if s.MaximumLength == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MaximumLength"))
	}
	if s.NumberOfNulls == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NumberOfNulls"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAverageLength sets the AverageLength field's value.
func (s *BinaryColumnStatisticsData) SetAverageLength(v float64) *BinaryColumnStatisticsData {
	s.AverageLength = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaximumLength sets the MaximumLength field's value.
func (s *BinaryColumnStatisticsData) SetMaximumLength(v int64) *BinaryColumnStatisticsData {
	s.MaximumLength = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumberOfNulls sets the NumberOfNulls field's value.
func (s *BinaryColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfNulls(v int64) *BinaryColumnStatisticsData {
	s.NumberOfNulls = &v
	return s
}

// Defines column statistics supported for Boolean data columns.
type BooleanColumnStatisticsData struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The number of false values in the column.
	//
	// NumberOfFalses is a required field
	NumberOfFalses *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`

	// The number of null values in the column.
	//
	// NumberOfNulls is a required field
	NumberOfNulls *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`

	// The number of true values in the column.
	//
	// NumberOfTrues is a required field
	NumberOfTrues *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s BooleanColumnStatisticsData) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BooleanColumnStatisticsData) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BooleanColumnStatisticsData) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BooleanColumnStatisticsData"}
	if s.NumberOfFalses == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NumberOfFalses"))
	}
	if s.NumberOfNulls == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NumberOfNulls"))
	}
	if s.NumberOfTrues == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NumberOfTrues"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetNumberOfFalses sets the NumberOfFalses field's value.
func (s *BooleanColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfFalses(v int64) *BooleanColumnStatisticsData {
	s.NumberOfFalses = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumberOfNulls sets the NumberOfNulls field's value.
func (s *BooleanColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfNulls(v int64) *BooleanColumnStatisticsData {
	s.NumberOfNulls = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumberOfTrues sets the NumberOfTrues field's value.
func (s *BooleanColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfTrues(v int64) *BooleanColumnStatisticsData {
	s.NumberOfTrues = &v
	return s
}

type CancelMLTaskRunInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A unique identifier for the task run.
	//
	// TaskRunId is a required field
	TaskRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.
	//
	// TransformId is a required field
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CancelMLTaskRunInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CancelMLTaskRunInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CancelMLTaskRunInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CancelMLTaskRunInput"}
	if s.TaskRunId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TaskRunId"))
	}
	if s.TaskRunId != nil && len(*s.TaskRunId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TaskRunId", 1))
	}
	if s.TransformId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TransformId"))
	}
	if s.TransformId != nil && len(*s.TransformId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TransformId", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetTaskRunId sets the TaskRunId field's value.
func (s *CancelMLTaskRunInput) SetTaskRunId(v string) *CancelMLTaskRunInput {
	s.TaskRunId = &v
	return s
}

// SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.
func (s *CancelMLTaskRunInput) SetTransformId(v string) *CancelMLTaskRunInput {
	s.TransformId = &v
	return s
}

type CancelMLTaskRunOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The status for this run.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"TaskStatusType"`

	// The unique identifier for the task run.
	TaskRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CancelMLTaskRunOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CancelMLTaskRunOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *CancelMLTaskRunOutput) SetStatus(v string) *CancelMLTaskRunOutput {
	s.Status = &v
	return s
}

// SetTaskRunId sets the TaskRunId field's value.
func (s *CancelMLTaskRunOutput) SetTaskRunId(v string) *CancelMLTaskRunOutput {
	s.TaskRunId = &v
	return s
}

// SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.
func (s *CancelMLTaskRunOutput) SetTransformId(v string) *CancelMLTaskRunOutput {
	s.TransformId = &v
	return s
}

// Specifies a table definition in the AWS Glue Data Catalog.
type CatalogEntry struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The database in which the table metadata resides.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the table in question.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CatalogEntry) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CatalogEntry) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CatalogEntry) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CatalogEntry"}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.TableName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
	}
	if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *CatalogEntry) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CatalogEntry {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *CatalogEntry) SetTableName(v string) *CatalogEntry {
	s.TableName = &v
	return s
}

// A structure containing migration status information.
type CatalogImportStatus struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// True if the migration has completed, or False otherwise.
	ImportCompleted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The time that the migration was started.
	ImportTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The name of the person who initiated the migration.
	ImportedBy *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CatalogImportStatus) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CatalogImportStatus) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetImportCompleted sets the ImportCompleted field's value.
func (s *CatalogImportStatus) SetImportCompleted(v bool) *CatalogImportStatus {
	s.ImportCompleted = &v
	return s
}

// SetImportTime sets the ImportTime field's value.
func (s *CatalogImportStatus) SetImportTime(v time.Time) *CatalogImportStatus {
	s.ImportTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetImportedBy sets the ImportedBy field's value.
func (s *CatalogImportStatus) SetImportedBy(v string) *CatalogImportStatus {
	s.ImportedBy = &v
	return s
}

// Specifies an AWS Glue Data Catalog target.
type CatalogTarget struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the database to be synchronized.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of the tables to be synchronized.
	//
	// Tables is a required field
	Tables []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CatalogTarget) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CatalogTarget) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CatalogTarget) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CatalogTarget"}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.Tables == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tables"))
	}
	if s.Tables != nil && len(s.Tables) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Tables", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *CatalogTarget) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CatalogTarget {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetTables sets the Tables field's value.
func (s *CatalogTarget) SetTables(v []*string) *CatalogTarget {
	s.Tables = v
	return s
}

type CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The data format of the schema definition. Currently only AVRO is supported.
	//
	// DataFormat is a required field
	DataFormat *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DataFormat"`

	// The definition of the schema that has to be validated.
	//
	// SchemaDefinition is a required field
	SchemaDefinition *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput"}
	if s.DataFormat == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DataFormat"))
	}
	if s.SchemaDefinition == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SchemaDefinition"))
	}
	if s.SchemaDefinition != nil && len(*s.SchemaDefinition) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SchemaDefinition", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetDataFormat sets the DataFormat field's value.
func (s *CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput) SetDataFormat(v string) *CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput {
	s.DataFormat = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaDefinition sets the SchemaDefinition field's value.
func (s *CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput) SetSchemaDefinition(v string) *CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput {
	s.SchemaDefinition = &v
	return s
}

type CheckSchemaVersionValidityOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A validation failure error message.
	Error *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Return true, if the schema is valid and false otherwise.
	Valid *bool `type:"boolean"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CheckSchemaVersionValidityOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CheckSchemaVersionValidityOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetError sets the Error field's value.
func (s *CheckSchemaVersionValidityOutput) SetError(v string) *CheckSchemaVersionValidityOutput {
	s.Error = &v
	return s
}

// SetValid sets the Valid field's value.
func (s *CheckSchemaVersionValidityOutput) SetValid(v bool) *CheckSchemaVersionValidityOutput {
	s.Valid = &v
	return s
}

// Classifiers are triggered during a crawl task. A classifier checks whether
// a given file is in a format it can handle. If it is, the classifier creates
// a schema in the form of a StructType object that matches that data format.
//
// You can use the standard classifiers that AWS Glue provides, or you can write
// your own classifiers to best categorize your data sources and specify the
// appropriate schemas to use for them. A classifier can be a grok classifier,
// an XML classifier, a JSON classifier, or a custom CSV classifier, as specified
// in one of the fields in the Classifier object.
type Classifier struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A classifier for comma-separated values (CSV).
	CsvClassifier *CsvClassifier `type:"structure"`

	// A classifier that uses grok.
	GrokClassifier *GrokClassifier `type:"structure"`

	// A classifier for JSON content.
	JsonClassifier *JsonClassifier `type:"structure"`

	// A classifier for XML content.
	XMLClassifier *XMLClassifier `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Classifier) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Classifier) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCsvClassifier sets the CsvClassifier field's value.
func (s *Classifier) SetCsvClassifier(v *CsvClassifier) *Classifier {
	s.CsvClassifier = v
	return s
}

// SetGrokClassifier sets the GrokClassifier field's value.
func (s *Classifier) SetGrokClassifier(v *GrokClassifier) *Classifier {
	s.GrokClassifier = v
	return s
}

// SetJsonClassifier sets the JsonClassifier field's value.
func (s *Classifier) SetJsonClassifier(v *JsonClassifier) *Classifier {
	s.JsonClassifier = v
	return s
}

// SetXMLClassifier sets the XMLClassifier field's value.
func (s *Classifier) SetXMLClassifier(v *XMLClassifier) *Classifier {
	s.XMLClassifier = v
	return s
}

// Specifies how Amazon CloudWatch data should be encrypted.
type CloudWatchEncryption struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The encryption mode to use for CloudWatch data.
	CloudWatchEncryptionMode *string `type:"string" enum:"CloudWatchEncryptionMode"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key to be used to encrypt the data.
	KmsKeyArn *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CloudWatchEncryption) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CloudWatchEncryption) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCloudWatchEncryptionMode sets the CloudWatchEncryptionMode field's value.
func (s *CloudWatchEncryption) SetCloudWatchEncryptionMode(v string) *CloudWatchEncryption {
	s.CloudWatchEncryptionMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetKmsKeyArn sets the KmsKeyArn field's value.
func (s *CloudWatchEncryption) SetKmsKeyArn(v string) *CloudWatchEncryption {
	s.KmsKeyArn = &v
	return s
}

// Represents a directional edge in a directed acyclic graph (DAG).
type CodeGenEdge struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the node at which the edge starts.
	//
	// Source is a required field
	Source *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The ID of the node at which the edge ends.
	//
	// Target is a required field
	Target *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The target of the edge.
	TargetParameter *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CodeGenEdge) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CodeGenEdge) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CodeGenEdge) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CodeGenEdge"}
	if s.Source == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Source"))
	}
	if s.Source != nil && len(*s.Source) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Source", 1))
	}
	if s.Target == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Target"))
	}
	if s.Target != nil && len(*s.Target) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Target", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetSource sets the Source field's value.
func (s *CodeGenEdge) SetSource(v string) *CodeGenEdge {
	s.Source = &v
	return s
}

// SetTarget sets the Target field's value.
func (s *CodeGenEdge) SetTarget(v string) *CodeGenEdge {
	s.Target = &v
	return s
}

// SetTargetParameter sets the TargetParameter field's value.
func (s *CodeGenEdge) SetTargetParameter(v string) *CodeGenEdge {
	s.TargetParameter = &v
	return s
}

// Represents a node in a directed acyclic graph (DAG)
type CodeGenNode struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Properties of the node, in the form of name-value pairs.
	//
	// Args is a required field
	Args []*CodeGenNodeArg `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// A node identifier that is unique within the node's graph.
	//
	// Id is a required field
	Id *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The line number of the node.
	LineNumber *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The type of node that this is.
	//
	// NodeType is a required field
	NodeType *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CodeGenNode) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CodeGenNode) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CodeGenNode) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CodeGenNode"}
	if s.Args == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Args"))
	}
	if s.Id == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
	}
	if s.Id != nil && len(*s.Id) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Id", 1))
	}
	if s.NodeType == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NodeType"))
	}
	if s.Args != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Args {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Args", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetArgs sets the Args field's value.
func (s *CodeGenNode) SetArgs(v []*CodeGenNodeArg) *CodeGenNode {
	s.Args = v
	return s
}

// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *CodeGenNode) SetId(v string) *CodeGenNode {
	s.Id = &v
	return s
}

// SetLineNumber sets the LineNumber field's value.
func (s *CodeGenNode) SetLineNumber(v int64) *CodeGenNode {
	s.LineNumber = &v
	return s
}

// SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.
func (s *CodeGenNode) SetNodeType(v string) *CodeGenNode {
	s.NodeType = &v
	return s
}

// An argument or property of a node.
type CodeGenNodeArg struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the argument or property.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// True if the value is used as a parameter.
	Param *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The value of the argument or property.
	//
	// Value is a required field
	Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CodeGenNodeArg) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CodeGenNodeArg) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CodeGenNodeArg) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CodeGenNodeArg"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Value == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Value"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *CodeGenNodeArg) SetName(v string) *CodeGenNodeArg {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetParam sets the Param field's value.
func (s *CodeGenNodeArg) SetParam(v bool) *CodeGenNodeArg {
	s.Param = &v
	return s
}

// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
func (s *CodeGenNodeArg) SetValue(v string) *CodeGenNodeArg {
	s.Value = &v
	return s
}

// A column in a Table.
type Column struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A free-form text comment.
	Comment *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the Column.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// These key-value pairs define properties associated with the column.
	Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// The data type of the Column.
	Type *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Column) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Column) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Column) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Column"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetComment sets the Comment field's value.
func (s *Column) SetComment(v string) *Column {
	s.Comment = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *Column) SetName(v string) *Column {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func (s *Column) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *Column {
	s.Parameters = v
	return s
}

// SetType sets the Type field's value.
func (s *Column) SetType(v string) *Column {
	s.Type = &v
	return s
}

// Encapsulates a column name that failed and the reason for failure.
type ColumnError struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the column that failed.
	ColumnName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// An error message with the reason for the failure of an operation.
	Error *ErrorDetail `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ColumnError) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ColumnError) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetColumnName sets the ColumnName field's value.
func (s *ColumnError) SetColumnName(v string) *ColumnError {
	s.ColumnName = &v
	return s
}

// SetError sets the Error field's value.
func (s *ColumnError) SetError(v *ErrorDetail) *ColumnError {
	s.Error = v
	return s
}

// A structure containing the column name and column importance score for a
// column.
//
// Column importance helps you understand how columns contribute to your model,
// by identifying which columns in your records are more important than others.
type ColumnImportance struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of a column.
	ColumnName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The column importance score for the column, as a decimal.
	Importance *float64 `type:"double"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ColumnImportance) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ColumnImportance) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetColumnName sets the ColumnName field's value.
func (s *ColumnImportance) SetColumnName(v string) *ColumnImportance {
	s.ColumnName = &v
	return s
}

// SetImportance sets the Importance field's value.
func (s *ColumnImportance) SetImportance(v float64) *ColumnImportance {
	s.Importance = &v
	return s
}

// Represents the generated column-level statistics for a table or partition.
type ColumnStatistics struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The timestamp of when column statistics were generated.
	//
	// AnalyzedTime is a required field
	AnalyzedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" required:"true"`

	// Name of column which statistics belong to.
	//
	// ColumnName is a required field
	ColumnName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The data type of the column.
	//
	// ColumnType is a required field
	ColumnType *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A ColumnStatisticData object that contains the statistics data values.
	//
	// StatisticsData is a required field
	StatisticsData *ColumnStatisticsData `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ColumnStatistics) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ColumnStatistics) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ColumnStatistics) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ColumnStatistics"}
	if s.AnalyzedTime == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AnalyzedTime"))
	}
	if s.ColumnName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ColumnName"))
	}
	if s.ColumnName != nil && len(*s.ColumnName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ColumnName", 1))
	}
	if s.ColumnType == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ColumnType"))
	}
	if s.StatisticsData == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("StatisticsData"))
	}
	if s.StatisticsData != nil {
		if err := s.StatisticsData.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("StatisticsData", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAnalyzedTime sets the AnalyzedTime field's value.
func (s *ColumnStatistics) SetAnalyzedTime(v time.Time) *ColumnStatistics {
	s.AnalyzedTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetColumnName sets the ColumnName field's value.
func (s *ColumnStatistics) SetColumnName(v string) *ColumnStatistics {
	s.ColumnName = &v
	return s
}

// SetColumnType sets the ColumnType field's value.
func (s *ColumnStatistics) SetColumnType(v string) *ColumnStatistics {
	s.ColumnType = &v
	return s
}

// SetStatisticsData sets the StatisticsData field's value.
func (s *ColumnStatistics) SetStatisticsData(v *ColumnStatisticsData) *ColumnStatistics {
	s.StatisticsData = v
	return s
}

// Contains the individual types of column statistics data. Only one data object
// should be set and indicated by the Type attribute.
type ColumnStatisticsData struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Binary column statistics data.
	BinaryColumnStatisticsData *BinaryColumnStatisticsData `type:"structure"`

	// Boolean column statistics data.
	BooleanColumnStatisticsData *BooleanColumnStatisticsData `type:"structure"`

	// Date column statistics data.
	DateColumnStatisticsData *DateColumnStatisticsData `type:"structure"`

	// Decimal column statistics data.
	DecimalColumnStatisticsData *DecimalColumnStatisticsData `type:"structure"`

	// Double column statistics data.
	DoubleColumnStatisticsData *DoubleColumnStatisticsData `type:"structure"`

	// Long column statistics data.
	LongColumnStatisticsData *LongColumnStatisticsData `type:"structure"`

	// String column statistics data.
	StringColumnStatisticsData *StringColumnStatisticsData `type:"structure"`

	// The type of column statistics data.
	//
	// Type is a required field
	Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ColumnStatisticsType"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ColumnStatisticsData) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ColumnStatisticsData) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ColumnStatisticsData) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ColumnStatisticsData"}
	if s.Type == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type"))
	}
	if s.BinaryColumnStatisticsData != nil {
		if err := s.BinaryColumnStatisticsData.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("BinaryColumnStatisticsData", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.BooleanColumnStatisticsData != nil {
		if err := s.BooleanColumnStatisticsData.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("BooleanColumnStatisticsData", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.DateColumnStatisticsData != nil {
		if err := s.DateColumnStatisticsData.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("DateColumnStatisticsData", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.DecimalColumnStatisticsData != nil {
		if err := s.DecimalColumnStatisticsData.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("DecimalColumnStatisticsData", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.DoubleColumnStatisticsData != nil {
		if err := s.DoubleColumnStatisticsData.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("DoubleColumnStatisticsData", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.LongColumnStatisticsData != nil {
		if err := s.LongColumnStatisticsData.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("LongColumnStatisticsData", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.StringColumnStatisticsData != nil {
		if err := s.StringColumnStatisticsData.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("StringColumnStatisticsData", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetBinaryColumnStatisticsData sets the BinaryColumnStatisticsData field's value.
func (s *ColumnStatisticsData) SetBinaryColumnStatisticsData(v *BinaryColumnStatisticsData) *ColumnStatisticsData {
	s.BinaryColumnStatisticsData = v
	return s
}

// SetBooleanColumnStatisticsData sets the BooleanColumnStatisticsData field's value.
func (s *ColumnStatisticsData) SetBooleanColumnStatisticsData(v *BooleanColumnStatisticsData) *ColumnStatisticsData {
	s.BooleanColumnStatisticsData = v
	return s
}

// SetDateColumnStatisticsData sets the DateColumnStatisticsData field's value.
func (s *ColumnStatisticsData) SetDateColumnStatisticsData(v *DateColumnStatisticsData) *ColumnStatisticsData {
	s.DateColumnStatisticsData = v
	return s
}

// SetDecimalColumnStatisticsData sets the DecimalColumnStatisticsData field's value.
func (s *ColumnStatisticsData) SetDecimalColumnStatisticsData(v *DecimalColumnStatisticsData) *ColumnStatisticsData {
	s.DecimalColumnStatisticsData = v
	return s
}

// SetDoubleColumnStatisticsData sets the DoubleColumnStatisticsData field's value.
func (s *ColumnStatisticsData) SetDoubleColumnStatisticsData(v *DoubleColumnStatisticsData) *ColumnStatisticsData {
	s.DoubleColumnStatisticsData = v
	return s
}

// SetLongColumnStatisticsData sets the LongColumnStatisticsData field's value.
func (s *ColumnStatisticsData) SetLongColumnStatisticsData(v *LongColumnStatisticsData) *ColumnStatisticsData {
	s.LongColumnStatisticsData = v
	return s
}

// SetStringColumnStatisticsData sets the StringColumnStatisticsData field's value.
func (s *ColumnStatisticsData) SetStringColumnStatisticsData(v *StringColumnStatisticsData) *ColumnStatisticsData {
	s.StringColumnStatisticsData = v
	return s
}

// SetType sets the Type field's value.
func (s *ColumnStatisticsData) SetType(v string) *ColumnStatisticsData {
	s.Type = &v
	return s
}

// Encapsulates a ColumnStatistics object that failed and the reason for failure.
type ColumnStatisticsError struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ColumnStatistics of the column.
	ColumnStatistics *ColumnStatistics `type:"structure"`

	// An error message with the reason for the failure of an operation.
	Error *ErrorDetail `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ColumnStatisticsError) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ColumnStatisticsError) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetColumnStatistics sets the ColumnStatistics field's value.
func (s *ColumnStatisticsError) SetColumnStatistics(v *ColumnStatistics) *ColumnStatisticsError {
	s.ColumnStatistics = v
	return s
}

// SetError sets the Error field's value.
func (s *ColumnStatisticsError) SetError(v *ErrorDetail) *ColumnStatisticsError {
	s.Error = v
	return s
}

// Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously.
type ConcurrentModificationException struct {
	_            struct{}                  `type:"structure"`
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ConcurrentModificationException) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ConcurrentModificationException) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

func newErrorConcurrentModificationException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error {
	return &ConcurrentModificationException{
		RespMetadata: v,
	}
}

// Code returns the exception type name.
func (s *ConcurrentModificationException) Code() string {
	return "ConcurrentModificationException"
}

// Message returns the exception's message.
func (s *ConcurrentModificationException) Message() string {
	if s.Message_ != nil {
		return *s.Message_
	}
	return ""
}

// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.
func (s *ConcurrentModificationException) OrigErr() error {
	return nil
}

func (s *ConcurrentModificationException) Error() string {
	return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message())
}

// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.
func (s *ConcurrentModificationException) StatusCode() int {
	return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode
}

// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.
func (s *ConcurrentModificationException) RequestID() string {
	return s.RespMetadata.RequestID
}

// Too many jobs are being run concurrently.
type ConcurrentRunsExceededException struct {
	_            struct{}                  `type:"structure"`
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ConcurrentRunsExceededException) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ConcurrentRunsExceededException) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

func newErrorConcurrentRunsExceededException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error {
	return &ConcurrentRunsExceededException{
		RespMetadata: v,
	}
}

// Code returns the exception type name.
func (s *ConcurrentRunsExceededException) Code() string {
	return "ConcurrentRunsExceededException"
}

// Message returns the exception's message.
func (s *ConcurrentRunsExceededException) Message() string {
	if s.Message_ != nil {
		return *s.Message_
	}
	return ""
}

// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.
func (s *ConcurrentRunsExceededException) OrigErr() error {
	return nil
}

func (s *ConcurrentRunsExceededException) Error() string {
	return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message())
}

// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.
func (s *ConcurrentRunsExceededException) StatusCode() int {
	return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode
}

// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.
func (s *ConcurrentRunsExceededException) RequestID() string {
	return s.RespMetadata.RequestID
}

// Defines a condition under which a trigger fires.
type Condition struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The state of the crawler to which this condition applies.
	CrawlState *string `type:"string" enum:"CrawlState"`

	// The name of the crawler to which this condition applies.
	CrawlerName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the job whose JobRuns this condition applies to, and on which
	// this trigger waits.
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A logical operator.
	LogicalOperator *string `type:"string" enum:"LogicalOperator"`

	// The condition state. Currently, the only job states that a trigger can listen
	// for are SUCCEEDED, STOPPED, FAILED, and TIMEOUT. The only crawler states
	// that a trigger can listen for are SUCCEEDED, FAILED, and CANCELLED.
	State *string `type:"string" enum:"JobRunState"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Condition) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Condition) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Condition) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Condition"}
	if s.CrawlerName != nil && len(*s.CrawlerName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CrawlerName", 1))
	}
	if s.JobName != nil && len(*s.JobName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobName", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCrawlState sets the CrawlState field's value.
func (s *Condition) SetCrawlState(v string) *Condition {
	s.CrawlState = &v
	return s
}

// SetCrawlerName sets the CrawlerName field's value.
func (s *Condition) SetCrawlerName(v string) *Condition {
	s.CrawlerName = &v
	return s
}

// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *Condition) SetJobName(v string) *Condition {
	s.JobName = &v
	return s
}

// SetLogicalOperator sets the LogicalOperator field's value.
func (s *Condition) SetLogicalOperator(v string) *Condition {
	s.LogicalOperator = &v
	return s
}

// SetState sets the State field's value.
func (s *Condition) SetState(v string) *Condition {
	s.State = &v
	return s
}

// A specified condition was not satisfied.
type ConditionCheckFailureException struct {
	_            struct{}                  `type:"structure"`
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ConditionCheckFailureException) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ConditionCheckFailureException) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

func newErrorConditionCheckFailureException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error {
	return &ConditionCheckFailureException{
		RespMetadata: v,
	}
}

// Code returns the exception type name.
func (s *ConditionCheckFailureException) Code() string {
	return "ConditionCheckFailureException"
}

// Message returns the exception's message.
func (s *ConditionCheckFailureException) Message() string {
	if s.Message_ != nil {
		return *s.Message_
	}
	return ""
}

// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.
func (s *ConditionCheckFailureException) OrigErr() error {
	return nil
}

func (s *ConditionCheckFailureException) Error() string {
	return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message())
}

// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.
func (s *ConditionCheckFailureException) StatusCode() int {
	return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode
}

// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.
func (s *ConditionCheckFailureException) RequestID() string {
	return s.RespMetadata.RequestID
}

// The CreatePartitions API was called on a table that has indexes enabled.
type ConflictException struct {
	_            struct{}                  `type:"structure"`
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ConflictException) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ConflictException) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

func newErrorConflictException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error {
	return &ConflictException{
		RespMetadata: v,
	}
}

// Code returns the exception type name.
func (s *ConflictException) Code() string {
	return "ConflictException"
}

// Message returns the exception's message.
func (s *ConflictException) Message() string {
	if s.Message_ != nil {
		return *s.Message_
	}
	return ""
}

// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.
func (s *ConflictException) OrigErr() error {
	return nil
}

func (s *ConflictException) Error() string {
	return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message())
}

// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.
func (s *ConflictException) StatusCode() int {
	return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode
}

// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.
func (s *ConflictException) RequestID() string {
	return s.RespMetadata.RequestID
}

// The confusion matrix shows you what your transform is predicting accurately
// and what types of errors it is making.
//
// For more information, see Confusion matrix (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Confusion_matrix)
// in Wikipedia.
type ConfusionMatrix struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The number of matches in the data that the transform didn't find, in the
	// confusion matrix for your transform.
	NumFalseNegatives *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The number of nonmatches in the data that the transform incorrectly classified
	// as a match, in the confusion matrix for your transform.
	NumFalsePositives *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The number of nonmatches in the data that the transform correctly rejected,
	// in the confusion matrix for your transform.
	NumTrueNegatives *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The number of matches in the data that the transform correctly found, in
	// the confusion matrix for your transform.
	NumTruePositives *int64 `type:"long"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ConfusionMatrix) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ConfusionMatrix) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetNumFalseNegatives sets the NumFalseNegatives field's value.
func (s *ConfusionMatrix) SetNumFalseNegatives(v int64) *ConfusionMatrix {
	s.NumFalseNegatives = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumFalsePositives sets the NumFalsePositives field's value.
func (s *ConfusionMatrix) SetNumFalsePositives(v int64) *ConfusionMatrix {
	s.NumFalsePositives = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumTrueNegatives sets the NumTrueNegatives field's value.
func (s *ConfusionMatrix) SetNumTrueNegatives(v int64) *ConfusionMatrix {
	s.NumTrueNegatives = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumTruePositives sets the NumTruePositives field's value.
func (s *ConfusionMatrix) SetNumTruePositives(v int64) *ConfusionMatrix {
	s.NumTruePositives = &v
	return s
}

// Defines a connection to a data source.
type Connection struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// These key-value pairs define parameters for the connection:
	//
	//    * HOST - The host URI: either the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or
	//    the IPv4 address of the database host.
	//
	//    * PORT - The port number, between 1024 and 65535, of the port on which
	//    the database host is listening for database connections.
	//
	//    * USER_NAME - The name under which to log in to the database. The value
	//    string for USER_NAME is "USERNAME".
	//
	//    * PASSWORD - A password, if one is used, for the user name.
	//
	//    * ENCRYPTED_PASSWORD - When you enable connection password protection
	//    by setting ConnectionPasswordEncryption in the Data Catalog encryption
	//    settings, this field stores the encrypted password.
	//
	//    * JDBC_DRIVER_JAR_URI - The Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3)
	//    path of the JAR file that contains the JDBC driver to use.
	//
	//    * JDBC_DRIVER_CLASS_NAME - The class name of the JDBC driver to use.
	//
	//    * JDBC_ENGINE - The name of the JDBC engine to use.
	//
	//    * JDBC_ENGINE_VERSION - The version of the JDBC engine to use.
	//
	//    * CONFIG_FILES - (Reserved for future use.)
	//
	//    * INSTANCE_ID - The instance ID to use.
	//
	//    * JDBC_CONNECTION_URL - The URL for connecting to a JDBC data source.
	//
	//    * JDBC_ENFORCE_SSL - A Boolean string (true, false) specifying whether
	//    Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) with hostname matching is enforced for the
	//    JDBC connection on the client. The default is false.
	//
	//    * CUSTOM_JDBC_CERT - An Amazon S3 location specifying the customer's root
	//    certificate. AWS Glue uses this root certificate to validate the customer’s
	//    certificate when connecting to the customer database. AWS Glue only handles
	//    X.509 certificates. The certificate provided must be DER-encoded and supplied
	//    in Base64 encoding PEM format.
	//
	//    * SKIP_CUSTOM_JDBC_CERT_VALIDATION - By default, this is false. AWS Glue
	//    validates the Signature algorithm and Subject Public Key Algorithm for
	//    the customer certificate. The only permitted algorithms for the Signature
	//    algorithm are SHA256withRSA, SHA384withRSA or SHA512withRSA. For the Subject
	//    Public Key Algorithm, the key length must be at least 2048. You can set
	//    the value of this property to true to skip AWS Glue’s validation of
	//    the customer certificate.
	//
	//    * CUSTOM_JDBC_CERT_STRING - A custom JDBC certificate string which is
	//    used for domain match or distinguished name match to prevent a man-in-the-middle
	//    attack. In Oracle database, this is used as the SSL_SERVER_CERT_DN; in
	//    Microsoft SQL Server, this is used as the hostNameInCertificate.
	//
	//    * CONNECTION_URL - The URL for connecting to a general (non-JDBC) data
	//    source.
	//
	//    * KAFKA_BOOTSTRAP_SERVERS - A comma-separated list of host and port pairs
	//    that are the addresses of the Apache Kafka brokers in a Kafka cluster
	//    to which a Kafka client will connect to and bootstrap itself.
	//
	//    * KAFKA_SSL_ENABLED - Whether to enable or disable SSL on an Apache Kafka
	//    connection. Default value is "true".
	//
	//    * KAFKA_CUSTOM_CERT - The Amazon S3 URL for the private CA cert file (.pem
	//    format). The default is an empty string.
	//
	//    * KAFKA_SKIP_CUSTOM_CERT_VALIDATION - Whether to skip the validation of
	//    the CA cert file or not. AWS Glue validates for three algorithms: SHA256withRSA,
	//    SHA384withRSA and SHA512withRSA. Default value is "false".
	//
	//    * SECRET_ID - The secret ID used for the secret manager of credentials.
	//
	//    * CONNECTOR_URL - The connector URL for a MARKETPLACE or CUSTOM connection.
	//
	//    * CONNECTOR_TYPE - The connector type for a MARKETPLACE or CUSTOM connection.
	//
	//    * CONNECTOR_CLASS_NAME - The connector class name for a MARKETPLACE or
	//    CUSTOM connection.
	ConnectionProperties map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// The type of the connection. Currently, SFTP is not supported.
	ConnectionType *string `type:"string" enum:"ConnectionType"`

	// The time that this connection definition was created.
	CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The description of the connection.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The user, group, or role that last updated this connection definition.
	LastUpdatedBy *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The last time that this connection definition was updated.
	LastUpdatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// A list of criteria that can be used in selecting this connection.
	MatchCriteria []*string `type:"list"`

	// The name of the connection definition.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A map of physical connection requirements, such as virtual private cloud
	// (VPC) and SecurityGroup, that are needed to make this connection successfully.
	PhysicalConnectionRequirements *PhysicalConnectionRequirements `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Connection) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Connection) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetConnectionProperties sets the ConnectionProperties field's value.
func (s *Connection) SetConnectionProperties(v map[string]*string) *Connection {
	s.ConnectionProperties = v
	return s
}

// SetConnectionType sets the ConnectionType field's value.
func (s *Connection) SetConnectionType(v string) *Connection {
	s.ConnectionType = &v
	return s
}

// SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value.
func (s *Connection) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *Connection {
	s.CreationTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *Connection) SetDescription(v string) *Connection {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetLastUpdatedBy sets the LastUpdatedBy field's value.
func (s *Connection) SetLastUpdatedBy(v string) *Connection {
	s.LastUpdatedBy = &v
	return s
}

// SetLastUpdatedTime sets the LastUpdatedTime field's value.
func (s *Connection) SetLastUpdatedTime(v time.Time) *Connection {
	s.LastUpdatedTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetMatchCriteria sets the MatchCriteria field's value.
func (s *Connection) SetMatchCriteria(v []*string) *Connection {
	s.MatchCriteria = v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *Connection) SetName(v string) *Connection {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetPhysicalConnectionRequirements sets the PhysicalConnectionRequirements field's value.
func (s *Connection) SetPhysicalConnectionRequirements(v *PhysicalConnectionRequirements) *Connection {
	s.PhysicalConnectionRequirements = v
	return s
}

// A structure that is used to specify a connection to create or update.
type ConnectionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// These key-value pairs define parameters for the connection.
	//
	// ConnectionProperties is a required field
	ConnectionProperties map[string]*string `type:"map" required:"true"`

	// The type of the connection. Currently, these types are supported:
	//
	//    * JDBC - Designates a connection to a database through Java Database Connectivity
	//    (JDBC).
	//
	//    * KAFKA - Designates a connection to an Apache Kafka streaming platform.
	//
	//    * MONGODB - Designates a connection to a MongoDB document database.
	//
	//    * NETWORK - Designates a network connection to a data source within an
	//    Amazon Virtual Private Cloud environment (Amazon VPC).
	//
	//    * MARKETPLACE - Uses configuration settings contained in a connector purchased
	//    from AWS Marketplace to read from and write to data stores that are not
	//    natively supported by AWS Glue.
	//
	//    * CUSTOM - Uses configuration settings contained in a custom connector
	//    to read from and write to data stores that are not natively supported
	//    by AWS Glue.
	//
	// SFTP is not supported.
	//
	// ConnectionType is a required field
	ConnectionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ConnectionType"`

	// The description of the connection.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of criteria that can be used in selecting this connection.
	MatchCriteria []*string `type:"list"`

	// The name of the connection.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A map of physical connection requirements, such as virtual private cloud
	// (VPC) and SecurityGroup, that are needed to successfully make this connection.
	PhysicalConnectionRequirements *PhysicalConnectionRequirements `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ConnectionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ConnectionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ConnectionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ConnectionInput"}
	if s.ConnectionProperties == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ConnectionProperties"))
	}
	if s.ConnectionType == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ConnectionType"))
	}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}
	if s.PhysicalConnectionRequirements != nil {
		if err := s.PhysicalConnectionRequirements.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("PhysicalConnectionRequirements", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetConnectionProperties sets the ConnectionProperties field's value.
func (s *ConnectionInput) SetConnectionProperties(v map[string]*string) *ConnectionInput {
	s.ConnectionProperties = v
	return s
}

// SetConnectionType sets the ConnectionType field's value.
func (s *ConnectionInput) SetConnectionType(v string) *ConnectionInput {
	s.ConnectionType = &v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *ConnectionInput) SetDescription(v string) *ConnectionInput {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetMatchCriteria sets the MatchCriteria field's value.
func (s *ConnectionInput) SetMatchCriteria(v []*string) *ConnectionInput {
	s.MatchCriteria = v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *ConnectionInput) SetName(v string) *ConnectionInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetPhysicalConnectionRequirements sets the PhysicalConnectionRequirements field's value.
func (s *ConnectionInput) SetPhysicalConnectionRequirements(v *PhysicalConnectionRequirements) *ConnectionInput {
	s.PhysicalConnectionRequirements = v
	return s
}

// The data structure used by the Data Catalog to encrypt the password as part
// of CreateConnection or UpdateConnection and store it in the ENCRYPTED_PASSWORD
// field in the connection properties. You can enable catalog encryption or
// only password encryption.
//
// When a CreationConnection request arrives containing a password, the Data
// Catalog first encrypts the password using your AWS KMS key. It then encrypts
// the whole connection object again if catalog encryption is also enabled.
//
// This encryption requires that you set AWS KMS key permissions to enable or
// restrict access on the password key according to your security requirements.
// For example, you might want only administrators to have decrypt permission
// on the password key.
type ConnectionPasswordEncryption struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// An AWS KMS key that is used to encrypt the connection password.
	//
	// If connection password protection is enabled, the caller of CreateConnection
	// and UpdateConnection needs at least kms:Encrypt permission on the specified
	// AWS KMS key, to encrypt passwords before storing them in the Data Catalog.
	//
	// You can set the decrypt permission to enable or restrict access on the password
	// key according to your security requirements.
	AwsKmsKeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// When the ReturnConnectionPasswordEncrypted flag is set to "true", passwords
	// remain encrypted in the responses of GetConnection and GetConnections. This
	// encryption takes effect independently from catalog encryption.
	//
	// ReturnConnectionPasswordEncrypted is a required field
	ReturnConnectionPasswordEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ConnectionPasswordEncryption) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ConnectionPasswordEncryption) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ConnectionPasswordEncryption) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ConnectionPasswordEncryption"}
	if s.AwsKmsKeyId != nil && len(*s.AwsKmsKeyId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsKmsKeyId", 1))
	}
	if s.ReturnConnectionPasswordEncrypted == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReturnConnectionPasswordEncrypted"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAwsKmsKeyId sets the AwsKmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *ConnectionPasswordEncryption) SetAwsKmsKeyId(v string) *ConnectionPasswordEncryption {
	s.AwsKmsKeyId = &v
	return s
}

// SetReturnConnectionPasswordEncrypted sets the ReturnConnectionPasswordEncrypted field's value.
func (s *ConnectionPasswordEncryption) SetReturnConnectionPasswordEncrypted(v bool) *ConnectionPasswordEncryption {
	s.ReturnConnectionPasswordEncrypted = &v
	return s
}

// Specifies the connections used by a job.
type ConnectionsList struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of connections used by the job.
	Connections []*string `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ConnectionsList) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ConnectionsList) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetConnections sets the Connections field's value.
func (s *ConnectionsList) SetConnections(v []*string) *ConnectionsList {
	s.Connections = v
	return s
}

// The details of a crawl in the workflow.
type Crawl struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The date and time on which the crawl completed.
	CompletedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The error message associated with the crawl.
	ErrorMessage *string `type:"string"`

	// The log group associated with the crawl.
	LogGroup *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The log stream associated with the crawl.
	LogStream *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The date and time on which the crawl started.
	StartedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The state of the crawler.
	State *string `type:"string" enum:"CrawlState"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Crawl) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Crawl) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCompletedOn sets the CompletedOn field's value.
func (s *Crawl) SetCompletedOn(v time.Time) *Crawl {
	s.CompletedOn = &v
	return s
}

// SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value.
func (s *Crawl) SetErrorMessage(v string) *Crawl {
	s.ErrorMessage = &v
	return s
}

// SetLogGroup sets the LogGroup field's value.
func (s *Crawl) SetLogGroup(v string) *Crawl {
	s.LogGroup = &v
	return s
}

// SetLogStream sets the LogStream field's value.
func (s *Crawl) SetLogStream(v string) *Crawl {
	s.LogStream = &v
	return s
}

// SetStartedOn sets the StartedOn field's value.
func (s *Crawl) SetStartedOn(v time.Time) *Crawl {
	s.StartedOn = &v
	return s
}

// SetState sets the State field's value.
func (s *Crawl) SetState(v string) *Crawl {
	s.State = &v
	return s
}

// Specifies a crawler program that examines a data source and uses classifiers
// to try to determine its schema. If successful, the crawler records metadata
// concerning the data source in the AWS Glue Data Catalog.
type Crawler struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of UTF-8 strings that specify the custom classifiers that are associated
	// with the crawler.
	Classifiers []*string `type:"list"`

	// Crawler configuration information. This versioned JSON string allows users
	// to specify aspects of a crawler's behavior. For more information, see Configuring
	// a Crawler (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/crawler-configuration.html).
	Configuration *string `type:"string"`

	// If the crawler is running, contains the total time elapsed since the last
	// crawl began.
	CrawlElapsedTime *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used by this crawler.
	CrawlerSecurityConfiguration *string `type:"string"`

	// The time that the crawler was created.
	CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The name of the database in which the crawler's output is stored.
	DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`

	// A description of the crawler.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the last crawl, and potentially error information if an error
	// occurred.
	LastCrawl *LastCrawlInfo `type:"structure"`

	// The time that the crawler was last updated.
	LastUpdated *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// A configuration that specifies whether data lineage is enabled for the crawler.
	LineageConfiguration *LineageConfiguration `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the crawler.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A policy that specifies whether to crawl the entire dataset again, or to
	// crawl only folders that were added since the last crawler run.
	RecrawlPolicy *RecrawlPolicy `type:"structure"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role that's used to access customer
	// resources, such as Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) data.
	Role *string `type:"string"`

	// For scheduled crawlers, the schedule when the crawler runs.
	Schedule *Schedule `type:"structure"`

	// The policy that specifies update and delete behaviors for the crawler.
	SchemaChangePolicy *SchemaChangePolicy `type:"structure"`

	// Indicates whether the crawler is running, or whether a run is pending.
	State *string `type:"string" enum:"CrawlerState"`

	// The prefix added to the names of tables that are created.
	TablePrefix *string `type:"string"`

	// A collection of targets to crawl.
	Targets *CrawlerTargets `type:"structure"`

	// The version of the crawler.
	Version *int64 `type:"long"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Crawler) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Crawler) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetClassifiers sets the Classifiers field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetClassifiers(v []*string) *Crawler {
	s.Classifiers = v
	return s
}

// SetConfiguration sets the Configuration field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetConfiguration(v string) *Crawler {
	s.Configuration = &v
	return s
}

// SetCrawlElapsedTime sets the CrawlElapsedTime field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetCrawlElapsedTime(v int64) *Crawler {
	s.CrawlElapsedTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetCrawlerSecurityConfiguration sets the CrawlerSecurityConfiguration field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetCrawlerSecurityConfiguration(v string) *Crawler {
	s.CrawlerSecurityConfiguration = &v
	return s
}

// SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *Crawler {
	s.CreationTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetDatabaseName(v string) *Crawler {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetDescription(v string) *Crawler {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetLastCrawl sets the LastCrawl field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetLastCrawl(v *LastCrawlInfo) *Crawler {
	s.LastCrawl = v
	return s
}

// SetLastUpdated sets the LastUpdated field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetLastUpdated(v time.Time) *Crawler {
	s.LastUpdated = &v
	return s
}

// SetLineageConfiguration sets the LineageConfiguration field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetLineageConfiguration(v *LineageConfiguration) *Crawler {
	s.LineageConfiguration = v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetName(v string) *Crawler {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetRecrawlPolicy sets the RecrawlPolicy field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetRecrawlPolicy(v *RecrawlPolicy) *Crawler {
	s.RecrawlPolicy = v
	return s
}

// SetRole sets the Role field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetRole(v string) *Crawler {
	s.Role = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetSchedule(v *Schedule) *Crawler {
	s.Schedule = v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaChangePolicy sets the SchemaChangePolicy field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetSchemaChangePolicy(v *SchemaChangePolicy) *Crawler {
	s.SchemaChangePolicy = v
	return s
}

// SetState sets the State field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetState(v string) *Crawler {
	s.State = &v
	return s
}

// SetTablePrefix sets the TablePrefix field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetTablePrefix(v string) *Crawler {
	s.TablePrefix = &v
	return s
}

// SetTargets sets the Targets field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetTargets(v *CrawlerTargets) *Crawler {
	s.Targets = v
	return s
}

// SetVersion sets the Version field's value.
func (s *Crawler) SetVersion(v int64) *Crawler {
	s.Version = &v
	return s
}

// Metrics for a specified crawler.
type CrawlerMetrics struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the crawler.
	CrawlerName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The duration of the crawler's most recent run, in seconds.
	LastRuntimeSeconds *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The median duration of this crawler's runs, in seconds.
	MedianRuntimeSeconds *float64 `type:"double"`

	// True if the crawler is still estimating how long it will take to complete
	// this run.
	StillEstimating *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The number of tables created by this crawler.
	TablesCreated *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The number of tables deleted by this crawler.
	TablesDeleted *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The number of tables updated by this crawler.
	TablesUpdated *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The estimated time left to complete a running crawl.
	TimeLeftSeconds *float64 `type:"double"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CrawlerMetrics) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CrawlerMetrics) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCrawlerName sets the CrawlerName field's value.
func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetCrawlerName(v string) *CrawlerMetrics {
	s.CrawlerName = &v
	return s
}

// SetLastRuntimeSeconds sets the LastRuntimeSeconds field's value.
func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetLastRuntimeSeconds(v float64) *CrawlerMetrics {
	s.LastRuntimeSeconds = &v
	return s
}

// SetMedianRuntimeSeconds sets the MedianRuntimeSeconds field's value.
func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetMedianRuntimeSeconds(v float64) *CrawlerMetrics {
	s.MedianRuntimeSeconds = &v
	return s
}

// SetStillEstimating sets the StillEstimating field's value.
func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetStillEstimating(v bool) *CrawlerMetrics {
	s.StillEstimating = &v
	return s
}

// SetTablesCreated sets the TablesCreated field's value.
func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetTablesCreated(v int64) *CrawlerMetrics {
	s.TablesCreated = &v
	return s
}

// SetTablesDeleted sets the TablesDeleted field's value.
func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetTablesDeleted(v int64) *CrawlerMetrics {
	s.TablesDeleted = &v
	return s
}

// SetTablesUpdated sets the TablesUpdated field's value.
func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetTablesUpdated(v int64) *CrawlerMetrics {
	s.TablesUpdated = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimeLeftSeconds sets the TimeLeftSeconds field's value.
func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetTimeLeftSeconds(v float64) *CrawlerMetrics {
	s.TimeLeftSeconds = &v
	return s
}

// The details of a Crawler node present in the workflow.
type CrawlerNodeDetails struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of crawls represented by the crawl node.
	Crawls []*Crawl `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CrawlerNodeDetails) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CrawlerNodeDetails) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCrawls sets the Crawls field's value.
func (s *CrawlerNodeDetails) SetCrawls(v []*Crawl) *CrawlerNodeDetails {
	s.Crawls = v
	return s
}

// The specified crawler is not running.
type CrawlerNotRunningException struct {
	_            struct{}                  `type:"structure"`
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CrawlerNotRunningException) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CrawlerNotRunningException) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

func newErrorCrawlerNotRunningException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error {
	return &CrawlerNotRunningException{
		RespMetadata: v,
	}
}

// Code returns the exception type name.
func (s *CrawlerNotRunningException) Code() string {
	return "CrawlerNotRunningException"
}

// Message returns the exception's message.
func (s *CrawlerNotRunningException) Message() string {
	if s.Message_ != nil {
		return *s.Message_
	}
	return ""
}

// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.
func (s *CrawlerNotRunningException) OrigErr() error {
	return nil
}

func (s *CrawlerNotRunningException) Error() string {
	return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message())
}

// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.
func (s *CrawlerNotRunningException) StatusCode() int {
	return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode
}

// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.
func (s *CrawlerNotRunningException) RequestID() string {
	return s.RespMetadata.RequestID
}

// The operation cannot be performed because the crawler is already running.
type CrawlerRunningException struct {
	_            struct{}                  `type:"structure"`
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CrawlerRunningException) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CrawlerRunningException) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

func newErrorCrawlerRunningException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error {
	return &CrawlerRunningException{
		RespMetadata: v,
	}
}

// Code returns the exception type name.
func (s *CrawlerRunningException) Code() string {
	return "CrawlerRunningException"
}

// Message returns the exception's message.
func (s *CrawlerRunningException) Message() string {
	if s.Message_ != nil {
		return *s.Message_
	}
	return ""
}

// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.
func (s *CrawlerRunningException) OrigErr() error {
	return nil
}

func (s *CrawlerRunningException) Error() string {
	return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message())
}

// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.
func (s *CrawlerRunningException) StatusCode() int {
	return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode
}

// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.
func (s *CrawlerRunningException) RequestID() string {
	return s.RespMetadata.RequestID
}

// The specified crawler is stopping.
type CrawlerStoppingException struct {
	_            struct{}                  `type:"structure"`
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CrawlerStoppingException) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CrawlerStoppingException) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

func newErrorCrawlerStoppingException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error {
	return &CrawlerStoppingException{
		RespMetadata: v,
	}
}

// Code returns the exception type name.
func (s *CrawlerStoppingException) Code() string {
	return "CrawlerStoppingException"
}

// Message returns the exception's message.
func (s *CrawlerStoppingException) Message() string {
	if s.Message_ != nil {
		return *s.Message_
	}
	return ""
}

// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.
func (s *CrawlerStoppingException) OrigErr() error {
	return nil
}

func (s *CrawlerStoppingException) Error() string {
	return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message())
}

// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.
func (s *CrawlerStoppingException) StatusCode() int {
	return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode
}

// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.
func (s *CrawlerStoppingException) RequestID() string {
	return s.RespMetadata.RequestID
}

// Specifies data stores to crawl.
type CrawlerTargets struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies AWS Glue Data Catalog targets.
	CatalogTargets []*CatalogTarget `type:"list"`

	// Specifies Amazon DynamoDB targets.
	DynamoDBTargets []*DynamoDBTarget `type:"list"`

	// Specifies JDBC targets.
	JdbcTargets []*JdbcTarget `type:"list"`

	// Specifies Amazon DocumentDB or MongoDB targets.
	MongoDBTargets []*MongoDBTarget `type:"list"`

	// Specifies Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) targets.
	S3Targets []*S3Target `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CrawlerTargets) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CrawlerTargets) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CrawlerTargets) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CrawlerTargets"}
	if s.CatalogTargets != nil {
		for i, v := range s.CatalogTargets {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CatalogTargets", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogTargets sets the CatalogTargets field's value.
func (s *CrawlerTargets) SetCatalogTargets(v []*CatalogTarget) *CrawlerTargets {
	s.CatalogTargets = v
	return s
}

// SetDynamoDBTargets sets the DynamoDBTargets field's value.
func (s *CrawlerTargets) SetDynamoDBTargets(v []*DynamoDBTarget) *CrawlerTargets {
	s.DynamoDBTargets = v
	return s
}

// SetJdbcTargets sets the JdbcTargets field's value.
func (s *CrawlerTargets) SetJdbcTargets(v []*JdbcTarget) *CrawlerTargets {
	s.JdbcTargets = v
	return s
}

// SetMongoDBTargets sets the MongoDBTargets field's value.
func (s *CrawlerTargets) SetMongoDBTargets(v []*MongoDBTarget) *CrawlerTargets {
	s.MongoDBTargets = v
	return s
}

// SetS3Targets sets the S3Targets field's value.
func (s *CrawlerTargets) SetS3Targets(v []*S3Target) *CrawlerTargets {
	s.S3Targets = v
	return s
}

type CreateClassifierInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A CsvClassifier object specifying the classifier to create.
	CsvClassifier *CreateCsvClassifierRequest `type:"structure"`

	// A GrokClassifier object specifying the classifier to create.
	GrokClassifier *CreateGrokClassifierRequest `type:"structure"`

	// A JsonClassifier object specifying the classifier to create.
	JsonClassifier *CreateJsonClassifierRequest `type:"structure"`

	// An XMLClassifier object specifying the classifier to create.
	XMLClassifier *CreateXMLClassifierRequest `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateClassifierInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateClassifierInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateClassifierInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateClassifierInput"}
	if s.CsvClassifier != nil {
		if err := s.CsvClassifier.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("CsvClassifier", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.GrokClassifier != nil {
		if err := s.GrokClassifier.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("GrokClassifier", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.JsonClassifier != nil {
		if err := s.JsonClassifier.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("JsonClassifier", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.XMLClassifier != nil {
		if err := s.XMLClassifier.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("XMLClassifier", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCsvClassifier sets the CsvClassifier field's value.
func (s *CreateClassifierInput) SetCsvClassifier(v *CreateCsvClassifierRequest) *CreateClassifierInput {
	s.CsvClassifier = v
	return s
}

// SetGrokClassifier sets the GrokClassifier field's value.
func (s *CreateClassifierInput) SetGrokClassifier(v *CreateGrokClassifierRequest) *CreateClassifierInput {
	s.GrokClassifier = v
	return s
}

// SetJsonClassifier sets the JsonClassifier field's value.
func (s *CreateClassifierInput) SetJsonClassifier(v *CreateJsonClassifierRequest) *CreateClassifierInput {
	s.JsonClassifier = v
	return s
}

// SetXMLClassifier sets the XMLClassifier field's value.
func (s *CreateClassifierInput) SetXMLClassifier(v *CreateXMLClassifierRequest) *CreateClassifierInput {
	s.XMLClassifier = v
	return s
}

type CreateClassifierOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateClassifierOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateClassifierOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type CreateConnectionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the connection. If none is
	// provided, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A ConnectionInput object defining the connection to create.
	//
	// ConnectionInput is a required field
	ConnectionInput *ConnectionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateConnectionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateConnectionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateConnectionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateConnectionInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.ConnectionInput == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ConnectionInput"))
	}
	if s.ConnectionInput != nil {
		if err := s.ConnectionInput.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("ConnectionInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *CreateConnectionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *CreateConnectionInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetConnectionInput sets the ConnectionInput field's value.
func (s *CreateConnectionInput) SetConnectionInput(v *ConnectionInput) *CreateConnectionInput {
	s.ConnectionInput = v
	return s
}

type CreateConnectionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateConnectionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateConnectionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type CreateCrawlerInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of custom classifiers that the user has registered. By default, all
	// built-in classifiers are included in a crawl, but these custom classifiers
	// always override the default classifiers for a given classification.
	Classifiers []*string `type:"list"`

	// Crawler configuration information. This versioned JSON string allows users
	// to specify aspects of a crawler's behavior. For more information, see Configuring
	// a Crawler (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/crawler-configuration.html).
	Configuration *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used by this crawler.
	CrawlerSecurityConfiguration *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS Glue database where results are written, such as: arn:aws:daylight:us-east-1::database/sometable/*.
	DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`

	// A description of the new crawler.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies data lineage configuration settings for the crawler.
	LineageConfiguration *LineageConfiguration `type:"structure"`

	// Name of the new crawler.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A policy that specifies whether to crawl the entire dataset again, or to
	// crawl only folders that were added since the last crawler run.
	RecrawlPolicy *RecrawlPolicy `type:"structure"`

	// The IAM role or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role used by the new
	// crawler to access customer resources.
	//
	// Role is a required field
	Role *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules
	// for Jobs and Crawlers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html).
	// For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify:
	// cron(15 12 * * ? *).
	Schedule *string `type:"string"`

	// The policy for the crawler's update and deletion behavior.
	SchemaChangePolicy *SchemaChangePolicy `type:"structure"`

	// The table prefix used for catalog tables that are created.
	TablePrefix *string `type:"string"`

	// The tags to use with this crawler request. You may use tags to limit access
	// to the crawler. For more information about tags in AWS Glue, see AWS Tags
	// in AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-tags.html)
	// in the developer guide.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// A list of collection of targets to crawl.
	//
	// Targets is a required field
	Targets *CrawlerTargets `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateCrawlerInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateCrawlerInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateCrawlerInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}
	if s.Role == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Role"))
	}
	if s.Targets == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Targets"))
	}
	if s.Targets != nil {
		if err := s.Targets.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Targets", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetClassifiers sets the Classifiers field's value.
func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetClassifiers(v []*string) *CreateCrawlerInput {
	s.Classifiers = v
	return s
}

// SetConfiguration sets the Configuration field's value.
func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetConfiguration(v string) *CreateCrawlerInput {
	s.Configuration = &v
	return s
}

// SetCrawlerSecurityConfiguration sets the CrawlerSecurityConfiguration field's value.
func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetCrawlerSecurityConfiguration(v string) *CreateCrawlerInput {
	s.CrawlerSecurityConfiguration = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CreateCrawlerInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateCrawlerInput {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetLineageConfiguration sets the LineageConfiguration field's value.
func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetLineageConfiguration(v *LineageConfiguration) *CreateCrawlerInput {
	s.LineageConfiguration = v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetName(v string) *CreateCrawlerInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetRecrawlPolicy sets the RecrawlPolicy field's value.
func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetRecrawlPolicy(v *RecrawlPolicy) *CreateCrawlerInput {
	s.RecrawlPolicy = v
	return s
}

// SetRole sets the Role field's value.
func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetRole(v string) *CreateCrawlerInput {
	s.Role = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.
func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetSchedule(v string) *CreateCrawlerInput {
	s.Schedule = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaChangePolicy sets the SchemaChangePolicy field's value.
func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetSchemaChangePolicy(v *SchemaChangePolicy) *CreateCrawlerInput {
	s.SchemaChangePolicy = v
	return s
}

// SetTablePrefix sets the TablePrefix field's value.
func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetTablePrefix(v string) *CreateCrawlerInput {
	s.TablePrefix = &v
	return s
}

// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateCrawlerInput {
	s.Tags = v
	return s
}

// SetTargets sets the Targets field's value.
func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetTargets(v *CrawlerTargets) *CreateCrawlerInput {
	s.Targets = v
	return s
}

type CreateCrawlerOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateCrawlerOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateCrawlerOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Specifies a custom CSV classifier for CreateClassifier to create.
type CreateCsvClassifierRequest struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Enables the processing of files that contain only one column.
	AllowSingleColumn *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates whether the CSV file contains a header.
	ContainsHeader *string `type:"string" enum:"CsvHeaderOption"`

	// A custom symbol to denote what separates each column entry in the row.
	Delimiter *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Specifies not to trim values before identifying the type of column values.
	// The default value is true.
	DisableValueTrimming *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of strings representing column names.
	Header []*string `type:"list"`

	// The name of the classifier.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A custom symbol to denote what combines content into a single column value.
	// Must be different from the column delimiter.
	QuoteSymbol *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateCsvClassifierRequest) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateCsvClassifierRequest) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateCsvClassifierRequest) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateCsvClassifierRequest"}
	if s.Delimiter != nil && len(*s.Delimiter) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Delimiter", 1))
	}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}
	if s.QuoteSymbol != nil && len(*s.QuoteSymbol) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("QuoteSymbol", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAllowSingleColumn sets the AllowSingleColumn field's value.
func (s *CreateCsvClassifierRequest) SetAllowSingleColumn(v bool) *CreateCsvClassifierRequest {
	s.AllowSingleColumn = &v
	return s
}

// SetContainsHeader sets the ContainsHeader field's value.
func (s *CreateCsvClassifierRequest) SetContainsHeader(v string) *CreateCsvClassifierRequest {
	s.ContainsHeader = &v
	return s
}

// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
func (s *CreateCsvClassifierRequest) SetDelimiter(v string) *CreateCsvClassifierRequest {
	s.Delimiter = &v
	return s
}

// SetDisableValueTrimming sets the DisableValueTrimming field's value.
func (s *CreateCsvClassifierRequest) SetDisableValueTrimming(v bool) *CreateCsvClassifierRequest {
	s.DisableValueTrimming = &v
	return s
}

// SetHeader sets the Header field's value.
func (s *CreateCsvClassifierRequest) SetHeader(v []*string) *CreateCsvClassifierRequest {
	s.Header = v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *CreateCsvClassifierRequest) SetName(v string) *CreateCsvClassifierRequest {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetQuoteSymbol sets the QuoteSymbol field's value.
func (s *CreateCsvClassifierRequest) SetQuoteSymbol(v string) *CreateCsvClassifierRequest {
	s.QuoteSymbol = &v
	return s
}

type CreateDatabaseInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the database. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The metadata for the database.
	//
	// DatabaseInput is a required field
	DatabaseInput *DatabaseInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateDatabaseInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateDatabaseInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateDatabaseInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDatabaseInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseInput == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseInput"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseInput != nil {
		if err := s.DatabaseInput.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("DatabaseInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *CreateDatabaseInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *CreateDatabaseInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseInput sets the DatabaseInput field's value.
func (s *CreateDatabaseInput) SetDatabaseInput(v *DatabaseInput) *CreateDatabaseInput {
	s.DatabaseInput = v
	return s
}

type CreateDatabaseOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateDatabaseOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateDatabaseOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type CreateDevEndpointInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A map of arguments used to configure the DevEndpoint.
	Arguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// The name to be assigned to the new DevEndpoint.
	//
	// EndpointName is a required field
	EndpointName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The path to one or more Java .jar files in an S3 bucket that should be loaded
	// in your DevEndpoint.
	ExtraJarsS3Path *string `type:"string"`

	// The paths to one or more Python libraries in an Amazon S3 bucket that should
	// be loaded in your DevEndpoint. Multiple values must be complete paths separated
	// by a comma.
	//
	// You can only use pure Python libraries with a DevEndpoint. Libraries that
	// rely on C extensions, such as the pandas (http://pandas.pydata.org/) Python
	// data analysis library, are not yet supported.
	ExtraPythonLibsS3Path *string `type:"string"`

	// Glue version determines the versions of Apache Spark and Python that AWS
	// Glue supports. The Python version indicates the version supported for running
	// your ETL scripts on development endpoints.
	//
	// For more information about the available AWS Glue versions and corresponding
	// Spark and Python versions, see Glue version (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-job.html)
	// in the developer guide.
	//
	// Development endpoints that are created without specifying a Glue version
	// default to Glue 0.9.
	//
	// You can specify a version of Python support for development endpoints by
	// using the Arguments parameter in the CreateDevEndpoint or UpdateDevEndpoint
	// APIs. If no arguments are provided, the version defaults to Python 2.
	GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The number of AWS Glue Data Processing Units (DPUs) to allocate to this DevEndpoint.
	NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated to the development
	// endpoint.
	//
	// The maximum number of workers you can define are 299 for G.1X, and 149 for
	// G.2X.
	NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The public key to be used by this DevEndpoint for authentication. This attribute
	// is provided for backward compatibility because the recommended attribute
	// to use is public keys.
	PublicKey *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of public keys to be used by the development endpoints for authentication.
	// The use of this attribute is preferred over a single public key because the
	// public keys allow you to have a different private key per client.
	//
	// If you previously created an endpoint with a public key, you must remove
	// that key to be able to set a list of public keys. Call the UpdateDevEndpoint
	// API with the public key content in the deletePublicKeys attribute, and the
	// list of new keys in the addPublicKeys attribute.
	PublicKeys []*string `type:"list"`

	// The IAM role for the DevEndpoint.
	//
	// RoleArn is a required field
	RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with this DevEndpoint.
	SecurityConfiguration *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Security group IDs for the security groups to be used by the new DevEndpoint.
	SecurityGroupIds []*string `type:"list"`

	// The subnet ID for the new DevEndpoint to use.
	SubnetId *string `type:"string"`

	// The tags to use with this DevEndpoint. You may use tags to limit access to
	// the DevEndpoint. For more information about tags in AWS Glue, see AWS Tags
	// in AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-tags.html)
	// in the developer guide.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated to the development endpoint.
	// Accepts a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.
	//
	//    * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.1X worker type, each worker maps to 1 DPU (4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory, 64 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend
	//    this worker type for memory-intensive jobs.
	//
	//    * For the G.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 DPU (8 vCPU, 32 GB of
	//    memory, 128 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend
	//    this worker type for memory-intensive jobs.
	//
	// Known issue: when a development endpoint is created with the G.2X WorkerType
	// configuration, the Spark drivers for the development endpoint will run on
	// 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory, and a 64 GB disk.
	WorkerType *string `type:"string" enum:"WorkerType"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateDevEndpointInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateDevEndpointInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDevEndpointInput"}
	if s.EndpointName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EndpointName"))
	}
	if s.GlueVersion != nil && len(*s.GlueVersion) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GlueVersion", 1))
	}
	if s.RoleArn == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn"))
	}
	if s.SecurityConfiguration != nil && len(*s.SecurityConfiguration) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SecurityConfiguration", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetArguments sets the Arguments field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetArguments(v map[string]*string) *CreateDevEndpointInput {
	s.Arguments = v
	return s
}

// SetEndpointName sets the EndpointName field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetEndpointName(v string) *CreateDevEndpointInput {
	s.EndpointName = &v
	return s
}

// SetExtraJarsS3Path sets the ExtraJarsS3Path field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetExtraJarsS3Path(v string) *CreateDevEndpointInput {
	s.ExtraJarsS3Path = &v
	return s
}

// SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path sets the ExtraPythonLibsS3Path field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path(v string) *CreateDevEndpointInput {
	s.ExtraPythonLibsS3Path = &v
	return s
}

// SetGlueVersion sets the GlueVersion field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetGlueVersion(v string) *CreateDevEndpointInput {
	s.GlueVersion = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumberOfNodes sets the NumberOfNodes field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetNumberOfNodes(v int64) *CreateDevEndpointInput {
	s.NumberOfNodes = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumberOfWorkers sets the NumberOfWorkers field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetNumberOfWorkers(v int64) *CreateDevEndpointInput {
	s.NumberOfWorkers = &v
	return s
}

// SetPublicKey sets the PublicKey field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetPublicKey(v string) *CreateDevEndpointInput {
	s.PublicKey = &v
	return s
}

// SetPublicKeys sets the PublicKeys field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetPublicKeys(v []*string) *CreateDevEndpointInput {
	s.PublicKeys = v
	return s
}

// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *CreateDevEndpointInput {
	s.RoleArn = &v
	return s
}

// SetSecurityConfiguration sets the SecurityConfiguration field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetSecurityConfiguration(v string) *CreateDevEndpointInput {
	s.SecurityConfiguration = &v
	return s
}

// SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDevEndpointInput {
	s.SecurityGroupIds = v
	return s
}

// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetSubnetId(v string) *CreateDevEndpointInput {
	s.SubnetId = &v
	return s
}

// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateDevEndpointInput {
	s.Tags = v
	return s
}

// SetWorkerType sets the WorkerType field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetWorkerType(v string) *CreateDevEndpointInput {
	s.WorkerType = &v
	return s
}

type CreateDevEndpointOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The map of arguments used to configure this DevEndpoint.
	//
	// Valid arguments are:
	//
	//    * "--enable-glue-datacatalog": ""
	//
	//    * "GLUE_PYTHON_VERSION": "3"
	//
	//    * "GLUE_PYTHON_VERSION": "2"
	//
	// You can specify a version of Python support for development endpoints by
	// using the Arguments parameter in the CreateDevEndpoint or UpdateDevEndpoint
	// APIs. If no arguments are provided, the version defaults to Python 2.
	Arguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// The AWS Availability Zone where this DevEndpoint is located.
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// The point in time at which this DevEndpoint was created.
	CreatedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The name assigned to the new DevEndpoint.
	EndpointName *string `type:"string"`

	// Path to one or more Java .jar files in an S3 bucket that will be loaded in
	// your DevEndpoint.
	ExtraJarsS3Path *string `type:"string"`

	// The paths to one or more Python libraries in an S3 bucket that will be loaded
	// in your DevEndpoint.
	ExtraPythonLibsS3Path *string `type:"string"`

	// The reason for a current failure in this DevEndpoint.
	FailureReason *string `type:"string"`

	// Glue version determines the versions of Apache Spark and Python that AWS
	// Glue supports. The Python version indicates the version supported for running
	// your ETL scripts on development endpoints.
	GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The number of AWS Glue Data Processing Units (DPUs) allocated to this DevEndpoint.
	NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated to the development
	// endpoint.
	NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role assigned to the new DevEndpoint.
	RoleArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure being used with this DevEndpoint.
	SecurityConfiguration *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The security groups assigned to the new DevEndpoint.
	SecurityGroupIds []*string `type:"list"`

	// The current status of the new DevEndpoint.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// The subnet ID assigned to the new DevEndpoint.
	SubnetId *string `type:"string"`

	// The ID of the virtual private cloud (VPC) used by this DevEndpoint.
	VpcId *string `type:"string"`

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated to the development endpoint.
	// May be a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.
	WorkerType *string `type:"string" enum:"WorkerType"`

	// The address of the YARN endpoint used by this DevEndpoint.
	YarnEndpointAddress *string `type:"string"`

	// The Apache Zeppelin port for the remote Apache Spark interpreter.
	ZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort *int64 `type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateDevEndpointOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateDevEndpointOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetArguments sets the Arguments field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetArguments(v map[string]*string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
	s.Arguments = v
	return s
}

// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
	s.AvailabilityZone = &v
	return s
}

// SetCreatedTimestamp sets the CreatedTimestamp field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetCreatedTimestamp(v time.Time) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
	s.CreatedTimestamp = &v
	return s
}

// SetEndpointName sets the EndpointName field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetEndpointName(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
	s.EndpointName = &v
	return s
}

// SetExtraJarsS3Path sets the ExtraJarsS3Path field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetExtraJarsS3Path(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
	s.ExtraJarsS3Path = &v
	return s
}

// SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path sets the ExtraPythonLibsS3Path field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
	s.ExtraPythonLibsS3Path = &v
	return s
}

// SetFailureReason sets the FailureReason field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetFailureReason(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
	s.FailureReason = &v
	return s
}

// SetGlueVersion sets the GlueVersion field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetGlueVersion(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
	s.GlueVersion = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumberOfNodes sets the NumberOfNodes field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetNumberOfNodes(v int64) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
	s.NumberOfNodes = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumberOfWorkers sets the NumberOfWorkers field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetNumberOfWorkers(v int64) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
	s.NumberOfWorkers = &v
	return s
}

// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
	s.RoleArn = &v
	return s
}

// SetSecurityConfiguration sets the SecurityConfiguration field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetSecurityConfiguration(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
	s.SecurityConfiguration = &v
	return s
}

// SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
	s.SecurityGroupIds = v
	return s
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetStatus(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
	s.Status = &v
	return s
}

// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetSubnetId(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
	s.SubnetId = &v
	return s
}

// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetVpcId(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
	s.VpcId = &v
	return s
}

// SetWorkerType sets the WorkerType field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetWorkerType(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
	s.WorkerType = &v
	return s
}

// SetYarnEndpointAddress sets the YarnEndpointAddress field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetYarnEndpointAddress(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
	s.YarnEndpointAddress = &v
	return s
}

// SetZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort sets the ZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort field's value.
func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort(v int64) *CreateDevEndpointOutput {
	s.ZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort = &v
	return s
}

// Specifies a grok classifier for CreateClassifier to create.
type CreateGrokClassifierRequest struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches, such as Twitter,
	// JSON, Omniture logs, Amazon CloudWatch Logs, and so on.
	//
	// Classification is a required field
	Classification *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Optional custom grok patterns used by this classifier.
	CustomPatterns *string `type:"string"`

	// The grok pattern used by this classifier.
	//
	// GrokPattern is a required field
	GrokPattern *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the new classifier.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateGrokClassifierRequest) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateGrokClassifierRequest) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateGrokClassifierRequest) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateGrokClassifierRequest"}
	if s.Classification == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Classification"))
	}
	if s.GrokPattern == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GrokPattern"))
	}
	if s.GrokPattern != nil && len(*s.GrokPattern) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GrokPattern", 1))
	}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetClassification sets the Classification field's value.
func (s *CreateGrokClassifierRequest) SetClassification(v string) *CreateGrokClassifierRequest {
	s.Classification = &v
	return s
}

// SetCustomPatterns sets the CustomPatterns field's value.
func (s *CreateGrokClassifierRequest) SetCustomPatterns(v string) *CreateGrokClassifierRequest {
	s.CustomPatterns = &v
	return s
}

// SetGrokPattern sets the GrokPattern field's value.
func (s *CreateGrokClassifierRequest) SetGrokPattern(v string) *CreateGrokClassifierRequest {
	s.GrokPattern = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *CreateGrokClassifierRequest) SetName(v string) *CreateGrokClassifierRequest {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type CreateJobInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// This parameter is deprecated. Use MaxCapacity instead.
	//
	// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) to allocate to this Job.
	// You can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs; the default is 10. A DPU is a relative
	// measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity
	// and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the AWS Glue pricing page
	// (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
	//
	// Deprecated: This property is deprecated, use MaxCapacity instead.
	AllocatedCapacity *int64 `deprecated:"true" type:"integer"`

	// The JobCommand that executes this job.
	//
	// Command is a required field
	Command *JobCommand `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// The connections used for this job.
	Connections *ConnectionsList `type:"structure"`

	// The default arguments for this job.
	//
	// You can specify arguments here that your own job-execution script consumes,
	// as well as arguments that AWS Glue itself consumes.
	//
	// For information about how to specify and consume your own Job arguments,
	// see the Calling AWS Glue APIs in Python (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-python-calling.html)
	// topic in the developer guide.
	//
	// For information about the key-value pairs that AWS Glue consumes to set up
	// your job, see the Special Parameters Used by AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-etl-glue-arguments.html)
	// topic in the developer guide.
	DefaultArguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// Description of the job being defined.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// An ExecutionProperty specifying the maximum number of concurrent runs allowed
	// for this job.
	ExecutionProperty *ExecutionProperty `type:"structure"`

	// Glue version determines the versions of Apache Spark and Python that AWS
	// Glue supports. The Python version indicates the version supported for jobs
	// of type Spark.
	//
	// For more information about the available AWS Glue versions and corresponding
	// Spark and Python versions, see Glue version (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-job.html)
	// in the developer guide.
	//
	// Jobs that are created without specifying a Glue version default to Glue 0.9.
	GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// This field is reserved for future use.
	LogUri *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) that can be allocated
	// when this job runs. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that
	// consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information,
	// see the AWS Glue pricing page (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
	//
	// Do not set Max Capacity if using WorkerType and NumberOfWorkers.
	//
	// The value that can be allocated for MaxCapacity depends on whether you are
	// running a Python shell job or an Apache Spark ETL job:
	//
	//    * When you specify a Python shell job (JobCommand.Name="pythonshell"),
	//    you can allocate either 0.0625 or 1 DPU. The default is 0.0625 DPU.
	//
	//    * When you specify an Apache Spark ETL job (JobCommand.Name="glueetl")
	//    or Apache Spark streaming ETL job (JobCommand.Name="gluestreaming"), you
	//    can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs. The default is 10 DPUs. This job type
	//    cannot have a fractional DPU allocation.
	MaxCapacity *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The maximum number of times to retry this job if it fails.
	MaxRetries *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name you assign to this job definition. It must be unique in your account.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Non-overridable arguments for this job, specified as name-value pairs.
	NonOverridableArguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// Specifies configuration properties of a job notification.
	NotificationProperty *NotificationProperty `type:"structure"`

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when a job
	// runs.
	//
	// The maximum number of workers you can define are 299 for G.1X, and 149 for
	// G.2X.
	NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role associated with this
	// job.
	//
	// Role is a required field
	Role *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with this job.
	SecurityConfiguration *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The tags to use with this job. You may use tags to limit access to the job.
	// For more information about tags in AWS Glue, see AWS Tags in AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-tags.html)
	// in the developer guide.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// The job timeout in minutes. This is the maximum time that a job run can consume
	// resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The default
	// is 2,880 minutes (48 hours).
	Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated when a job runs. Accepts
	// a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.
	//
	//    * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.1X worker type, each worker maps to 1 DPU (4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory, 64 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend
	//    this worker type for memory-intensive jobs.
	//
	//    * For the G.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 DPU (8 vCPU, 32 GB of
	//    memory, 128 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend
	//    this worker type for memory-intensive jobs.
	WorkerType *string `type:"string" enum:"WorkerType"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateJobInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateJobInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateJobInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateJobInput"}
	if s.Command == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Command"))
	}
	if s.GlueVersion != nil && len(*s.GlueVersion) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GlueVersion", 1))
	}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}
	if s.Role == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Role"))
	}
	if s.SecurityConfiguration != nil && len(*s.SecurityConfiguration) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SecurityConfiguration", 1))
	}
	if s.Timeout != nil && *s.Timeout < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Timeout", 1))
	}
	if s.NotificationProperty != nil {
		if err := s.NotificationProperty.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("NotificationProperty", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAllocatedCapacity sets the AllocatedCapacity field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetAllocatedCapacity(v int64) *CreateJobInput {
	s.AllocatedCapacity = &v
	return s
}

// SetCommand sets the Command field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetCommand(v *JobCommand) *CreateJobInput {
	s.Command = v
	return s
}

// SetConnections sets the Connections field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetConnections(v *ConnectionsList) *CreateJobInput {
	s.Connections = v
	return s
}

// SetDefaultArguments sets the DefaultArguments field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetDefaultArguments(v map[string]*string) *CreateJobInput {
	s.DefaultArguments = v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateJobInput {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetExecutionProperty sets the ExecutionProperty field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetExecutionProperty(v *ExecutionProperty) *CreateJobInput {
	s.ExecutionProperty = v
	return s
}

// SetGlueVersion sets the GlueVersion field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetGlueVersion(v string) *CreateJobInput {
	s.GlueVersion = &v
	return s
}

// SetLogUri sets the LogUri field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetLogUri(v string) *CreateJobInput {
	s.LogUri = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxCapacity sets the MaxCapacity field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetMaxCapacity(v float64) *CreateJobInput {
	s.MaxCapacity = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxRetries sets the MaxRetries field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetMaxRetries(v int64) *CreateJobInput {
	s.MaxRetries = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetName(v string) *CreateJobInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetNonOverridableArguments sets the NonOverridableArguments field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetNonOverridableArguments(v map[string]*string) *CreateJobInput {
	s.NonOverridableArguments = v
	return s
}

// SetNotificationProperty sets the NotificationProperty field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetNotificationProperty(v *NotificationProperty) *CreateJobInput {
	s.NotificationProperty = v
	return s
}

// SetNumberOfWorkers sets the NumberOfWorkers field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetNumberOfWorkers(v int64) *CreateJobInput {
	s.NumberOfWorkers = &v
	return s
}

// SetRole sets the Role field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetRole(v string) *CreateJobInput {
	s.Role = &v
	return s
}

// SetSecurityConfiguration sets the SecurityConfiguration field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetSecurityConfiguration(v string) *CreateJobInput {
	s.SecurityConfiguration = &v
	return s
}

// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateJobInput {
	s.Tags = v
	return s
}

// SetTimeout sets the Timeout field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetTimeout(v int64) *CreateJobInput {
	s.Timeout = &v
	return s
}

// SetWorkerType sets the WorkerType field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetWorkerType(v string) *CreateJobInput {
	s.WorkerType = &v
	return s
}

type CreateJobOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The unique name that was provided for this job definition.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateJobOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateJobOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *CreateJobOutput) SetName(v string) *CreateJobOutput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// Specifies a JSON classifier for CreateClassifier to create.
type CreateJsonClassifierRequest struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A JsonPath string defining the JSON data for the classifier to classify.
	// AWS Glue supports a subset of JsonPath, as described in Writing JsonPath
	// Custom Classifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/custom-classifier.html#custom-classifier-json).
	//
	// JsonPath is a required field
	JsonPath *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the classifier.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateJsonClassifierRequest) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateJsonClassifierRequest) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateJsonClassifierRequest) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateJsonClassifierRequest"}
	if s.JsonPath == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JsonPath"))
	}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetJsonPath sets the JsonPath field's value.
func (s *CreateJsonClassifierRequest) SetJsonPath(v string) *CreateJsonClassifierRequest {
	s.JsonPath = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *CreateJsonClassifierRequest) SetName(v string) *CreateJsonClassifierRequest {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type CreateMLTransformInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A description of the machine learning transform that is being defined. The
	// default is an empty string.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// This value determines which version of AWS Glue this machine learning transform
	// is compatible with. Glue 1.0 is recommended for most customers. If the value
	// is not set, the Glue compatibility defaults to Glue 0.9. For more information,
	// see AWS Glue Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/release-notes.html#release-notes-versions)
	// in the developer guide.
	GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A list of AWS Glue table definitions used by the transform.
	//
	// InputRecordTables is a required field
	InputRecordTables []*Table `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) that are allocated to
	// task runs for this transform. You can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs; the default
	// is 10. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4
	// vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see
	// the AWS Glue pricing page (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
	//
	// MaxCapacity is a mutually exclusive option with NumberOfWorkers and WorkerType.
	//
	//    * If either NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType is set, then MaxCapacity cannot
	//    be set.
	//
	//    * If MaxCapacity is set then neither NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType can
	//    be set.
	//
	//    * If WorkerType is set, then NumberOfWorkers is required (and vice versa).
	//
	//    * MaxCapacity and NumberOfWorkers must both be at least 1.
	//
	// When the WorkerType field is set to a value other than Standard, the MaxCapacity
	// field is set automatically and becomes read-only.
	//
	// When the WorkerType field is set to a value other than Standard, the MaxCapacity
	// field is set automatically and becomes read-only.
	MaxCapacity *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The maximum number of times to retry a task for this transform after a task
	// run fails.
	MaxRetries *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The unique name that you give the transform when you create it.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when this
	// task runs.
	//
	// If WorkerType is set, then NumberOfWorkers is required (and vice versa).
	NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The algorithmic parameters that are specific to the transform type used.
	// Conditionally dependent on the transform type.
	//
	// Parameters is a required field
	Parameters *TransformParameters `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role with the required
	// permissions. The required permissions include both AWS Glue service role
	// permissions to AWS Glue resources, and Amazon S3 permissions required by
	// the transform.
	//
	//    * This role needs AWS Glue service role permissions to allow access to
	//    resources in AWS Glue. See Attach a Policy to IAM Users That Access AWS
	//    Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/attach-policy-iam-user.html).
	//
	//    * This role needs permission to your Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon
	//    S3) sources, targets, temporary directory, scripts, and any libraries
	//    used by the task run for this transform.
	//
	// Role is a required field
	Role *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The tags to use with this machine learning transform. You may use tags to
	// limit access to the machine learning transform. For more information about
	// tags in AWS Glue, see AWS Tags in AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-tags.html)
	// in the developer guide.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// The timeout of the task run for this transform in minutes. This is the maximum
	// time that a task run for this transform can consume resources before it is
	// terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The default is 2,880 minutes (48 hours).
	Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// The encryption-at-rest settings of the transform that apply to accessing
	// user data. Machine learning transforms can access user data encrypted in
	// Amazon S3 using KMS.
	TransformEncryption *TransformEncryption `type:"structure"`

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated when this task runs. Accepts
	// a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.
	//
	//    * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.1X worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory
	//    and a 64GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.2X worker type, each worker provides 8 vCPU, 32 GB of memory
	//    and a 128GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
	//
	// MaxCapacity is a mutually exclusive option with NumberOfWorkers and WorkerType.
	//
	//    * If either NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType is set, then MaxCapacity cannot
	//    be set.
	//
	//    * If MaxCapacity is set then neither NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType can
	//    be set.
	//
	//    * If WorkerType is set, then NumberOfWorkers is required (and vice versa).
	//
	//    * MaxCapacity and NumberOfWorkers must both be at least 1.
	WorkerType *string `type:"string" enum:"WorkerType"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateMLTransformInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateMLTransformInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateMLTransformInput"}
	if s.GlueVersion != nil && len(*s.GlueVersion) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GlueVersion", 1))
	}
	if s.InputRecordTables == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputRecordTables"))
	}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}
	if s.Parameters == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Parameters"))
	}
	if s.Role == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Role"))
	}
	if s.Timeout != nil && *s.Timeout < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Timeout", 1))
	}
	if s.InputRecordTables != nil {
		for i, v := range s.InputRecordTables {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "InputRecordTables", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.Parameters != nil {
		if err := s.Parameters.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Parameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.TransformEncryption != nil {
		if err := s.TransformEncryption.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("TransformEncryption", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateMLTransformInput {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetGlueVersion sets the GlueVersion field's value.
func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) SetGlueVersion(v string) *CreateMLTransformInput {
	s.GlueVersion = &v
	return s
}

// SetInputRecordTables sets the InputRecordTables field's value.
func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) SetInputRecordTables(v []*Table) *CreateMLTransformInput {
	s.InputRecordTables = v
	return s
}

// SetMaxCapacity sets the MaxCapacity field's value.
func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) SetMaxCapacity(v float64) *CreateMLTransformInput {
	s.MaxCapacity = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxRetries sets the MaxRetries field's value.
func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) SetMaxRetries(v int64) *CreateMLTransformInput {
	s.MaxRetries = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) SetName(v string) *CreateMLTransformInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumberOfWorkers sets the NumberOfWorkers field's value.
func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) SetNumberOfWorkers(v int64) *CreateMLTransformInput {
	s.NumberOfWorkers = &v
	return s
}

// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) SetParameters(v *TransformParameters) *CreateMLTransformInput {
	s.Parameters = v
	return s
}

// SetRole sets the Role field's value.
func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) SetRole(v string) *CreateMLTransformInput {
	s.Role = &v
	return s
}

// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateMLTransformInput {
	s.Tags = v
	return s
}

// SetTimeout sets the Timeout field's value.
func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) SetTimeout(v int64) *CreateMLTransformInput {
	s.Timeout = &v
	return s
}

// SetTransformEncryption sets the TransformEncryption field's value.
func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) SetTransformEncryption(v *TransformEncryption) *CreateMLTransformInput {
	s.TransformEncryption = v
	return s
}

// SetWorkerType sets the WorkerType field's value.
func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) SetWorkerType(v string) *CreateMLTransformInput {
	s.WorkerType = &v
	return s
}

type CreateMLTransformOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A unique identifier that is generated for the transform.
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateMLTransformOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateMLTransformOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.
func (s *CreateMLTransformOutput) SetTransformId(v string) *CreateMLTransformOutput {
	s.TransformId = &v
	return s
}

type CreatePartitionIndexInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The catalog ID where the table resides.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of a database in which you want to create a partition
	// index.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies a PartitionIndex structure to create a partition index in an existing
	// table.
	//
	// PartitionIndex is a required field
	PartitionIndex *PartitionIndex `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// Specifies the name of a table in which you want to create a partition index.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreatePartitionIndexInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreatePartitionIndexInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreatePartitionIndexInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreatePartitionIndexInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.PartitionIndex == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartitionIndex"))
	}
	if s.TableName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
	}
	if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
	}
	if s.PartitionIndex != nil {
		if err := s.PartitionIndex.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("PartitionIndex", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *CreatePartitionIndexInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *CreatePartitionIndexInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *CreatePartitionIndexInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CreatePartitionIndexInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetPartitionIndex sets the PartitionIndex field's value.
func (s *CreatePartitionIndexInput) SetPartitionIndex(v *PartitionIndex) *CreatePartitionIndexInput {
	s.PartitionIndex = v
	return s
}

// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *CreatePartitionIndexInput) SetTableName(v string) *CreatePartitionIndexInput {
	s.TableName = &v
	return s
}

type CreatePartitionIndexOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreatePartitionIndexOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreatePartitionIndexOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type CreatePartitionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The AWS account ID of the catalog in which the partition is to be created.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the metadata database in which the partition is to be created.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A PartitionInput structure defining the partition to be created.
	//
	// PartitionInput is a required field
	PartitionInput *PartitionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// The name of the metadata table in which the partition is to be created.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreatePartitionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreatePartitionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreatePartitionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreatePartitionInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.PartitionInput == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartitionInput"))
	}
	if s.TableName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
	}
	if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
	}
	if s.PartitionInput != nil {
		if err := s.PartitionInput.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("PartitionInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *CreatePartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *CreatePartitionInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *CreatePartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CreatePartitionInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetPartitionInput sets the PartitionInput field's value.
func (s *CreatePartitionInput) SetPartitionInput(v *PartitionInput) *CreatePartitionInput {
	s.PartitionInput = v
	return s
}

// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *CreatePartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *CreatePartitionInput {
	s.TableName = &v
	return s
}

type CreatePartitionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreatePartitionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreatePartitionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type CreateRegistryInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A description of the registry. If description is not provided, there will
	// not be any default value for this.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// Name of the registry to be created of max length of 255, and may only contain
	// letters, numbers, hyphen, underscore, dollar sign, or hash mark. No whitespace.
	//
	// RegistryName is a required field
	RegistryName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// AWS tags that contain a key value pair and may be searched by console, command
	// line, or API.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateRegistryInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateRegistryInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateRegistryInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateRegistryInput"}
	if s.RegistryName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RegistryName"))
	}
	if s.RegistryName != nil && len(*s.RegistryName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RegistryName", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *CreateRegistryInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateRegistryInput {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetRegistryName sets the RegistryName field's value.
func (s *CreateRegistryInput) SetRegistryName(v string) *CreateRegistryInput {
	s.RegistryName = &v
	return s
}

// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateRegistryInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateRegistryInput {
	s.Tags = v
	return s
}

type CreateRegistryOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A description of the registry.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the newly created registry.
	RegistryArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the registry.
	RegistryName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The tags for the registry.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateRegistryOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateRegistryOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *CreateRegistryOutput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateRegistryOutput {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetRegistryArn sets the RegistryArn field's value.
func (s *CreateRegistryOutput) SetRegistryArn(v string) *CreateRegistryOutput {
	s.RegistryArn = &v
	return s
}

// SetRegistryName sets the RegistryName field's value.
func (s *CreateRegistryOutput) SetRegistryName(v string) *CreateRegistryOutput {
	s.RegistryName = &v
	return s
}

// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateRegistryOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateRegistryOutput {
	s.Tags = v
	return s
}

type CreateSchemaInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The compatibility mode of the schema. The possible values are:
	//
	//    * NONE: No compatibility mode applies. You can use this choice in development
	//    scenarios or if you do not know the compatibility mode that you want to
	//    apply to schemas. Any new version added will be accepted without undergoing
	//    a compatibility check.
	//
	//    * DISABLED: This compatibility choice prevents versioning for a particular
	//    schema. You can use this choice to prevent future versioning of a schema.
	//
	//    * BACKWARD: This compatibility choice is recommended as it allows data
	//    receivers to read both the current and one previous schema version. This
	//    means that for instance, a new schema version cannot drop data fields
	//    or change the type of these fields, so they can't be read by readers using
	//    the previous version.
	//
	//    * BACKWARD_ALL: This compatibility choice allows data receivers to read
	//    both the current and all previous schema versions. You can use this choice
	//    when you need to delete fields or add optional fields, and check compatibility
	//    against all previous schema versions.
	//
	//    * FORWARD: This compatibility choice allows data receivers to read both
	//    the current and one next schema version, but not necessarily later versions.
	//    You can use this choice when you need to add fields or delete optional
	//    fields, but only check compatibility against the last schema version.
	//
	//    * FORWARD_ALL: This compatibility choice allows data receivers to read
	//    written by producers of any new registered schema. You can use this choice
	//    when you need to add fields or delete optional fields, and check compatibility
	//    against all previous schema versions.
	//
	//    * FULL: This compatibility choice allows data receivers to read data written
	//    by producers using the previous or next version of the schema, but not
	//    necessarily earlier or later versions. You can use this choice when you
	//    need to add or remove optional fields, but only check compatibility against
	//    the last schema version.
	//
	//    * FULL_ALL: This compatibility choice allows data receivers to read data
	//    written by producers using all previous schema versions. You can use this
	//    choice when you need to add or remove optional fields, and check compatibility
	//    against all previous schema versions.
	Compatibility *string `type:"string" enum:"Compatibility"`

	// The data format of the schema definition. Currently only AVRO is supported.
	//
	// DataFormat is a required field
	DataFormat *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DataFormat"`

	// An optional description of the schema. If description is not provided, there
	// will not be any automatic default value for this.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// This is a wrapper shape to contain the registry identity fields. If this
	// is not provided, the default registry will be used. The ARN format for the
	// same will be: arn:aws:glue:us-east-2:<customer id>:registry/default-registry:random-5-letter-id.
	RegistryId *RegistryId `type:"structure"`

	// The schema definition using the DataFormat setting for SchemaName.
	SchemaDefinition *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Name of the schema to be created of max length of 255, and may only contain
	// letters, numbers, hyphen, underscore, dollar sign, or hash mark. No whitespace.
	//
	// SchemaName is a required field
	SchemaName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// AWS tags that contain a key value pair and may be searched by console, command
	// line, or API. If specified, follows the AWS tags-on-create pattern.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateSchemaInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateSchemaInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateSchemaInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateSchemaInput"}
	if s.DataFormat == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DataFormat"))
	}
	if s.SchemaDefinition != nil && len(*s.SchemaDefinition) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SchemaDefinition", 1))
	}
	if s.SchemaName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SchemaName"))
	}
	if s.SchemaName != nil && len(*s.SchemaName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SchemaName", 1))
	}
	if s.RegistryId != nil {
		if err := s.RegistryId.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("RegistryId", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCompatibility sets the Compatibility field's value.
func (s *CreateSchemaInput) SetCompatibility(v string) *CreateSchemaInput {
	s.Compatibility = &v
	return s
}

// SetDataFormat sets the DataFormat field's value.
func (s *CreateSchemaInput) SetDataFormat(v string) *CreateSchemaInput {
	s.DataFormat = &v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *CreateSchemaInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateSchemaInput {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetRegistryId sets the RegistryId field's value.
func (s *CreateSchemaInput) SetRegistryId(v *RegistryId) *CreateSchemaInput {
	s.RegistryId = v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaDefinition sets the SchemaDefinition field's value.
func (s *CreateSchemaInput) SetSchemaDefinition(v string) *CreateSchemaInput {
	s.SchemaDefinition = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaName sets the SchemaName field's value.
func (s *CreateSchemaInput) SetSchemaName(v string) *CreateSchemaInput {
	s.SchemaName = &v
	return s
}

// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateSchemaInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateSchemaInput {
	s.Tags = v
	return s
}

type CreateSchemaOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The schema compatibility mode.
	Compatibility *string `type:"string" enum:"Compatibility"`

	// The data format of the schema definition. Currently only AVRO is supported.
	DataFormat *string `type:"string" enum:"DataFormat"`

	// A description of the schema if specified when created.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The latest version of the schema associated with the returned schema definition.
	LatestSchemaVersion *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`

	// The next version of the schema associated with the returned schema definition.
	NextSchemaVersion *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the registry.
	RegistryArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the registry.
	RegistryName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema.
	SchemaArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The version number of the checkpoint (the last time the compatibility mode
	// was changed).
	SchemaCheckpoint *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`

	// The name of the schema.
	SchemaName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The status of the schema.
	SchemaStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"SchemaStatus"`

	// The unique identifier of the first schema version.
	SchemaVersionId *string `min:"36" type:"string"`

	// The status of the first schema version created.
	SchemaVersionStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"SchemaVersionStatus"`

	// The tags for the schema.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateSchemaOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateSchemaOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCompatibility sets the Compatibility field's value.
func (s *CreateSchemaOutput) SetCompatibility(v string) *CreateSchemaOutput {
	s.Compatibility = &v
	return s
}

// SetDataFormat sets the DataFormat field's value.
func (s *CreateSchemaOutput) SetDataFormat(v string) *CreateSchemaOutput {
	s.DataFormat = &v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *CreateSchemaOutput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateSchemaOutput {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetLatestSchemaVersion sets the LatestSchemaVersion field's value.
func (s *CreateSchemaOutput) SetLatestSchemaVersion(v int64) *CreateSchemaOutput {
	s.LatestSchemaVersion = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextSchemaVersion sets the NextSchemaVersion field's value.
func (s *CreateSchemaOutput) SetNextSchemaVersion(v int64) *CreateSchemaOutput {
	s.NextSchemaVersion = &v
	return s
}

// SetRegistryArn sets the RegistryArn field's value.
func (s *CreateSchemaOutput) SetRegistryArn(v string) *CreateSchemaOutput {
	s.RegistryArn = &v
	return s
}

// SetRegistryName sets the RegistryName field's value.
func (s *CreateSchemaOutput) SetRegistryName(v string) *CreateSchemaOutput {
	s.RegistryName = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaArn sets the SchemaArn field's value.
func (s *CreateSchemaOutput) SetSchemaArn(v string) *CreateSchemaOutput {
	s.SchemaArn = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaCheckpoint sets the SchemaCheckpoint field's value.
func (s *CreateSchemaOutput) SetSchemaCheckpoint(v int64) *CreateSchemaOutput {
	s.SchemaCheckpoint = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaName sets the SchemaName field's value.
func (s *CreateSchemaOutput) SetSchemaName(v string) *CreateSchemaOutput {
	s.SchemaName = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaStatus sets the SchemaStatus field's value.
func (s *CreateSchemaOutput) SetSchemaStatus(v string) *CreateSchemaOutput {
	s.SchemaStatus = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaVersionId sets the SchemaVersionId field's value.
func (s *CreateSchemaOutput) SetSchemaVersionId(v string) *CreateSchemaOutput {
	s.SchemaVersionId = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaVersionStatus sets the SchemaVersionStatus field's value.
func (s *CreateSchemaOutput) SetSchemaVersionStatus(v string) *CreateSchemaOutput {
	s.SchemaVersionStatus = &v
	return s
}

// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateSchemaOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateSchemaOutput {
	s.Tags = v
	return s
}

type CreateScriptInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of the edges in the DAG.
	DagEdges []*CodeGenEdge `type:"list"`

	// A list of the nodes in the DAG.
	DagNodes []*CodeGenNode `type:"list"`

	// The programming language of the resulting code from the DAG.
	Language *string `type:"string" enum:"Language"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateScriptInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateScriptInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateScriptInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateScriptInput"}
	if s.DagEdges != nil {
		for i, v := range s.DagEdges {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "DagEdges", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.DagNodes != nil {
		for i, v := range s.DagNodes {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "DagNodes", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetDagEdges sets the DagEdges field's value.
func (s *CreateScriptInput) SetDagEdges(v []*CodeGenEdge) *CreateScriptInput {
	s.DagEdges = v
	return s
}

// SetDagNodes sets the DagNodes field's value.
func (s *CreateScriptInput) SetDagNodes(v []*CodeGenNode) *CreateScriptInput {
	s.DagNodes = v
	return s
}

// SetLanguage sets the Language field's value.
func (s *CreateScriptInput) SetLanguage(v string) *CreateScriptInput {
	s.Language = &v
	return s
}

type CreateScriptOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The Python script generated from the DAG.
	PythonScript *string `type:"string"`

	// The Scala code generated from the DAG.
	ScalaCode *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateScriptOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateScriptOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetPythonScript sets the PythonScript field's value.
func (s *CreateScriptOutput) SetPythonScript(v string) *CreateScriptOutput {
	s.PythonScript = &v
	return s
}

// SetScalaCode sets the ScalaCode field's value.
func (s *CreateScriptOutput) SetScalaCode(v string) *CreateScriptOutput {
	s.ScalaCode = &v
	return s
}

type CreateSecurityConfigurationInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The encryption configuration for the new security configuration.
	//
	// EncryptionConfiguration is a required field
	EncryptionConfiguration *EncryptionConfiguration `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// The name for the new security configuration.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateSecurityConfigurationInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateSecurityConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateSecurityConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateSecurityConfigurationInput"}
	if s.EncryptionConfiguration == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EncryptionConfiguration"))
	}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetEncryptionConfiguration sets the EncryptionConfiguration field's value.
func (s *CreateSecurityConfigurationInput) SetEncryptionConfiguration(v *EncryptionConfiguration) *CreateSecurityConfigurationInput {
	s.EncryptionConfiguration = v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *CreateSecurityConfigurationInput) SetName(v string) *CreateSecurityConfigurationInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The time at which the new security configuration was created.
	CreatedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The name assigned to the new security configuration.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCreatedTimestamp sets the CreatedTimestamp field's value.
func (s *CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput) SetCreatedTimestamp(v time.Time) *CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput {
	s.CreatedTimestamp = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput) SetName(v string) *CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type CreateTableInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the Table. If none is supplied,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The catalog database in which to create the new table. For Hive compatibility,
	// this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of partition indexes, PartitionIndex structures, to create in the
	// table.
	PartitionIndexes []*PartitionIndex `type:"list"`

	// The TableInput object that defines the metadata table to create in the catalog.
	//
	// TableInput is a required field
	TableInput *TableInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateTableInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateTableInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateTableInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateTableInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.TableInput == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableInput"))
	}
	if s.PartitionIndexes != nil {
		for i, v := range s.PartitionIndexes {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "PartitionIndexes", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.TableInput != nil {
		if err := s.TableInput.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("TableInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *CreateTableInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *CreateTableInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *CreateTableInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CreateTableInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetPartitionIndexes sets the PartitionIndexes field's value.
func (s *CreateTableInput) SetPartitionIndexes(v []*PartitionIndex) *CreateTableInput {
	s.PartitionIndexes = v
	return s
}

// SetTableInput sets the TableInput field's value.
func (s *CreateTableInput) SetTableInput(v *TableInput) *CreateTableInput {
	s.TableInput = v
	return s
}

type CreateTableOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateTableOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateTableOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type CreateTriggerInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The actions initiated by this trigger when it fires.
	//
	// Actions is a required field
	Actions []*Action `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// A description of the new trigger.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the trigger.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A predicate to specify when the new trigger should fire.
	//
	// This field is required when the trigger type is CONDITIONAL.
	Predicate *Predicate `type:"structure"`

	// A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules
	// for Jobs and Crawlers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html).
	// For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify:
	// cron(15 12 * * ? *).
	//
	// This field is required when the trigger type is SCHEDULED.
	Schedule *string `type:"string"`

	// Set to true to start SCHEDULED and CONDITIONAL triggers when created. True
	// is not supported for ON_DEMAND triggers.
	StartOnCreation *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The tags to use with this trigger. You may use tags to limit access to the
	// trigger. For more information about tags in AWS Glue, see AWS Tags in AWS
	// Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-tags.html) in the
	// developer guide.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// The type of the new trigger.
	//
	// Type is a required field
	Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TriggerType"`

	// The name of the workflow associated with the trigger.
	WorkflowName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateTriggerInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateTriggerInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateTriggerInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateTriggerInput"}
	if s.Actions == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Actions"))
	}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}
	if s.Type == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type"))
	}
	if s.WorkflowName != nil && len(*s.WorkflowName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("WorkflowName", 1))
	}
	if s.Actions != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Actions {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Actions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.Predicate != nil {
		if err := s.Predicate.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Predicate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetActions sets the Actions field's value.
func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetActions(v []*Action) *CreateTriggerInput {
	s.Actions = v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateTriggerInput {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetName(v string) *CreateTriggerInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetPredicate sets the Predicate field's value.
func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetPredicate(v *Predicate) *CreateTriggerInput {
	s.Predicate = v
	return s
}

// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.
func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetSchedule(v string) *CreateTriggerInput {
	s.Schedule = &v
	return s
}

// SetStartOnCreation sets the StartOnCreation field's value.
func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetStartOnCreation(v bool) *CreateTriggerInput {
	s.StartOnCreation = &v
	return s
}

// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateTriggerInput {
	s.Tags = v
	return s
}

// SetType sets the Type field's value.
func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetType(v string) *CreateTriggerInput {
	s.Type = &v
	return s
}

// SetWorkflowName sets the WorkflowName field's value.
func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetWorkflowName(v string) *CreateTriggerInput {
	s.WorkflowName = &v
	return s
}

type CreateTriggerOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the trigger.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateTriggerOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateTriggerOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *CreateTriggerOutput) SetName(v string) *CreateTriggerOutput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the function. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database in which to create the function.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A FunctionInput object that defines the function to create in the Data Catalog.
	//
	// FunctionInput is a required field
	FunctionInput *UserDefinedFunctionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.FunctionInput == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FunctionInput"))
	}
	if s.FunctionInput != nil {
		if err := s.FunctionInput.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("FunctionInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetFunctionInput sets the FunctionInput field's value.
func (s *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetFunctionInput(v *UserDefinedFunctionInput) *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput {
	s.FunctionInput = v
	return s
}

type CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type CreateWorkflowInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A collection of properties to be used as part of each execution of the workflow.
	DefaultRunProperties map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// A description of the workflow.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// You can use this parameter to prevent unwanted multiple updates to data,
	// to control costs, or in some cases, to prevent exceeding the maximum number
	// of concurrent runs of any of the component jobs. If you leave this parameter
	// blank, there is no limit to the number of concurrent workflow runs.
	MaxConcurrentRuns *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name to be assigned to the workflow. It should be unique within your
	// account.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The tags to be used with this workflow.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateWorkflowInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateWorkflowInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateWorkflowInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateWorkflowInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetDefaultRunProperties sets the DefaultRunProperties field's value.
func (s *CreateWorkflowInput) SetDefaultRunProperties(v map[string]*string) *CreateWorkflowInput {
	s.DefaultRunProperties = v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *CreateWorkflowInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateWorkflowInput {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxConcurrentRuns sets the MaxConcurrentRuns field's value.
func (s *CreateWorkflowInput) SetMaxConcurrentRuns(v int64) *CreateWorkflowInput {
	s.MaxConcurrentRuns = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *CreateWorkflowInput) SetName(v string) *CreateWorkflowInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateWorkflowInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateWorkflowInput {
	s.Tags = v
	return s
}

type CreateWorkflowOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the workflow which was provided as part of the request.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateWorkflowOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateWorkflowOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *CreateWorkflowOutput) SetName(v string) *CreateWorkflowOutput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// Specifies an XML classifier for CreateClassifier to create.
type CreateXMLClassifierRequest struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches.
	//
	// Classification is a required field
	Classification *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the classifier.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The XML tag designating the element that contains each record in an XML document
	// being parsed. This can't identify a self-closing element (closed by />).
	// An empty row element that contains only attributes can be parsed as long
	// as it ends with a closing tag (for example, <row item_a="A" item_b="B"></row>
	// is okay, but <row item_a="A" item_b="B" /> is not).
	RowTag *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateXMLClassifierRequest) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateXMLClassifierRequest) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateXMLClassifierRequest) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateXMLClassifierRequest"}
	if s.Classification == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Classification"))
	}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetClassification sets the Classification field's value.
func (s *CreateXMLClassifierRequest) SetClassification(v string) *CreateXMLClassifierRequest {
	s.Classification = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *CreateXMLClassifierRequest) SetName(v string) *CreateXMLClassifierRequest {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetRowTag sets the RowTag field's value.
func (s *CreateXMLClassifierRequest) SetRowTag(v string) *CreateXMLClassifierRequest {
	s.RowTag = &v
	return s
}

// A classifier for custom CSV content.
type CsvClassifier struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Enables the processing of files that contain only one column.
	AllowSingleColumn *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates whether the CSV file contains a header.
	ContainsHeader *string `type:"string" enum:"CsvHeaderOption"`

	// The time that this classifier was registered.
	CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// A custom symbol to denote what separates each column entry in the row.
	Delimiter *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Specifies not to trim values before identifying the type of column values.
	// The default value is true.
	DisableValueTrimming *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of strings representing column names.
	Header []*string `type:"list"`

	// The time that this classifier was last updated.
	LastUpdated *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The name of the classifier.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A custom symbol to denote what combines content into a single column value.
	// It must be different from the column delimiter.
	QuoteSymbol *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The version of this classifier.
	Version *int64 `type:"long"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CsvClassifier) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CsvClassifier) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetAllowSingleColumn sets the AllowSingleColumn field's value.
func (s *CsvClassifier) SetAllowSingleColumn(v bool) *CsvClassifier {
	s.AllowSingleColumn = &v
	return s
}

// SetContainsHeader sets the ContainsHeader field's value.
func (s *CsvClassifier) SetContainsHeader(v string) *CsvClassifier {
	s.ContainsHeader = &v
	return s
}

// SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value.
func (s *CsvClassifier) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *CsvClassifier {
	s.CreationTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
func (s *CsvClassifier) SetDelimiter(v string) *CsvClassifier {
	s.Delimiter = &v
	return s
}

// SetDisableValueTrimming sets the DisableValueTrimming field's value.
func (s *CsvClassifier) SetDisableValueTrimming(v bool) *CsvClassifier {
	s.DisableValueTrimming = &v
	return s
}

// SetHeader sets the Header field's value.
func (s *CsvClassifier) SetHeader(v []*string) *CsvClassifier {
	s.Header = v
	return s
}

// SetLastUpdated sets the LastUpdated field's value.
func (s *CsvClassifier) SetLastUpdated(v time.Time) *CsvClassifier {
	s.LastUpdated = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *CsvClassifier) SetName(v string) *CsvClassifier {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetQuoteSymbol sets the QuoteSymbol field's value.
func (s *CsvClassifier) SetQuoteSymbol(v string) *CsvClassifier {
	s.QuoteSymbol = &v
	return s
}

// SetVersion sets the Version field's value.
func (s *CsvClassifier) SetVersion(v int64) *CsvClassifier {
	s.Version = &v
	return s
}

// Contains configuration information for maintaining Data Catalog security.
type DataCatalogEncryptionSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// When connection password protection is enabled, the Data Catalog uses a customer-provided
	// key to encrypt the password as part of CreateConnection or UpdateConnection
	// and store it in the ENCRYPTED_PASSWORD field in the connection properties.
	// You can enable catalog encryption or only password encryption.
	ConnectionPasswordEncryption *ConnectionPasswordEncryption `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the encryption-at-rest configuration for the Data Catalog.
	EncryptionAtRest *EncryptionAtRest `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DataCatalogEncryptionSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DataCatalogEncryptionSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DataCatalogEncryptionSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DataCatalogEncryptionSettings"}
	if s.ConnectionPasswordEncryption != nil {
		if err := s.ConnectionPasswordEncryption.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("ConnectionPasswordEncryption", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.EncryptionAtRest != nil {
		if err := s.EncryptionAtRest.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("EncryptionAtRest", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetConnectionPasswordEncryption sets the ConnectionPasswordEncryption field's value.
func (s *DataCatalogEncryptionSettings) SetConnectionPasswordEncryption(v *ConnectionPasswordEncryption) *DataCatalogEncryptionSettings {
	s.ConnectionPasswordEncryption = v
	return s
}

// SetEncryptionAtRest sets the EncryptionAtRest field's value.
func (s *DataCatalogEncryptionSettings) SetEncryptionAtRest(v *EncryptionAtRest) *DataCatalogEncryptionSettings {
	s.EncryptionAtRest = v
	return s
}

// The AWS Lake Formation principal.
type DataLakePrincipal struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// An identifier for the AWS Lake Formation principal.
	DataLakePrincipalIdentifier *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DataLakePrincipal) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DataLakePrincipal) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DataLakePrincipal) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DataLakePrincipal"}
	if s.DataLakePrincipalIdentifier != nil && len(*s.DataLakePrincipalIdentifier) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DataLakePrincipalIdentifier", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetDataLakePrincipalIdentifier sets the DataLakePrincipalIdentifier field's value.
func (s *DataLakePrincipal) SetDataLakePrincipalIdentifier(v string) *DataLakePrincipal {
	s.DataLakePrincipalIdentifier = &v
	return s
}

// The Database object represents a logical grouping of tables that might reside
// in a Hive metastore or an RDBMS.
type Database struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the database resides.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Creates a set of default permissions on the table for principals.
	CreateTableDefaultPermissions []*PrincipalPermissions `type:"list"`

	// The time at which the metadata database was created in the catalog.
	CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// A description of the database.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The location of the database (for example, an HDFS path).
	LocationUri *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the database. For Hive compatibility, this is folded to lowercase
	// when it is stored.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// These key-value pairs define parameters and properties of the database.
	Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// A DatabaseIdentifier structure that describes a target database for resource
	// linking.
	TargetDatabase *DatabaseIdentifier `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Database) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Database) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *Database) SetCatalogId(v string) *Database {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetCreateTableDefaultPermissions sets the CreateTableDefaultPermissions field's value.
func (s *Database) SetCreateTableDefaultPermissions(v []*PrincipalPermissions) *Database {
	s.CreateTableDefaultPermissions = v
	return s
}

// SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value.
func (s *Database) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *Database {
	s.CreateTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *Database) SetDescription(v string) *Database {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetLocationUri sets the LocationUri field's value.
func (s *Database) SetLocationUri(v string) *Database {
	s.LocationUri = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *Database) SetName(v string) *Database {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func (s *Database) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *Database {
	s.Parameters = v
	return s
}

// SetTargetDatabase sets the TargetDatabase field's value.
func (s *Database) SetTargetDatabase(v *DatabaseIdentifier) *Database {
	s.TargetDatabase = v
	return s
}

// A structure that describes a target database for resource linking.
type DatabaseIdentifier struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the database resides.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database.
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DatabaseIdentifier) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DatabaseIdentifier) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DatabaseIdentifier) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DatabaseIdentifier"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *DatabaseIdentifier) SetCatalogId(v string) *DatabaseIdentifier {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *DatabaseIdentifier) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DatabaseIdentifier {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// The structure used to create or update a database.
type DatabaseInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Creates a set of default permissions on the table for principals.
	CreateTableDefaultPermissions []*PrincipalPermissions `type:"list"`

	// A description of the database.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The location of the database (for example, an HDFS path).
	LocationUri *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the database. For Hive compatibility, this is folded to lowercase
	// when it is stored.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// These key-value pairs define parameters and properties of the database.
	//
	// These key-value pairs define parameters and properties of the database.
	Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// A DatabaseIdentifier structure that describes a target database for resource
	// linking.
	TargetDatabase *DatabaseIdentifier `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DatabaseInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DatabaseInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DatabaseInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DatabaseInput"}
	if s.LocationUri != nil && len(*s.LocationUri) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LocationUri", 1))
	}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}
	if s.CreateTableDefaultPermissions != nil {
		for i, v := range s.CreateTableDefaultPermissions {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CreateTableDefaultPermissions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.TargetDatabase != nil {
		if err := s.TargetDatabase.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("TargetDatabase", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCreateTableDefaultPermissions sets the CreateTableDefaultPermissions field's value.
func (s *DatabaseInput) SetCreateTableDefaultPermissions(v []*PrincipalPermissions) *DatabaseInput {
	s.CreateTableDefaultPermissions = v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *DatabaseInput) SetDescription(v string) *DatabaseInput {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetLocationUri sets the LocationUri field's value.
func (s *DatabaseInput) SetLocationUri(v string) *DatabaseInput {
	s.LocationUri = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *DatabaseInput) SetName(v string) *DatabaseInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func (s *DatabaseInput) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *DatabaseInput {
	s.Parameters = v
	return s
}

// SetTargetDatabase sets the TargetDatabase field's value.
func (s *DatabaseInput) SetTargetDatabase(v *DatabaseIdentifier) *DatabaseInput {
	s.TargetDatabase = v
	return s
}

// Defines column statistics supported for timestamp data columns.
type DateColumnStatisticsData struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The highest value in the column.
	MaximumValue *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The lowest value in the column.
	MinimumValue *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The number of distinct values in a column.
	//
	// NumberOfDistinctValues is a required field
	NumberOfDistinctValues *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`

	// The number of null values in the column.
	//
	// NumberOfNulls is a required field
	NumberOfNulls *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DateColumnStatisticsData) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DateColumnStatisticsData) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DateColumnStatisticsData) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DateColumnStatisticsData"}
	if s.NumberOfDistinctValues == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NumberOfDistinctValues"))
	}
	if s.NumberOfNulls == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NumberOfNulls"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetMaximumValue sets the MaximumValue field's value.
func (s *DateColumnStatisticsData) SetMaximumValue(v time.Time) *DateColumnStatisticsData {
	s.MaximumValue = &v
	return s
}

// SetMinimumValue sets the MinimumValue field's value.
func (s *DateColumnStatisticsData) SetMinimumValue(v time.Time) *DateColumnStatisticsData {
	s.MinimumValue = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumberOfDistinctValues sets the NumberOfDistinctValues field's value.
func (s *DateColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfDistinctValues(v int64) *DateColumnStatisticsData {
	s.NumberOfDistinctValues = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumberOfNulls sets the NumberOfNulls field's value.
func (s *DateColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfNulls(v int64) *DateColumnStatisticsData {
	s.NumberOfNulls = &v
	return s
}

// Defines column statistics supported for fixed-point number data columns.
type DecimalColumnStatisticsData struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The highest value in the column.
	MaximumValue *DecimalNumber `type:"structure"`

	// The lowest value in the column.
	MinimumValue *DecimalNumber `type:"structure"`

	// The number of distinct values in a column.
	//
	// NumberOfDistinctValues is a required field
	NumberOfDistinctValues *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`

	// The number of null values in the column.
	//
	// NumberOfNulls is a required field
	NumberOfNulls *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DecimalColumnStatisticsData) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DecimalColumnStatisticsData) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DecimalColumnStatisticsData) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DecimalColumnStatisticsData"}
	if s.NumberOfDistinctValues == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NumberOfDistinctValues"))
	}
	if s.NumberOfNulls == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NumberOfNulls"))
	}
	if s.MaximumValue != nil {
		if err := s.MaximumValue.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("MaximumValue", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.MinimumValue != nil {
		if err := s.MinimumValue.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("MinimumValue", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetMaximumValue sets the MaximumValue field's value.
func (s *DecimalColumnStatisticsData) SetMaximumValue(v *DecimalNumber) *DecimalColumnStatisticsData {
	s.MaximumValue = v
	return s
}

// SetMinimumValue sets the MinimumValue field's value.
func (s *DecimalColumnStatisticsData) SetMinimumValue(v *DecimalNumber) *DecimalColumnStatisticsData {
	s.MinimumValue = v
	return s
}

// SetNumberOfDistinctValues sets the NumberOfDistinctValues field's value.
func (s *DecimalColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfDistinctValues(v int64) *DecimalColumnStatisticsData {
	s.NumberOfDistinctValues = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumberOfNulls sets the NumberOfNulls field's value.
func (s *DecimalColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfNulls(v int64) *DecimalColumnStatisticsData {
	s.NumberOfNulls = &v
	return s
}

// Contains a numeric value in decimal format.
type DecimalNumber struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The scale that determines where the decimal point falls in the unscaled value.
	//
	// Scale is a required field
	Scale *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"`

	// The unscaled numeric value.
	//
	// UnscaledValue is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
	//
	// UnscaledValue is a required field
	UnscaledValue []byte `type:"blob" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DecimalNumber) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DecimalNumber) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DecimalNumber) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DecimalNumber"}
	if s.Scale == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Scale"))
	}
	if s.UnscaledValue == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UnscaledValue"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetScale sets the Scale field's value.
func (s *DecimalNumber) SetScale(v int64) *DecimalNumber {
	s.Scale = &v
	return s
}

// SetUnscaledValue sets the UnscaledValue field's value.
func (s *DecimalNumber) SetUnscaledValue(v []byte) *DecimalNumber {
	s.UnscaledValue = v
	return s
}

type DeleteClassifierInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Name of the classifier to remove.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteClassifierInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteClassifierInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteClassifierInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteClassifierInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *DeleteClassifierInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteClassifierInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type DeleteClassifierOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteClassifierOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteClassifierOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none
	// is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Name of the column.
	//
	// ColumnName is a required field
	ColumnName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of partition values identifying the partition.
	//
	// PartitionValues is a required field
	PartitionValues []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The name of the partitions' table.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.ColumnName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ColumnName"))
	}
	if s.ColumnName != nil && len(*s.ColumnName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ColumnName", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.PartitionValues == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartitionValues"))
	}
	if s.TableName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
	}
	if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetColumnName sets the ColumnName field's value.
func (s *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetColumnName(v string) *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput {
	s.ColumnName = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetPartitionValues sets the PartitionValues field's value.
func (s *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetPartitionValues(v []*string) *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput {
	s.PartitionValues = v
	return s
}

// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput {
	s.TableName = &v
	return s
}

type DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none
	// is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the column.
	//
	// ColumnName is a required field
	ColumnName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the partitions' table.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.ColumnName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ColumnName"))
	}
	if s.ColumnName != nil && len(*s.ColumnName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ColumnName", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.TableName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
	}
	if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetColumnName sets the ColumnName field's value.
func (s *DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetColumnName(v string) *DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput {
	s.ColumnName = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetTableName(v string) *DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput {
	s.TableName = &v
	return s
}

type DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DeleteConnectionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connection resides. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the connection to delete.
	//
	// ConnectionName is a required field
	ConnectionName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteConnectionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteConnectionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteConnectionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteConnectionInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.ConnectionName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ConnectionName"))
	}
	if s.ConnectionName != nil && len(*s.ConnectionName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ConnectionName", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *DeleteConnectionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *DeleteConnectionInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetConnectionName sets the ConnectionName field's value.
func (s *DeleteConnectionInput) SetConnectionName(v string) *DeleteConnectionInput {
	s.ConnectionName = &v
	return s
}

type DeleteConnectionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteConnectionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteConnectionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DeleteCrawlerInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the crawler to remove.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteCrawlerInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteCrawlerInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteCrawlerInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteCrawlerInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *DeleteCrawlerInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteCrawlerInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type DeleteCrawlerOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteCrawlerOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteCrawlerOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DeleteDatabaseInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the database resides. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the database to delete. For Hive compatibility, this must be
	// all lowercase.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDatabaseInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDatabaseInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteDatabaseInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDatabaseInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *DeleteDatabaseInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *DeleteDatabaseInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *DeleteDatabaseInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteDatabaseInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type DeleteDatabaseOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDatabaseOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDatabaseOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DeleteDevEndpointInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the DevEndpoint.
	//
	// EndpointName is a required field
	EndpointName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDevEndpointInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDevEndpointInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteDevEndpointInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDevEndpointInput"}
	if s.EndpointName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EndpointName"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetEndpointName sets the EndpointName field's value.
func (s *DeleteDevEndpointInput) SetEndpointName(v string) *DeleteDevEndpointInput {
	s.EndpointName = &v
	return s
}

type DeleteDevEndpointOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDevEndpointOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDevEndpointOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DeleteJobInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the job definition to delete.
	//
	// JobName is a required field
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteJobInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteJobInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteJobInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteJobInput"}
	if s.JobName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobName"))
	}
	if s.JobName != nil && len(*s.JobName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobName", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *DeleteJobInput) SetJobName(v string) *DeleteJobInput {
	s.JobName = &v
	return s
}

type DeleteJobOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the job definition that was deleted.
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteJobOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteJobOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *DeleteJobOutput) SetJobName(v string) *DeleteJobOutput {
	s.JobName = &v
	return s
}

type DeleteMLTransformInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The unique identifier of the transform to delete.
	//
	// TransformId is a required field
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteMLTransformInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteMLTransformInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteMLTransformInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteMLTransformInput"}
	if s.TransformId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TransformId"))
	}
	if s.TransformId != nil && len(*s.TransformId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TransformId", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.
func (s *DeleteMLTransformInput) SetTransformId(v string) *DeleteMLTransformInput {
	s.TransformId = &v
	return s
}

type DeleteMLTransformOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The unique identifier of the transform that was deleted.
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteMLTransformOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteMLTransformOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.
func (s *DeleteMLTransformOutput) SetTransformId(v string) *DeleteMLTransformOutput {
	s.TransformId = &v
	return s
}

type DeletePartitionIndexInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The catalog ID where the table resides.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of a database from which you want to delete a partition
	// index.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the partition index to be deleted.
	//
	// IndexName is a required field
	IndexName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies the name of a table from which you want to delete a partition index.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeletePartitionIndexInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeletePartitionIndexInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeletePartitionIndexInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeletePartitionIndexInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.IndexName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IndexName"))
	}
	if s.IndexName != nil && len(*s.IndexName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("IndexName", 1))
	}
	if s.TableName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
	}
	if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *DeletePartitionIndexInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *DeletePartitionIndexInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *DeletePartitionIndexInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DeletePartitionIndexInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetIndexName sets the IndexName field's value.
func (s *DeletePartitionIndexInput) SetIndexName(v string) *DeletePartitionIndexInput {
	s.IndexName = &v
	return s
}

// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *DeletePartitionIndexInput) SetTableName(v string) *DeletePartitionIndexInput {
	s.TableName = &v
	return s
}

type DeletePartitionIndexOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeletePartitionIndexOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeletePartitionIndexOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DeletePartitionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partition to be deleted resides. If
	// none is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database in which the table in question resides.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The values that define the partition.
	//
	// PartitionValues is a required field
	PartitionValues []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The name of the table that contains the partition to be deleted.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeletePartitionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeletePartitionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeletePartitionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeletePartitionInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.PartitionValues == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartitionValues"))
	}
	if s.TableName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
	}
	if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *DeletePartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *DeletePartitionInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *DeletePartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DeletePartitionInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetPartitionValues sets the PartitionValues field's value.
func (s *DeletePartitionInput) SetPartitionValues(v []*string) *DeletePartitionInput {
	s.PartitionValues = v
	return s
}

// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *DeletePartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *DeletePartitionInput {
	s.TableName = &v
	return s
}

type DeletePartitionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeletePartitionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeletePartitionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DeleteRegistryInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// This is a wrapper structure that may contain the registry name and Amazon
	// Resource Name (ARN).
	//
	// RegistryId is a required field
	RegistryId *RegistryId `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteRegistryInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteRegistryInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteRegistryInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteRegistryInput"}
	if s.RegistryId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RegistryId"))
	}
	if s.RegistryId != nil {
		if err := s.RegistryId.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("RegistryId", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetRegistryId sets the RegistryId field's value.
func (s *DeleteRegistryInput) SetRegistryId(v *RegistryId) *DeleteRegistryInput {
	s.RegistryId = v
	return s
}

type DeleteRegistryOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the registry being deleted.
	RegistryArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the registry being deleted.
	RegistryName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The status of the registry. A successful operation will return the Deleting
	// status.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"RegistryStatus"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteRegistryOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteRegistryOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetRegistryArn sets the RegistryArn field's value.
func (s *DeleteRegistryOutput) SetRegistryArn(v string) *DeleteRegistryOutput {
	s.RegistryArn = &v
	return s
}

// SetRegistryName sets the RegistryName field's value.
func (s *DeleteRegistryOutput) SetRegistryName(v string) *DeleteRegistryOutput {
	s.RegistryName = &v
	return s
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DeleteRegistryOutput) SetStatus(v string) *DeleteRegistryOutput {
	s.Status = &v
	return s
}

type DeleteResourcePolicyInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The hash value returned when this policy was set.
	PolicyHashCondition *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The ARN of the AWS Glue resource for the resource policy to be deleted.
	ResourceArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteResourcePolicyInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteResourcePolicyInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteResourcePolicyInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteResourcePolicyInput"}
	if s.PolicyHashCondition != nil && len(*s.PolicyHashCondition) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PolicyHashCondition", 1))
	}
	if s.ResourceArn != nil && len(*s.ResourceArn) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceArn", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetPolicyHashCondition sets the PolicyHashCondition field's value.
func (s *DeleteResourcePolicyInput) SetPolicyHashCondition(v string) *DeleteResourcePolicyInput {
	s.PolicyHashCondition = &v
	return s
}

// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
func (s *DeleteResourcePolicyInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *DeleteResourcePolicyInput {
	s.ResourceArn = &v
	return s
}

type DeleteResourcePolicyOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteResourcePolicyOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteResourcePolicyOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DeleteSchemaInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// This is a wrapper structure that may contain the schema name and Amazon Resource
	// Name (ARN).
	//
	// SchemaId is a required field
	SchemaId *SchemaId `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteSchemaInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteSchemaInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteSchemaInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteSchemaInput"}
	if s.SchemaId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SchemaId"))
	}
	if s.SchemaId != nil {
		if err := s.SchemaId.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("SchemaId", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetSchemaId sets the SchemaId field's value.
func (s *DeleteSchemaInput) SetSchemaId(v *SchemaId) *DeleteSchemaInput {
	s.SchemaId = v
	return s
}

type DeleteSchemaOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema being deleted.
	SchemaArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the schema being deleted.
	SchemaName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The status of the schema.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"SchemaStatus"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteSchemaOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteSchemaOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetSchemaArn sets the SchemaArn field's value.
func (s *DeleteSchemaOutput) SetSchemaArn(v string) *DeleteSchemaOutput {
	s.SchemaArn = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaName sets the SchemaName field's value.
func (s *DeleteSchemaOutput) SetSchemaName(v string) *DeleteSchemaOutput {
	s.SchemaName = &v
	return s
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DeleteSchemaOutput) SetStatus(v string) *DeleteSchemaOutput {
	s.Status = &v
	return s
}

type DeleteSchemaVersionsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// This is a wrapper structure that may contain the schema name and Amazon Resource
	// Name (ARN).
	//
	// SchemaId is a required field
	SchemaId *SchemaId `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// A version range may be supplied which may be of the format:
	//
	//    * a single version number, 5
	//
	//    * a range, 5-8 : deletes versions 5, 6, 7, 8
	//
	// Versions is a required field
	Versions *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteSchemaVersionsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteSchemaVersionsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteSchemaVersionsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteSchemaVersionsInput"}
	if s.SchemaId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SchemaId"))
	}
	if s.Versions == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Versions"))
	}
	if s.Versions != nil && len(*s.Versions) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Versions", 1))
	}
	if s.SchemaId != nil {
		if err := s.SchemaId.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("SchemaId", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetSchemaId sets the SchemaId field's value.
func (s *DeleteSchemaVersionsInput) SetSchemaId(v *SchemaId) *DeleteSchemaVersionsInput {
	s.SchemaId = v
	return s
}

// SetVersions sets the Versions field's value.
func (s *DeleteSchemaVersionsInput) SetVersions(v string) *DeleteSchemaVersionsInput {
	s.Versions = &v
	return s
}

type DeleteSchemaVersionsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of SchemaVersionErrorItem objects, each containing an error and schema
	// version.
	SchemaVersionErrors []*SchemaVersionErrorItem `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteSchemaVersionsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteSchemaVersionsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetSchemaVersionErrors sets the SchemaVersionErrors field's value.
func (s *DeleteSchemaVersionsOutput) SetSchemaVersionErrors(v []*SchemaVersionErrorItem) *DeleteSchemaVersionsOutput {
	s.SchemaVersionErrors = v
	return s
}

type DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the security configuration to delete.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type DeleteSecurityConfigurationOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteSecurityConfigurationOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteSecurityConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DeleteTableInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the table resides. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility,
	// this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the table to be deleted. For Hive compatibility, this name is
	// entirely lowercase.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteTableInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteTableInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteTableInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteTableInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *DeleteTableInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *DeleteTableInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *DeleteTableInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DeleteTableInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *DeleteTableInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteTableInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type DeleteTableOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteTableOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteTableOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DeleteTableVersionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The database in the catalog in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility,
	// this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the table. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The ID of the table version to be deleted. A VersionID is a string representation
	// of an integer. Each version is incremented by 1.
	//
	// VersionId is a required field
	VersionId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteTableVersionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteTableVersionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteTableVersionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteTableVersionInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.TableName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
	}
	if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
	}
	if s.VersionId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VersionId"))
	}
	if s.VersionId != nil && len(*s.VersionId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("VersionId", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *DeleteTableVersionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *DeleteTableVersionInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *DeleteTableVersionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DeleteTableVersionInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *DeleteTableVersionInput) SetTableName(v string) *DeleteTableVersionInput {
	s.TableName = &v
	return s
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *DeleteTableVersionInput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteTableVersionInput {
	s.VersionId = &v
	return s
}

type DeleteTableVersionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteTableVersionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteTableVersionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DeleteTriggerInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the trigger to delete.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteTriggerInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteTriggerInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteTriggerInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteTriggerInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *DeleteTriggerInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteTriggerInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type DeleteTriggerOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the trigger that was deleted.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteTriggerOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteTriggerOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *DeleteTriggerOutput) SetName(v string) *DeleteTriggerOutput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the function to be deleted is located. If
	// none is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database where the function is located.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the function definition to be deleted.
	//
	// FunctionName is a required field
	FunctionName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.FunctionName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FunctionName"))
	}
	if s.FunctionName != nil && len(*s.FunctionName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("FunctionName", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetFunctionName sets the FunctionName field's value.
func (s *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetFunctionName(v string) *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput {
	s.FunctionName = &v
	return s
}

type DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DeleteWorkflowInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Name of the workflow to be deleted.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteWorkflowInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteWorkflowInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteWorkflowInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteWorkflowInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *DeleteWorkflowInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteWorkflowInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type DeleteWorkflowOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Name of the workflow specified in input.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteWorkflowOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteWorkflowOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *DeleteWorkflowOutput) SetName(v string) *DeleteWorkflowOutput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// A development endpoint where a developer can remotely debug extract, transform,
// and load (ETL) scripts.
type DevEndpoint struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A map of arguments used to configure the DevEndpoint.
	//
	// Valid arguments are:
	//
	//    * "--enable-glue-datacatalog": ""
	//
	//    * "GLUE_PYTHON_VERSION": "3"
	//
	//    * "GLUE_PYTHON_VERSION": "2"
	//
	// You can specify a version of Python support for development endpoints by
	// using the Arguments parameter in the CreateDevEndpoint or UpdateDevEndpoint
	// APIs. If no arguments are provided, the version defaults to Python 2.
	Arguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// The AWS Availability Zone where this DevEndpoint is located.
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// The point in time at which this DevEndpoint was created.
	CreatedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The name of the DevEndpoint.
	EndpointName *string `type:"string"`

	// The path to one or more Java .jar files in an S3 bucket that should be loaded
	// in your DevEndpoint.
	//
	// You can only use pure Java/Scala libraries with a DevEndpoint.
	ExtraJarsS3Path *string `type:"string"`

	// The paths to one or more Python libraries in an Amazon S3 bucket that should
	// be loaded in your DevEndpoint. Multiple values must be complete paths separated
	// by a comma.
	//
	// You can only use pure Python libraries with a DevEndpoint. Libraries that
	// rely on C extensions, such as the pandas (http://pandas.pydata.org/) Python
	// data analysis library, are not currently supported.
	ExtraPythonLibsS3Path *string `type:"string"`

	// The reason for a current failure in this DevEndpoint.
	FailureReason *string `type:"string"`

	// Glue version determines the versions of Apache Spark and Python that AWS
	// Glue supports. The Python version indicates the version supported for running
	// your ETL scripts on development endpoints.
	//
	// For more information about the available AWS Glue versions and corresponding
	// Spark and Python versions, see Glue version (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-job.html)
	// in the developer guide.
	//
	// Development endpoints that are created without specifying a Glue version
	// default to Glue 0.9.
	//
	// You can specify a version of Python support for development endpoints by
	// using the Arguments parameter in the CreateDevEndpoint or UpdateDevEndpoint
	// APIs. If no arguments are provided, the version defaults to Python 2.
	GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The point in time at which this DevEndpoint was last modified.
	LastModifiedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The status of the last update.
	LastUpdateStatus *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of AWS Glue Data Processing Units (DPUs) allocated to this DevEndpoint.
	NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated to the development
	// endpoint.
	//
	// The maximum number of workers you can define are 299 for G.1X, and 149 for
	// G.2X.
	NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A private IP address to access the DevEndpoint within a VPC if the DevEndpoint
	// is created within one. The PrivateAddress field is present only when you
	// create the DevEndpoint within your VPC.
	PrivateAddress *string `type:"string"`

	// The public IP address used by this DevEndpoint. The PublicAddress field is
	// present only when you create a non-virtual private cloud (VPC) DevEndpoint.
	PublicAddress *string `type:"string"`

	// The public key to be used by this DevEndpoint for authentication. This attribute
	// is provided for backward compatibility because the recommended attribute
	// to use is public keys.
	PublicKey *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of public keys to be used by the DevEndpoints for authentication.
	// Using this attribute is preferred over a single public key because the public
	// keys allow you to have a different private key per client.
	//
	// If you previously created an endpoint with a public key, you must remove
	// that key to be able to set a list of public keys. Call the UpdateDevEndpoint
	// API operation with the public key content in the deletePublicKeys attribute,
	// and the list of new keys in the addPublicKeys attribute.
	PublicKeys []*string `type:"list"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role used in this DevEndpoint.
	RoleArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with this DevEndpoint.
	SecurityConfiguration *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A list of security group identifiers used in this DevEndpoint.
	SecurityGroupIds []*string `type:"list"`

	// The current status of this DevEndpoint.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// The subnet ID for this DevEndpoint.
	SubnetId *string `type:"string"`

	// The ID of the virtual private cloud (VPC) used by this DevEndpoint.
	VpcId *string `type:"string"`

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated to the development endpoint.
	// Accepts a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.
	//
	//    * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.1X worker type, each worker maps to 1 DPU (4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory, 64 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend
	//    this worker type for memory-intensive jobs.
	//
	//    * For the G.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 DPU (8 vCPU, 32 GB of
	//    memory, 128 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend
	//    this worker type for memory-intensive jobs.
	//
	// Known issue: when a development endpoint is created with the G.2X WorkerType
	// configuration, the Spark drivers for the development endpoint will run on
	// 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory, and a 64 GB disk.
	WorkerType *string `type:"string" enum:"WorkerType"`

	// The YARN endpoint address used by this DevEndpoint.
	YarnEndpointAddress *string `type:"string"`

	// The Apache Zeppelin port for the remote Apache Spark interpreter.
	ZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort *int64 `type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DevEndpoint) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DevEndpoint) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetArguments sets the Arguments field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetArguments(v map[string]*string) *DevEndpoint {
	s.Arguments = v
	return s
}

// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *DevEndpoint {
	s.AvailabilityZone = &v
	return s
}

// SetCreatedTimestamp sets the CreatedTimestamp field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetCreatedTimestamp(v time.Time) *DevEndpoint {
	s.CreatedTimestamp = &v
	return s
}

// SetEndpointName sets the EndpointName field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetEndpointName(v string) *DevEndpoint {
	s.EndpointName = &v
	return s
}

// SetExtraJarsS3Path sets the ExtraJarsS3Path field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetExtraJarsS3Path(v string) *DevEndpoint {
	s.ExtraJarsS3Path = &v
	return s
}

// SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path sets the ExtraPythonLibsS3Path field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path(v string) *DevEndpoint {
	s.ExtraPythonLibsS3Path = &v
	return s
}

// SetFailureReason sets the FailureReason field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetFailureReason(v string) *DevEndpoint {
	s.FailureReason = &v
	return s
}

// SetGlueVersion sets the GlueVersion field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetGlueVersion(v string) *DevEndpoint {
	s.GlueVersion = &v
	return s
}

// SetLastModifiedTimestamp sets the LastModifiedTimestamp field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetLastModifiedTimestamp(v time.Time) *DevEndpoint {
	s.LastModifiedTimestamp = &v
	return s
}

// SetLastUpdateStatus sets the LastUpdateStatus field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetLastUpdateStatus(v string) *DevEndpoint {
	s.LastUpdateStatus = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumberOfNodes sets the NumberOfNodes field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetNumberOfNodes(v int64) *DevEndpoint {
	s.NumberOfNodes = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumberOfWorkers sets the NumberOfWorkers field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetNumberOfWorkers(v int64) *DevEndpoint {
	s.NumberOfWorkers = &v
	return s
}

// SetPrivateAddress sets the PrivateAddress field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetPrivateAddress(v string) *DevEndpoint {
	s.PrivateAddress = &v
	return s
}

// SetPublicAddress sets the PublicAddress field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetPublicAddress(v string) *DevEndpoint {
	s.PublicAddress = &v
	return s
}

// SetPublicKey sets the PublicKey field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetPublicKey(v string) *DevEndpoint {
	s.PublicKey = &v
	return s
}

// SetPublicKeys sets the PublicKeys field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetPublicKeys(v []*string) *DevEndpoint {
	s.PublicKeys = v
	return s
}

// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetRoleArn(v string) *DevEndpoint {
	s.RoleArn = &v
	return s
}

// SetSecurityConfiguration sets the SecurityConfiguration field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetSecurityConfiguration(v string) *DevEndpoint {
	s.SecurityConfiguration = &v
	return s
}

// SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *DevEndpoint {
	s.SecurityGroupIds = v
	return s
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetStatus(v string) *DevEndpoint {
	s.Status = &v
	return s
}

// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetSubnetId(v string) *DevEndpoint {
	s.SubnetId = &v
	return s
}

// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetVpcId(v string) *DevEndpoint {
	s.VpcId = &v
	return s
}

// SetWorkerType sets the WorkerType field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetWorkerType(v string) *DevEndpoint {
	s.WorkerType = &v
	return s
}

// SetYarnEndpointAddress sets the YarnEndpointAddress field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetYarnEndpointAddress(v string) *DevEndpoint {
	s.YarnEndpointAddress = &v
	return s
}

// SetZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort sets the ZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort field's value.
func (s *DevEndpoint) SetZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort(v int64) *DevEndpoint {
	s.ZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort = &v
	return s
}

// Custom libraries to be loaded into a development endpoint.
type DevEndpointCustomLibraries struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The path to one or more Java .jar files in an S3 bucket that should be loaded
	// in your DevEndpoint.
	//
	// You can only use pure Java/Scala libraries with a DevEndpoint.
	ExtraJarsS3Path *string `type:"string"`

	// The paths to one or more Python libraries in an Amazon Simple Storage Service
	// (Amazon S3) bucket that should be loaded in your DevEndpoint. Multiple values
	// must be complete paths separated by a comma.
	//
	// You can only use pure Python libraries with a DevEndpoint. Libraries that
	// rely on C extensions, such as the pandas (http://pandas.pydata.org/) Python
	// data analysis library, are not currently supported.
	ExtraPythonLibsS3Path *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DevEndpointCustomLibraries) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DevEndpointCustomLibraries) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetExtraJarsS3Path sets the ExtraJarsS3Path field's value.
func (s *DevEndpointCustomLibraries) SetExtraJarsS3Path(v string) *DevEndpointCustomLibraries {
	s.ExtraJarsS3Path = &v
	return s
}

// SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path sets the ExtraPythonLibsS3Path field's value.
func (s *DevEndpointCustomLibraries) SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path(v string) *DevEndpointCustomLibraries {
	s.ExtraPythonLibsS3Path = &v
	return s
}

// Defines column statistics supported for floating-point number data columns.
type DoubleColumnStatisticsData struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The highest value in the column.
	MaximumValue *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The lowest value in the column.
	MinimumValue *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The number of distinct values in a column.
	//
	// NumberOfDistinctValues is a required field
	NumberOfDistinctValues *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`

	// The number of null values in the column.
	//
	// NumberOfNulls is a required field
	NumberOfNulls *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DoubleColumnStatisticsData) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DoubleColumnStatisticsData) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DoubleColumnStatisticsData) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DoubleColumnStatisticsData"}
	if s.NumberOfDistinctValues == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NumberOfDistinctValues"))
	}
	if s.NumberOfNulls == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NumberOfNulls"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetMaximumValue sets the MaximumValue field's value.
func (s *DoubleColumnStatisticsData) SetMaximumValue(v float64) *DoubleColumnStatisticsData {
	s.MaximumValue = &v
	return s
}

// SetMinimumValue sets the MinimumValue field's value.
func (s *DoubleColumnStatisticsData) SetMinimumValue(v float64) *DoubleColumnStatisticsData {
	s.MinimumValue = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumberOfDistinctValues sets the NumberOfDistinctValues field's value.
func (s *DoubleColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfDistinctValues(v int64) *DoubleColumnStatisticsData {
	s.NumberOfDistinctValues = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumberOfNulls sets the NumberOfNulls field's value.
func (s *DoubleColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfNulls(v int64) *DoubleColumnStatisticsData {
	s.NumberOfNulls = &v
	return s
}

// Specifies an Amazon DynamoDB table to crawl.
type DynamoDBTarget struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the DynamoDB table to crawl.
	Path *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates whether to scan all the records, or to sample rows from the table.
	// Scanning all the records can take a long time when the table is not a high
	// throughput table.
	//
	// A value of true means to scan all records, while a value of false means to
	// sample the records. If no value is specified, the value defaults to true.
	ScanAll *bool `locationName:"scanAll" type:"boolean"`

	// The percentage of the configured read capacity units to use by the AWS Glue
	// crawler. Read capacity units is a term defined by DynamoDB, and is a numeric
	// value that acts as rate limiter for the number of reads that can be performed
	// on that table per second.
	//
	// The valid values are null or a value between 0.1 to 1.5. A null value is
	// used when user does not provide a value, and defaults to 0.5 of the configured
	// Read Capacity Unit (for provisioned tables), or 0.25 of the max configured
	// Read Capacity Unit (for tables using on-demand mode).
	ScanRate *float64 `locationName:"scanRate" type:"double"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DynamoDBTarget) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DynamoDBTarget) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetPath sets the Path field's value.
func (s *DynamoDBTarget) SetPath(v string) *DynamoDBTarget {
	s.Path = &v
	return s
}

// SetScanAll sets the ScanAll field's value.
func (s *DynamoDBTarget) SetScanAll(v bool) *DynamoDBTarget {
	s.ScanAll = &v
	return s
}

// SetScanRate sets the ScanRate field's value.
func (s *DynamoDBTarget) SetScanRate(v float64) *DynamoDBTarget {
	s.ScanRate = &v
	return s
}

// An edge represents a directed connection between two AWS Glue components
// that are part of the workflow the edge belongs to.
type Edge struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The unique of the node within the workflow where the edge ends.
	DestinationId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The unique of the node within the workflow where the edge starts.
	SourceId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Edge) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Edge) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetDestinationId sets the DestinationId field's value.
func (s *Edge) SetDestinationId(v string) *Edge {
	s.DestinationId = &v
	return s
}

// SetSourceId sets the SourceId field's value.
func (s *Edge) SetSourceId(v string) *Edge {
	s.SourceId = &v
	return s
}

// Specifies the encryption-at-rest configuration for the Data Catalog.
type EncryptionAtRest struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The encryption-at-rest mode for encrypting Data Catalog data.
	//
	// CatalogEncryptionMode is a required field
	CatalogEncryptionMode *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"CatalogEncryptionMode"`

	// The ID of the AWS KMS key to use for encryption at rest.
	SseAwsKmsKeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s EncryptionAtRest) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s EncryptionAtRest) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *EncryptionAtRest) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EncryptionAtRest"}
	if s.CatalogEncryptionMode == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CatalogEncryptionMode"))
	}
	if s.SseAwsKmsKeyId != nil && len(*s.SseAwsKmsKeyId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SseAwsKmsKeyId", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogEncryptionMode sets the CatalogEncryptionMode field's value.
func (s *EncryptionAtRest) SetCatalogEncryptionMode(v string) *EncryptionAtRest {
	s.CatalogEncryptionMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetSseAwsKmsKeyId sets the SseAwsKmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *EncryptionAtRest) SetSseAwsKmsKeyId(v string) *EncryptionAtRest {
	s.SseAwsKmsKeyId = &v
	return s
}

// Specifies an encryption configuration.
type EncryptionConfiguration struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The encryption configuration for Amazon CloudWatch.
	CloudWatchEncryption *CloudWatchEncryption `type:"structure"`

	// The encryption configuration for job bookmarks.
	JobBookmarksEncryption *JobBookmarksEncryption `type:"structure"`

	// The encryption configuration for Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3)
	// data.
	S3Encryption []*S3Encryption `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s EncryptionConfiguration) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s EncryptionConfiguration) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCloudWatchEncryption sets the CloudWatchEncryption field's value.
func (s *EncryptionConfiguration) SetCloudWatchEncryption(v *CloudWatchEncryption) *EncryptionConfiguration {
	s.CloudWatchEncryption = v
	return s
}

// SetJobBookmarksEncryption sets the JobBookmarksEncryption field's value.
func (s *EncryptionConfiguration) SetJobBookmarksEncryption(v *JobBookmarksEncryption) *EncryptionConfiguration {
	s.JobBookmarksEncryption = v
	return s
}

// SetS3Encryption sets the S3Encryption field's value.
func (s *EncryptionConfiguration) SetS3Encryption(v []*S3Encryption) *EncryptionConfiguration {
	s.S3Encryption = v
	return s
}

// An encryption operation failed.
type EncryptionException struct {
	_            struct{}                  `type:"structure"`
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s EncryptionException) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s EncryptionException) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

func newErrorEncryptionException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error {
	return &EncryptionException{
		RespMetadata: v,
	}
}

// Code returns the exception type name.
func (s *EncryptionException) Code() string {
	return "GlueEncryptionException"
}

// Message returns the exception's message.
func (s *EncryptionException) Message() string {
	if s.Message_ != nil {
		return *s.Message_
	}
	return ""
}

// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.
func (s *EncryptionException) OrigErr() error {
	return nil
}

func (s *EncryptionException) Error() string {
	return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message())
}

// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.
func (s *EncryptionException) StatusCode() int {
	return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode
}

// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.
func (s *EncryptionException) RequestID() string {
	return s.RespMetadata.RequestID
}

// A specified entity does not exist
type EntityNotFoundException struct {
	_            struct{}                  `type:"structure"`
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s EntityNotFoundException) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s EntityNotFoundException) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

func newErrorEntityNotFoundException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error {
	return &EntityNotFoundException{
		RespMetadata: v,
	}
}

// Code returns the exception type name.
func (s *EntityNotFoundException) Code() string {
	return "EntityNotFoundException"
}

// Message returns the exception's message.
func (s *EntityNotFoundException) Message() string {
	if s.Message_ != nil {
		return *s.Message_
	}
	return ""
}

// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.
func (s *EntityNotFoundException) OrigErr() error {
	return nil
}

func (s *EntityNotFoundException) Error() string {
	return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message())
}

// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.
func (s *EntityNotFoundException) StatusCode() int {
	return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode
}

// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.
func (s *EntityNotFoundException) RequestID() string {
	return s.RespMetadata.RequestID
}

// Contains details about an error.
type ErrorDetail struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The code associated with this error.
	ErrorCode *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A message describing the error.
	ErrorMessage *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ErrorDetail) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ErrorDetail) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetErrorCode sets the ErrorCode field's value.
func (s *ErrorDetail) SetErrorCode(v string) *ErrorDetail {
	s.ErrorCode = &v
	return s
}

// SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value.
func (s *ErrorDetail) SetErrorMessage(v string) *ErrorDetail {
	s.ErrorMessage = &v
	return s
}

// An object containing error details.
type ErrorDetails struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The error code for an error.
	ErrorCode *string `type:"string"`

	// The error message for an error.
	ErrorMessage *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ErrorDetails) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ErrorDetails) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetErrorCode sets the ErrorCode field's value.
func (s *ErrorDetails) SetErrorCode(v string) *ErrorDetails {
	s.ErrorCode = &v
	return s
}

// SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value.
func (s *ErrorDetails) SetErrorMessage(v string) *ErrorDetails {
	s.ErrorMessage = &v
	return s
}

// Evaluation metrics provide an estimate of the quality of your machine learning
// transform.
type EvaluationMetrics struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The evaluation metrics for the find matches algorithm.
	FindMatchesMetrics *FindMatchesMetrics `type:"structure"`

	// The type of machine learning transform.
	//
	// TransformType is a required field
	TransformType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TransformType"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s EvaluationMetrics) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s EvaluationMetrics) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetFindMatchesMetrics sets the FindMatchesMetrics field's value.
func (s *EvaluationMetrics) SetFindMatchesMetrics(v *FindMatchesMetrics) *EvaluationMetrics {
	s.FindMatchesMetrics = v
	return s
}

// SetTransformType sets the TransformType field's value.
func (s *EvaluationMetrics) SetTransformType(v string) *EvaluationMetrics {
	s.TransformType = &v
	return s
}

// An execution property of a job.
type ExecutionProperty struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The maximum number of concurrent runs allowed for the job. The default is
	// 1. An error is returned when this threshold is reached. The maximum value
	// you can specify is controlled by a service limit.
	MaxConcurrentRuns *int64 `type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ExecutionProperty) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ExecutionProperty) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetMaxConcurrentRuns sets the MaxConcurrentRuns field's value.
func (s *ExecutionProperty) SetMaxConcurrentRuns(v int64) *ExecutionProperty {
	s.MaxConcurrentRuns = &v
	return s
}

// Specifies configuration properties for an exporting labels task run.
type ExportLabelsTaskRunProperties struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) path where you will export
	// the labels.
	OutputS3Path *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ExportLabelsTaskRunProperties) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ExportLabelsTaskRunProperties) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetOutputS3Path sets the OutputS3Path field's value.
func (s *ExportLabelsTaskRunProperties) SetOutputS3Path(v string) *ExportLabelsTaskRunProperties {
	s.OutputS3Path = &v
	return s
}

// The evaluation metrics for the find matches algorithm. The quality of your
// machine learning transform is measured by getting your transform to predict
// some matches and comparing the results to known matches from the same dataset.
// The quality metrics are based on a subset of your data, so they are not precise.
type FindMatchesMetrics struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The area under the precision/recall curve (AUPRC) is a single number measuring
	// the overall quality of the transform, that is independent of the choice made
	// for precision vs. recall. Higher values indicate that you have a more attractive
	// precision vs. recall tradeoff.
	//
	// For more information, see Precision and recall (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Precision_and_recall)
	// in Wikipedia.
	AreaUnderPRCurve *float64 `type:"double"`

	// A list of ColumnImportance structures containing column importance metrics,
	// sorted in order of descending importance.
	ColumnImportances []*ColumnImportance `type:"list"`

	// The confusion matrix shows you what your transform is predicting accurately
	// and what types of errors it is making.
	//
	// For more information, see Confusion matrix (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Confusion_matrix)
	// in Wikipedia.
	ConfusionMatrix *ConfusionMatrix `type:"structure"`

	// The maximum F1 metric indicates the transform's accuracy between 0 and 1,
	// where 1 is the best accuracy.
	//
	// For more information, see F1 score (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/F1_score)
	// in Wikipedia.
	F1 *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The precision metric indicates when often your transform is correct when
	// it predicts a match. Specifically, it measures how well the transform finds
	// true positives from the total true positives possible.
	//
	// For more information, see Precision and recall (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Precision_and_recall)
	// in Wikipedia.
	Precision *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The recall metric indicates that for an actual match, how often your transform
	// predicts the match. Specifically, it measures how well the transform finds
	// true positives from the total records in the source data.
	//
	// For more information, see Precision and recall (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Precision_and_recall)
	// in Wikipedia.
	Recall *float64 `type:"double"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s FindMatchesMetrics) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s FindMatchesMetrics) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetAreaUnderPRCurve sets the AreaUnderPRCurve field's value.
func (s *FindMatchesMetrics) SetAreaUnderPRCurve(v float64) *FindMatchesMetrics {
	s.AreaUnderPRCurve = &v
	return s
}

// SetColumnImportances sets the ColumnImportances field's value.
func (s *FindMatchesMetrics) SetColumnImportances(v []*ColumnImportance) *FindMatchesMetrics {
	s.ColumnImportances = v
	return s
}

// SetConfusionMatrix sets the ConfusionMatrix field's value.
func (s *FindMatchesMetrics) SetConfusionMatrix(v *ConfusionMatrix) *FindMatchesMetrics {
	s.ConfusionMatrix = v
	return s
}

// SetF1 sets the F1 field's value.
func (s *FindMatchesMetrics) SetF1(v float64) *FindMatchesMetrics {
	s.F1 = &v
	return s
}

// SetPrecision sets the Precision field's value.
func (s *FindMatchesMetrics) SetPrecision(v float64) *FindMatchesMetrics {
	s.Precision = &v
	return s
}

// SetRecall sets the Recall field's value.
func (s *FindMatchesMetrics) SetRecall(v float64) *FindMatchesMetrics {
	s.Recall = &v
	return s
}

// The parameters to configure the find matches transform.
type FindMatchesParameters struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The value that is selected when tuning your transform for a balance between
	// accuracy and cost. A value of 0.5 means that the system balances accuracy
	// and cost concerns. A value of 1.0 means a bias purely for accuracy, which
	// typically results in a higher cost, sometimes substantially higher. A value
	// of 0.0 means a bias purely for cost, which results in a less accurate FindMatches
	// transform, sometimes with unacceptable accuracy.
	//
	// Accuracy measures how well the transform finds true positives and true negatives.
	// Increasing accuracy requires more machine resources and cost. But it also
	// results in increased recall.
	//
	// Cost measures how many compute resources, and thus money, are consumed to
	// run the transform.
	AccuracyCostTradeoff *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The value to switch on or off to force the output to match the provided labels
	// from users. If the value is True, the find matches transform forces the output
	// to match the provided labels. The results override the normal conflation
	// results. If the value is False, the find matches transform does not ensure
	// all the labels provided are respected, and the results rely on the trained
	// model.
	//
	// Note that setting this value to true may increase the conflation execution
	// time.
	EnforceProvidedLabels *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The value selected when tuning your transform for a balance between precision
	// and recall. A value of 0.5 means no preference; a value of 1.0 means a bias
	// purely for precision, and a value of 0.0 means a bias for recall. Because
	// this is a tradeoff, choosing values close to 1.0 means very low recall, and
	// choosing values close to 0.0 results in very low precision.
	//
	// The precision metric indicates how often your model is correct when it predicts
	// a match.
	//
	// The recall metric indicates that for an actual match, how often your model
	// predicts the match.
	PrecisionRecallTradeoff *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The name of a column that uniquely identifies rows in the source table. Used
	// to help identify matching records.
	PrimaryKeyColumnName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s FindMatchesParameters) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s FindMatchesParameters) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *FindMatchesParameters) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FindMatchesParameters"}
	if s.PrimaryKeyColumnName != nil && len(*s.PrimaryKeyColumnName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PrimaryKeyColumnName", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAccuracyCostTradeoff sets the AccuracyCostTradeoff field's value.
func (s *FindMatchesParameters) SetAccuracyCostTradeoff(v float64) *FindMatchesParameters {
	s.AccuracyCostTradeoff = &v
	return s
}

// SetEnforceProvidedLabels sets the EnforceProvidedLabels field's value.
func (s *FindMatchesParameters) SetEnforceProvidedLabels(v bool) *FindMatchesParameters {
	s.EnforceProvidedLabels = &v
	return s
}

// SetPrecisionRecallTradeoff sets the PrecisionRecallTradeoff field's value.
func (s *FindMatchesParameters) SetPrecisionRecallTradeoff(v float64) *FindMatchesParameters {
	s.PrecisionRecallTradeoff = &v
	return s
}

// SetPrimaryKeyColumnName sets the PrimaryKeyColumnName field's value.
func (s *FindMatchesParameters) SetPrimaryKeyColumnName(v string) *FindMatchesParameters {
	s.PrimaryKeyColumnName = &v
	return s
}

// Specifies configuration properties for a Find Matches task run.
type FindMatchesTaskRunProperties struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The job ID for the Find Matches task run.
	JobId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name assigned to the job for the Find Matches task run.
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The job run ID for the Find Matches task run.
	JobRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s FindMatchesTaskRunProperties) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s FindMatchesTaskRunProperties) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetJobId sets the JobId field's value.
func (s *FindMatchesTaskRunProperties) SetJobId(v string) *FindMatchesTaskRunProperties {
	s.JobId = &v
	return s
}

// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *FindMatchesTaskRunProperties) SetJobName(v string) *FindMatchesTaskRunProperties {
	s.JobName = &v
	return s
}

// SetJobRunId sets the JobRunId field's value.
func (s *FindMatchesTaskRunProperties) SetJobRunId(v string) *FindMatchesTaskRunProperties {
	s.JobRunId = &v
	return s
}

type GetCatalogImportStatusInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the catalog to migrate. Currently, this should be the AWS account
	// ID.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetCatalogImportStatusInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetCatalogImportStatusInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetCatalogImportStatusInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetCatalogImportStatusInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *GetCatalogImportStatusInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetCatalogImportStatusInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

type GetCatalogImportStatusOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The status of the specified catalog migration.
	ImportStatus *CatalogImportStatus `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetCatalogImportStatusOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetCatalogImportStatusOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetImportStatus sets the ImportStatus field's value.
func (s *GetCatalogImportStatusOutput) SetImportStatus(v *CatalogImportStatus) *GetCatalogImportStatusOutput {
	s.ImportStatus = v
	return s
}

type GetClassifierInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Name of the classifier to retrieve.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetClassifierInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetClassifierInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetClassifierInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetClassifierInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *GetClassifierInput) SetName(v string) *GetClassifierInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type GetClassifierOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The requested classifier.
	Classifier *Classifier `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetClassifierOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetClassifierOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetClassifier sets the Classifier field's value.
func (s *GetClassifierOutput) SetClassifier(v *Classifier) *GetClassifierOutput {
	s.Classifier = v
	return s
}

type GetClassifiersInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The size of the list to return (optional).
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// An optional continuation token.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetClassifiersInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetClassifiersInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetClassifiersInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetClassifiersInput"}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetClassifiersInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetClassifiersInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetClassifiersInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetClassifiersInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

type GetClassifiersOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The requested list of classifier objects.
	Classifiers []*Classifier `type:"list"`

	// A continuation token.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetClassifiersOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetClassifiersOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetClassifiers sets the Classifiers field's value.
func (s *GetClassifiersOutput) SetClassifiers(v []*Classifier) *GetClassifiersOutput {
	s.Classifiers = v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetClassifiersOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetClassifiersOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

type GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none
	// is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A list of the column names.
	//
	// ColumnNames is a required field
	ColumnNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of partition values identifying the partition.
	//
	// PartitionValues is a required field
	PartitionValues []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The name of the partitions' table.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.ColumnNames == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ColumnNames"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.PartitionValues == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartitionValues"))
	}
	if s.TableName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
	}
	if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetColumnNames sets the ColumnNames field's value.
func (s *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetColumnNames(v []*string) *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput {
	s.ColumnNames = v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetPartitionValues sets the PartitionValues field's value.
func (s *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetPartitionValues(v []*string) *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput {
	s.PartitionValues = v
	return s
}

// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput {
	s.TableName = &v
	return s
}

type GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// List of ColumnStatistics that failed to be retrieved.
	ColumnStatisticsList []*ColumnStatistics `type:"list"`

	// Error occurred during retrieving column statistics data.
	Errors []*ColumnError `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetColumnStatisticsList sets the ColumnStatisticsList field's value.
func (s *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput) SetColumnStatisticsList(v []*ColumnStatistics) *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput {
	s.ColumnStatisticsList = v
	return s
}

// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
func (s *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput) SetErrors(v []*ColumnError) *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput {
	s.Errors = v
	return s
}

type GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none
	// is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A list of the column names.
	//
	// ColumnNames is a required field
	ColumnNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the partitions' table.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.ColumnNames == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ColumnNames"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.TableName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
	}
	if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetColumnNames sets the ColumnNames field's value.
func (s *GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetColumnNames(v []*string) *GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput {
	s.ColumnNames = v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetTableName(v string) *GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput {
	s.TableName = &v
	return s
}

type GetColumnStatisticsForTableOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// List of ColumnStatistics that failed to be retrieved.
	ColumnStatisticsList []*ColumnStatistics `type:"list"`

	// List of ColumnStatistics that failed to be retrieved.
	Errors []*ColumnError `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetColumnStatisticsForTableOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetColumnStatisticsForTableOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetColumnStatisticsList sets the ColumnStatisticsList field's value.
func (s *GetColumnStatisticsForTableOutput) SetColumnStatisticsList(v []*ColumnStatistics) *GetColumnStatisticsForTableOutput {
	s.ColumnStatisticsList = v
	return s
}

// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
func (s *GetColumnStatisticsForTableOutput) SetErrors(v []*ColumnError) *GetColumnStatisticsForTableOutput {
	s.Errors = v
	return s
}

type GetConnectionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connection resides. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Allows you to retrieve the connection metadata without returning the password.
	// For instance, the AWS Glue console uses this flag to retrieve the connection,
	// and does not display the password. Set this parameter when the caller might
	// not have permission to use the AWS KMS key to decrypt the password, but it
	// does have permission to access the rest of the connection properties.
	HidePassword *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the connection definition to retrieve.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetConnectionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetConnectionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetConnectionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetConnectionInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *GetConnectionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetConnectionInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetHidePassword sets the HidePassword field's value.
func (s *GetConnectionInput) SetHidePassword(v bool) *GetConnectionInput {
	s.HidePassword = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *GetConnectionInput) SetName(v string) *GetConnectionInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type GetConnectionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The requested connection definition.
	Connection *Connection `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetConnectionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetConnectionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetConnection sets the Connection field's value.
func (s *GetConnectionOutput) SetConnection(v *Connection) *GetConnectionOutput {
	s.Connection = v
	return s
}

// Filters the connection definitions that are returned by the GetConnections
// API operation.
type GetConnectionsFilter struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The type of connections to return. Currently, SFTP is not supported.
	ConnectionType *string `type:"string" enum:"ConnectionType"`

	// A criteria string that must match the criteria recorded in the connection
	// definition for that connection definition to be returned.
	MatchCriteria []*string `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetConnectionsFilter) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetConnectionsFilter) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetConnectionType sets the ConnectionType field's value.
func (s *GetConnectionsFilter) SetConnectionType(v string) *GetConnectionsFilter {
	s.ConnectionType = &v
	return s
}

// SetMatchCriteria sets the MatchCriteria field's value.
func (s *GetConnectionsFilter) SetMatchCriteria(v []*string) *GetConnectionsFilter {
	s.MatchCriteria = v
	return s
}

type GetConnectionsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connections reside. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A filter that controls which connections are returned.
	Filter *GetConnectionsFilter `type:"structure"`

	// Allows you to retrieve the connection metadata without returning the password.
	// For instance, the AWS Glue console uses this flag to retrieve the connection,
	// and does not display the password. Set this parameter when the caller might
	// not have permission to use the AWS KMS key to decrypt the password, but it
	// does have permission to access the rest of the connection properties.
	HidePassword *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The maximum number of connections to return in one response.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetConnectionsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetConnectionsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetConnectionsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetConnectionsInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *GetConnectionsInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetConnectionsInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
func (s *GetConnectionsInput) SetFilter(v *GetConnectionsFilter) *GetConnectionsInput {
	s.Filter = v
	return s
}

// SetHidePassword sets the HidePassword field's value.
func (s *GetConnectionsInput) SetHidePassword(v bool) *GetConnectionsInput {
	s.HidePassword = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetConnectionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetConnectionsInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetConnectionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetConnectionsInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

type GetConnectionsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of requested connection definitions.
	ConnectionList []*Connection `type:"list"`

	// A continuation token, if the list of connections returned does not include
	// the last of the filtered connections.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetConnectionsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetConnectionsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetConnectionList sets the ConnectionList field's value.
func (s *GetConnectionsOutput) SetConnectionList(v []*Connection) *GetConnectionsOutput {
	s.ConnectionList = v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetConnectionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetConnectionsOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

type GetCrawlerInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the crawler to retrieve metadata for.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetCrawlerInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetCrawlerInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetCrawlerInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetCrawlerInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *GetCrawlerInput) SetName(v string) *GetCrawlerInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type GetCrawlerMetricsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of the names of crawlers about which to retrieve metrics.
	CrawlerNameList []*string `type:"list"`

	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetCrawlerMetricsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetCrawlerMetricsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetCrawlerMetricsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetCrawlerMetricsInput"}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCrawlerNameList sets the CrawlerNameList field's value.
func (s *GetCrawlerMetricsInput) SetCrawlerNameList(v []*string) *GetCrawlerMetricsInput {
	s.CrawlerNameList = v
	return s
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetCrawlerMetricsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetCrawlerMetricsInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetCrawlerMetricsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetCrawlerMetricsInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

type GetCrawlerMetricsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of metrics for the specified crawler.
	CrawlerMetricsList []*CrawlerMetrics `type:"list"`

	// A continuation token, if the returned list does not contain the last metric
	// available.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetCrawlerMetricsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetCrawlerMetricsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCrawlerMetricsList sets the CrawlerMetricsList field's value.
func (s *GetCrawlerMetricsOutput) SetCrawlerMetricsList(v []*CrawlerMetrics) *GetCrawlerMetricsOutput {
	s.CrawlerMetricsList = v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetCrawlerMetricsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetCrawlerMetricsOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

type GetCrawlerOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The metadata for the specified crawler.
	Crawler *Crawler `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetCrawlerOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetCrawlerOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCrawler sets the Crawler field's value.
func (s *GetCrawlerOutput) SetCrawler(v *Crawler) *GetCrawlerOutput {
	s.Crawler = v
	return s
}

type GetCrawlersInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The number of crawlers to return on each call.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetCrawlersInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetCrawlersInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetCrawlersInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetCrawlersInput"}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetCrawlersInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetCrawlersInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetCrawlersInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetCrawlersInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

type GetCrawlersOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of crawler metadata.
	Crawlers []*Crawler `type:"list"`

	// A continuation token, if the returned list has not reached the end of those
	// defined in this customer account.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetCrawlersOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetCrawlersOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCrawlers sets the Crawlers field's value.
func (s *GetCrawlersOutput) SetCrawlers(v []*Crawler) *GetCrawlersOutput {
	s.Crawlers = v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetCrawlersOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetCrawlersOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

type GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog to retrieve the security configuration for. If
	// none is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

type GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The requested security configuration.
	DataCatalogEncryptionSettings *DataCatalogEncryptionSettings `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings sets the DataCatalogEncryptionSettings field's value.
func (s *GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput) SetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings(v *DataCatalogEncryptionSettings) *GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput {
	s.DataCatalogEncryptionSettings = v
	return s
}

type GetDatabaseInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the database resides. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the database to retrieve. For Hive compatibility, this should
	// be all lowercase.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetDatabaseInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetDatabaseInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetDatabaseInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetDatabaseInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *GetDatabaseInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetDatabaseInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *GetDatabaseInput) SetName(v string) *GetDatabaseInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type GetDatabaseOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The definition of the specified database in the Data Catalog.
	Database *Database `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetDatabaseOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetDatabaseOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetDatabase sets the Database field's value.
func (s *GetDatabaseOutput) SetDatabase(v *Database) *GetDatabaseOutput {
	s.Database = v
	return s
}

type GetDatabasesInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog from which to retrieve Databases. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of databases to return in one response.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// Allows you to specify that you want to list the databases shared with your
	// account. The allowable values are FOREIGN or ALL.
	//
	//    * If set to FOREIGN, will list the databases shared with your account.
	//
	//    * If set to ALL, will list the databases shared with your account, as
	//    well as the databases in yor local account.
	ResourceShareType *string `type:"string" enum:"ResourceShareType"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetDatabasesInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetDatabasesInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetDatabasesInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetDatabasesInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *GetDatabasesInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetDatabasesInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetDatabasesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetDatabasesInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetDatabasesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetDatabasesInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetResourceShareType sets the ResourceShareType field's value.
func (s *GetDatabasesInput) SetResourceShareType(v string) *GetDatabasesInput {
	s.ResourceShareType = &v
	return s
}

type GetDatabasesOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of Database objects from the specified catalog.
	//
	// DatabaseList is a required field
	DatabaseList []*Database `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// A continuation token for paginating the returned list of tokens, returned
	// if the current segment of the list is not the last.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetDatabasesOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetDatabasesOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetDatabaseList sets the DatabaseList field's value.
func (s *GetDatabasesOutput) SetDatabaseList(v []*Database) *GetDatabasesOutput {
	s.DatabaseList = v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetDatabasesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetDatabasesOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

type GetDataflowGraphInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The Python script to transform.
	PythonScript *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetDataflowGraphInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetDataflowGraphInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetPythonScript sets the PythonScript field's value.
func (s *GetDataflowGraphInput) SetPythonScript(v string) *GetDataflowGraphInput {
	s.PythonScript = &v
	return s
}

type GetDataflowGraphOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of the edges in the resulting DAG.
	DagEdges []*CodeGenEdge `type:"list"`

	// A list of the nodes in the resulting DAG.
	DagNodes []*CodeGenNode `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetDataflowGraphOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetDataflowGraphOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetDagEdges sets the DagEdges field's value.
func (s *GetDataflowGraphOutput) SetDagEdges(v []*CodeGenEdge) *GetDataflowGraphOutput {
	s.DagEdges = v
	return s
}

// SetDagNodes sets the DagNodes field's value.
func (s *GetDataflowGraphOutput) SetDagNodes(v []*CodeGenNode) *GetDataflowGraphOutput {
	s.DagNodes = v
	return s
}

type GetDevEndpointInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Name of the DevEndpoint to retrieve information for.
	//
	// EndpointName is a required field
	EndpointName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetDevEndpointInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetDevEndpointInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetDevEndpointInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetDevEndpointInput"}
	if s.EndpointName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EndpointName"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetEndpointName sets the EndpointName field's value.
func (s *GetDevEndpointInput) SetEndpointName(v string) *GetDevEndpointInput {
	s.EndpointName = &v
	return s
}

type GetDevEndpointOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A DevEndpoint definition.
	DevEndpoint *DevEndpoint `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetDevEndpointOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetDevEndpointOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetDevEndpoint sets the DevEndpoint field's value.
func (s *GetDevEndpointOutput) SetDevEndpoint(v *DevEndpoint) *GetDevEndpointOutput {
	s.DevEndpoint = v
	return s
}

type GetDevEndpointsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The maximum size of information to return.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetDevEndpointsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetDevEndpointsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetDevEndpointsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetDevEndpointsInput"}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetDevEndpointsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetDevEndpointsInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetDevEndpointsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetDevEndpointsInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

type GetDevEndpointsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of DevEndpoint definitions.
	DevEndpoints []*DevEndpoint `type:"list"`

	// A continuation token, if not all DevEndpoint definitions have yet been returned.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetDevEndpointsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetDevEndpointsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetDevEndpoints sets the DevEndpoints field's value.
func (s *GetDevEndpointsOutput) SetDevEndpoints(v []*DevEndpoint) *GetDevEndpointsOutput {
	s.DevEndpoints = v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetDevEndpointsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetDevEndpointsOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

type GetJobBookmarkInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the job in question.
	//
	// JobName is a required field
	JobName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The unique run identifier associated with this job run.
	RunId *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetJobBookmarkInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetJobBookmarkInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetJobBookmarkInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetJobBookmarkInput"}
	if s.JobName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobName"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *GetJobBookmarkInput) SetJobName(v string) *GetJobBookmarkInput {
	s.JobName = &v
	return s
}

// SetRunId sets the RunId field's value.
func (s *GetJobBookmarkInput) SetRunId(v string) *GetJobBookmarkInput {
	s.RunId = &v
	return s
}

type GetJobBookmarkOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A structure that defines a point that a job can resume processing.
	JobBookmarkEntry *JobBookmarkEntry `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetJobBookmarkOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetJobBookmarkOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetJobBookmarkEntry sets the JobBookmarkEntry field's value.
func (s *GetJobBookmarkOutput) SetJobBookmarkEntry(v *JobBookmarkEntry) *GetJobBookmarkOutput {
	s.JobBookmarkEntry = v
	return s
}

type GetJobInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the job definition to retrieve.
	//
	// JobName is a required field
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetJobInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetJobInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetJobInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetJobInput"}
	if s.JobName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobName"))
	}
	if s.JobName != nil && len(*s.JobName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobName", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *GetJobInput) SetJobName(v string) *GetJobInput {
	s.JobName = &v
	return s
}

type GetJobOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The requested job definition.
	Job *Job `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetJobOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetJobOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetJob sets the Job field's value.
func (s *GetJobOutput) SetJob(v *Job) *GetJobOutput {
	s.Job = v
	return s
}

type GetJobRunInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Name of the job definition being run.
	//
	// JobName is a required field
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// True if a list of predecessor runs should be returned.
	PredecessorsIncluded *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The ID of the job run.
	//
	// RunId is a required field
	RunId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetJobRunInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetJobRunInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetJobRunInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetJobRunInput"}
	if s.JobName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobName"))
	}
	if s.JobName != nil && len(*s.JobName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobName", 1))
	}
	if s.RunId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RunId"))
	}
	if s.RunId != nil && len(*s.RunId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RunId", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *GetJobRunInput) SetJobName(v string) *GetJobRunInput {
	s.JobName = &v
	return s
}

// SetPredecessorsIncluded sets the PredecessorsIncluded field's value.
func (s *GetJobRunInput) SetPredecessorsIncluded(v bool) *GetJobRunInput {
	s.PredecessorsIncluded = &v
	return s
}

// SetRunId sets the RunId field's value.
func (s *GetJobRunInput) SetRunId(v string) *GetJobRunInput {
	s.RunId = &v
	return s
}

type GetJobRunOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The requested job-run metadata.
	JobRun *JobRun `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetJobRunOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetJobRunOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetJobRun sets the JobRun field's value.
func (s *GetJobRunOutput) SetJobRun(v *JobRun) *GetJobRunOutput {
	s.JobRun = v
	return s
}

type GetJobRunsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the job definition for which to retrieve all job runs.
	//
	// JobName is a required field
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The maximum size of the response.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetJobRunsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetJobRunsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetJobRunsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetJobRunsInput"}
	if s.JobName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobName"))
	}
	if s.JobName != nil && len(*s.JobName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobName", 1))
	}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *GetJobRunsInput) SetJobName(v string) *GetJobRunsInput {
	s.JobName = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetJobRunsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetJobRunsInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetJobRunsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetJobRunsInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

type GetJobRunsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of job-run metadata objects.
	JobRuns []*JobRun `type:"list"`

	// A continuation token, if not all requested job runs have been returned.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetJobRunsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetJobRunsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetJobRuns sets the JobRuns field's value.
func (s *GetJobRunsOutput) SetJobRuns(v []*JobRun) *GetJobRunsOutput {
	s.JobRuns = v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetJobRunsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetJobRunsOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

type GetJobsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The maximum size of the response.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetJobsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetJobsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetJobsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetJobsInput"}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetJobsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetJobsInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetJobsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetJobsInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

type GetJobsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of job definitions.
	Jobs []*Job `type:"list"`

	// A continuation token, if not all job definitions have yet been returned.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetJobsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetJobsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetJobs sets the Jobs field's value.
func (s *GetJobsOutput) SetJobs(v []*Job) *GetJobsOutput {
	s.Jobs = v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetJobsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetJobsOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

type GetMLTaskRunInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The unique identifier of the task run.
	//
	// TaskRunId is a required field
	TaskRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.
	//
	// TransformId is a required field
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetMLTaskRunInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetMLTaskRunInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetMLTaskRunInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetMLTaskRunInput"}
	if s.TaskRunId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TaskRunId"))
	}
	if s.TaskRunId != nil && len(*s.TaskRunId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TaskRunId", 1))
	}
	if s.TransformId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TransformId"))
	}
	if s.TransformId != nil && len(*s.TransformId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TransformId", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetTaskRunId sets the TaskRunId field's value.
func (s *GetMLTaskRunInput) SetTaskRunId(v string) *GetMLTaskRunInput {
	s.TaskRunId = &v
	return s
}

// SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.
func (s *GetMLTaskRunInput) SetTransformId(v string) *GetMLTaskRunInput {
	s.TransformId = &v
	return s
}

type GetMLTaskRunOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The date and time when this task run was completed.
	CompletedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The error strings that are associated with the task run.
	ErrorString *string `type:"string"`

	// The amount of time (in seconds) that the task run consumed resources.
	ExecutionTime *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The date and time when this task run was last modified.
	LastModifiedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The names of the log groups that are associated with the task run.
	LogGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of properties that are associated with the task run.
	Properties *TaskRunProperties `type:"structure"`

	// The date and time when this task run started.
	StartedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The status for this task run.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"TaskStatusType"`

	// The unique run identifier associated with this run.
	TaskRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The unique identifier of the task run.
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetMLTaskRunOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetMLTaskRunOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCompletedOn sets the CompletedOn field's value.
func (s *GetMLTaskRunOutput) SetCompletedOn(v time.Time) *GetMLTaskRunOutput {
	s.CompletedOn = &v
	return s
}

// SetErrorString sets the ErrorString field's value.
func (s *GetMLTaskRunOutput) SetErrorString(v string) *GetMLTaskRunOutput {
	s.ErrorString = &v
	return s
}

// SetExecutionTime sets the ExecutionTime field's value.
func (s *GetMLTaskRunOutput) SetExecutionTime(v int64) *GetMLTaskRunOutput {
	s.ExecutionTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetLastModifiedOn sets the LastModifiedOn field's value.
func (s *GetMLTaskRunOutput) SetLastModifiedOn(v time.Time) *GetMLTaskRunOutput {
	s.LastModifiedOn = &v
	return s
}

// SetLogGroupName sets the LogGroupName field's value.
func (s *GetMLTaskRunOutput) SetLogGroupName(v string) *GetMLTaskRunOutput {
	s.LogGroupName = &v
	return s
}

// SetProperties sets the Properties field's value.
func (s *GetMLTaskRunOutput) SetProperties(v *TaskRunProperties) *GetMLTaskRunOutput {
	s.Properties = v
	return s
}

// SetStartedOn sets the StartedOn field's value.
func (s *GetMLTaskRunOutput) SetStartedOn(v time.Time) *GetMLTaskRunOutput {
	s.StartedOn = &v
	return s
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *GetMLTaskRunOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetMLTaskRunOutput {
	s.Status = &v
	return s
}

// SetTaskRunId sets the TaskRunId field's value.
func (s *GetMLTaskRunOutput) SetTaskRunId(v string) *GetMLTaskRunOutput {
	s.TaskRunId = &v
	return s
}

// SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.
func (s *GetMLTaskRunOutput) SetTransformId(v string) *GetMLTaskRunOutput {
	s.TransformId = &v
	return s
}

type GetMLTaskRunsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The filter criteria, in the TaskRunFilterCriteria structure, for the task
	// run.
	Filter *TaskRunFilterCriteria `type:"structure"`

	// The maximum number of results to return.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A token for pagination of the results. The default is empty.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// The sorting criteria, in the TaskRunSortCriteria structure, for the task
	// run.
	Sort *TaskRunSortCriteria `type:"structure"`

	// The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.
	//
	// TransformId is a required field
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetMLTaskRunsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetMLTaskRunsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetMLTaskRunsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetMLTaskRunsInput"}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}
	if s.TransformId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TransformId"))
	}
	if s.TransformId != nil && len(*s.TransformId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TransformId", 1))
	}
	if s.Sort != nil {
		if err := s.Sort.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Sort", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
func (s *GetMLTaskRunsInput) SetFilter(v *TaskRunFilterCriteria) *GetMLTaskRunsInput {
	s.Filter = v
	return s
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetMLTaskRunsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetMLTaskRunsInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetMLTaskRunsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetMLTaskRunsInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetSort sets the Sort field's value.
func (s *GetMLTaskRunsInput) SetSort(v *TaskRunSortCriteria) *GetMLTaskRunsInput {
	s.Sort = v
	return s
}

// SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.
func (s *GetMLTaskRunsInput) SetTransformId(v string) *GetMLTaskRunsInput {
	s.TransformId = &v
	return s
}

type GetMLTaskRunsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A pagination token, if more results are available.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of task runs that are associated with the transform.
	TaskRuns []*TaskRun `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetMLTaskRunsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetMLTaskRunsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetMLTaskRunsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetMLTaskRunsOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetTaskRuns sets the TaskRuns field's value.
func (s *GetMLTaskRunsOutput) SetTaskRuns(v []*TaskRun) *GetMLTaskRunsOutput {
	s.TaskRuns = v
	return s
}

type GetMLTransformInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The unique identifier of the transform, generated at the time that the transform
	// was created.
	//
	// TransformId is a required field
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetMLTransformInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetMLTransformInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetMLTransformInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetMLTransformInput"}
	if s.TransformId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TransformId"))
	}
	if s.TransformId != nil && len(*s.TransformId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TransformId", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.
func (s *GetMLTransformInput) SetTransformId(v string) *GetMLTransformInput {
	s.TransformId = &v
	return s
}

type GetMLTransformOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The date and time when the transform was created.
	CreatedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// A description of the transform.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The latest evaluation metrics.
	EvaluationMetrics *EvaluationMetrics `type:"structure"`

	// This value determines which version of AWS Glue this machine learning transform
	// is compatible with. Glue 1.0 is recommended for most customers. If the value
	// is not set, the Glue compatibility defaults to Glue 0.9. For more information,
	// see AWS Glue Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/release-notes.html#release-notes-versions)
	// in the developer guide.
	GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A list of AWS Glue table definitions used by the transform.
	InputRecordTables []*Table `type:"list"`

	// The number of labels available for this transform.
	LabelCount *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The date and time when the transform was last modified.
	LastModifiedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) that are allocated to
	// task runs for this transform. You can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs; the default
	// is 10. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4
	// vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see
	// the AWS Glue pricing page (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
	//
	// When the WorkerType field is set to a value other than Standard, the MaxCapacity
	// field is set automatically and becomes read-only.
	MaxCapacity *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The maximum number of times to retry a task for this transform after a task
	// run fails.
	MaxRetries *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The unique name given to the transform when it was created.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when this
	// task runs.
	NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The configuration parameters that are specific to the algorithm used.
	Parameters *TransformParameters `type:"structure"`

	// The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role with the required
	// permissions.
	Role *string `type:"string"`

	// The Map<Column, Type> object that represents the schema that this transform
	// accepts. Has an upper bound of 100 columns.
	Schema []*SchemaColumn `type:"list"`

	// The last known status of the transform (to indicate whether it can be used
	// or not). One of "NOT_READY", "READY", or "DELETING".
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"TransformStatusType"`

	// The timeout for a task run for this transform in minutes. This is the maximum
	// time that a task run for this transform can consume resources before it is
	// terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The default is 2,880 minutes (48 hours).
	Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// The encryption-at-rest settings of the transform that apply to accessing
	// user data. Machine learning transforms can access user data encrypted in
	// Amazon S3 using KMS.
	TransformEncryption *TransformEncryption `type:"structure"`

	// The unique identifier of the transform, generated at the time that the transform
	// was created.
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated when this task runs. Accepts
	// a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.
	//
	//    * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.1X worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory
	//    and a 64GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.2X worker type, each worker provides 8 vCPU, 32 GB of memory
	//    and a 128GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
	WorkerType *string `type:"string" enum:"WorkerType"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetMLTransformOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetMLTransformOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCreatedOn sets the CreatedOn field's value.
func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetCreatedOn(v time.Time) *GetMLTransformOutput {
	s.CreatedOn = &v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetDescription(v string) *GetMLTransformOutput {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetEvaluationMetrics sets the EvaluationMetrics field's value.
func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetEvaluationMetrics(v *EvaluationMetrics) *GetMLTransformOutput {
	s.EvaluationMetrics = v
	return s
}

// SetGlueVersion sets the GlueVersion field's value.
func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetGlueVersion(v string) *GetMLTransformOutput {
	s.GlueVersion = &v
	return s
}

// SetInputRecordTables sets the InputRecordTables field's value.
func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetInputRecordTables(v []*Table) *GetMLTransformOutput {
	s.InputRecordTables = v
	return s
}

// SetLabelCount sets the LabelCount field's value.
func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetLabelCount(v int64) *GetMLTransformOutput {
	s.LabelCount = &v
	return s
}

// SetLastModifiedOn sets the LastModifiedOn field's value.
func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetLastModifiedOn(v time.Time) *GetMLTransformOutput {
	s.LastModifiedOn = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxCapacity sets the MaxCapacity field's value.
func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetMaxCapacity(v float64) *GetMLTransformOutput {
	s.MaxCapacity = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxRetries sets the MaxRetries field's value.
func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetMaxRetries(v int64) *GetMLTransformOutput {
	s.MaxRetries = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetName(v string) *GetMLTransformOutput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumberOfWorkers sets the NumberOfWorkers field's value.
func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetNumberOfWorkers(v int64) *GetMLTransformOutput {
	s.NumberOfWorkers = &v
	return s
}

// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetParameters(v *TransformParameters) *GetMLTransformOutput {
	s.Parameters = v
	return s
}

// SetRole sets the Role field's value.
func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetRole(v string) *GetMLTransformOutput {
	s.Role = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchema sets the Schema field's value.
func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetSchema(v []*SchemaColumn) *GetMLTransformOutput {
	s.Schema = v
	return s
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetMLTransformOutput {
	s.Status = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimeout sets the Timeout field's value.
func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetTimeout(v int64) *GetMLTransformOutput {
	s.Timeout = &v
	return s
}

// SetTransformEncryption sets the TransformEncryption field's value.
func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetTransformEncryption(v *TransformEncryption) *GetMLTransformOutput {
	s.TransformEncryption = v
	return s
}

// SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.
func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetTransformId(v string) *GetMLTransformOutput {
	s.TransformId = &v
	return s
}

// SetWorkerType sets the WorkerType field's value.
func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetWorkerType(v string) *GetMLTransformOutput {
	s.WorkerType = &v
	return s
}

type GetMLTransformsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The filter transformation criteria.
	Filter *TransformFilterCriteria `type:"structure"`

	// The maximum number of results to return.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A paginated token to offset the results.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// The sorting criteria.
	Sort *TransformSortCriteria `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetMLTransformsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetMLTransformsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetMLTransformsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetMLTransformsInput"}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}
	if s.Filter != nil {
		if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.Sort != nil {
		if err := s.Sort.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Sort", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
func (s *GetMLTransformsInput) SetFilter(v *TransformFilterCriteria) *GetMLTransformsInput {
	s.Filter = v
	return s
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetMLTransformsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetMLTransformsInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetMLTransformsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetMLTransformsInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetSort sets the Sort field's value.
func (s *GetMLTransformsInput) SetSort(v *TransformSortCriteria) *GetMLTransformsInput {
	s.Sort = v
	return s
}

type GetMLTransformsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A pagination token, if more results are available.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of machine learning transforms.
	//
	// Transforms is a required field
	Transforms []*MLTransform `type:"list" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetMLTransformsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetMLTransformsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetMLTransformsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetMLTransformsOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetTransforms sets the Transforms field's value.
func (s *GetMLTransformsOutput) SetTransforms(v []*MLTransform) *GetMLTransformsOutput {
	s.Transforms = v
	return s
}

type GetMappingInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Parameters for the mapping.
	Location *Location `type:"structure"`

	// A list of target tables.
	Sinks []*CatalogEntry `type:"list"`

	// Specifies the source table.
	//
	// Source is a required field
	Source *CatalogEntry `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetMappingInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetMappingInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetMappingInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetMappingInput"}
	if s.Source == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Source"))
	}
	if s.Location != nil {
		if err := s.Location.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Location", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.Sinks != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Sinks {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Sinks", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.Source != nil {
		if err := s.Source.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Source", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetLocation sets the Location field's value.
func (s *GetMappingInput) SetLocation(v *Location) *GetMappingInput {
	s.Location = v
	return s
}

// SetSinks sets the Sinks field's value.
func (s *GetMappingInput) SetSinks(v []*CatalogEntry) *GetMappingInput {
	s.Sinks = v
	return s
}

// SetSource sets the Source field's value.
func (s *GetMappingInput) SetSource(v *CatalogEntry) *GetMappingInput {
	s.Source = v
	return s
}

type GetMappingOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of mappings to the specified targets.
	//
	// Mapping is a required field
	Mapping []*MappingEntry `type:"list" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetMappingOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetMappingOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetMapping sets the Mapping field's value.
func (s *GetMappingOutput) SetMapping(v []*MappingEntry) *GetMappingOutput {
	s.Mapping = v
	return s
}

type GetPartitionIndexesInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The catalog ID where the table resides.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of a database from which you want to retrieve partition
	// indexes.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A continuation token, included if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of a table for which you want to retrieve the partition
	// indexes.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetPartitionIndexesInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetPartitionIndexesInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetPartitionIndexesInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetPartitionIndexesInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.TableName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
	}
	if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionIndexesInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetPartitionIndexesInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionIndexesInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetPartitionIndexesInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionIndexesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetPartitionIndexesInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionIndexesInput) SetTableName(v string) *GetPartitionIndexesInput {
	s.TableName = &v
	return s
}

type GetPartitionIndexesOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A continuation token, present if the current list segment is not the last.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of index descriptors.
	PartitionIndexDescriptorList []*PartitionIndexDescriptor `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetPartitionIndexesOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetPartitionIndexesOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionIndexesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetPartitionIndexesOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetPartitionIndexDescriptorList sets the PartitionIndexDescriptorList field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionIndexesOutput) SetPartitionIndexDescriptorList(v []*PartitionIndexDescriptor) *GetPartitionIndexesOutput {
	s.PartitionIndexDescriptorList = v
	return s
}

type GetPartitionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partition in question resides. If none
	// is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database where the partition resides.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The values that define the partition.
	//
	// PartitionValues is a required field
	PartitionValues []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The name of the partition's table.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetPartitionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetPartitionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetPartitionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetPartitionInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.PartitionValues == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartitionValues"))
	}
	if s.TableName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
	}
	if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetPartitionInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetPartitionInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetPartitionValues sets the PartitionValues field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionInput) SetPartitionValues(v []*string) *GetPartitionInput {
	s.PartitionValues = v
	return s
}

// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *GetPartitionInput {
	s.TableName = &v
	return s
}

type GetPartitionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The requested information, in the form of a Partition object.
	Partition *Partition `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetPartitionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetPartitionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetPartition sets the Partition field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionOutput) SetPartition(v *Partition) *GetPartitionOutput {
	s.Partition = v
	return s
}

type GetPartitionsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none
	// is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// An expression that filters the partitions to be returned.
	//
	// The expression uses SQL syntax similar to the SQL WHERE filter clause. The
	// SQL statement parser JSQLParser (http://jsqlparser.sourceforge.net/home.php)
	// parses the expression.
	//
	// Operators: The following are the operators that you can use in the Expression
	// API call:
	//
	// =
	//
	// Checks whether the values of the two operands are equal; if yes, then the
	// condition becomes true.
	//
	// Example: Assume 'variable a' holds 10 and 'variable b' holds 20.
	//
	// (a = b) is not true.
	//
	// < >
	//
	// Checks whether the values of two operands are equal; if the values are not
	// equal, then the condition becomes true.
	//
	// Example: (a < > b) is true.
	//
	// >
	//
	// Checks whether the value of the left operand is greater than the value of
	// the right operand; if yes, then the condition becomes true.
	//
	// Example: (a > b) is not true.
	//
	// <
	//
	// Checks whether the value of the left operand is less than the value of the
	// right operand; if yes, then the condition becomes true.
	//
	// Example: (a < b) is true.
	//
	// >=
	//
	// Checks whether the value of the left operand is greater than or equal to
	// the value of the right operand; if yes, then the condition becomes true.
	//
	// Example: (a >= b) is not true.
	//
	// <=
	//
	// Checks whether the value of the left operand is less than or equal to the
	// value of the right operand; if yes, then the condition becomes true.
	//
	// Example: (a <= b) is true.
	//
	// AND, OR, IN, BETWEEN, LIKE, NOT, IS NULL
	//
	// Logical operators.
	//
	// Supported Partition Key Types: The following are the supported partition
	// keys.
	//
	//    * string
	//
	//    * date
	//
	//    * timestamp
	//
	//    * int
	//
	//    * bigint
	//
	//    * long
	//
	//    * tinyint
	//
	//    * smallint
	//
	//    * decimal
	//
	// If an invalid type is encountered, an exception is thrown.
	//
	// The following list shows the valid operators on each type. When you define
	// a crawler, the partitionKey type is created as a STRING, to be compatible
	// with the catalog partitions.
	//
	// Sample API Call:
	Expression *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of partitions to return in a single response.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is not the first call to retrieve these partitions.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// The segment of the table's partitions to scan in this request.
	Segment *Segment `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the partitions' table.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetPartitionsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetPartitionsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetPartitionsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetPartitionsInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}
	if s.TableName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
	}
	if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
	}
	if s.Segment != nil {
		if err := s.Segment.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Segment", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionsInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetPartitionsInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionsInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetPartitionsInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetExpression sets the Expression field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionsInput) SetExpression(v string) *GetPartitionsInput {
	s.Expression = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetPartitionsInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetPartitionsInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetSegment sets the Segment field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionsInput) SetSegment(v *Segment) *GetPartitionsInput {
	s.Segment = v
	return s
}

// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionsInput) SetTableName(v string) *GetPartitionsInput {
	s.TableName = &v
	return s
}

type GetPartitionsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A continuation token, if the returned list of partitions does not include
	// the last one.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of requested partitions.
	Partitions []*Partition `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetPartitionsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetPartitionsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetPartitionsOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetPartitions sets the Partitions field's value.
func (s *GetPartitionsOutput) SetPartitions(v []*Partition) *GetPartitionsOutput {
	s.Partitions = v
	return s
}

type GetPlanInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A map to hold additional optional key-value parameters.
	//
	// Currently, these key-value pairs are supported:
	//
	//    * inferSchema — Specifies whether to set inferSchema to true or false
	//    for the default script generated by an AWS Glue job. For example, to set
	//    inferSchema to true, pass the following key value pair: --additional-plan-options-map
	//    '{"inferSchema":"true"}'
	AdditionalPlanOptionsMap map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// The programming language of the code to perform the mapping.
	Language *string `type:"string" enum:"Language"`

	// The parameters for the mapping.
	Location *Location `type:"structure"`

	// The list of mappings from a source table to target tables.
	//
	// Mapping is a required field
	Mapping []*MappingEntry `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The target tables.
	Sinks []*CatalogEntry `type:"list"`

	// The source table.
	//
	// Source is a required field
	Source *CatalogEntry `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetPlanInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetPlanInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetPlanInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetPlanInput"}
	if s.Mapping == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Mapping"))
	}
	if s.Source == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Source"))
	}
	if s.Location != nil {
		if err := s.Location.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Location", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.Sinks != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Sinks {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Sinks", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.Source != nil {
		if err := s.Source.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Source", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAdditionalPlanOptionsMap sets the AdditionalPlanOptionsMap field's value.
func (s *GetPlanInput) SetAdditionalPlanOptionsMap(v map[string]*string) *GetPlanInput {
	s.AdditionalPlanOptionsMap = v
	return s
}

// SetLanguage sets the Language field's value.
func (s *GetPlanInput) SetLanguage(v string) *GetPlanInput {
	s.Language = &v
	return s
}

// SetLocation sets the Location field's value.
func (s *GetPlanInput) SetLocation(v *Location) *GetPlanInput {
	s.Location = v
	return s
}

// SetMapping sets the Mapping field's value.
func (s *GetPlanInput) SetMapping(v []*MappingEntry) *GetPlanInput {
	s.Mapping = v
	return s
}

// SetSinks sets the Sinks field's value.
func (s *GetPlanInput) SetSinks(v []*CatalogEntry) *GetPlanInput {
	s.Sinks = v
	return s
}

// SetSource sets the Source field's value.
func (s *GetPlanInput) SetSource(v *CatalogEntry) *GetPlanInput {
	s.Source = v
	return s
}

type GetPlanOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A Python script to perform the mapping.
	PythonScript *string `type:"string"`

	// The Scala code to perform the mapping.
	ScalaCode *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetPlanOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetPlanOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetPythonScript sets the PythonScript field's value.
func (s *GetPlanOutput) SetPythonScript(v string) *GetPlanOutput {
	s.PythonScript = &v
	return s
}

// SetScalaCode sets the ScalaCode field's value.
func (s *GetPlanOutput) SetScalaCode(v string) *GetPlanOutput {
	s.ScalaCode = &v
	return s
}

type GetRegistryInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// This is a wrapper structure that may contain the registry name and Amazon
	// Resource Name (ARN).
	//
	// RegistryId is a required field
	RegistryId *RegistryId `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetRegistryInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetRegistryInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetRegistryInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetRegistryInput"}
	if s.RegistryId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RegistryId"))
	}
	if s.RegistryId != nil {
		if err := s.RegistryId.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("RegistryId", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetRegistryId sets the RegistryId field's value.
func (s *GetRegistryInput) SetRegistryId(v *RegistryId) *GetRegistryInput {
	s.RegistryId = v
	return s
}

type GetRegistryOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The date and time the registry was created.
	CreatedTime *string `type:"string"`

	// A description of the registry.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the registry.
	RegistryArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the registry.
	RegistryName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The status of the registry.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"RegistryStatus"`

	// The date and time the registry was updated.
	UpdatedTime *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetRegistryOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetRegistryOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.
func (s *GetRegistryOutput) SetCreatedTime(v string) *GetRegistryOutput {
	s.CreatedTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *GetRegistryOutput) SetDescription(v string) *GetRegistryOutput {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetRegistryArn sets the RegistryArn field's value.
func (s *GetRegistryOutput) SetRegistryArn(v string) *GetRegistryOutput {
	s.RegistryArn = &v
	return s
}

// SetRegistryName sets the RegistryName field's value.
func (s *GetRegistryOutput) SetRegistryName(v string) *GetRegistryOutput {
	s.RegistryName = &v
	return s
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *GetRegistryOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetRegistryOutput {
	s.Status = &v
	return s
}

// SetUpdatedTime sets the UpdatedTime field's value.
func (s *GetRegistryOutput) SetUpdatedTime(v string) *GetRegistryOutput {
	s.UpdatedTime = &v
	return s
}

type GetResourcePoliciesInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetResourcePoliciesInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetResourcePoliciesInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetResourcePoliciesInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetResourcePoliciesInput"}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetResourcePoliciesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetResourcePoliciesInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetResourcePoliciesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetResourcePoliciesInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

type GetResourcePoliciesOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of the individual resource policies and the account-level resource
	// policy.
	GetResourcePoliciesResponseList []*GluePolicy `type:"list"`

	// A continuation token, if the returned list does not contain the last resource
	// policy available.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetResourcePoliciesOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetResourcePoliciesOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetGetResourcePoliciesResponseList sets the GetResourcePoliciesResponseList field's value.
func (s *GetResourcePoliciesOutput) SetGetResourcePoliciesResponseList(v []*GluePolicy) *GetResourcePoliciesOutput {
	s.GetResourcePoliciesResponseList = v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetResourcePoliciesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetResourcePoliciesOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

type GetResourcePolicyInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ARN of the AWS Glue resource for the resource policy to be retrieved.
	// For more information about AWS Glue resource ARNs, see the AWS Glue ARN string
	// pattern (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-api-common.html#aws-glue-api-regex-aws-glue-arn-id)
	ResourceArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetResourcePolicyInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetResourcePolicyInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetResourcePolicyInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetResourcePolicyInput"}
	if s.ResourceArn != nil && len(*s.ResourceArn) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceArn", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
func (s *GetResourcePolicyInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *GetResourcePolicyInput {
	s.ResourceArn = &v
	return s
}

type GetResourcePolicyOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The date and time at which the policy was created.
	CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// Contains the hash value associated with this policy.
	PolicyHash *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Contains the requested policy document, in JSON format.
	PolicyInJson *string `min:"2" type:"string"`

	// The date and time at which the policy was last updated.
	UpdateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetResourcePolicyOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetResourcePolicyOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value.
func (s *GetResourcePolicyOutput) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *GetResourcePolicyOutput {
	s.CreateTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetPolicyHash sets the PolicyHash field's value.
func (s *GetResourcePolicyOutput) SetPolicyHash(v string) *GetResourcePolicyOutput {
	s.PolicyHash = &v
	return s
}

// SetPolicyInJson sets the PolicyInJson field's value.
func (s *GetResourcePolicyOutput) SetPolicyInJson(v string) *GetResourcePolicyOutput {
	s.PolicyInJson = &v
	return s
}

// SetUpdateTime sets the UpdateTime field's value.
func (s *GetResourcePolicyOutput) SetUpdateTime(v time.Time) *GetResourcePolicyOutput {
	s.UpdateTime = &v
	return s
}

type GetSchemaByDefinitionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The definition of the schema for which schema details are required.
	//
	// SchemaDefinition is a required field
	SchemaDefinition *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// This is a wrapper structure to contain schema identity fields. The structure
	// contains:
	//
	//    * SchemaId$SchemaArn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema. One
	//    of SchemaArn or SchemaName has to be provided.
	//
	//    * SchemaId$SchemaName: The name of the schema. One of SchemaArn or SchemaName
	//    has to be provided.
	//
	// SchemaId is a required field
	SchemaId *SchemaId `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetSchemaByDefinitionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetSchemaByDefinitionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetSchemaByDefinitionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetSchemaByDefinitionInput"}
	if s.SchemaDefinition == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SchemaDefinition"))
	}
	if s.SchemaDefinition != nil && len(*s.SchemaDefinition) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SchemaDefinition", 1))
	}
	if s.SchemaId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SchemaId"))
	}
	if s.SchemaId != nil {
		if err := s.SchemaId.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("SchemaId", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetSchemaDefinition sets the SchemaDefinition field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaByDefinitionInput) SetSchemaDefinition(v string) *GetSchemaByDefinitionInput {
	s.SchemaDefinition = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaId sets the SchemaId field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaByDefinitionInput) SetSchemaId(v *SchemaId) *GetSchemaByDefinitionInput {
	s.SchemaId = v
	return s
}

type GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The date and time the schema was created.
	CreatedTime *string `type:"string"`

	// The data format of the schema definition. Currently only AVRO is supported.
	DataFormat *string `type:"string" enum:"DataFormat"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema.
	SchemaArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The schema ID of the schema version.
	SchemaVersionId *string `min:"36" type:"string"`

	// The status of the schema version.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"SchemaVersionStatus"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput) SetCreatedTime(v string) *GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput {
	s.CreatedTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetDataFormat sets the DataFormat field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput) SetDataFormat(v string) *GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput {
	s.DataFormat = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaArn sets the SchemaArn field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput) SetSchemaArn(v string) *GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput {
	s.SchemaArn = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaVersionId sets the SchemaVersionId field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput) SetSchemaVersionId(v string) *GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput {
	s.SchemaVersionId = &v
	return s
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput {
	s.Status = &v
	return s
}

type GetSchemaInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// This is a wrapper structure to contain schema identity fields. The structure
	// contains:
	//
	//    * SchemaId$SchemaArn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema. Either
	//    SchemaArn or SchemaName and RegistryName has to be provided.
	//
	//    * SchemaId$SchemaName: The name of the schema. Either SchemaArn or SchemaName
	//    and RegistryName has to be provided.
	//
	// SchemaId is a required field
	SchemaId *SchemaId `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetSchemaInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetSchemaInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetSchemaInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetSchemaInput"}
	if s.SchemaId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SchemaId"))
	}
	if s.SchemaId != nil {
		if err := s.SchemaId.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("SchemaId", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetSchemaId sets the SchemaId field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaInput) SetSchemaId(v *SchemaId) *GetSchemaInput {
	s.SchemaId = v
	return s
}

type GetSchemaOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The compatibility mode of the schema.
	Compatibility *string `type:"string" enum:"Compatibility"`

	// The date and time the schema was created.
	CreatedTime *string `type:"string"`

	// The data format of the schema definition. Currently only AVRO is supported.
	DataFormat *string `type:"string" enum:"DataFormat"`

	// A description of schema if specified when created
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The latest version of the schema associated with the returned schema definition.
	LatestSchemaVersion *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`

	// The next version of the schema associated with the returned schema definition.
	NextSchemaVersion *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the registry.
	RegistryArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the registry.
	RegistryName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema.
	SchemaArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The version number of the checkpoint (the last time the compatibility mode
	// was changed).
	SchemaCheckpoint *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`

	// The name of the schema.
	SchemaName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The status of the schema.
	SchemaStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"SchemaStatus"`

	// The date and time the schema was updated.
	UpdatedTime *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetSchemaOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetSchemaOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCompatibility sets the Compatibility field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaOutput) SetCompatibility(v string) *GetSchemaOutput {
	s.Compatibility = &v
	return s
}

// SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaOutput) SetCreatedTime(v string) *GetSchemaOutput {
	s.CreatedTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetDataFormat sets the DataFormat field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaOutput) SetDataFormat(v string) *GetSchemaOutput {
	s.DataFormat = &v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaOutput) SetDescription(v string) *GetSchemaOutput {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetLatestSchemaVersion sets the LatestSchemaVersion field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaOutput) SetLatestSchemaVersion(v int64) *GetSchemaOutput {
	s.LatestSchemaVersion = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextSchemaVersion sets the NextSchemaVersion field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaOutput) SetNextSchemaVersion(v int64) *GetSchemaOutput {
	s.NextSchemaVersion = &v
	return s
}

// SetRegistryArn sets the RegistryArn field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaOutput) SetRegistryArn(v string) *GetSchemaOutput {
	s.RegistryArn = &v
	return s
}

// SetRegistryName sets the RegistryName field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaOutput) SetRegistryName(v string) *GetSchemaOutput {
	s.RegistryName = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaArn sets the SchemaArn field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaOutput) SetSchemaArn(v string) *GetSchemaOutput {
	s.SchemaArn = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaCheckpoint sets the SchemaCheckpoint field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaOutput) SetSchemaCheckpoint(v int64) *GetSchemaOutput {
	s.SchemaCheckpoint = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaName sets the SchemaName field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaOutput) SetSchemaName(v string) *GetSchemaOutput {
	s.SchemaName = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaStatus sets the SchemaStatus field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaOutput) SetSchemaStatus(v string) *GetSchemaOutput {
	s.SchemaStatus = &v
	return s
}

// SetUpdatedTime sets the UpdatedTime field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaOutput) SetUpdatedTime(v string) *GetSchemaOutput {
	s.UpdatedTime = &v
	return s
}

type GetSchemaVersionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// This is a wrapper structure to contain schema identity fields. The structure
	// contains:
	//
	//    * SchemaId$SchemaArn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema. Either
	//    SchemaArn or SchemaName and RegistryName has to be provided.
	//
	//    * SchemaId$SchemaName: The name of the schema. Either SchemaArn or SchemaName
	//    and RegistryName has to be provided.
	SchemaId *SchemaId `type:"structure"`

	// The SchemaVersionId of the schema version. This field is required for fetching
	// by schema ID. Either this or the SchemaId wrapper has to be provided.
	SchemaVersionId *string `min:"36" type:"string"`

	// The version number of the schema.
	SchemaVersionNumber *SchemaVersionNumber `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetSchemaVersionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetSchemaVersionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetSchemaVersionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetSchemaVersionInput"}
	if s.SchemaVersionId != nil && len(*s.SchemaVersionId) < 36 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SchemaVersionId", 36))
	}
	if s.SchemaId != nil {
		if err := s.SchemaId.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("SchemaId", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.SchemaVersionNumber != nil {
		if err := s.SchemaVersionNumber.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("SchemaVersionNumber", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetSchemaId sets the SchemaId field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaVersionInput) SetSchemaId(v *SchemaId) *GetSchemaVersionInput {
	s.SchemaId = v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaVersionId sets the SchemaVersionId field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaVersionInput) SetSchemaVersionId(v string) *GetSchemaVersionInput {
	s.SchemaVersionId = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaVersionNumber sets the SchemaVersionNumber field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaVersionInput) SetSchemaVersionNumber(v *SchemaVersionNumber) *GetSchemaVersionInput {
	s.SchemaVersionNumber = v
	return s
}

type GetSchemaVersionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The date and time the schema version was created.
	CreatedTime *string `type:"string"`

	// The data format of the schema definition. Currently only AVRO is supported.
	DataFormat *string `type:"string" enum:"DataFormat"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema.
	SchemaArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The schema definition for the schema ID.
	SchemaDefinition *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The SchemaVersionId of the schema version.
	SchemaVersionId *string `min:"36" type:"string"`

	// The status of the schema version.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"SchemaVersionStatus"`

	// The version number of the schema.
	VersionNumber *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetSchemaVersionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetSchemaVersionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaVersionOutput) SetCreatedTime(v string) *GetSchemaVersionOutput {
	s.CreatedTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetDataFormat sets the DataFormat field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaVersionOutput) SetDataFormat(v string) *GetSchemaVersionOutput {
	s.DataFormat = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaArn sets the SchemaArn field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaVersionOutput) SetSchemaArn(v string) *GetSchemaVersionOutput {
	s.SchemaArn = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaDefinition sets the SchemaDefinition field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaVersionOutput) SetSchemaDefinition(v string) *GetSchemaVersionOutput {
	s.SchemaDefinition = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaVersionId sets the SchemaVersionId field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaVersionOutput) SetSchemaVersionId(v string) *GetSchemaVersionOutput {
	s.SchemaVersionId = &v
	return s
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaVersionOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetSchemaVersionOutput {
	s.Status = &v
	return s
}

// SetVersionNumber sets the VersionNumber field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaVersionOutput) SetVersionNumber(v int64) *GetSchemaVersionOutput {
	s.VersionNumber = &v
	return s
}

type GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The first of the two schema versions to be compared.
	//
	// FirstSchemaVersionNumber is a required field
	FirstSchemaVersionNumber *SchemaVersionNumber `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// Refers to SYNTAX_DIFF, which is the currently supported diff type.
	//
	// SchemaDiffType is a required field
	SchemaDiffType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"SchemaDiffType"`

	// This is a wrapper structure to contain schema identity fields. The structure
	// contains:
	//
	//    * SchemaId$SchemaArn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema. One
	//    of SchemaArn or SchemaName has to be provided.
	//
	//    * SchemaId$SchemaName: The name of the schema. One of SchemaArn or SchemaName
	//    has to be provided.
	//
	// SchemaId is a required field
	SchemaId *SchemaId `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// The second of the two schema versions to be compared.
	//
	// SecondSchemaVersionNumber is a required field
	SecondSchemaVersionNumber *SchemaVersionNumber `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput"}
	if s.FirstSchemaVersionNumber == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FirstSchemaVersionNumber"))
	}
	if s.SchemaDiffType == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SchemaDiffType"))
	}
	if s.SchemaId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SchemaId"))
	}
	if s.SecondSchemaVersionNumber == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SecondSchemaVersionNumber"))
	}
	if s.FirstSchemaVersionNumber != nil {
		if err := s.FirstSchemaVersionNumber.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("FirstSchemaVersionNumber", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.SchemaId != nil {
		if err := s.SchemaId.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("SchemaId", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.SecondSchemaVersionNumber != nil {
		if err := s.SecondSchemaVersionNumber.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("SecondSchemaVersionNumber", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetFirstSchemaVersionNumber sets the FirstSchemaVersionNumber field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput) SetFirstSchemaVersionNumber(v *SchemaVersionNumber) *GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput {
	s.FirstSchemaVersionNumber = v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaDiffType sets the SchemaDiffType field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput) SetSchemaDiffType(v string) *GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput {
	s.SchemaDiffType = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaId sets the SchemaId field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput) SetSchemaId(v *SchemaId) *GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput {
	s.SchemaId = v
	return s
}

// SetSecondSchemaVersionNumber sets the SecondSchemaVersionNumber field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput) SetSecondSchemaVersionNumber(v *SchemaVersionNumber) *GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput {
	s.SecondSchemaVersionNumber = v
	return s
}

type GetSchemaVersionsDiffOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The difference between schemas as a string in JsonPatch format.
	Diff *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetSchemaVersionsDiffOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetSchemaVersionsDiffOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetDiff sets the Diff field's value.
func (s *GetSchemaVersionsDiffOutput) SetDiff(v string) *GetSchemaVersionsDiffOutput {
	s.Diff = &v
	return s
}

type GetSecurityConfigurationInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the security configuration to retrieve.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetSecurityConfigurationInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetSecurityConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetSecurityConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetSecurityConfigurationInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *GetSecurityConfigurationInput) SetName(v string) *GetSecurityConfigurationInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type GetSecurityConfigurationOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The requested security configuration.
	SecurityConfiguration *SecurityConfiguration `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetSecurityConfigurationOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetSecurityConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetSecurityConfiguration sets the SecurityConfiguration field's value.
func (s *GetSecurityConfigurationOutput) SetSecurityConfiguration(v *SecurityConfiguration) *GetSecurityConfigurationOutput {
	s.SecurityConfiguration = v
	return s
}

type GetSecurityConfigurationsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The maximum number of results to return.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetSecurityConfigurationsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetSecurityConfigurationsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetSecurityConfigurationsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetSecurityConfigurationsInput"}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetSecurityConfigurationsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetSecurityConfigurationsInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetSecurityConfigurationsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetSecurityConfigurationsInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

type GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A continuation token, if there are more security configurations to return.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of security configurations.
	SecurityConfigurations []*SecurityConfiguration `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetSecurityConfigurations sets the SecurityConfigurations field's value.
func (s *GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput) SetSecurityConfigurations(v []*SecurityConfiguration) *GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput {
	s.SecurityConfigurations = v
	return s
}

type GetTableInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the table resides. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the database in the catalog in which the table resides. For Hive
	// compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the table for which to retrieve the definition. For Hive compatibility,
	// this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetTableInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetTableInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetTableInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetTableInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *GetTableInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetTableInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *GetTableInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetTableInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *GetTableInput) SetName(v string) *GetTableInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type GetTableOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The Table object that defines the specified table.
	Table *TableData `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetTableOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetTableOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetTable sets the Table field's value.
func (s *GetTableOutput) SetTable(v *TableData) *GetTableOutput {
	s.Table = v
	return s
}

type GetTableVersionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The database in the catalog in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility,
	// this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the table. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The ID value of the table version to be retrieved. A VersionID is a string
	// representation of an integer. Each version is incremented by 1.
	VersionId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetTableVersionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetTableVersionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetTableVersionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetTableVersionInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.TableName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
	}
	if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
	}
	if s.VersionId != nil && len(*s.VersionId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("VersionId", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *GetTableVersionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetTableVersionInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *GetTableVersionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetTableVersionInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *GetTableVersionInput) SetTableName(v string) *GetTableVersionInput {
	s.TableName = &v
	return s
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *GetTableVersionInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetTableVersionInput {
	s.VersionId = &v
	return s
}

type GetTableVersionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The requested table version.
	TableVersion *TableVersion `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetTableVersionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetTableVersionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetTableVersion sets the TableVersion field's value.
func (s *GetTableVersionOutput) SetTableVersion(v *TableVersion) *GetTableVersionOutput {
	s.TableVersion = v
	return s
}

type GetTableVersionsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The database in the catalog in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility,
	// this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The maximum number of table versions to return in one response.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is not the first call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the table. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetTableVersionsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetTableVersionsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetTableVersionsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetTableVersionsInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}
	if s.TableName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
	}
	if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *GetTableVersionsInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetTableVersionsInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *GetTableVersionsInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetTableVersionsInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetTableVersionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetTableVersionsInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetTableVersionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetTableVersionsInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *GetTableVersionsInput) SetTableName(v string) *GetTableVersionsInput {
	s.TableName = &v
	return s
}

type GetTableVersionsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A continuation token, if the list of available versions does not include
	// the last one.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of strings identifying available versions of the specified table.
	TableVersions []*TableVersion `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetTableVersionsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetTableVersionsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetTableVersionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetTableVersionsOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetTableVersions sets the TableVersions field's value.
func (s *GetTableVersionsOutput) SetTableVersions(v []*TableVersion) *GetTableVersionsOutput {
	s.TableVersions = v
	return s
}

type GetTablesInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The database in the catalog whose tables to list. For Hive compatibility,
	// this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A regular expression pattern. If present, only those tables whose names match
	// the pattern are returned.
	Expression *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of tables to return in a single response.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, included if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetTablesInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetTablesInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetTablesInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetTablesInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *GetTablesInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetTablesInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *GetTablesInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetTablesInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetExpression sets the Expression field's value.
func (s *GetTablesInput) SetExpression(v string) *GetTablesInput {
	s.Expression = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetTablesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetTablesInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetTablesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetTablesInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

type GetTablesOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A continuation token, present if the current list segment is not the last.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of the requested Table objects.
	TableList []*TableData `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetTablesOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetTablesOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetTablesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetTablesOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetTableList sets the TableList field's value.
func (s *GetTablesOutput) SetTableList(v []*TableData) *GetTablesOutput {
	s.TableList = v
	return s
}

type GetTagsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource for which to retrieve tags.
	//
	// ResourceArn is a required field
	ResourceArn *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetTagsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetTagsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetTagsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetTagsInput"}
	if s.ResourceArn == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn"))
	}
	if s.ResourceArn != nil && len(*s.ResourceArn) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceArn", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
func (s *GetTagsInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *GetTagsInput {
	s.ResourceArn = &v
	return s
}

type GetTagsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The requested tags.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetTagsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetTagsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *GetTagsOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *GetTagsOutput {
	s.Tags = v
	return s
}

type GetTriggerInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the trigger to retrieve.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetTriggerInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetTriggerInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetTriggerInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetTriggerInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *GetTriggerInput) SetName(v string) *GetTriggerInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type GetTriggerOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The requested trigger definition.
	Trigger *Trigger `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetTriggerOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetTriggerOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetTrigger sets the Trigger field's value.
func (s *GetTriggerOutput) SetTrigger(v *Trigger) *GetTriggerOutput {
	s.Trigger = v
	return s
}

type GetTriggersInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the job to retrieve triggers for. The trigger that can start
	// this job is returned, and if there is no such trigger, all triggers are returned.
	DependentJobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The maximum size of the response.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetTriggersInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetTriggersInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetTriggersInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetTriggersInput"}
	if s.DependentJobName != nil && len(*s.DependentJobName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DependentJobName", 1))
	}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetDependentJobName sets the DependentJobName field's value.
func (s *GetTriggersInput) SetDependentJobName(v string) *GetTriggersInput {
	s.DependentJobName = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetTriggersInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetTriggersInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetTriggersInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetTriggersInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

type GetTriggersOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A continuation token, if not all the requested triggers have yet been returned.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of triggers for the specified job.
	Triggers []*Trigger `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetTriggersOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetTriggersOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetTriggersOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetTriggersOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetTriggers sets the Triggers field's value.
func (s *GetTriggersOutput) SetTriggers(v []*Trigger) *GetTriggersOutput {
	s.Triggers = v
	return s
}

type GetUserDefinedFunctionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the function to be retrieved is located.
	// If none is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database where the function is located.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the function.
	//
	// FunctionName is a required field
	FunctionName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetUserDefinedFunctionInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.FunctionName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FunctionName"))
	}
	if s.FunctionName != nil && len(*s.FunctionName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("FunctionName", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetFunctionName sets the FunctionName field's value.
func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetFunctionName(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput {
	s.FunctionName = &v
	return s
}

type GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The requested function definition.
	UserDefinedFunction *UserDefinedFunction `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetUserDefinedFunction sets the UserDefinedFunction field's value.
func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput) SetUserDefinedFunction(v *UserDefinedFunction) *GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput {
	s.UserDefinedFunction = v
	return s
}

type GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the functions to be retrieved are located.
	// If none is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database where the functions are located. If none
	// is provided, functions from all the databases across the catalog will be
	// returned.
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of functions to return in one response.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional function-name pattern string that filters the function definitions
	// returned.
	//
	// Pattern is a required field
	Pattern *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}
	if s.Pattern == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Pattern"))
	}
	if s.Pattern != nil && len(*s.Pattern) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Pattern", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetPattern sets the Pattern field's value.
func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) SetPattern(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput {
	s.Pattern = &v
	return s
}

type GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A continuation token, if the list of functions returned does not include
	// the last requested function.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of requested function definitions.
	UserDefinedFunctions []*UserDefinedFunction `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetUserDefinedFunctions sets the UserDefinedFunctions field's value.
func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput) SetUserDefinedFunctions(v []*UserDefinedFunction) *GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput {
	s.UserDefinedFunctions = v
	return s
}

type GetWorkflowInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies whether to include a graph when returning the workflow resource
	// metadata.
	IncludeGraph *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the workflow to retrieve.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetWorkflowInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetWorkflowInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetWorkflowInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetWorkflowInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetIncludeGraph sets the IncludeGraph field's value.
func (s *GetWorkflowInput) SetIncludeGraph(v bool) *GetWorkflowInput {
	s.IncludeGraph = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *GetWorkflowInput) SetName(v string) *GetWorkflowInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type GetWorkflowOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The resource metadata for the workflow.
	Workflow *Workflow `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetWorkflowOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetWorkflowOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetWorkflow sets the Workflow field's value.
func (s *GetWorkflowOutput) SetWorkflow(v *Workflow) *GetWorkflowOutput {
	s.Workflow = v
	return s
}

type GetWorkflowRunInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies whether to include the workflow graph in response or not.
	IncludeGraph *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Name of the workflow being run.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The ID of the workflow run.
	//
	// RunId is a required field
	RunId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetWorkflowRunInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetWorkflowRunInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetWorkflowRunInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetWorkflowRunInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}
	if s.RunId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RunId"))
	}
	if s.RunId != nil && len(*s.RunId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RunId", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetIncludeGraph sets the IncludeGraph field's value.
func (s *GetWorkflowRunInput) SetIncludeGraph(v bool) *GetWorkflowRunInput {
	s.IncludeGraph = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *GetWorkflowRunInput) SetName(v string) *GetWorkflowRunInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetRunId sets the RunId field's value.
func (s *GetWorkflowRunInput) SetRunId(v string) *GetWorkflowRunInput {
	s.RunId = &v
	return s
}

type GetWorkflowRunOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The requested workflow run metadata.
	Run *WorkflowRun `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetWorkflowRunOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetWorkflowRunOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetRun sets the Run field's value.
func (s *GetWorkflowRunOutput) SetRun(v *WorkflowRun) *GetWorkflowRunOutput {
	s.Run = v
	return s
}

type GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Name of the workflow which was run.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The ID of the workflow run whose run properties should be returned.
	//
	// RunId is a required field
	RunId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}
	if s.RunId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RunId"))
	}
	if s.RunId != nil && len(*s.RunId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RunId", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) SetName(v string) *GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetRunId sets the RunId field's value.
func (s *GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) SetRunId(v string) *GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput {
	s.RunId = &v
	return s
}

type GetWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The workflow run properties which were set during the specified run.
	RunProperties map[string]*string `type:"map"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetRunProperties sets the RunProperties field's value.
func (s *GetWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput) SetRunProperties(v map[string]*string) *GetWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput {
	s.RunProperties = v
	return s
}

type GetWorkflowRunsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies whether to include the workflow graph in response or not.
	IncludeGraph *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The maximum number of workflow runs to be included in the response.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Name of the workflow whose metadata of runs should be returned.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The maximum size of the response.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetWorkflowRunsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetWorkflowRunsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetWorkflowRunsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetWorkflowRunsInput"}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetIncludeGraph sets the IncludeGraph field's value.
func (s *GetWorkflowRunsInput) SetIncludeGraph(v bool) *GetWorkflowRunsInput {
	s.IncludeGraph = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *GetWorkflowRunsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetWorkflowRunsInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *GetWorkflowRunsInput) SetName(v string) *GetWorkflowRunsInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetWorkflowRunsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetWorkflowRunsInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

type GetWorkflowRunsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A continuation token, if not all requested workflow runs have been returned.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of workflow run metadata objects.
	Runs []*WorkflowRun `min:"1" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GetWorkflowRunsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetWorkflowRunsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *GetWorkflowRunsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetWorkflowRunsOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetRuns sets the Runs field's value.
func (s *GetWorkflowRunsOutput) SetRuns(v []*WorkflowRun) *GetWorkflowRunsOutput {
	s.Runs = v
	return s
}

// A structure for returning a resource policy.
type GluePolicy struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The date and time at which the policy was created.
	CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// Contains the hash value associated with this policy.
	PolicyHash *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Contains the requested policy document, in JSON format.
	PolicyInJson *string `min:"2" type:"string"`

	// The date and time at which the policy was last updated.
	UpdateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GluePolicy) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GluePolicy) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value.
func (s *GluePolicy) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *GluePolicy {
	s.CreateTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetPolicyHash sets the PolicyHash field's value.
func (s *GluePolicy) SetPolicyHash(v string) *GluePolicy {
	s.PolicyHash = &v
	return s
}

// SetPolicyInJson sets the PolicyInJson field's value.
func (s *GluePolicy) SetPolicyInJson(v string) *GluePolicy {
	s.PolicyInJson = &v
	return s
}

// SetUpdateTime sets the UpdateTime field's value.
func (s *GluePolicy) SetUpdateTime(v time.Time) *GluePolicy {
	s.UpdateTime = &v
	return s
}

// A classifier that uses grok patterns.
type GrokClassifier struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches, such as Twitter,
	// JSON, Omniture logs, and so on.
	//
	// Classification is a required field
	Classification *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The time that this classifier was registered.
	CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// Optional custom grok patterns defined by this classifier. For more information,
	// see custom patterns in Writing Custom Classifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/custom-classifier.html).
	CustomPatterns *string `type:"string"`

	// The grok pattern applied to a data store by this classifier. For more information,
	// see built-in patterns in Writing Custom Classifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/custom-classifier.html).
	//
	// GrokPattern is a required field
	GrokPattern *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The time that this classifier was last updated.
	LastUpdated *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The name of the classifier.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The version of this classifier.
	Version *int64 `type:"long"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s GrokClassifier) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GrokClassifier) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetClassification sets the Classification field's value.
func (s *GrokClassifier) SetClassification(v string) *GrokClassifier {
	s.Classification = &v
	return s
}

// SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value.
func (s *GrokClassifier) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *GrokClassifier {
	s.CreationTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetCustomPatterns sets the CustomPatterns field's value.
func (s *GrokClassifier) SetCustomPatterns(v string) *GrokClassifier {
	s.CustomPatterns = &v
	return s
}

// SetGrokPattern sets the GrokPattern field's value.
func (s *GrokClassifier) SetGrokPattern(v string) *GrokClassifier {
	s.GrokPattern = &v
	return s
}

// SetLastUpdated sets the LastUpdated field's value.
func (s *GrokClassifier) SetLastUpdated(v time.Time) *GrokClassifier {
	s.LastUpdated = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *GrokClassifier) SetName(v string) *GrokClassifier {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetVersion sets the Version field's value.
func (s *GrokClassifier) SetVersion(v int64) *GrokClassifier {
	s.Version = &v
	return s
}

// The same unique identifier was associated with two different records.
type IdempotentParameterMismatchException struct {
	_            struct{}                  `type:"structure"`
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s IdempotentParameterMismatchException) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s IdempotentParameterMismatchException) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

func newErrorIdempotentParameterMismatchException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error {
	return &IdempotentParameterMismatchException{
		RespMetadata: v,
	}
}

// Code returns the exception type name.
func (s *IdempotentParameterMismatchException) Code() string {
	return "IdempotentParameterMismatchException"
}

// Message returns the exception's message.
func (s *IdempotentParameterMismatchException) Message() string {
	if s.Message_ != nil {
		return *s.Message_
	}
	return ""
}

// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.
func (s *IdempotentParameterMismatchException) OrigErr() error {
	return nil
}

func (s *IdempotentParameterMismatchException) Error() string {
	return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message())
}

// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.
func (s *IdempotentParameterMismatchException) StatusCode() int {
	return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode
}

// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.
func (s *IdempotentParameterMismatchException) RequestID() string {
	return s.RespMetadata.RequestID
}

// The workflow is in an invalid state to perform a requested operation.
type IllegalWorkflowStateException struct {
	_            struct{}                  `type:"structure"`
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s IllegalWorkflowStateException) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s IllegalWorkflowStateException) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

func newErrorIllegalWorkflowStateException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error {
	return &IllegalWorkflowStateException{
		RespMetadata: v,
	}
}

// Code returns the exception type name.
func (s *IllegalWorkflowStateException) Code() string {
	return "IllegalWorkflowStateException"
}

// Message returns the exception's message.
func (s *IllegalWorkflowStateException) Message() string {
	if s.Message_ != nil {
		return *s.Message_
	}
	return ""
}

// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.
func (s *IllegalWorkflowStateException) OrigErr() error {
	return nil
}

func (s *IllegalWorkflowStateException) Error() string {
	return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message())
}

// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.
func (s *IllegalWorkflowStateException) StatusCode() int {
	return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode
}

// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.
func (s *IllegalWorkflowStateException) RequestID() string {
	return s.RespMetadata.RequestID
}

type ImportCatalogToGlueInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the catalog to import. Currently, this should be the AWS account
	// ID.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ImportCatalogToGlueInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ImportCatalogToGlueInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ImportCatalogToGlueInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ImportCatalogToGlueInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *ImportCatalogToGlueInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *ImportCatalogToGlueInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

type ImportCatalogToGlueOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ImportCatalogToGlueOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ImportCatalogToGlueOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Specifies configuration properties for an importing labels task run.
type ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) path from where you will import
	// the labels.
	InputS3Path *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates whether to overwrite your existing labels.
	Replace *bool `type:"boolean"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetInputS3Path sets the InputS3Path field's value.
func (s *ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties) SetInputS3Path(v string) *ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties {
	s.InputS3Path = &v
	return s
}

// SetReplace sets the Replace field's value.
func (s *ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties) SetReplace(v bool) *ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties {
	s.Replace = &v
	return s
}

// An internal service error occurred.
type InternalServiceException struct {
	_            struct{}                  `type:"structure"`
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s InternalServiceException) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s InternalServiceException) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

func newErrorInternalServiceException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error {
	return &InternalServiceException{
		RespMetadata: v,
	}
}

// Code returns the exception type name.
func (s *InternalServiceException) Code() string {
	return "InternalServiceException"
}

// Message returns the exception's message.
func (s *InternalServiceException) Message() string {
	if s.Message_ != nil {
		return *s.Message_
	}
	return ""
}

// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.
func (s *InternalServiceException) OrigErr() error {
	return nil
}

func (s *InternalServiceException) Error() string {
	return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message())
}

// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.
func (s *InternalServiceException) StatusCode() int {
	return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode
}

// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.
func (s *InternalServiceException) RequestID() string {
	return s.RespMetadata.RequestID
}

// The input provided was not valid.
type InvalidInputException struct {
	_            struct{}                  `type:"structure"`
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s InvalidInputException) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s InvalidInputException) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

func newErrorInvalidInputException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error {
	return &InvalidInputException{
		RespMetadata: v,
	}
}

// Code returns the exception type name.
func (s *InvalidInputException) Code() string {
	return "InvalidInputException"
}

// Message returns the exception's message.
func (s *InvalidInputException) Message() string {
	if s.Message_ != nil {
		return *s.Message_
	}
	return ""
}

// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.
func (s *InvalidInputException) OrigErr() error {
	return nil
}

func (s *InvalidInputException) Error() string {
	return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message())
}

// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.
func (s *InvalidInputException) StatusCode() int {
	return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode
}

// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.
func (s *InvalidInputException) RequestID() string {
	return s.RespMetadata.RequestID
}

// Specifies a JDBC data store to crawl.
type JdbcTarget struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the connection to use to connect to the JDBC target.
	ConnectionName *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of glob patterns used to exclude from the crawl. For more information,
	// see Catalog Tables with a Crawler (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-crawler.html).
	Exclusions []*string `type:"list"`

	// The path of the JDBC target.
	Path *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s JdbcTarget) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s JdbcTarget) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetConnectionName sets the ConnectionName field's value.
func (s *JdbcTarget) SetConnectionName(v string) *JdbcTarget {
	s.ConnectionName = &v
	return s
}

// SetExclusions sets the Exclusions field's value.
func (s *JdbcTarget) SetExclusions(v []*string) *JdbcTarget {
	s.Exclusions = v
	return s
}

// SetPath sets the Path field's value.
func (s *JdbcTarget) SetPath(v string) *JdbcTarget {
	s.Path = &v
	return s
}

// Specifies a job definition.
type Job struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// This field is deprecated. Use MaxCapacity instead.
	//
	// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) allocated to runs of
	// this job. You can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs; the default is 10. A DPU is
	// a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of compute
	// capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the AWS Glue pricing
	// page (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
	//
	// Deprecated: This property is deprecated, use MaxCapacity instead.
	AllocatedCapacity *int64 `deprecated:"true" type:"integer"`

	// The JobCommand that executes this job.
	Command *JobCommand `type:"structure"`

	// The connections used for this job.
	Connections *ConnectionsList `type:"structure"`

	// The time and date that this job definition was created.
	CreatedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The default arguments for this job, specified as name-value pairs.
	//
	// You can specify arguments here that your own job-execution script consumes,
	// as well as arguments that AWS Glue itself consumes.
	//
	// For information about how to specify and consume your own Job arguments,
	// see the Calling AWS Glue APIs in Python (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-python-calling.html)
	// topic in the developer guide.
	//
	// For information about the key-value pairs that AWS Glue consumes to set up
	// your job, see the Special Parameters Used by AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-etl-glue-arguments.html)
	// topic in the developer guide.
	DefaultArguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// A description of the job.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// An ExecutionProperty specifying the maximum number of concurrent runs allowed
	// for this job.
	ExecutionProperty *ExecutionProperty `type:"structure"`

	// Glue version determines the versions of Apache Spark and Python that AWS
	// Glue supports. The Python version indicates the version supported for jobs
	// of type Spark.
	//
	// For more information about the available AWS Glue versions and corresponding
	// Spark and Python versions, see Glue version (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-job.html)
	// in the developer guide.
	//
	// Jobs that are created without specifying a Glue version default to Glue 0.9.
	GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The last point in time when this job definition was modified.
	LastModifiedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// This field is reserved for future use.
	LogUri *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) that can be allocated
	// when this job runs. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that
	// consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information,
	// see the AWS Glue pricing page (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
	//
	// Do not set Max Capacity if using WorkerType and NumberOfWorkers.
	//
	// The value that can be allocated for MaxCapacity depends on whether you are
	// running a Python shell job, an Apache Spark ETL job, or an Apache Spark streaming
	// ETL job:
	//
	//    * When you specify a Python shell job (JobCommand.Name="pythonshell"),
	//    you can allocate either 0.0625 or 1 DPU. The default is 0.0625 DPU.
	//
	//    * When you specify an Apache Spark ETL job (JobCommand.Name="glueetl")
	//    or Apache Spark streaming ETL job (JobCommand.Name="gluestreaming"), you
	//    can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs. The default is 10 DPUs. This job type
	//    cannot have a fractional DPU allocation.
	MaxCapacity *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The maximum number of times to retry this job after a JobRun fails.
	MaxRetries *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name you assign to this job definition.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Non-overridable arguments for this job, specified as name-value pairs.
	NonOverridableArguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// Specifies configuration properties of a job notification.
	NotificationProperty *NotificationProperty `type:"structure"`

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when a job
	// runs.
	//
	// The maximum number of workers you can define are 299 for G.1X, and 149 for
	// G.2X.
	NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role associated with this
	// job.
	Role *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with this job.
	SecurityConfiguration *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The job timeout in minutes. This is the maximum time that a job run can consume
	// resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The default
	// is 2,880 minutes (48 hours).
	Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated when a job runs. Accepts
	// a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.
	//
	//    * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.1X worker type, each worker maps to 1 DPU (4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory, 64 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend
	//    this worker type for memory-intensive jobs.
	//
	//    * For the G.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 DPU (8 vCPU, 32 GB of
	//    memory, 128 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend
	//    this worker type for memory-intensive jobs.
	WorkerType *string `type:"string" enum:"WorkerType"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Job) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Job) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetAllocatedCapacity sets the AllocatedCapacity field's value.
func (s *Job) SetAllocatedCapacity(v int64) *Job {
	s.AllocatedCapacity = &v
	return s
}

// SetCommand sets the Command field's value.
func (s *Job) SetCommand(v *JobCommand) *Job {
	s.Command = v
	return s
}

// SetConnections sets the Connections field's value.
func (s *Job) SetConnections(v *ConnectionsList) *Job {
	s.Connections = v
	return s
}

// SetCreatedOn sets the CreatedOn field's value.
func (s *Job) SetCreatedOn(v time.Time) *Job {
	s.CreatedOn = &v
	return s
}

// SetDefaultArguments sets the DefaultArguments field's value.
func (s *Job) SetDefaultArguments(v map[string]*string) *Job {
	s.DefaultArguments = v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *Job) SetDescription(v string) *Job {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetExecutionProperty sets the ExecutionProperty field's value.
func (s *Job) SetExecutionProperty(v *ExecutionProperty) *Job {
	s.ExecutionProperty = v
	return s
}

// SetGlueVersion sets the GlueVersion field's value.
func (s *Job) SetGlueVersion(v string) *Job {
	s.GlueVersion = &v
	return s
}

// SetLastModifiedOn sets the LastModifiedOn field's value.
func (s *Job) SetLastModifiedOn(v time.Time) *Job {
	s.LastModifiedOn = &v
	return s
}

// SetLogUri sets the LogUri field's value.
func (s *Job) SetLogUri(v string) *Job {
	s.LogUri = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxCapacity sets the MaxCapacity field's value.
func (s *Job) SetMaxCapacity(v float64) *Job {
	s.MaxCapacity = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxRetries sets the MaxRetries field's value.
func (s *Job) SetMaxRetries(v int64) *Job {
	s.MaxRetries = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *Job) SetName(v string) *Job {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetNonOverridableArguments sets the NonOverridableArguments field's value.
func (s *Job) SetNonOverridableArguments(v map[string]*string) *Job {
	s.NonOverridableArguments = v
	return s
}

// SetNotificationProperty sets the NotificationProperty field's value.
func (s *Job) SetNotificationProperty(v *NotificationProperty) *Job {
	s.NotificationProperty = v
	return s
}

// SetNumberOfWorkers sets the NumberOfWorkers field's value.
func (s *Job) SetNumberOfWorkers(v int64) *Job {
	s.NumberOfWorkers = &v
	return s
}

// SetRole sets the Role field's value.
func (s *Job) SetRole(v string) *Job {
	s.Role = &v
	return s
}

// SetSecurityConfiguration sets the SecurityConfiguration field's value.
func (s *Job) SetSecurityConfiguration(v string) *Job {
	s.SecurityConfiguration = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimeout sets the Timeout field's value.
func (s *Job) SetTimeout(v int64) *Job {
	s.Timeout = &v
	return s
}

// SetWorkerType sets the WorkerType field's value.
func (s *Job) SetWorkerType(v string) *Job {
	s.WorkerType = &v
	return s
}

// Defines a point that a job can resume processing.
type JobBookmarkEntry struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The attempt ID number.
	Attempt *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The bookmark itself.
	JobBookmark *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the job in question.
	JobName *string `type:"string"`

	// The unique run identifier associated with the previous job run.
	PreviousRunId *string `type:"string"`

	// The run ID number.
	Run *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The run ID number.
	RunId *string `type:"string"`

	// The version of the job.
	Version *int64 `type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s JobBookmarkEntry) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s JobBookmarkEntry) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetAttempt sets the Attempt field's value.
func (s *JobBookmarkEntry) SetAttempt(v int64) *JobBookmarkEntry {
	s.Attempt = &v
	return s
}

// SetJobBookmark sets the JobBookmark field's value.
func (s *JobBookmarkEntry) SetJobBookmark(v string) *JobBookmarkEntry {
	s.JobBookmark = &v
	return s
}

// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *JobBookmarkEntry) SetJobName(v string) *JobBookmarkEntry {
	s.JobName = &v
	return s
}

// SetPreviousRunId sets the PreviousRunId field's value.
func (s *JobBookmarkEntry) SetPreviousRunId(v string) *JobBookmarkEntry {
	s.PreviousRunId = &v
	return s
}

// SetRun sets the Run field's value.
func (s *JobBookmarkEntry) SetRun(v int64) *JobBookmarkEntry {
	s.Run = &v
	return s
}

// SetRunId sets the RunId field's value.
func (s *JobBookmarkEntry) SetRunId(v string) *JobBookmarkEntry {
	s.RunId = &v
	return s
}

// SetVersion sets the Version field's value.
func (s *JobBookmarkEntry) SetVersion(v int64) *JobBookmarkEntry {
	s.Version = &v
	return s
}

// Specifies how job bookmark data should be encrypted.
type JobBookmarksEncryption struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The encryption mode to use for job bookmarks data.
	JobBookmarksEncryptionMode *string `type:"string" enum:"JobBookmarksEncryptionMode"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key to be used to encrypt the data.
	KmsKeyArn *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s JobBookmarksEncryption) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s JobBookmarksEncryption) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetJobBookmarksEncryptionMode sets the JobBookmarksEncryptionMode field's value.
func (s *JobBookmarksEncryption) SetJobBookmarksEncryptionMode(v string) *JobBookmarksEncryption {
	s.JobBookmarksEncryptionMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetKmsKeyArn sets the KmsKeyArn field's value.
func (s *JobBookmarksEncryption) SetKmsKeyArn(v string) *JobBookmarksEncryption {
	s.KmsKeyArn = &v
	return s
}

// Specifies code executed when a job is run.
type JobCommand struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the job command. For an Apache Spark ETL job, this must be glueetl.
	// For a Python shell job, it must be pythonshell. For an Apache Spark streaming
	// ETL job, this must be gluestreaming.
	Name *string `type:"string"`

	// The Python version being used to execute a Python shell job. Allowed values
	// are 2 or 3.
	PythonVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) path to a script
	// that executes a job.
	ScriptLocation *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s JobCommand) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s JobCommand) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *JobCommand) SetName(v string) *JobCommand {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetPythonVersion sets the PythonVersion field's value.
func (s *JobCommand) SetPythonVersion(v string) *JobCommand {
	s.PythonVersion = &v
	return s
}

// SetScriptLocation sets the ScriptLocation field's value.
func (s *JobCommand) SetScriptLocation(v string) *JobCommand {
	s.ScriptLocation = &v
	return s
}

// The details of a Job node present in the workflow.
type JobNodeDetails struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The information for the job runs represented by the job node.
	JobRuns []*JobRun `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s JobNodeDetails) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s JobNodeDetails) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetJobRuns sets the JobRuns field's value.
func (s *JobNodeDetails) SetJobRuns(v []*JobRun) *JobNodeDetails {
	s.JobRuns = v
	return s
}

// Contains information about a job run.
type JobRun struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// This field is deprecated. Use MaxCapacity instead.
	//
	// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) allocated to this JobRun.
	// From 2 to 100 DPUs can be allocated; the default is 10. A DPU is a relative
	// measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity
	// and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the AWS Glue pricing page
	// (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
	//
	// Deprecated: This property is deprecated, use MaxCapacity instead.
	AllocatedCapacity *int64 `deprecated:"true" type:"integer"`

	// The job arguments associated with this run. For this job run, they replace
	// the default arguments set in the job definition itself.
	//
	// You can specify arguments here that your own job-execution script consumes,
	// as well as arguments that AWS Glue itself consumes.
	//
	// For information about how to specify and consume your own job arguments,
	// see the Calling AWS Glue APIs in Python (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-python-calling.html)
	// topic in the developer guide.
	//
	// For information about the key-value pairs that AWS Glue consumes to set up
	// your job, see the Special Parameters Used by AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-etl-glue-arguments.html)
	// topic in the developer guide.
	Arguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// The number of the attempt to run this job.
	Attempt *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The date and time that this job run completed.
	CompletedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// An error message associated with this job run.
	ErrorMessage *string `type:"string"`

	// The amount of time (in seconds) that the job run consumed resources.
	ExecutionTime *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Glue version determines the versions of Apache Spark and Python that AWS
	// Glue supports. The Python version indicates the version supported for jobs
	// of type Spark.
	//
	// For more information about the available AWS Glue versions and corresponding
	// Spark and Python versions, see Glue version (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-job.html)
	// in the developer guide.
	//
	// Jobs that are created without specifying a Glue version default to Glue 0.9.
	GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The ID of this job run.
	Id *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the job definition being used in this run.
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The current state of the job run. For more information about the statuses
	// of jobs that have terminated abnormally, see AWS Glue Job Run Statuses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/job-run-statuses.html).
	JobRunState *string `type:"string" enum:"JobRunState"`

	// The last time that this job run was modified.
	LastModifiedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The name of the log group for secure logging that can be server-side encrypted
	// in Amazon CloudWatch using AWS KMS. This name can be /aws-glue/jobs/, in
	// which case the default encryption is NONE. If you add a role name and SecurityConfiguration
	// name (in other words, /aws-glue/jobs-yourRoleName-yourSecurityConfigurationName/),
	// then that security configuration is used to encrypt the log group.
	LogGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) that can be allocated
	// when this job runs. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that
	// consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information,
	// see the AWS Glue pricing page (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/https:/aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
	//
	// Do not set Max Capacity if using WorkerType and NumberOfWorkers.
	//
	// The value that can be allocated for MaxCapacity depends on whether you are
	// running a Python shell job or an Apache Spark ETL job:
	//
	//    * When you specify a Python shell job (JobCommand.Name="pythonshell"),
	//    you can allocate either 0.0625 or 1 DPU. The default is 0.0625 DPU.
	//
	//    * When you specify an Apache Spark ETL job (JobCommand.Name="glueetl"),
	//    you can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs. The default is 10 DPUs. This job
	//    type cannot have a fractional DPU allocation.
	MaxCapacity *float64 `type:"double"`

	// Specifies configuration properties of a job run notification.
	NotificationProperty *NotificationProperty `type:"structure"`

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when a job
	// runs.
	//
	// The maximum number of workers you can define are 299 for G.1X, and 149 for
	// G.2X.
	NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A list of predecessors to this job run.
	PredecessorRuns []*Predecessor `type:"list"`

	// The ID of the previous run of this job. For example, the JobRunId specified
	// in the StartJobRun action.
	PreviousRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with this job
	// run.
	SecurityConfiguration *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The date and time at which this job run was started.
	StartedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The JobRun timeout in minutes. This is the maximum time that a job run can
	// consume resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The
	// default is 2,880 minutes (48 hours). This overrides the timeout value set
	// in the parent job.
	Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// The name of the trigger that started this job run.
	TriggerName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated when a job runs. Accepts
	// a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.
	//
	//    * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.1X worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory
	//    and a 64GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.2X worker type, each worker provides 8 vCPU, 32 GB of memory
	//    and a 128GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
	WorkerType *string `type:"string" enum:"WorkerType"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s JobRun) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s JobRun) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetAllocatedCapacity sets the AllocatedCapacity field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetAllocatedCapacity(v int64) *JobRun {
	s.AllocatedCapacity = &v
	return s
}

// SetArguments sets the Arguments field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetArguments(v map[string]*string) *JobRun {
	s.Arguments = v
	return s
}

// SetAttempt sets the Attempt field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetAttempt(v int64) *JobRun {
	s.Attempt = &v
	return s
}

// SetCompletedOn sets the CompletedOn field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetCompletedOn(v time.Time) *JobRun {
	s.CompletedOn = &v
	return s
}

// SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetErrorMessage(v string) *JobRun {
	s.ErrorMessage = &v
	return s
}

// SetExecutionTime sets the ExecutionTime field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetExecutionTime(v int64) *JobRun {
	s.ExecutionTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetGlueVersion sets the GlueVersion field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetGlueVersion(v string) *JobRun {
	s.GlueVersion = &v
	return s
}

// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetId(v string) *JobRun {
	s.Id = &v
	return s
}

// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetJobName(v string) *JobRun {
	s.JobName = &v
	return s
}

// SetJobRunState sets the JobRunState field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetJobRunState(v string) *JobRun {
	s.JobRunState = &v
	return s
}

// SetLastModifiedOn sets the LastModifiedOn field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetLastModifiedOn(v time.Time) *JobRun {
	s.LastModifiedOn = &v
	return s
}

// SetLogGroupName sets the LogGroupName field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetLogGroupName(v string) *JobRun {
	s.LogGroupName = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxCapacity sets the MaxCapacity field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetMaxCapacity(v float64) *JobRun {
	s.MaxCapacity = &v
	return s
}

// SetNotificationProperty sets the NotificationProperty field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetNotificationProperty(v *NotificationProperty) *JobRun {
	s.NotificationProperty = v
	return s
}

// SetNumberOfWorkers sets the NumberOfWorkers field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetNumberOfWorkers(v int64) *JobRun {
	s.NumberOfWorkers = &v
	return s
}

// SetPredecessorRuns sets the PredecessorRuns field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetPredecessorRuns(v []*Predecessor) *JobRun {
	s.PredecessorRuns = v
	return s
}

// SetPreviousRunId sets the PreviousRunId field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetPreviousRunId(v string) *JobRun {
	s.PreviousRunId = &v
	return s
}

// SetSecurityConfiguration sets the SecurityConfiguration field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetSecurityConfiguration(v string) *JobRun {
	s.SecurityConfiguration = &v
	return s
}

// SetStartedOn sets the StartedOn field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetStartedOn(v time.Time) *JobRun {
	s.StartedOn = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimeout sets the Timeout field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetTimeout(v int64) *JobRun {
	s.Timeout = &v
	return s
}

// SetTriggerName sets the TriggerName field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetTriggerName(v string) *JobRun {
	s.TriggerName = &v
	return s
}

// SetWorkerType sets the WorkerType field's value.
func (s *JobRun) SetWorkerType(v string) *JobRun {
	s.WorkerType = &v
	return s
}

// Specifies information used to update an existing job definition. The previous
// job definition is completely overwritten by this information.
type JobUpdate struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// This field is deprecated. Use MaxCapacity instead.
	//
	// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) to allocate to this job.
	// You can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs; the default is 10. A DPU is a relative
	// measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity
	// and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the AWS Glue pricing page
	// (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
	//
	// Deprecated: This property is deprecated, use MaxCapacity instead.
	AllocatedCapacity *int64 `deprecated:"true" type:"integer"`

	// The JobCommand that executes this job (required).
	Command *JobCommand `type:"structure"`

	// The connections used for this job.
	Connections *ConnectionsList `type:"structure"`

	// The default arguments for this job.
	//
	// You can specify arguments here that your own job-execution script consumes,
	// as well as arguments that AWS Glue itself consumes.
	//
	// For information about how to specify and consume your own Job arguments,
	// see the Calling AWS Glue APIs in Python (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-python-calling.html)
	// topic in the developer guide.
	//
	// For information about the key-value pairs that AWS Glue consumes to set up
	// your job, see the Special Parameters Used by AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-etl-glue-arguments.html)
	// topic in the developer guide.
	DefaultArguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// Description of the job being defined.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// An ExecutionProperty specifying the maximum number of concurrent runs allowed
	// for this job.
	ExecutionProperty *ExecutionProperty `type:"structure"`

	// Glue version determines the versions of Apache Spark and Python that AWS
	// Glue supports. The Python version indicates the version supported for jobs
	// of type Spark.
	//
	// For more information about the available AWS Glue versions and corresponding
	// Spark and Python versions, see Glue version (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-job.html)
	// in the developer guide.
	GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// This field is reserved for future use.
	LogUri *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) that can be allocated
	// when this job runs. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that
	// consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information,
	// see the AWS Glue pricing page (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
	//
	// Do not set Max Capacity if using WorkerType and NumberOfWorkers.
	//
	// The value that can be allocated for MaxCapacity depends on whether you are
	// running a Python shell job or an Apache Spark ETL job:
	//
	//    * When you specify a Python shell job (JobCommand.Name="pythonshell"),
	//    you can allocate either 0.0625 or 1 DPU. The default is 0.0625 DPU.
	//
	//    * When you specify an Apache Spark ETL job (JobCommand.Name="glueetl")
	//    or Apache Spark streaming ETL job (JobCommand.Name="gluestreaming"), you
	//    can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs. The default is 10 DPUs. This job type
	//    cannot have a fractional DPU allocation.
	MaxCapacity *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The maximum number of times to retry this job if it fails.
	MaxRetries *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Non-overridable arguments for this job, specified as name-value pairs.
	NonOverridableArguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// Specifies the configuration properties of a job notification.
	NotificationProperty *NotificationProperty `type:"structure"`

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when a job
	// runs.
	//
	// The maximum number of workers you can define are 299 for G.1X, and 149 for
	// G.2X.
	NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role associated with this
	// job (required).
	Role *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with this job.
	SecurityConfiguration *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The job timeout in minutes. This is the maximum time that a job run can consume
	// resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The default
	// is 2,880 minutes (48 hours).
	Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated when a job runs. Accepts
	// a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.
	//
	//    * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.1X worker type, each worker maps to 1 DPU (4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory, 64 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend
	//    this worker type for memory-intensive jobs.
	//
	//    * For the G.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 DPU (8 vCPU, 32 GB of
	//    memory, 128 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend
	//    this worker type for memory-intensive jobs.
	WorkerType *string `type:"string" enum:"WorkerType"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s JobUpdate) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s JobUpdate) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *JobUpdate) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "JobUpdate"}
	if s.GlueVersion != nil && len(*s.GlueVersion) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GlueVersion", 1))
	}
	if s.SecurityConfiguration != nil && len(*s.SecurityConfiguration) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SecurityConfiguration", 1))
	}
	if s.Timeout != nil && *s.Timeout < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Timeout", 1))
	}
	if s.NotificationProperty != nil {
		if err := s.NotificationProperty.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("NotificationProperty", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAllocatedCapacity sets the AllocatedCapacity field's value.
func (s *JobUpdate) SetAllocatedCapacity(v int64) *JobUpdate {
	s.AllocatedCapacity = &v
	return s
}

// SetCommand sets the Command field's value.
func (s *JobUpdate) SetCommand(v *JobCommand) *JobUpdate {
	s.Command = v
	return s
}

// SetConnections sets the Connections field's value.
func (s *JobUpdate) SetConnections(v *ConnectionsList) *JobUpdate {
	s.Connections = v
	return s
}

// SetDefaultArguments sets the DefaultArguments field's value.
func (s *JobUpdate) SetDefaultArguments(v map[string]*string) *JobUpdate {
	s.DefaultArguments = v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *JobUpdate) SetDescription(v string) *JobUpdate {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetExecutionProperty sets the ExecutionProperty field's value.
func (s *JobUpdate) SetExecutionProperty(v *ExecutionProperty) *JobUpdate {
	s.ExecutionProperty = v
	return s
}

// SetGlueVersion sets the GlueVersion field's value.
func (s *JobUpdate) SetGlueVersion(v string) *JobUpdate {
	s.GlueVersion = &v
	return s
}

// SetLogUri sets the LogUri field's value.
func (s *JobUpdate) SetLogUri(v string) *JobUpdate {
	s.LogUri = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxCapacity sets the MaxCapacity field's value.
func (s *JobUpdate) SetMaxCapacity(v float64) *JobUpdate {
	s.MaxCapacity = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxRetries sets the MaxRetries field's value.
func (s *JobUpdate) SetMaxRetries(v int64) *JobUpdate {
	s.MaxRetries = &v
	return s
}

// SetNonOverridableArguments sets the NonOverridableArguments field's value.
func (s *JobUpdate) SetNonOverridableArguments(v map[string]*string) *JobUpdate {
	s.NonOverridableArguments = v
	return s
}

// SetNotificationProperty sets the NotificationProperty field's value.
func (s *JobUpdate) SetNotificationProperty(v *NotificationProperty) *JobUpdate {
	s.NotificationProperty = v
	return s
}

// SetNumberOfWorkers sets the NumberOfWorkers field's value.
func (s *JobUpdate) SetNumberOfWorkers(v int64) *JobUpdate {
	s.NumberOfWorkers = &v
	return s
}

// SetRole sets the Role field's value.
func (s *JobUpdate) SetRole(v string) *JobUpdate {
	s.Role = &v
	return s
}

// SetSecurityConfiguration sets the SecurityConfiguration field's value.
func (s *JobUpdate) SetSecurityConfiguration(v string) *JobUpdate {
	s.SecurityConfiguration = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimeout sets the Timeout field's value.
func (s *JobUpdate) SetTimeout(v int64) *JobUpdate {
	s.Timeout = &v
	return s
}

// SetWorkerType sets the WorkerType field's value.
func (s *JobUpdate) SetWorkerType(v string) *JobUpdate {
	s.WorkerType = &v
	return s
}

// A classifier for JSON content.
type JsonClassifier struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The time that this classifier was registered.
	CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// A JsonPath string defining the JSON data for the classifier to classify.
	// AWS Glue supports a subset of JsonPath, as described in Writing JsonPath
	// Custom Classifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/custom-classifier.html#custom-classifier-json).
	//
	// JsonPath is a required field
	JsonPath *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The time that this classifier was last updated.
	LastUpdated *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The name of the classifier.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The version of this classifier.
	Version *int64 `type:"long"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s JsonClassifier) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s JsonClassifier) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value.
func (s *JsonClassifier) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *JsonClassifier {
	s.CreationTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetJsonPath sets the JsonPath field's value.
func (s *JsonClassifier) SetJsonPath(v string) *JsonClassifier {
	s.JsonPath = &v
	return s
}

// SetLastUpdated sets the LastUpdated field's value.
func (s *JsonClassifier) SetLastUpdated(v time.Time) *JsonClassifier {
	s.LastUpdated = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *JsonClassifier) SetName(v string) *JsonClassifier {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetVersion sets the Version field's value.
func (s *JsonClassifier) SetVersion(v int64) *JsonClassifier {
	s.Version = &v
	return s
}

// A partition key pair consisting of a name and a type.
type KeySchemaElement struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of a partition key.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The type of a partition key.
	//
	// Type is a required field
	Type *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s KeySchemaElement) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s KeySchemaElement) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *KeySchemaElement) SetName(v string) *KeySchemaElement {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetType sets the Type field's value.
func (s *KeySchemaElement) SetType(v string) *KeySchemaElement {
	s.Type = &v
	return s
}

// Specifies configuration properties for a labeling set generation task run.
type LabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) path where you will generate
	// the labeling set.
	OutputS3Path *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s LabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s LabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetOutputS3Path sets the OutputS3Path field's value.
func (s *LabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties) SetOutputS3Path(v string) *LabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties {
	s.OutputS3Path = &v
	return s
}

// Status and error information about the most recent crawl.
type LastCrawlInfo struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// If an error occurred, the error information about the last crawl.
	ErrorMessage *string `type:"string"`

	// The log group for the last crawl.
	LogGroup *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The log stream for the last crawl.
	LogStream *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The prefix for a message about this crawl.
	MessagePrefix *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The time at which the crawl started.
	StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// Status of the last crawl.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"LastCrawlStatus"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s LastCrawlInfo) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s LastCrawlInfo) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value.
func (s *LastCrawlInfo) SetErrorMessage(v string) *LastCrawlInfo {
	s.ErrorMessage = &v
	return s
}

// SetLogGroup sets the LogGroup field's value.
func (s *LastCrawlInfo) SetLogGroup(v string) *LastCrawlInfo {
	s.LogGroup = &v
	return s
}

// SetLogStream sets the LogStream field's value.
func (s *LastCrawlInfo) SetLogStream(v string) *LastCrawlInfo {
	s.LogStream = &v
	return s
}

// SetMessagePrefix sets the MessagePrefix field's value.
func (s *LastCrawlInfo) SetMessagePrefix(v string) *LastCrawlInfo {
	s.MessagePrefix = &v
	return s
}

// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
func (s *LastCrawlInfo) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *LastCrawlInfo {
	s.StartTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *LastCrawlInfo) SetStatus(v string) *LastCrawlInfo {
	s.Status = &v
	return s
}

// Specifies data lineage configuration settings for the crawler.
type LineageConfiguration struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies whether data lineage is enabled for the crawler. Valid values are:
	//
	//    * ENABLE: enables data lineage for the crawler
	//
	//    * DISABLE: disables data lineage for the crawler
	CrawlerLineageSettings *string `type:"string" enum:"CrawlerLineageSettings"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s LineageConfiguration) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s LineageConfiguration) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCrawlerLineageSettings sets the CrawlerLineageSettings field's value.
func (s *LineageConfiguration) SetCrawlerLineageSettings(v string) *LineageConfiguration {
	s.CrawlerLineageSettings = &v
	return s
}

type ListCrawlersInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies to return only these tagged resources.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListCrawlersInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListCrawlersInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListCrawlersInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListCrawlersInput"}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *ListCrawlersInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListCrawlersInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *ListCrawlersInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListCrawlersInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *ListCrawlersInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *ListCrawlersInput {
	s.Tags = v
	return s
}

type ListCrawlersOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The names of all crawlers in the account, or the crawlers with the specified
	// tags.
	CrawlerNames []*string `type:"list"`

	// A continuation token, if the returned list does not contain the last metric
	// available.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListCrawlersOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListCrawlersOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCrawlerNames sets the CrawlerNames field's value.
func (s *ListCrawlersOutput) SetCrawlerNames(v []*string) *ListCrawlersOutput {
	s.CrawlerNames = v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *ListCrawlersOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListCrawlersOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

type ListDevEndpointsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies to return only these tagged resources.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListDevEndpointsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListDevEndpointsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListDevEndpointsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListDevEndpointsInput"}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *ListDevEndpointsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListDevEndpointsInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *ListDevEndpointsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListDevEndpointsInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *ListDevEndpointsInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *ListDevEndpointsInput {
	s.Tags = v
	return s
}

type ListDevEndpointsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The names of all the DevEndpoints in the account, or the DevEndpoints with
	// the specified tags.
	DevEndpointNames []*string `type:"list"`

	// A continuation token, if the returned list does not contain the last metric
	// available.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListDevEndpointsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListDevEndpointsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetDevEndpointNames sets the DevEndpointNames field's value.
func (s *ListDevEndpointsOutput) SetDevEndpointNames(v []*string) *ListDevEndpointsOutput {
	s.DevEndpointNames = v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *ListDevEndpointsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListDevEndpointsOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

type ListJobsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies to return only these tagged resources.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListJobsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListJobsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListJobsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListJobsInput"}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *ListJobsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListJobsInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *ListJobsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListJobsInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *ListJobsInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *ListJobsInput {
	s.Tags = v
	return s
}

type ListJobsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The names of all jobs in the account, or the jobs with the specified tags.
	JobNames []*string `type:"list"`

	// A continuation token, if the returned list does not contain the last metric
	// available.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListJobsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListJobsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetJobNames sets the JobNames field's value.
func (s *ListJobsOutput) SetJobNames(v []*string) *ListJobsOutput {
	s.JobNames = v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *ListJobsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListJobsOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

type ListMLTransformsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A TransformFilterCriteria used to filter the machine learning transforms.
	Filter *TransformFilterCriteria `type:"structure"`

	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// A TransformSortCriteria used to sort the machine learning transforms.
	Sort *TransformSortCriteria `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies to return only these tagged resources.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListMLTransformsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListMLTransformsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListMLTransformsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListMLTransformsInput"}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}
	if s.Filter != nil {
		if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.Sort != nil {
		if err := s.Sort.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Sort", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
func (s *ListMLTransformsInput) SetFilter(v *TransformFilterCriteria) *ListMLTransformsInput {
	s.Filter = v
	return s
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *ListMLTransformsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListMLTransformsInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *ListMLTransformsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListMLTransformsInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetSort sets the Sort field's value.
func (s *ListMLTransformsInput) SetSort(v *TransformSortCriteria) *ListMLTransformsInput {
	s.Sort = v
	return s
}

// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *ListMLTransformsInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *ListMLTransformsInput {
	s.Tags = v
	return s
}

type ListMLTransformsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A continuation token, if the returned list does not contain the last metric
	// available.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifiers of all the machine learning transforms in the account, or
	// the machine learning transforms with the specified tags.
	//
	// TransformIds is a required field
	TransformIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListMLTransformsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListMLTransformsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *ListMLTransformsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListMLTransformsOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetTransformIds sets the TransformIds field's value.
func (s *ListMLTransformsOutput) SetTransformIds(v []*string) *ListMLTransformsOutput {
	s.TransformIds = v
	return s
}

type ListRegistriesInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Maximum number of results required per page. If the value is not supplied,
	// this will be defaulted to 25 per page.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListRegistriesInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListRegistriesInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListRegistriesInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListRegistriesInput"}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *ListRegistriesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListRegistriesInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *ListRegistriesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListRegistriesInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

type ListRegistriesOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A continuation token for paginating the returned list of tokens, returned
	// if the current segment of the list is not the last.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// An array of RegistryDetailedListItem objects containing minimal details of
	// each registry.
	Registries []*RegistryListItem `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListRegistriesOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListRegistriesOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *ListRegistriesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListRegistriesOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetRegistries sets the Registries field's value.
func (s *ListRegistriesOutput) SetRegistries(v []*RegistryListItem) *ListRegistriesOutput {
	s.Registries = v
	return s
}

type ListSchemaVersionsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Maximum number of results required per page. If the value is not supplied,
	// this will be defaulted to 25 per page.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// This is a wrapper structure to contain schema identity fields. The structure
	// contains:
	//
	//    * SchemaId$SchemaArn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema. Either
	//    SchemaArn or SchemaName and RegistryName has to be provided.
	//
	//    * SchemaId$SchemaName: The name of the schema. Either SchemaArn or SchemaName
	//    and RegistryName has to be provided.
	//
	// SchemaId is a required field
	SchemaId *SchemaId `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListSchemaVersionsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListSchemaVersionsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListSchemaVersionsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListSchemaVersionsInput"}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}
	if s.SchemaId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SchemaId"))
	}
	if s.SchemaId != nil {
		if err := s.SchemaId.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("SchemaId", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *ListSchemaVersionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListSchemaVersionsInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *ListSchemaVersionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListSchemaVersionsInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaId sets the SchemaId field's value.
func (s *ListSchemaVersionsInput) SetSchemaId(v *SchemaId) *ListSchemaVersionsInput {
	s.SchemaId = v
	return s
}

type ListSchemaVersionsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A continuation token for paginating the returned list of tokens, returned
	// if the current segment of the list is not the last.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// An array of SchemaVersionList objects containing details of each schema version.
	Schemas []*SchemaVersionListItem `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListSchemaVersionsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListSchemaVersionsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *ListSchemaVersionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListSchemaVersionsOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemas sets the Schemas field's value.
func (s *ListSchemaVersionsOutput) SetSchemas(v []*SchemaVersionListItem) *ListSchemaVersionsOutput {
	s.Schemas = v
	return s
}

type ListSchemasInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Maximum number of results required per page. If the value is not supplied,
	// this will be defaulted to 25 per page.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// A wrapper structure that may contain the registry name and Amazon Resource
	// Name (ARN).
	RegistryId *RegistryId `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListSchemasInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListSchemasInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListSchemasInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListSchemasInput"}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}
	if s.RegistryId != nil {
		if err := s.RegistryId.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("RegistryId", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *ListSchemasInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListSchemasInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *ListSchemasInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListSchemasInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetRegistryId sets the RegistryId field's value.
func (s *ListSchemasInput) SetRegistryId(v *RegistryId) *ListSchemasInput {
	s.RegistryId = v
	return s
}

type ListSchemasOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A continuation token for paginating the returned list of tokens, returned
	// if the current segment of the list is not the last.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// An array of SchemaListItem objects containing details of each schema.
	Schemas []*SchemaListItem `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListSchemasOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListSchemasOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *ListSchemasOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListSchemasOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemas sets the Schemas field's value.
func (s *ListSchemasOutput) SetSchemas(v []*SchemaListItem) *ListSchemasOutput {
	s.Schemas = v
	return s
}

type ListTriggersInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the job for which to retrieve triggers. The trigger that can
	// start this job is returned. If there is no such trigger, all triggers are
	// returned.
	DependentJobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies to return only these tagged resources.
	Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListTriggersInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListTriggersInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListTriggersInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListTriggersInput"}
	if s.DependentJobName != nil && len(*s.DependentJobName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DependentJobName", 1))
	}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetDependentJobName sets the DependentJobName field's value.
func (s *ListTriggersInput) SetDependentJobName(v string) *ListTriggersInput {
	s.DependentJobName = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *ListTriggersInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListTriggersInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *ListTriggersInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListTriggersInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *ListTriggersInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *ListTriggersInput {
	s.Tags = v
	return s
}

type ListTriggersOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A continuation token, if the returned list does not contain the last metric
	// available.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// The names of all triggers in the account, or the triggers with the specified
	// tags.
	TriggerNames []*string `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListTriggersOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListTriggersOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *ListTriggersOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListTriggersOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetTriggerNames sets the TriggerNames field's value.
func (s *ListTriggersOutput) SetTriggerNames(v []*string) *ListTriggersOutput {
	s.TriggerNames = v
	return s
}

type ListWorkflowsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListWorkflowsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListWorkflowsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListWorkflowsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListWorkflowsInput"}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *ListWorkflowsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListWorkflowsInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *ListWorkflowsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListWorkflowsInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

type ListWorkflowsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A continuation token, if not all workflow names have been returned.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// List of names of workflows in the account.
	Workflows []*string `min:"1" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListWorkflowsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListWorkflowsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *ListWorkflowsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListWorkflowsOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetWorkflows sets the Workflows field's value.
func (s *ListWorkflowsOutput) SetWorkflows(v []*string) *ListWorkflowsOutput {
	s.Workflows = v
	return s
}

// The location of resources.
type Location struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// An Amazon DynamoDB table location.
	DynamoDB []*CodeGenNodeArg `type:"list"`

	// A JDBC location.
	Jdbc []*CodeGenNodeArg `type:"list"`

	// An Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) location.
	S3 []*CodeGenNodeArg `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Location) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Location) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Location) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Location"}
	if s.DynamoDB != nil {
		for i, v := range s.DynamoDB {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "DynamoDB", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.Jdbc != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Jdbc {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Jdbc", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.S3 != nil {
		for i, v := range s.S3 {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "S3", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetDynamoDB sets the DynamoDB field's value.
func (s *Location) SetDynamoDB(v []*CodeGenNodeArg) *Location {
	s.DynamoDB = v
	return s
}

// SetJdbc sets the Jdbc field's value.
func (s *Location) SetJdbc(v []*CodeGenNodeArg) *Location {
	s.Jdbc = v
	return s
}

// SetS3 sets the S3 field's value.
func (s *Location) SetS3(v []*CodeGenNodeArg) *Location {
	s.S3 = v
	return s
}

// Defines column statistics supported for integer data columns.
type LongColumnStatisticsData struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The highest value in the column.
	MaximumValue *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The lowest value in the column.
	MinimumValue *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The number of distinct values in a column.
	//
	// NumberOfDistinctValues is a required field
	NumberOfDistinctValues *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`

	// The number of null values in the column.
	//
	// NumberOfNulls is a required field
	NumberOfNulls *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s LongColumnStatisticsData) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s LongColumnStatisticsData) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *LongColumnStatisticsData) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LongColumnStatisticsData"}
	if s.NumberOfDistinctValues == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NumberOfDistinctValues"))
	}
	if s.NumberOfNulls == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NumberOfNulls"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetMaximumValue sets the MaximumValue field's value.
func (s *LongColumnStatisticsData) SetMaximumValue(v int64) *LongColumnStatisticsData {
	s.MaximumValue = &v
	return s
}

// SetMinimumValue sets the MinimumValue field's value.
func (s *LongColumnStatisticsData) SetMinimumValue(v int64) *LongColumnStatisticsData {
	s.MinimumValue = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumberOfDistinctValues sets the NumberOfDistinctValues field's value.
func (s *LongColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfDistinctValues(v int64) *LongColumnStatisticsData {
	s.NumberOfDistinctValues = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumberOfNulls sets the NumberOfNulls field's value.
func (s *LongColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfNulls(v int64) *LongColumnStatisticsData {
	s.NumberOfNulls = &v
	return s
}

// A structure for a machine learning transform.
type MLTransform struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A timestamp. The time and date that this machine learning transform was created.
	CreatedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// A user-defined, long-form description text for the machine learning transform.
	// Descriptions are not guaranteed to be unique and can be changed at any time.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// An EvaluationMetrics object. Evaluation metrics provide an estimate of the
	// quality of your machine learning transform.
	EvaluationMetrics *EvaluationMetrics `type:"structure"`

	// This value determines which version of AWS Glue this machine learning transform
	// is compatible with. Glue 1.0 is recommended for most customers. If the value
	// is not set, the Glue compatibility defaults to Glue 0.9. For more information,
	// see AWS Glue Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/release-notes.html#release-notes-versions)
	// in the developer guide.
	GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A list of AWS Glue table definitions used by the transform.
	InputRecordTables []*Table `type:"list"`

	// A count identifier for the labeling files generated by AWS Glue for this
	// transform. As you create a better transform, you can iteratively download,
	// label, and upload the labeling file.
	LabelCount *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A timestamp. The last point in time when this machine learning transform
	// was modified.
	LastModifiedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) that are allocated to
	// task runs for this transform. You can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs; the default
	// is 10. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4
	// vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see
	// the AWS Glue pricing page (http://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
	//
	// MaxCapacity is a mutually exclusive option with NumberOfWorkers and WorkerType.
	//
	//    * If either NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType is set, then MaxCapacity cannot
	//    be set.
	//
	//    * If MaxCapacity is set then neither NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType can
	//    be set.
	//
	//    * If WorkerType is set, then NumberOfWorkers is required (and vice versa).
	//
	//    * MaxCapacity and NumberOfWorkers must both be at least 1.
	//
	// When the WorkerType field is set to a value other than Standard, the MaxCapacity
	// field is set automatically and becomes read-only.
	MaxCapacity *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The maximum number of times to retry after an MLTaskRun of the machine learning
	// transform fails.
	MaxRetries *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A user-defined name for the machine learning transform. Names are not guaranteed
	// unique and can be changed at any time.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when a task
	// of the transform runs.
	//
	// If WorkerType is set, then NumberOfWorkers is required (and vice versa).
	NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A TransformParameters object. You can use parameters to tune (customize)
	// the behavior of the machine learning transform by specifying what data it
	// learns from and your preference on various tradeoffs (such as precious vs.
	// recall, or accuracy vs. cost).
	Parameters *TransformParameters `type:"structure"`

	// The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role with the required
	// permissions. The required permissions include both AWS Glue service role
	// permissions to AWS Glue resources, and Amazon S3 permissions required by
	// the transform.
	//
	//    * This role needs AWS Glue service role permissions to allow access to
	//    resources in AWS Glue. See Attach a Policy to IAM Users That Access AWS
	//    Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/attach-policy-iam-user.html).
	//
	//    * This role needs permission to your Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon
	//    S3) sources, targets, temporary directory, scripts, and any libraries
	//    used by the task run for this transform.
	Role *string `type:"string"`

	// A map of key-value pairs representing the columns and data types that this
	// transform can run against. Has an upper bound of 100 columns.
	Schema []*SchemaColumn `type:"list"`

	// The current status of the machine learning transform.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"TransformStatusType"`

	// The timeout in minutes of the machine learning transform.
	Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// The encryption-at-rest settings of the transform that apply to accessing
	// user data. Machine learning transforms can access user data encrypted in
	// Amazon S3 using KMS.
	TransformEncryption *TransformEncryption `type:"structure"`

	// The unique transform ID that is generated for the machine learning transform.
	// The ID is guaranteed to be unique and does not change.
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated when a task of this transform
	// runs. Accepts a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.
	//
	//    * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.1X worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory
	//    and a 64GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.2X worker type, each worker provides 8 vCPU, 32 GB of memory
	//    and a 128GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
	//
	// MaxCapacity is a mutually exclusive option with NumberOfWorkers and WorkerType.
	//
	//    * If either NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType is set, then MaxCapacity cannot
	//    be set.
	//
	//    * If MaxCapacity is set then neither NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType can
	//    be set.
	//
	//    * If WorkerType is set, then NumberOfWorkers is required (and vice versa).
	//
	//    * MaxCapacity and NumberOfWorkers must both be at least 1.
	WorkerType *string `type:"string" enum:"WorkerType"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s MLTransform) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s MLTransform) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCreatedOn sets the CreatedOn field's value.
func (s *MLTransform) SetCreatedOn(v time.Time) *MLTransform {
	s.CreatedOn = &v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *MLTransform) SetDescription(v string) *MLTransform {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetEvaluationMetrics sets the EvaluationMetrics field's value.
func (s *MLTransform) SetEvaluationMetrics(v *EvaluationMetrics) *MLTransform {
	s.EvaluationMetrics = v
	return s
}

// SetGlueVersion sets the GlueVersion field's value.
func (s *MLTransform) SetGlueVersion(v string) *MLTransform {
	s.GlueVersion = &v
	return s
}

// SetInputRecordTables sets the InputRecordTables field's value.
func (s *MLTransform) SetInputRecordTables(v []*Table) *MLTransform {
	s.InputRecordTables = v
	return s
}

// SetLabelCount sets the LabelCount field's value.
func (s *MLTransform) SetLabelCount(v int64) *MLTransform {
	s.LabelCount = &v
	return s
}

// SetLastModifiedOn sets the LastModifiedOn field's value.
func (s *MLTransform) SetLastModifiedOn(v time.Time) *MLTransform {
	s.LastModifiedOn = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxCapacity sets the MaxCapacity field's value.
func (s *MLTransform) SetMaxCapacity(v float64) *MLTransform {
	s.MaxCapacity = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxRetries sets the MaxRetries field's value.
func (s *MLTransform) SetMaxRetries(v int64) *MLTransform {
	s.MaxRetries = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *MLTransform) SetName(v string) *MLTransform {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumberOfWorkers sets the NumberOfWorkers field's value.
func (s *MLTransform) SetNumberOfWorkers(v int64) *MLTransform {
	s.NumberOfWorkers = &v
	return s
}

// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func (s *MLTransform) SetParameters(v *TransformParameters) *MLTransform {
	s.Parameters = v
	return s
}

// SetRole sets the Role field's value.
func (s *MLTransform) SetRole(v string) *MLTransform {
	s.Role = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchema sets the Schema field's value.
func (s *MLTransform) SetSchema(v []*SchemaColumn) *MLTransform {
	s.Schema = v
	return s
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *MLTransform) SetStatus(v string) *MLTransform {
	s.Status = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimeout sets the Timeout field's value.
func (s *MLTransform) SetTimeout(v int64) *MLTransform {
	s.Timeout = &v
	return s
}

// SetTransformEncryption sets the TransformEncryption field's value.
func (s *MLTransform) SetTransformEncryption(v *TransformEncryption) *MLTransform {
	s.TransformEncryption = v
	return s
}

// SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.
func (s *MLTransform) SetTransformId(v string) *MLTransform {
	s.TransformId = &v
	return s
}

// SetWorkerType sets the WorkerType field's value.
func (s *MLTransform) SetWorkerType(v string) *MLTransform {
	s.WorkerType = &v
	return s
}

// The machine learning transform is not ready to run.
type MLTransformNotReadyException struct {
	_            struct{}                  `type:"structure"`
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s MLTransformNotReadyException) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s MLTransformNotReadyException) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

func newErrorMLTransformNotReadyException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error {
	return &MLTransformNotReadyException{
		RespMetadata: v,
	}
}

// Code returns the exception type name.
func (s *MLTransformNotReadyException) Code() string {
	return "MLTransformNotReadyException"
}

// Message returns the exception's message.
func (s *MLTransformNotReadyException) Message() string {
	if s.Message_ != nil {
		return *s.Message_
	}
	return ""
}

// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.
func (s *MLTransformNotReadyException) OrigErr() error {
	return nil
}

func (s *MLTransformNotReadyException) Error() string {
	return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message())
}

// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.
func (s *MLTransformNotReadyException) StatusCode() int {
	return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode
}

// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.
func (s *MLTransformNotReadyException) RequestID() string {
	return s.RespMetadata.RequestID
}

// The encryption-at-rest settings of the transform that apply to accessing
// user data.
type MLUserDataEncryption struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID for the customer-provided KMS key.
	KmsKeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The encryption mode applied to user data. Valid values are:
	//
	//    * DISABLED: encryption is disabled
	//
	//    * SSEKMS: use of server-side encryption with AWS Key Management Service
	//    (SSE-KMS) for user data stored in Amazon S3.
	//
	// MlUserDataEncryptionMode is a required field
	MlUserDataEncryptionMode *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"MLUserDataEncryptionModeString"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s MLUserDataEncryption) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s MLUserDataEncryption) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *MLUserDataEncryption) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MLUserDataEncryption"}
	if s.KmsKeyId != nil && len(*s.KmsKeyId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("KmsKeyId", 1))
	}
	if s.MlUserDataEncryptionMode == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MlUserDataEncryptionMode"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func (s *MLUserDataEncryption) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *MLUserDataEncryption {
	s.KmsKeyId = &v
	return s
}

// SetMlUserDataEncryptionMode sets the MlUserDataEncryptionMode field's value.
func (s *MLUserDataEncryption) SetMlUserDataEncryptionMode(v string) *MLUserDataEncryption {
	s.MlUserDataEncryptionMode = &v
	return s
}

// Defines a mapping.
type MappingEntry struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The source path.
	SourcePath *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the source table.
	SourceTable *string `type:"string"`

	// The source type.
	SourceType *string `type:"string"`

	// The target path.
	TargetPath *string `type:"string"`

	// The target table.
	TargetTable *string `type:"string"`

	// The target type.
	TargetType *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s MappingEntry) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s MappingEntry) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetSourcePath sets the SourcePath field's value.
func (s *MappingEntry) SetSourcePath(v string) *MappingEntry {
	s.SourcePath = &v
	return s
}

// SetSourceTable sets the SourceTable field's value.
func (s *MappingEntry) SetSourceTable(v string) *MappingEntry {
	s.SourceTable = &v
	return s
}

// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
func (s *MappingEntry) SetSourceType(v string) *MappingEntry {
	s.SourceType = &v
	return s
}

// SetTargetPath sets the TargetPath field's value.
func (s *MappingEntry) SetTargetPath(v string) *MappingEntry {
	s.TargetPath = &v
	return s
}

// SetTargetTable sets the TargetTable field's value.
func (s *MappingEntry) SetTargetTable(v string) *MappingEntry {
	s.TargetTable = &v
	return s
}

// SetTargetType sets the TargetType field's value.
func (s *MappingEntry) SetTargetType(v string) *MappingEntry {
	s.TargetType = &v
	return s
}

// A structure containing metadata information for a schema version.
type MetadataInfo struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The time at which the entry was created.
	CreatedTime *string `type:"string"`

	// The metadata key’s corresponding value.
	MetadataValue *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s MetadataInfo) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s MetadataInfo) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.
func (s *MetadataInfo) SetCreatedTime(v string) *MetadataInfo {
	s.CreatedTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetMetadataValue sets the MetadataValue field's value.
func (s *MetadataInfo) SetMetadataValue(v string) *MetadataInfo {
	s.MetadataValue = &v
	return s
}

// A structure containing a key value pair for metadata.
type MetadataKeyValuePair struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A metadata key.
	MetadataKey *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A metadata key’s corresponding value.
	MetadataValue *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s MetadataKeyValuePair) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s MetadataKeyValuePair) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *MetadataKeyValuePair) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MetadataKeyValuePair"}
	if s.MetadataKey != nil && len(*s.MetadataKey) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MetadataKey", 1))
	}
	if s.MetadataValue != nil && len(*s.MetadataValue) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MetadataValue", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetMetadataKey sets the MetadataKey field's value.
func (s *MetadataKeyValuePair) SetMetadataKey(v string) *MetadataKeyValuePair {
	s.MetadataKey = &v
	return s
}

// SetMetadataValue sets the MetadataValue field's value.
func (s *MetadataKeyValuePair) SetMetadataValue(v string) *MetadataKeyValuePair {
	s.MetadataValue = &v
	return s
}

// Specifies an Amazon DocumentDB or MongoDB data store to crawl.
type MongoDBTarget struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the connection to use to connect to the Amazon DocumentDB or
	// MongoDB target.
	ConnectionName *string `type:"string"`

	// The path of the Amazon DocumentDB or MongoDB target (database/collection).
	Path *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates whether to scan all the records, or to sample rows from the table.
	// Scanning all the records can take a long time when the table is not a high
	// throughput table.
	//
	// A value of true means to scan all records, while a value of false means to
	// sample the records. If no value is specified, the value defaults to true.
	ScanAll *bool `type:"boolean"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s MongoDBTarget) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s MongoDBTarget) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetConnectionName sets the ConnectionName field's value.
func (s *MongoDBTarget) SetConnectionName(v string) *MongoDBTarget {
	s.ConnectionName = &v
	return s
}

// SetPath sets the Path field's value.
func (s *MongoDBTarget) SetPath(v string) *MongoDBTarget {
	s.Path = &v
	return s
}

// SetScanAll sets the ScanAll field's value.
func (s *MongoDBTarget) SetScanAll(v bool) *MongoDBTarget {
	s.ScanAll = &v
	return s
}

// There is no applicable schedule.
type NoScheduleException struct {
	_            struct{}                  `type:"structure"`
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s NoScheduleException) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s NoScheduleException) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

func newErrorNoScheduleException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error {
	return &NoScheduleException{
		RespMetadata: v,
	}
}

// Code returns the exception type name.
func (s *NoScheduleException) Code() string {
	return "NoScheduleException"
}

// Message returns the exception's message.
func (s *NoScheduleException) Message() string {
	if s.Message_ != nil {
		return *s.Message_
	}
	return ""
}

// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.
func (s *NoScheduleException) OrigErr() error {
	return nil
}

func (s *NoScheduleException) Error() string {
	return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message())
}

// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.
func (s *NoScheduleException) StatusCode() int {
	return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode
}

// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.
func (s *NoScheduleException) RequestID() string {
	return s.RespMetadata.RequestID
}

// A node represents an AWS Glue component such as a trigger, or job, etc.,
// that is part of a workflow.
type Node struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Details of the crawler when the node represents a crawler.
	CrawlerDetails *CrawlerNodeDetails `type:"structure"`

	// Details of the Job when the node represents a Job.
	JobDetails *JobNodeDetails `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the AWS Glue component represented by the node.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Details of the Trigger when the node represents a Trigger.
	TriggerDetails *TriggerNodeDetails `type:"structure"`

	// The type of AWS Glue component represented by the node.
	Type *string `type:"string" enum:"NodeType"`

	// The unique Id assigned to the node within the workflow.
	UniqueId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Node) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Node) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCrawlerDetails sets the CrawlerDetails field's value.
func (s *Node) SetCrawlerDetails(v *CrawlerNodeDetails) *Node {
	s.CrawlerDetails = v
	return s
}

// SetJobDetails sets the JobDetails field's value.
func (s *Node) SetJobDetails(v *JobNodeDetails) *Node {
	s.JobDetails = v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *Node) SetName(v string) *Node {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetTriggerDetails sets the TriggerDetails field's value.
func (s *Node) SetTriggerDetails(v *TriggerNodeDetails) *Node {
	s.TriggerDetails = v
	return s
}

// SetType sets the Type field's value.
func (s *Node) SetType(v string) *Node {
	s.Type = &v
	return s
}

// SetUniqueId sets the UniqueId field's value.
func (s *Node) SetUniqueId(v string) *Node {
	s.UniqueId = &v
	return s
}

// Specifies configuration properties of a notification.
type NotificationProperty struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// After a job run starts, the number of minutes to wait before sending a job
	// run delay notification.
	NotifyDelayAfter *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s NotificationProperty) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s NotificationProperty) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *NotificationProperty) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "NotificationProperty"}
	if s.NotifyDelayAfter != nil && *s.NotifyDelayAfter < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("NotifyDelayAfter", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetNotifyDelayAfter sets the NotifyDelayAfter field's value.
func (s *NotificationProperty) SetNotifyDelayAfter(v int64) *NotificationProperty {
	s.NotifyDelayAfter = &v
	return s
}

// The operation timed out.
type OperationTimeoutException struct {
	_            struct{}                  `type:"structure"`
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s OperationTimeoutException) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s OperationTimeoutException) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

func newErrorOperationTimeoutException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error {
	return &OperationTimeoutException{
		RespMetadata: v,
	}
}

// Code returns the exception type name.
func (s *OperationTimeoutException) Code() string {
	return "OperationTimeoutException"
}

// Message returns the exception's message.
func (s *OperationTimeoutException) Message() string {
	if s.Message_ != nil {
		return *s.Message_
	}
	return ""
}

// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.
func (s *OperationTimeoutException) OrigErr() error {
	return nil
}

func (s *OperationTimeoutException) Error() string {
	return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message())
}

// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.
func (s *OperationTimeoutException) StatusCode() int {
	return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode
}

// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.
func (s *OperationTimeoutException) RequestID() string {
	return s.RespMetadata.RequestID
}

// Specifies the sort order of a sorted column.
type Order struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the column.
	//
	// Column is a required field
	Column *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Indicates that the column is sorted in ascending order (== 1), or in descending
	// order (==0).
	//
	// SortOrder is a required field
	SortOrder *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Order) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Order) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Order) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Order"}
	if s.Column == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Column"))
	}
	if s.Column != nil && len(*s.Column) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Column", 1))
	}
	if s.SortOrder == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SortOrder"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetColumn sets the Column field's value.
func (s *Order) SetColumn(v string) *Order {
	s.Column = &v
	return s
}

// SetSortOrder sets the SortOrder field's value.
func (s *Order) SetSortOrder(v int64) *Order {
	s.SortOrder = &v
	return s
}

// Represents a slice of table data.
type Partition struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the partition resides.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The time at which the partition was created.
	CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The name of the catalog database in which to create the partition.
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The last time at which the partition was accessed.
	LastAccessTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The last time at which column statistics were computed for this partition.
	LastAnalyzedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// These key-value pairs define partition parameters.
	Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// Provides information about the physical location where the partition is stored.
	StorageDescriptor *StorageDescriptor `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the database table in which to create the partition.
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The values of the partition.
	Values []*string `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Partition) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Partition) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *Partition) SetCatalogId(v string) *Partition {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value.
func (s *Partition) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *Partition {
	s.CreationTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *Partition) SetDatabaseName(v string) *Partition {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetLastAccessTime sets the LastAccessTime field's value.
func (s *Partition) SetLastAccessTime(v time.Time) *Partition {
	s.LastAccessTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetLastAnalyzedTime sets the LastAnalyzedTime field's value.
func (s *Partition) SetLastAnalyzedTime(v time.Time) *Partition {
	s.LastAnalyzedTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func (s *Partition) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *Partition {
	s.Parameters = v
	return s
}

// SetStorageDescriptor sets the StorageDescriptor field's value.
func (s *Partition) SetStorageDescriptor(v *StorageDescriptor) *Partition {
	s.StorageDescriptor = v
	return s
}

// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *Partition) SetTableName(v string) *Partition {
	s.TableName = &v
	return s
}

// SetValues sets the Values field's value.
func (s *Partition) SetValues(v []*string) *Partition {
	s.Values = v
	return s
}

// Contains information about a partition error.
type PartitionError struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The details about the partition error.
	ErrorDetail *ErrorDetail `type:"structure"`

	// The values that define the partition.
	PartitionValues []*string `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PartitionError) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PartitionError) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetErrorDetail sets the ErrorDetail field's value.
func (s *PartitionError) SetErrorDetail(v *ErrorDetail) *PartitionError {
	s.ErrorDetail = v
	return s
}

// SetPartitionValues sets the PartitionValues field's value.
func (s *PartitionError) SetPartitionValues(v []*string) *PartitionError {
	s.PartitionValues = v
	return s
}

// A structure for a partition index.
type PartitionIndex struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the partition index.
	//
	// IndexName is a required field
	IndexName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The keys for the partition index.
	//
	// Keys is a required field
	Keys []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PartitionIndex) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PartitionIndex) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PartitionIndex) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PartitionIndex"}
	if s.IndexName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IndexName"))
	}
	if s.IndexName != nil && len(*s.IndexName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("IndexName", 1))
	}
	if s.Keys == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Keys"))
	}
	if s.Keys != nil && len(s.Keys) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Keys", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetIndexName sets the IndexName field's value.
func (s *PartitionIndex) SetIndexName(v string) *PartitionIndex {
	s.IndexName = &v
	return s
}

// SetKeys sets the Keys field's value.
func (s *PartitionIndex) SetKeys(v []*string) *PartitionIndex {
	s.Keys = v
	return s
}

// A descriptor for a partition index in a table.
type PartitionIndexDescriptor struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of errors that can occur when registering partition indexes for an
	// existing table.
	BackfillErrors []*BackfillError `type:"list"`

	// The name of the partition index.
	//
	// IndexName is a required field
	IndexName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The status of the partition index.
	//
	// The possible statuses are:
	//
	//    * CREATING: The index is being created. When an index is in a CREATING
	//    state, the index or its table cannot be deleted.
	//
	//    * ACTIVE: The index creation succeeds.
	//
	//    * FAILED: The index creation fails.
	//
	//    * DELETING: The index is deleted from the list of indexes.
	//
	// IndexStatus is a required field
	IndexStatus *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"PartitionIndexStatus"`

	// A list of one or more keys, as KeySchemaElement structures, for the partition
	// index.
	//
	// Keys is a required field
	Keys []*KeySchemaElement `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PartitionIndexDescriptor) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PartitionIndexDescriptor) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetBackfillErrors sets the BackfillErrors field's value.
func (s *PartitionIndexDescriptor) SetBackfillErrors(v []*BackfillError) *PartitionIndexDescriptor {
	s.BackfillErrors = v
	return s
}

// SetIndexName sets the IndexName field's value.
func (s *PartitionIndexDescriptor) SetIndexName(v string) *PartitionIndexDescriptor {
	s.IndexName = &v
	return s
}

// SetIndexStatus sets the IndexStatus field's value.
func (s *PartitionIndexDescriptor) SetIndexStatus(v string) *PartitionIndexDescriptor {
	s.IndexStatus = &v
	return s
}

// SetKeys sets the Keys field's value.
func (s *PartitionIndexDescriptor) SetKeys(v []*KeySchemaElement) *PartitionIndexDescriptor {
	s.Keys = v
	return s
}

// The structure used to create and update a partition.
type PartitionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The last time at which the partition was accessed.
	LastAccessTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The last time at which column statistics were computed for this partition.
	LastAnalyzedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// These key-value pairs define partition parameters.
	Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// Provides information about the physical location where the partition is stored.
	StorageDescriptor *StorageDescriptor `type:"structure"`

	// The values of the partition. Although this parameter is not required by the
	// SDK, you must specify this parameter for a valid input.
	//
	// The values for the keys for the new partition must be passed as an array
	// of String objects that must be ordered in the same order as the partition
	// keys appearing in the Amazon S3 prefix. Otherwise AWS Glue will add the values
	// to the wrong keys.
	Values []*string `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PartitionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PartitionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PartitionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PartitionInput"}
	if s.StorageDescriptor != nil {
		if err := s.StorageDescriptor.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("StorageDescriptor", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetLastAccessTime sets the LastAccessTime field's value.
func (s *PartitionInput) SetLastAccessTime(v time.Time) *PartitionInput {
	s.LastAccessTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetLastAnalyzedTime sets the LastAnalyzedTime field's value.
func (s *PartitionInput) SetLastAnalyzedTime(v time.Time) *PartitionInput {
	s.LastAnalyzedTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func (s *PartitionInput) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *PartitionInput {
	s.Parameters = v
	return s
}

// SetStorageDescriptor sets the StorageDescriptor field's value.
func (s *PartitionInput) SetStorageDescriptor(v *StorageDescriptor) *PartitionInput {
	s.StorageDescriptor = v
	return s
}

// SetValues sets the Values field's value.
func (s *PartitionInput) SetValues(v []*string) *PartitionInput {
	s.Values = v
	return s
}

// Contains a list of values defining partitions.
type PartitionValueList struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The list of values.
	//
	// Values is a required field
	Values []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PartitionValueList) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PartitionValueList) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PartitionValueList) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PartitionValueList"}
	if s.Values == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Values"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetValues sets the Values field's value.
func (s *PartitionValueList) SetValues(v []*string) *PartitionValueList {
	s.Values = v
	return s
}

// Specifies the physical requirements for a connection.
type PhysicalConnectionRequirements struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The connection's Availability Zone. This field is redundant because the specified
	// subnet implies the Availability Zone to be used. Currently the field must
	// be populated, but it will be deprecated in the future.
	AvailabilityZone *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The security group ID list used by the connection.
	SecurityGroupIdList []*string `type:"list"`

	// The subnet ID used by the connection.
	SubnetId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PhysicalConnectionRequirements) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PhysicalConnectionRequirements) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PhysicalConnectionRequirements) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PhysicalConnectionRequirements"}
	if s.AvailabilityZone != nil && len(*s.AvailabilityZone) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AvailabilityZone", 1))
	}
	if s.SubnetId != nil && len(*s.SubnetId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SubnetId", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
func (s *PhysicalConnectionRequirements) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *PhysicalConnectionRequirements {
	s.AvailabilityZone = &v
	return s
}

// SetSecurityGroupIdList sets the SecurityGroupIdList field's value.
func (s *PhysicalConnectionRequirements) SetSecurityGroupIdList(v []*string) *PhysicalConnectionRequirements {
	s.SecurityGroupIdList = v
	return s
}

// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
func (s *PhysicalConnectionRequirements) SetSubnetId(v string) *PhysicalConnectionRequirements {
	s.SubnetId = &v
	return s
}

// A job run that was used in the predicate of a conditional trigger that triggered
// this job run.
type Predecessor struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the job definition used by the predecessor job run.
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The job-run ID of the predecessor job run.
	RunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Predecessor) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Predecessor) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *Predecessor) SetJobName(v string) *Predecessor {
	s.JobName = &v
	return s
}

// SetRunId sets the RunId field's value.
func (s *Predecessor) SetRunId(v string) *Predecessor {
	s.RunId = &v
	return s
}

// Defines the predicate of the trigger, which determines when it fires.
type Predicate struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of the conditions that determine when the trigger will fire.
	Conditions []*Condition `type:"list"`

	// An optional field if only one condition is listed. If multiple conditions
	// are listed, then this field is required.
	Logical *string `type:"string" enum:"Logical"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Predicate) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Predicate) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Predicate) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Predicate"}
	if s.Conditions != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Conditions {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Conditions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetConditions sets the Conditions field's value.
func (s *Predicate) SetConditions(v []*Condition) *Predicate {
	s.Conditions = v
	return s
}

// SetLogical sets the Logical field's value.
func (s *Predicate) SetLogical(v string) *Predicate {
	s.Logical = &v
	return s
}

// Permissions granted to a principal.
type PrincipalPermissions struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The permissions that are granted to the principal.
	Permissions []*string `type:"list"`

	// The principal who is granted permissions.
	Principal *DataLakePrincipal `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PrincipalPermissions) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PrincipalPermissions) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PrincipalPermissions) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PrincipalPermissions"}
	if s.Principal != nil {
		if err := s.Principal.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Principal", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetPermissions sets the Permissions field's value.
func (s *PrincipalPermissions) SetPermissions(v []*string) *PrincipalPermissions {
	s.Permissions = v
	return s
}

// SetPrincipal sets the Principal field's value.
func (s *PrincipalPermissions) SetPrincipal(v *DataLakePrincipal) *PrincipalPermissions {
	s.Principal = v
	return s
}

// Defines a property predicate.
type PropertyPredicate struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The comparator used to compare this property to others.
	Comparator *string `type:"string" enum:"Comparator"`

	// The key of the property.
	Key *string `type:"string"`

	// The value of the property.
	Value *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PropertyPredicate) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PropertyPredicate) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetComparator sets the Comparator field's value.
func (s *PropertyPredicate) SetComparator(v string) *PropertyPredicate {
	s.Comparator = &v
	return s
}

// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *PropertyPredicate) SetKey(v string) *PropertyPredicate {
	s.Key = &v
	return s
}

// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
func (s *PropertyPredicate) SetValue(v string) *PropertyPredicate {
	s.Value = &v
	return s
}

type PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog to set the security configuration for. If none
	// is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The security configuration to set.
	//
	// DataCatalogEncryptionSettings is a required field
	DataCatalogEncryptionSettings *DataCatalogEncryptionSettings `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DataCatalogEncryptionSettings == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DataCatalogEncryptionSettings"))
	}
	if s.DataCatalogEncryptionSettings != nil {
		if err := s.DataCatalogEncryptionSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("DataCatalogEncryptionSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings sets the DataCatalogEncryptionSettings field's value.
func (s *PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) SetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings(v *DataCatalogEncryptionSettings) *PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput {
	s.DataCatalogEncryptionSettings = v
	return s
}

type PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type PutResourcePolicyInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Allows you to specify if you want to use both resource-level and account/catalog-level
	// resource policies. A resource-level policy is a policy attached to an individual
	// resource such as a database or a table.
	//
	// The default value of NO indicates that resource-level policies cannot co-exist
	// with an account-level policy. A value of YES means the use of both resource-level
	// and account/catalog-level resource policies is allowed.
	EnableHybrid *string `type:"string" enum:"EnableHybridValues"`

	// A value of MUST_EXIST is used to update a policy. A value of NOT_EXIST is
	// used to create a new policy. If a value of NONE or a null value is used,
	// the call will not depend on the existence of a policy.
	PolicyExistsCondition *string `type:"string" enum:"ExistCondition"`

	// The hash value returned when the previous policy was set using PutResourcePolicy.
	// Its purpose is to prevent concurrent modifications of a policy. Do not use
	// this parameter if no previous policy has been set.
	PolicyHashCondition *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Contains the policy document to set, in JSON format.
	//
	// PolicyInJson is a required field
	PolicyInJson *string `min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The ARN of the AWS Glue resource for the resource policy to be set. For more
	// information about AWS Glue resource ARNs, see the AWS Glue ARN string pattern
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-api-common.html#aws-glue-api-regex-aws-glue-arn-id)
	ResourceArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutResourcePolicyInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutResourcePolicyInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutResourcePolicyInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutResourcePolicyInput"}
	if s.PolicyHashCondition != nil && len(*s.PolicyHashCondition) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PolicyHashCondition", 1))
	}
	if s.PolicyInJson == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PolicyInJson"))
	}
	if s.PolicyInJson != nil && len(*s.PolicyInJson) < 2 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PolicyInJson", 2))
	}
	if s.ResourceArn != nil && len(*s.ResourceArn) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceArn", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetEnableHybrid sets the EnableHybrid field's value.
func (s *PutResourcePolicyInput) SetEnableHybrid(v string) *PutResourcePolicyInput {
	s.EnableHybrid = &v
	return s
}

// SetPolicyExistsCondition sets the PolicyExistsCondition field's value.
func (s *PutResourcePolicyInput) SetPolicyExistsCondition(v string) *PutResourcePolicyInput {
	s.PolicyExistsCondition = &v
	return s
}

// SetPolicyHashCondition sets the PolicyHashCondition field's value.
func (s *PutResourcePolicyInput) SetPolicyHashCondition(v string) *PutResourcePolicyInput {
	s.PolicyHashCondition = &v
	return s
}

// SetPolicyInJson sets the PolicyInJson field's value.
func (s *PutResourcePolicyInput) SetPolicyInJson(v string) *PutResourcePolicyInput {
	s.PolicyInJson = &v
	return s
}

// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
func (s *PutResourcePolicyInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *PutResourcePolicyInput {
	s.ResourceArn = &v
	return s
}

type PutResourcePolicyOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A hash of the policy that has just been set. This must be included in a subsequent
	// call that overwrites or updates this policy.
	PolicyHash *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutResourcePolicyOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutResourcePolicyOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetPolicyHash sets the PolicyHash field's value.
func (s *PutResourcePolicyOutput) SetPolicyHash(v string) *PutResourcePolicyOutput {
	s.PolicyHash = &v
	return s
}

type PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The metadata key's corresponding value.
	//
	// MetadataKeyValue is a required field
	MetadataKeyValue *MetadataKeyValuePair `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// The unique ID for the schema.
	SchemaId *SchemaId `type:"structure"`

	// The unique version ID of the schema version.
	SchemaVersionId *string `min:"36" type:"string"`

	// The version number of the schema.
	SchemaVersionNumber *SchemaVersionNumber `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput"}
	if s.MetadataKeyValue == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MetadataKeyValue"))
	}
	if s.SchemaVersionId != nil && len(*s.SchemaVersionId) < 36 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SchemaVersionId", 36))
	}
	if s.MetadataKeyValue != nil {
		if err := s.MetadataKeyValue.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("MetadataKeyValue", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.SchemaId != nil {
		if err := s.SchemaId.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("SchemaId", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.SchemaVersionNumber != nil {
		if err := s.SchemaVersionNumber.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("SchemaVersionNumber", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetMetadataKeyValue sets the MetadataKeyValue field's value.
func (s *PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetMetadataKeyValue(v *MetadataKeyValuePair) *PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput {
	s.MetadataKeyValue = v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaId sets the SchemaId field's value.
func (s *PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetSchemaId(v *SchemaId) *PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput {
	s.SchemaId = v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaVersionId sets the SchemaVersionId field's value.
func (s *PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetSchemaVersionId(v string) *PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput {
	s.SchemaVersionId = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaVersionNumber sets the SchemaVersionNumber field's value.
func (s *PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetSchemaVersionNumber(v *SchemaVersionNumber) *PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput {
	s.SchemaVersionNumber = v
	return s
}

type PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The latest version of the schema.
	LatestVersion *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The metadata key.
	MetadataKey *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The value of the metadata key.
	MetadataValue *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name for the registry.
	RegistryName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the schema.
	SchemaArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name for the schema.
	SchemaName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The unique version ID of the schema version.
	SchemaVersionId *string `min:"36" type:"string"`

	// The version number of the schema.
	VersionNumber *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetLatestVersion sets the LatestVersion field's value.
func (s *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetLatestVersion(v bool) *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput {
	s.LatestVersion = &v
	return s
}

// SetMetadataKey sets the MetadataKey field's value.
func (s *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetMetadataKey(v string) *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput {
	s.MetadataKey = &v
	return s
}

// SetMetadataValue sets the MetadataValue field's value.
func (s *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetMetadataValue(v string) *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput {
	s.MetadataValue = &v
	return s
}

// SetRegistryName sets the RegistryName field's value.
func (s *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetRegistryName(v string) *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput {
	s.RegistryName = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaArn sets the SchemaArn field's value.
func (s *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetSchemaArn(v string) *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput {
	s.SchemaArn = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaName sets the SchemaName field's value.
func (s *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetSchemaName(v string) *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput {
	s.SchemaName = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaVersionId sets the SchemaVersionId field's value.
func (s *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetSchemaVersionId(v string) *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput {
	s.SchemaVersionId = &v
	return s
}

// SetVersionNumber sets the VersionNumber field's value.
func (s *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetVersionNumber(v int64) *PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput {
	s.VersionNumber = &v
	return s
}

type PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Name of the workflow which was run.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The ID of the workflow run for which the run properties should be updated.
	//
	// RunId is a required field
	RunId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The properties to put for the specified run.
	//
	// RunProperties is a required field
	RunProperties map[string]*string `type:"map" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}
	if s.RunId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RunId"))
	}
	if s.RunId != nil && len(*s.RunId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RunId", 1))
	}
	if s.RunProperties == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RunProperties"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) SetName(v string) *PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetRunId sets the RunId field's value.
func (s *PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) SetRunId(v string) *PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput {
	s.RunId = &v
	return s
}

// SetRunProperties sets the RunProperties field's value.
func (s *PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) SetRunProperties(v map[string]*string) *PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput {
	s.RunProperties = v
	return s
}

type PutWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PutWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Maximum number of results required per page. If the value is not supplied,
	// this will be defaulted to 25 per page.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Search key-value pairs for metadata, if they are not provided all the metadata
	// information will be fetched.
	MetadataList []*MetadataKeyValuePair `type:"list"`

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// A wrapper structure that may contain the schema name and Amazon Resource
	// Name (ARN).
	SchemaId *SchemaId `type:"structure"`

	// The unique version ID of the schema version.
	SchemaVersionId *string `min:"36" type:"string"`

	// The version number of the schema.
	SchemaVersionNumber *SchemaVersionNumber `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput"}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}
	if s.SchemaVersionId != nil && len(*s.SchemaVersionId) < 36 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SchemaVersionId", 36))
	}
	if s.MetadataList != nil {
		for i, v := range s.MetadataList {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "MetadataList", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.SchemaId != nil {
		if err := s.SchemaId.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("SchemaId", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.SchemaVersionNumber != nil {
		if err := s.SchemaVersionNumber.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("SchemaVersionNumber", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetMetadataList sets the MetadataList field's value.
func (s *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetMetadataList(v []*MetadataKeyValuePair) *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput {
	s.MetadataList = v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetNextToken(v string) *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaId sets the SchemaId field's value.
func (s *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetSchemaId(v *SchemaId) *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput {
	s.SchemaId = v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaVersionId sets the SchemaVersionId field's value.
func (s *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetSchemaVersionId(v string) *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput {
	s.SchemaVersionId = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaVersionNumber sets the SchemaVersionNumber field's value.
func (s *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetSchemaVersionNumber(v *SchemaVersionNumber) *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput {
	s.SchemaVersionNumber = v
	return s
}

type QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A map of a metadata key and associated values.
	MetadataInfoMap map[string]*MetadataInfo `type:"map"`

	// A continuation token for paginating the returned list of tokens, returned
	// if the current segment of the list is not the last.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// The unique version ID of the schema version.
	SchemaVersionId *string `min:"36" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetMetadataInfoMap sets the MetadataInfoMap field's value.
func (s *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetMetadataInfoMap(v map[string]*MetadataInfo) *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput {
	s.MetadataInfoMap = v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaVersionId sets the SchemaVersionId field's value.
func (s *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetSchemaVersionId(v string) *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput {
	s.SchemaVersionId = &v
	return s
}

// When crawling an Amazon S3 data source after the first crawl is complete,
// specifies whether to crawl the entire dataset again or to crawl only folders
// that were added since the last crawler run. For more information, see Incremental
// Crawls in AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/incremental-crawls.html)
// in the developer guide.
type RecrawlPolicy struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies whether to crawl the entire dataset again or to crawl only folders
	// that were added since the last crawler run.
	//
	// A value of CRAWL_EVERYTHING specifies crawling the entire dataset again.
	//
	// A value of CRAWL_NEW_FOLDERS_ONLY specifies crawling only folders that were
	// added since the last crawler run.
	RecrawlBehavior *string `type:"string" enum:"RecrawlBehavior"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RecrawlPolicy) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RecrawlPolicy) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetRecrawlBehavior sets the RecrawlBehavior field's value.
func (s *RecrawlPolicy) SetRecrawlBehavior(v string) *RecrawlPolicy {
	s.RecrawlBehavior = &v
	return s
}

type RegisterSchemaVersionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The schema definition using the DataFormat setting for the SchemaName.
	//
	// SchemaDefinition is a required field
	SchemaDefinition *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// This is a wrapper structure to contain schema identity fields. The structure
	// contains:
	//
	//    * SchemaId$SchemaArn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema. Either
	//    SchemaArn or SchemaName and RegistryName has to be provided.
	//
	//    * SchemaId$SchemaName: The name of the schema. Either SchemaArn or SchemaName
	//    and RegistryName has to be provided.
	//
	// SchemaId is a required field
	SchemaId *SchemaId `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RegisterSchemaVersionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RegisterSchemaVersionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RegisterSchemaVersionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RegisterSchemaVersionInput"}
	if s.SchemaDefinition == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SchemaDefinition"))
	}
	if s.SchemaDefinition != nil && len(*s.SchemaDefinition) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SchemaDefinition", 1))
	}
	if s.SchemaId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SchemaId"))
	}
	if s.SchemaId != nil {
		if err := s.SchemaId.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("SchemaId", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetSchemaDefinition sets the SchemaDefinition field's value.
func (s *RegisterSchemaVersionInput) SetSchemaDefinition(v string) *RegisterSchemaVersionInput {
	s.SchemaDefinition = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaId sets the SchemaId field's value.
func (s *RegisterSchemaVersionInput) SetSchemaId(v *SchemaId) *RegisterSchemaVersionInput {
	s.SchemaId = v
	return s
}

type RegisterSchemaVersionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The unique ID that represents the version of this schema.
	SchemaVersionId *string `min:"36" type:"string"`

	// The status of the schema version.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"SchemaVersionStatus"`

	// The version of this schema (for sync flow only, in case this is the first
	// version).
	VersionNumber *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RegisterSchemaVersionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RegisterSchemaVersionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetSchemaVersionId sets the SchemaVersionId field's value.
func (s *RegisterSchemaVersionOutput) SetSchemaVersionId(v string) *RegisterSchemaVersionOutput {
	s.SchemaVersionId = &v
	return s
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *RegisterSchemaVersionOutput) SetStatus(v string) *RegisterSchemaVersionOutput {
	s.Status = &v
	return s
}

// SetVersionNumber sets the VersionNumber field's value.
func (s *RegisterSchemaVersionOutput) SetVersionNumber(v int64) *RegisterSchemaVersionOutput {
	s.VersionNumber = &v
	return s
}

// A wrapper structure that may contain the registry name and Amazon Resource
// Name (ARN).
type RegistryId struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Arn of the registry to be updated. One of RegistryArn or RegistryName has
	// to be provided.
	RegistryArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Name of the registry. Used only for lookup. One of RegistryArn or RegistryName
	// has to be provided.
	RegistryName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RegistryId) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RegistryId) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RegistryId) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RegistryId"}
	if s.RegistryArn != nil && len(*s.RegistryArn) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RegistryArn", 1))
	}
	if s.RegistryName != nil && len(*s.RegistryName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RegistryName", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetRegistryArn sets the RegistryArn field's value.
func (s *RegistryId) SetRegistryArn(v string) *RegistryId {
	s.RegistryArn = &v
	return s
}

// SetRegistryName sets the RegistryName field's value.
func (s *RegistryId) SetRegistryName(v string) *RegistryId {
	s.RegistryName = &v
	return s
}

// A structure containing the details for a registry.
type RegistryListItem struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The data the registry was created.
	CreatedTime *string `type:"string"`

	// A description of the registry.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the registry.
	RegistryArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the registry.
	RegistryName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The status of the registry.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"RegistryStatus"`

	// The date the registry was updated.
	UpdatedTime *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RegistryListItem) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RegistryListItem) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.
func (s *RegistryListItem) SetCreatedTime(v string) *RegistryListItem {
	s.CreatedTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *RegistryListItem) SetDescription(v string) *RegistryListItem {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetRegistryArn sets the RegistryArn field's value.
func (s *RegistryListItem) SetRegistryArn(v string) *RegistryListItem {
	s.RegistryArn = &v
	return s
}

// SetRegistryName sets the RegistryName field's value.
func (s *RegistryListItem) SetRegistryName(v string) *RegistryListItem {
	s.RegistryName = &v
	return s
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *RegistryListItem) SetStatus(v string) *RegistryListItem {
	s.Status = &v
	return s
}

// SetUpdatedTime sets the UpdatedTime field's value.
func (s *RegistryListItem) SetUpdatedTime(v string) *RegistryListItem {
	s.UpdatedTime = &v
	return s
}

type RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The value of the metadata key.
	//
	// MetadataKeyValue is a required field
	MetadataKeyValue *MetadataKeyValuePair `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// A wrapper structure that may contain the schema name and Amazon Resource
	// Name (ARN).
	SchemaId *SchemaId `type:"structure"`

	// The unique version ID of the schema version.
	SchemaVersionId *string `min:"36" type:"string"`

	// The version number of the schema.
	SchemaVersionNumber *SchemaVersionNumber `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput"}
	if s.MetadataKeyValue == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MetadataKeyValue"))
	}
	if s.SchemaVersionId != nil && len(*s.SchemaVersionId) < 36 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SchemaVersionId", 36))
	}
	if s.MetadataKeyValue != nil {
		if err := s.MetadataKeyValue.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("MetadataKeyValue", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.SchemaId != nil {
		if err := s.SchemaId.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("SchemaId", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.SchemaVersionNumber != nil {
		if err := s.SchemaVersionNumber.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("SchemaVersionNumber", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetMetadataKeyValue sets the MetadataKeyValue field's value.
func (s *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetMetadataKeyValue(v *MetadataKeyValuePair) *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput {
	s.MetadataKeyValue = v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaId sets the SchemaId field's value.
func (s *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetSchemaId(v *SchemaId) *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput {
	s.SchemaId = v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaVersionId sets the SchemaVersionId field's value.
func (s *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetSchemaVersionId(v string) *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput {
	s.SchemaVersionId = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaVersionNumber sets the SchemaVersionNumber field's value.
func (s *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput) SetSchemaVersionNumber(v *SchemaVersionNumber) *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput {
	s.SchemaVersionNumber = v
	return s
}

type RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The latest version of the schema.
	LatestVersion *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The metadata key.
	MetadataKey *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The value of the metadata key.
	MetadataValue *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the registry.
	RegistryName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema.
	SchemaArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the schema.
	SchemaName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The version ID for the schema version.
	SchemaVersionId *string `min:"36" type:"string"`

	// The version number of the schema.
	VersionNumber *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetLatestVersion sets the LatestVersion field's value.
func (s *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetLatestVersion(v bool) *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput {
	s.LatestVersion = &v
	return s
}

// SetMetadataKey sets the MetadataKey field's value.
func (s *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetMetadataKey(v string) *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput {
	s.MetadataKey = &v
	return s
}

// SetMetadataValue sets the MetadataValue field's value.
func (s *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetMetadataValue(v string) *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput {
	s.MetadataValue = &v
	return s
}

// SetRegistryName sets the RegistryName field's value.
func (s *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetRegistryName(v string) *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput {
	s.RegistryName = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaArn sets the SchemaArn field's value.
func (s *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetSchemaArn(v string) *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput {
	s.SchemaArn = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaName sets the SchemaName field's value.
func (s *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetSchemaName(v string) *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput {
	s.SchemaName = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaVersionId sets the SchemaVersionId field's value.
func (s *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetSchemaVersionId(v string) *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput {
	s.SchemaVersionId = &v
	return s
}

// SetVersionNumber sets the VersionNumber field's value.
func (s *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput) SetVersionNumber(v int64) *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput {
	s.VersionNumber = &v
	return s
}

type ResetJobBookmarkInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the job in question.
	//
	// JobName is a required field
	JobName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The unique run identifier associated with this job run.
	RunId *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ResetJobBookmarkInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ResetJobBookmarkInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ResetJobBookmarkInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetJobBookmarkInput"}
	if s.JobName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobName"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *ResetJobBookmarkInput) SetJobName(v string) *ResetJobBookmarkInput {
	s.JobName = &v
	return s
}

// SetRunId sets the RunId field's value.
func (s *ResetJobBookmarkInput) SetRunId(v string) *ResetJobBookmarkInput {
	s.RunId = &v
	return s
}

type ResetJobBookmarkOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The reset bookmark entry.
	JobBookmarkEntry *JobBookmarkEntry `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ResetJobBookmarkOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ResetJobBookmarkOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetJobBookmarkEntry sets the JobBookmarkEntry field's value.
func (s *ResetJobBookmarkOutput) SetJobBookmarkEntry(v *JobBookmarkEntry) *ResetJobBookmarkOutput {
	s.JobBookmarkEntry = v
	return s
}

// A resource numerical limit was exceeded.
type ResourceNumberLimitExceededException struct {
	_            struct{}                  `type:"structure"`
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ResourceNumberLimitExceededException) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ResourceNumberLimitExceededException) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

func newErrorResourceNumberLimitExceededException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error {
	return &ResourceNumberLimitExceededException{
		RespMetadata: v,
	}
}

// Code returns the exception type name.
func (s *ResourceNumberLimitExceededException) Code() string {
	return "ResourceNumberLimitExceededException"
}

// Message returns the exception's message.
func (s *ResourceNumberLimitExceededException) Message() string {
	if s.Message_ != nil {
		return *s.Message_
	}
	return ""
}

// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.
func (s *ResourceNumberLimitExceededException) OrigErr() error {
	return nil
}

func (s *ResourceNumberLimitExceededException) Error() string {
	return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message())
}

// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.
func (s *ResourceNumberLimitExceededException) StatusCode() int {
	return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode
}

// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.
func (s *ResourceNumberLimitExceededException) RequestID() string {
	return s.RespMetadata.RequestID
}

// The URIs for function resources.
type ResourceUri struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The type of the resource.
	ResourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"ResourceType"`

	// The URI for accessing the resource.
	Uri *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ResourceUri) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ResourceUri) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ResourceUri) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResourceUri"}
	if s.Uri != nil && len(*s.Uri) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Uri", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.
func (s *ResourceUri) SetResourceType(v string) *ResourceUri {
	s.ResourceType = &v
	return s
}

// SetUri sets the Uri field's value.
func (s *ResourceUri) SetUri(v string) *ResourceUri {
	s.Uri = &v
	return s
}

type ResumeWorkflowRunInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the workflow to resume.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of the node IDs for the nodes you want to restart. The nodes that
	// are to be restarted must have a run attempt in the original run.
	//
	// NodeIds is a required field
	NodeIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The ID of the workflow run to resume.
	//
	// RunId is a required field
	RunId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ResumeWorkflowRunInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ResumeWorkflowRunInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ResumeWorkflowRunInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResumeWorkflowRunInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}
	if s.NodeIds == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NodeIds"))
	}
	if s.RunId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RunId"))
	}
	if s.RunId != nil && len(*s.RunId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RunId", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *ResumeWorkflowRunInput) SetName(v string) *ResumeWorkflowRunInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetNodeIds sets the NodeIds field's value.
func (s *ResumeWorkflowRunInput) SetNodeIds(v []*string) *ResumeWorkflowRunInput {
	s.NodeIds = v
	return s
}

// SetRunId sets the RunId field's value.
func (s *ResumeWorkflowRunInput) SetRunId(v string) *ResumeWorkflowRunInput {
	s.RunId = &v
	return s
}

type ResumeWorkflowRunOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of the node IDs for the nodes that were actually restarted.
	NodeIds []*string `type:"list"`

	// The new ID assigned to the resumed workflow run. Each resume of a workflow
	// run will have a new run ID.
	RunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ResumeWorkflowRunOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ResumeWorkflowRunOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetNodeIds sets the NodeIds field's value.
func (s *ResumeWorkflowRunOutput) SetNodeIds(v []*string) *ResumeWorkflowRunOutput {
	s.NodeIds = v
	return s
}

// SetRunId sets the RunId field's value.
func (s *ResumeWorkflowRunOutput) SetRunId(v string) *ResumeWorkflowRunOutput {
	s.RunId = &v
	return s
}

// Specifies how Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) data should be encrypted.
type S3Encryption struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key to be used to encrypt the data.
	KmsKeyArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The encryption mode to use for Amazon S3 data.
	S3EncryptionMode *string `type:"string" enum:"S3EncryptionMode"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s S3Encryption) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s S3Encryption) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetKmsKeyArn sets the KmsKeyArn field's value.
func (s *S3Encryption) SetKmsKeyArn(v string) *S3Encryption {
	s.KmsKeyArn = &v
	return s
}

// SetS3EncryptionMode sets the S3EncryptionMode field's value.
func (s *S3Encryption) SetS3EncryptionMode(v string) *S3Encryption {
	s.S3EncryptionMode = &v
	return s
}

// Specifies a data store in Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3).
type S3Target struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of a connection which allows a job or crawler to access data in
	// Amazon S3 within an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud environment (Amazon VPC).
	ConnectionName *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of glob patterns used to exclude from the crawl. For more information,
	// see Catalog Tables with a Crawler (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-crawler.html).
	Exclusions []*string `type:"list"`

	// The path to the Amazon S3 target.
	Path *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s S3Target) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s S3Target) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetConnectionName sets the ConnectionName field's value.
func (s *S3Target) SetConnectionName(v string) *S3Target {
	s.ConnectionName = &v
	return s
}

// SetExclusions sets the Exclusions field's value.
func (s *S3Target) SetExclusions(v []*string) *S3Target {
	s.Exclusions = v
	return s
}

// SetPath sets the Path field's value.
func (s *S3Target) SetPath(v string) *S3Target {
	s.Path = &v
	return s
}

// A scheduling object using a cron statement to schedule an event.
type Schedule struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules
	// for Jobs and Crawlers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html).
	// For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify:
	// cron(15 12 * * ? *).
	ScheduleExpression *string `type:"string"`

	// The state of the schedule.
	State *string `type:"string" enum:"ScheduleState"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Schedule) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Schedule) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetScheduleExpression sets the ScheduleExpression field's value.
func (s *Schedule) SetScheduleExpression(v string) *Schedule {
	s.ScheduleExpression = &v
	return s
}

// SetState sets the State field's value.
func (s *Schedule) SetState(v string) *Schedule {
	s.State = &v
	return s
}

// The specified scheduler is not running.
type SchedulerNotRunningException struct {
	_            struct{}                  `type:"structure"`
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s SchedulerNotRunningException) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SchedulerNotRunningException) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

func newErrorSchedulerNotRunningException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error {
	return &SchedulerNotRunningException{
		RespMetadata: v,
	}
}

// Code returns the exception type name.
func (s *SchedulerNotRunningException) Code() string {
	return "SchedulerNotRunningException"
}

// Message returns the exception's message.
func (s *SchedulerNotRunningException) Message() string {
	if s.Message_ != nil {
		return *s.Message_
	}
	return ""
}

// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.
func (s *SchedulerNotRunningException) OrigErr() error {
	return nil
}

func (s *SchedulerNotRunningException) Error() string {
	return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message())
}

// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.
func (s *SchedulerNotRunningException) StatusCode() int {
	return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode
}

// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.
func (s *SchedulerNotRunningException) RequestID() string {
	return s.RespMetadata.RequestID
}

// The specified scheduler is already running.
type SchedulerRunningException struct {
	_            struct{}                  `type:"structure"`
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s SchedulerRunningException) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SchedulerRunningException) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

func newErrorSchedulerRunningException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error {
	return &SchedulerRunningException{
		RespMetadata: v,
	}
}

// Code returns the exception type name.
func (s *SchedulerRunningException) Code() string {
	return "SchedulerRunningException"
}

// Message returns the exception's message.
func (s *SchedulerRunningException) Message() string {
	if s.Message_ != nil {
		return *s.Message_
	}
	return ""
}

// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.
func (s *SchedulerRunningException) OrigErr() error {
	return nil
}

func (s *SchedulerRunningException) Error() string {
	return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message())
}

// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.
func (s *SchedulerRunningException) StatusCode() int {
	return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode
}

// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.
func (s *SchedulerRunningException) RequestID() string {
	return s.RespMetadata.RequestID
}

// The specified scheduler is transitioning.
type SchedulerTransitioningException struct {
	_            struct{}                  `type:"structure"`
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s SchedulerTransitioningException) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SchedulerTransitioningException) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

func newErrorSchedulerTransitioningException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error {
	return &SchedulerTransitioningException{
		RespMetadata: v,
	}
}

// Code returns the exception type name.
func (s *SchedulerTransitioningException) Code() string {
	return "SchedulerTransitioningException"
}

// Message returns the exception's message.
func (s *SchedulerTransitioningException) Message() string {
	if s.Message_ != nil {
		return *s.Message_
	}
	return ""
}

// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.
func (s *SchedulerTransitioningException) OrigErr() error {
	return nil
}

func (s *SchedulerTransitioningException) Error() string {
	return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message())
}

// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.
func (s *SchedulerTransitioningException) StatusCode() int {
	return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode
}

// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.
func (s *SchedulerTransitioningException) RequestID() string {
	return s.RespMetadata.RequestID
}

// A policy that specifies update and deletion behaviors for the crawler.
type SchemaChangePolicy struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The deletion behavior when the crawler finds a deleted object.
	DeleteBehavior *string `type:"string" enum:"DeleteBehavior"`

	// The update behavior when the crawler finds a changed schema.
	UpdateBehavior *string `type:"string" enum:"UpdateBehavior"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s SchemaChangePolicy) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SchemaChangePolicy) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetDeleteBehavior sets the DeleteBehavior field's value.
func (s *SchemaChangePolicy) SetDeleteBehavior(v string) *SchemaChangePolicy {
	s.DeleteBehavior = &v
	return s
}

// SetUpdateBehavior sets the UpdateBehavior field's value.
func (s *SchemaChangePolicy) SetUpdateBehavior(v string) *SchemaChangePolicy {
	s.UpdateBehavior = &v
	return s
}

// A key-value pair representing a column and data type that this transform
// can run against. The Schema parameter of the MLTransform may contain up to
// 100 of these structures.
type SchemaColumn struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The type of data in the column.
	DataType *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the column.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s SchemaColumn) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SchemaColumn) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *SchemaColumn) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SchemaColumn"}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetDataType sets the DataType field's value.
func (s *SchemaColumn) SetDataType(v string) *SchemaColumn {
	s.DataType = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *SchemaColumn) SetName(v string) *SchemaColumn {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// The unique ID of the schema in the AWS Glue schema registry.
type SchemaId struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the schema registry that contains the schema.
	RegistryName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema. One of SchemaArn or SchemaName
	// has to be provided.
	SchemaArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the schema. One of SchemaArn or SchemaName has to be provided.
	SchemaName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s SchemaId) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SchemaId) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *SchemaId) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SchemaId"}
	if s.RegistryName != nil && len(*s.RegistryName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RegistryName", 1))
	}
	if s.SchemaArn != nil && len(*s.SchemaArn) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SchemaArn", 1))
	}
	if s.SchemaName != nil && len(*s.SchemaName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SchemaName", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetRegistryName sets the RegistryName field's value.
func (s *SchemaId) SetRegistryName(v string) *SchemaId {
	s.RegistryName = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaArn sets the SchemaArn field's value.
func (s *SchemaId) SetSchemaArn(v string) *SchemaId {
	s.SchemaArn = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaName sets the SchemaName field's value.
func (s *SchemaId) SetSchemaName(v string) *SchemaId {
	s.SchemaName = &v
	return s
}

// An object that contains minimal details for a schema.
type SchemaListItem struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The date and time that a schema was created.
	CreatedTime *string `type:"string"`

	// A description for the schema.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// the name of the registry where the schema resides.
	RegistryName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the schema.
	SchemaArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the schema.
	SchemaName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The status of the schema.
	SchemaStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"SchemaStatus"`

	// The date and time that a schema was updated.
	UpdatedTime *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s SchemaListItem) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SchemaListItem) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.
func (s *SchemaListItem) SetCreatedTime(v string) *SchemaListItem {
	s.CreatedTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *SchemaListItem) SetDescription(v string) *SchemaListItem {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetRegistryName sets the RegistryName field's value.
func (s *SchemaListItem) SetRegistryName(v string) *SchemaListItem {
	s.RegistryName = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaArn sets the SchemaArn field's value.
func (s *SchemaListItem) SetSchemaArn(v string) *SchemaListItem {
	s.SchemaArn = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaName sets the SchemaName field's value.
func (s *SchemaListItem) SetSchemaName(v string) *SchemaListItem {
	s.SchemaName = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaStatus sets the SchemaStatus field's value.
func (s *SchemaListItem) SetSchemaStatus(v string) *SchemaListItem {
	s.SchemaStatus = &v
	return s
}

// SetUpdatedTime sets the UpdatedTime field's value.
func (s *SchemaListItem) SetUpdatedTime(v string) *SchemaListItem {
	s.UpdatedTime = &v
	return s
}

// An object that references a schema stored in the AWS Glue Schema Registry.
type SchemaReference struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A structure that contains schema identity fields. Either this or the SchemaVersionId
	// has to be provided.
	SchemaId *SchemaId `type:"structure"`

	// The unique ID assigned to a version of the schema. Either this or the SchemaId
	// has to be provided.
	SchemaVersionId *string `min:"36" type:"string"`

	// The version number of the schema.
	SchemaVersionNumber *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s SchemaReference) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SchemaReference) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *SchemaReference) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SchemaReference"}
	if s.SchemaVersionId != nil && len(*s.SchemaVersionId) < 36 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SchemaVersionId", 36))
	}
	if s.SchemaVersionNumber != nil && *s.SchemaVersionNumber < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SchemaVersionNumber", 1))
	}
	if s.SchemaId != nil {
		if err := s.SchemaId.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("SchemaId", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetSchemaId sets the SchemaId field's value.
func (s *SchemaReference) SetSchemaId(v *SchemaId) *SchemaReference {
	s.SchemaId = v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaVersionId sets the SchemaVersionId field's value.
func (s *SchemaReference) SetSchemaVersionId(v string) *SchemaReference {
	s.SchemaVersionId = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaVersionNumber sets the SchemaVersionNumber field's value.
func (s *SchemaReference) SetSchemaVersionNumber(v int64) *SchemaReference {
	s.SchemaVersionNumber = &v
	return s
}

// An object that contains the error details for an operation on a schema version.
type SchemaVersionErrorItem struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The details of the error for the schema version.
	ErrorDetails *ErrorDetails `type:"structure"`

	// The version number of the schema.
	VersionNumber *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s SchemaVersionErrorItem) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SchemaVersionErrorItem) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetErrorDetails sets the ErrorDetails field's value.
func (s *SchemaVersionErrorItem) SetErrorDetails(v *ErrorDetails) *SchemaVersionErrorItem {
	s.ErrorDetails = v
	return s
}

// SetVersionNumber sets the VersionNumber field's value.
func (s *SchemaVersionErrorItem) SetVersionNumber(v int64) *SchemaVersionErrorItem {
	s.VersionNumber = &v
	return s
}

// An object containing the details about a schema version.
type SchemaVersionListItem struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The date and time the schema version was created.
	CreatedTime *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema.
	SchemaArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The unique identifier of the schema version.
	SchemaVersionId *string `min:"36" type:"string"`

	// The status of the schema version.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"SchemaVersionStatus"`

	// The version number of the schema.
	VersionNumber *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s SchemaVersionListItem) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SchemaVersionListItem) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.
func (s *SchemaVersionListItem) SetCreatedTime(v string) *SchemaVersionListItem {
	s.CreatedTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaArn sets the SchemaArn field's value.
func (s *SchemaVersionListItem) SetSchemaArn(v string) *SchemaVersionListItem {
	s.SchemaArn = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaVersionId sets the SchemaVersionId field's value.
func (s *SchemaVersionListItem) SetSchemaVersionId(v string) *SchemaVersionListItem {
	s.SchemaVersionId = &v
	return s
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *SchemaVersionListItem) SetStatus(v string) *SchemaVersionListItem {
	s.Status = &v
	return s
}

// SetVersionNumber sets the VersionNumber field's value.
func (s *SchemaVersionListItem) SetVersionNumber(v int64) *SchemaVersionListItem {
	s.VersionNumber = &v
	return s
}

// A structure containing the schema version information.
type SchemaVersionNumber struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The latest version available for the schema.
	LatestVersion *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The version number of the schema.
	VersionNumber *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s SchemaVersionNumber) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SchemaVersionNumber) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *SchemaVersionNumber) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SchemaVersionNumber"}
	if s.VersionNumber != nil && *s.VersionNumber < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("VersionNumber", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetLatestVersion sets the LatestVersion field's value.
func (s *SchemaVersionNumber) SetLatestVersion(v bool) *SchemaVersionNumber {
	s.LatestVersion = &v
	return s
}

// SetVersionNumber sets the VersionNumber field's value.
func (s *SchemaVersionNumber) SetVersionNumber(v int64) *SchemaVersionNumber {
	s.VersionNumber = &v
	return s
}

type SearchTablesInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A unique identifier, consisting of account_id .
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A list of key-value pairs, and a comparator used to filter the search results.
	// Returns all entities matching the predicate.
	//
	// The Comparator member of the PropertyPredicate struct is used only for time
	// fields, and can be omitted for other field types. Also, when comparing string
	// values, such as when Key=Name, a fuzzy match algorithm is used. The Key field
	// (for example, the value of the Name field) is split on certain punctuation
	// characters, for example, -, :, #, etc. into tokens. Then each token is exact-match
	// compared with the Value member of PropertyPredicate. For example, if Key=Name
	// and Value=link, tables named customer-link and xx-link-yy are returned, but
	// xxlinkyy is not returned.
	Filters []*PropertyPredicate `type:"list"`

	// The maximum number of tables to return in a single response.
	MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A continuation token, included if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// Allows you to specify that you want to search the tables shared with your
	// account. The allowable values are FOREIGN or ALL.
	//
	//    * If set to FOREIGN, will search the tables shared with your account.
	//
	//    * If set to ALL, will search the tables shared with your account, as well
	//    as the tables in yor local account.
	ResourceShareType *string `type:"string" enum:"ResourceShareType"`

	// A string used for a text search.
	//
	// Specifying a value in quotes filters based on an exact match to the value.
	SearchText *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of criteria for sorting the results by a field name, in an ascending
	// or descending order.
	SortCriteria []*SortCriterion `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s SearchTablesInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SearchTablesInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *SearchTablesInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SearchTablesInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *SearchTablesInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *SearchTablesInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *SearchTablesInput) SetFilters(v []*PropertyPredicate) *SearchTablesInput {
	s.Filters = v
	return s
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *SearchTablesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *SearchTablesInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *SearchTablesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *SearchTablesInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetResourceShareType sets the ResourceShareType field's value.
func (s *SearchTablesInput) SetResourceShareType(v string) *SearchTablesInput {
	s.ResourceShareType = &v
	return s
}

// SetSearchText sets the SearchText field's value.
func (s *SearchTablesInput) SetSearchText(v string) *SearchTablesInput {
	s.SearchText = &v
	return s
}

// SetSortCriteria sets the SortCriteria field's value.
func (s *SearchTablesInput) SetSortCriteria(v []*SortCriterion) *SearchTablesInput {
	s.SortCriteria = v
	return s
}

type SearchTablesOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A continuation token, present if the current list segment is not the last.
	NextToken *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of the requested Table objects. The SearchTables response returns
	// only the tables that you have access to.
	TableList []*TableData `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s SearchTablesOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SearchTablesOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *SearchTablesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *SearchTablesOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetTableList sets the TableList field's value.
func (s *SearchTablesOutput) SetTableList(v []*TableData) *SearchTablesOutput {
	s.TableList = v
	return s
}

// Specifies a security configuration.
type SecurityConfiguration struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The time at which this security configuration was created.
	CreatedTimeStamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The encryption configuration associated with this security configuration.
	EncryptionConfiguration *EncryptionConfiguration `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the security configuration.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s SecurityConfiguration) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SecurityConfiguration) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCreatedTimeStamp sets the CreatedTimeStamp field's value.
func (s *SecurityConfiguration) SetCreatedTimeStamp(v time.Time) *SecurityConfiguration {
	s.CreatedTimeStamp = &v
	return s
}

// SetEncryptionConfiguration sets the EncryptionConfiguration field's value.
func (s *SecurityConfiguration) SetEncryptionConfiguration(v *EncryptionConfiguration) *SecurityConfiguration {
	s.EncryptionConfiguration = v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *SecurityConfiguration) SetName(v string) *SecurityConfiguration {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// Defines a non-overlapping region of a table's partitions, allowing multiple
// requests to be executed in parallel.
type Segment struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The zero-based index number of the segment. For example, if the total number
	// of segments is 4, SegmentNumber values range from 0 through 3.
	//
	// SegmentNumber is a required field
	SegmentNumber *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"`

	// The total number of segments.
	//
	// TotalSegments is a required field
	TotalSegments *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Segment) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Segment) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Segment) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Segment"}
	if s.SegmentNumber == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SegmentNumber"))
	}
	if s.TotalSegments == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TotalSegments"))
	}
	if s.TotalSegments != nil && *s.TotalSegments < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("TotalSegments", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetSegmentNumber sets the SegmentNumber field's value.
func (s *Segment) SetSegmentNumber(v int64) *Segment {
	s.SegmentNumber = &v
	return s
}

// SetTotalSegments sets the TotalSegments field's value.
func (s *Segment) SetTotalSegments(v int64) *Segment {
	s.TotalSegments = &v
	return s
}

// Information about a serialization/deserialization program (SerDe) that serves
// as an extractor and loader.
type SerDeInfo struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Name of the SerDe.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// These key-value pairs define initialization parameters for the SerDe.
	Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// Usually the class that implements the SerDe. An example is org.apache.hadoop.hive.serde2.columnar.ColumnarSerDe.
	SerializationLibrary *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s SerDeInfo) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SerDeInfo) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *SerDeInfo) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SerDeInfo"}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}
	if s.SerializationLibrary != nil && len(*s.SerializationLibrary) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SerializationLibrary", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *SerDeInfo) SetName(v string) *SerDeInfo {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func (s *SerDeInfo) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *SerDeInfo {
	s.Parameters = v
	return s
}

// SetSerializationLibrary sets the SerializationLibrary field's value.
func (s *SerDeInfo) SetSerializationLibrary(v string) *SerDeInfo {
	s.SerializationLibrary = &v
	return s
}

// Specifies skewed values in a table. Skewed values are those that occur with
// very high frequency.
type SkewedInfo struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of names of columns that contain skewed values.
	SkewedColumnNames []*string `type:"list"`

	// A mapping of skewed values to the columns that contain them.
	SkewedColumnValueLocationMaps map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// A list of values that appear so frequently as to be considered skewed.
	SkewedColumnValues []*string `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s SkewedInfo) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SkewedInfo) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetSkewedColumnNames sets the SkewedColumnNames field's value.
func (s *SkewedInfo) SetSkewedColumnNames(v []*string) *SkewedInfo {
	s.SkewedColumnNames = v
	return s
}

// SetSkewedColumnValueLocationMaps sets the SkewedColumnValueLocationMaps field's value.
func (s *SkewedInfo) SetSkewedColumnValueLocationMaps(v map[string]*string) *SkewedInfo {
	s.SkewedColumnValueLocationMaps = v
	return s
}

// SetSkewedColumnValues sets the SkewedColumnValues field's value.
func (s *SkewedInfo) SetSkewedColumnValues(v []*string) *SkewedInfo {
	s.SkewedColumnValues = v
	return s
}

// Specifies a field to sort by and a sort order.
type SortCriterion struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the field on which to sort.
	FieldName *string `type:"string"`

	// An ascending or descending sort.
	Sort *string `type:"string" enum:"Sort"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s SortCriterion) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SortCriterion) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetFieldName sets the FieldName field's value.
func (s *SortCriterion) SetFieldName(v string) *SortCriterion {
	s.FieldName = &v
	return s
}

// SetSort sets the Sort field's value.
func (s *SortCriterion) SetSort(v string) *SortCriterion {
	s.Sort = &v
	return s
}

type StartCrawlerInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Name of the crawler to start.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StartCrawlerInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StartCrawlerInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StartCrawlerInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartCrawlerInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *StartCrawlerInput) SetName(v string) *StartCrawlerInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type StartCrawlerOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StartCrawlerOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StartCrawlerOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type StartCrawlerScheduleInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Name of the crawler to schedule.
	//
	// CrawlerName is a required field
	CrawlerName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StartCrawlerScheduleInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StartCrawlerScheduleInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StartCrawlerScheduleInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartCrawlerScheduleInput"}
	if s.CrawlerName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CrawlerName"))
	}
	if s.CrawlerName != nil && len(*s.CrawlerName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CrawlerName", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCrawlerName sets the CrawlerName field's value.
func (s *StartCrawlerScheduleInput) SetCrawlerName(v string) *StartCrawlerScheduleInput {
	s.CrawlerName = &v
	return s
}

type StartCrawlerScheduleOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StartCrawlerScheduleOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StartCrawlerScheduleOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The Amazon S3 path where you export the labels.
	//
	// OutputS3Path is a required field
	OutputS3Path *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.
	//
	// TransformId is a required field
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput"}
	if s.OutputS3Path == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputS3Path"))
	}
	if s.TransformId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TransformId"))
	}
	if s.TransformId != nil && len(*s.TransformId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TransformId", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetOutputS3Path sets the OutputS3Path field's value.
func (s *StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput) SetOutputS3Path(v string) *StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput {
	s.OutputS3Path = &v
	return s
}

// SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.
func (s *StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput) SetTransformId(v string) *StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput {
	s.TransformId = &v
	return s
}

type StartExportLabelsTaskRunOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The unique identifier for the task run.
	TaskRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StartExportLabelsTaskRunOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StartExportLabelsTaskRunOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetTaskRunId sets the TaskRunId field's value.
func (s *StartExportLabelsTaskRunOutput) SetTaskRunId(v string) *StartExportLabelsTaskRunOutput {
	s.TaskRunId = &v
	return s
}

type StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) path from where you import
	// the labels.
	//
	// InputS3Path is a required field
	InputS3Path *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Indicates whether to overwrite your existing labels.
	ReplaceAllLabels *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.
	//
	// TransformId is a required field
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput"}
	if s.InputS3Path == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputS3Path"))
	}
	if s.TransformId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TransformId"))
	}
	if s.TransformId != nil && len(*s.TransformId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TransformId", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetInputS3Path sets the InputS3Path field's value.
func (s *StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput) SetInputS3Path(v string) *StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput {
	s.InputS3Path = &v
	return s
}

// SetReplaceAllLabels sets the ReplaceAllLabels field's value.
func (s *StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput) SetReplaceAllLabels(v bool) *StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput {
	s.ReplaceAllLabels = &v
	return s
}

// SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.
func (s *StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput) SetTransformId(v string) *StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput {
	s.TransformId = &v
	return s
}

type StartImportLabelsTaskRunOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The unique identifier for the task run.
	TaskRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StartImportLabelsTaskRunOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StartImportLabelsTaskRunOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetTaskRunId sets the TaskRunId field's value.
func (s *StartImportLabelsTaskRunOutput) SetTaskRunId(v string) *StartImportLabelsTaskRunOutput {
	s.TaskRunId = &v
	return s
}

type StartJobRunInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// This field is deprecated. Use MaxCapacity instead.
	//
	// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) to allocate to this JobRun.
	// From 2 to 100 DPUs can be allocated; the default is 10. A DPU is a relative
	// measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity
	// and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the AWS Glue pricing page
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/https:/aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
	//
	// Deprecated: This property is deprecated, use MaxCapacity instead.
	AllocatedCapacity *int64 `deprecated:"true" type:"integer"`

	// The job arguments specifically for this run. For this job run, they replace
	// the default arguments set in the job definition itself.
	//
	// You can specify arguments here that your own job-execution script consumes,
	// as well as arguments that AWS Glue itself consumes.
	//
	// For information about how to specify and consume your own Job arguments,
	// see the Calling AWS Glue APIs in Python (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-python-calling.html)
	// topic in the developer guide.
	//
	// For information about the key-value pairs that AWS Glue consumes to set up
	// your job, see the Special Parameters Used by AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-etl-glue-arguments.html)
	// topic in the developer guide.
	Arguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// The name of the job definition to use.
	//
	// JobName is a required field
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The ID of a previous JobRun to retry.
	JobRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) that can be allocated
	// when this job runs. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that
	// consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information,
	// see the AWS Glue pricing page (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/https:/aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
	//
	// Do not set Max Capacity if using WorkerType and NumberOfWorkers.
	//
	// The value that can be allocated for MaxCapacity depends on whether you are
	// running a Python shell job, or an Apache Spark ETL job:
	//
	//    * When you specify a Python shell job (JobCommand.Name="pythonshell"),
	//    you can allocate either 0.0625 or 1 DPU. The default is 0.0625 DPU.
	//
	//    * When you specify an Apache Spark ETL job (JobCommand.Name="glueetl"),
	//    you can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs. The default is 10 DPUs. This job
	//    type cannot have a fractional DPU allocation.
	MaxCapacity *float64 `type:"double"`

	// Specifies configuration properties of a job run notification.
	NotificationProperty *NotificationProperty `type:"structure"`

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when a job
	// runs.
	//
	// The maximum number of workers you can define are 299 for G.1X, and 149 for
	// G.2X.
	NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with this job
	// run.
	SecurityConfiguration *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The JobRun timeout in minutes. This is the maximum time that a job run can
	// consume resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The
	// default is 2,880 minutes (48 hours). This overrides the timeout value set
	// in the parent job.
	Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated when a job runs. Accepts
	// a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.
	//
	//    * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.1X worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory
	//    and a 64GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.2X worker type, each worker provides 8 vCPU, 32 GB of memory
	//    and a 128GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
	WorkerType *string `type:"string" enum:"WorkerType"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StartJobRunInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StartJobRunInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StartJobRunInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartJobRunInput"}
	if s.JobName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobName"))
	}
	if s.JobName != nil && len(*s.JobName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobName", 1))
	}
	if s.JobRunId != nil && len(*s.JobRunId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobRunId", 1))
	}
	if s.SecurityConfiguration != nil && len(*s.SecurityConfiguration) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SecurityConfiguration", 1))
	}
	if s.Timeout != nil && *s.Timeout < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Timeout", 1))
	}
	if s.NotificationProperty != nil {
		if err := s.NotificationProperty.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("NotificationProperty", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAllocatedCapacity sets the AllocatedCapacity field's value.
func (s *StartJobRunInput) SetAllocatedCapacity(v int64) *StartJobRunInput {
	s.AllocatedCapacity = &v
	return s
}

// SetArguments sets the Arguments field's value.
func (s *StartJobRunInput) SetArguments(v map[string]*string) *StartJobRunInput {
	s.Arguments = v
	return s
}

// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *StartJobRunInput) SetJobName(v string) *StartJobRunInput {
	s.JobName = &v
	return s
}

// SetJobRunId sets the JobRunId field's value.
func (s *StartJobRunInput) SetJobRunId(v string) *StartJobRunInput {
	s.JobRunId = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxCapacity sets the MaxCapacity field's value.
func (s *StartJobRunInput) SetMaxCapacity(v float64) *StartJobRunInput {
	s.MaxCapacity = &v
	return s
}

// SetNotificationProperty sets the NotificationProperty field's value.
func (s *StartJobRunInput) SetNotificationProperty(v *NotificationProperty) *StartJobRunInput {
	s.NotificationProperty = v
	return s
}

// SetNumberOfWorkers sets the NumberOfWorkers field's value.
func (s *StartJobRunInput) SetNumberOfWorkers(v int64) *StartJobRunInput {
	s.NumberOfWorkers = &v
	return s
}

// SetSecurityConfiguration sets the SecurityConfiguration field's value.
func (s *StartJobRunInput) SetSecurityConfiguration(v string) *StartJobRunInput {
	s.SecurityConfiguration = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimeout sets the Timeout field's value.
func (s *StartJobRunInput) SetTimeout(v int64) *StartJobRunInput {
	s.Timeout = &v
	return s
}

// SetWorkerType sets the WorkerType field's value.
func (s *StartJobRunInput) SetWorkerType(v string) *StartJobRunInput {
	s.WorkerType = &v
	return s
}

type StartJobRunOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID assigned to this job run.
	JobRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StartJobRunOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StartJobRunOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetJobRunId sets the JobRunId field's value.
func (s *StartJobRunOutput) SetJobRunId(v string) *StartJobRunOutput {
	s.JobRunId = &v
	return s
}

type StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.
	//
	// TransformId is a required field
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput"}
	if s.TransformId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TransformId"))
	}
	if s.TransformId != nil && len(*s.TransformId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TransformId", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.
func (s *StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput) SetTransformId(v string) *StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput {
	s.TransformId = &v
	return s
}

type StartMLEvaluationTaskRunOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The unique identifier associated with this run.
	TaskRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StartMLEvaluationTaskRunOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StartMLEvaluationTaskRunOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetTaskRunId sets the TaskRunId field's value.
func (s *StartMLEvaluationTaskRunOutput) SetTaskRunId(v string) *StartMLEvaluationTaskRunOutput {
	s.TaskRunId = &v
	return s
}

type StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) path where you generate the
	// labeling set.
	//
	// OutputS3Path is a required field
	OutputS3Path *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.
	//
	// TransformId is a required field
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput"}
	if s.OutputS3Path == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputS3Path"))
	}
	if s.TransformId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TransformId"))
	}
	if s.TransformId != nil && len(*s.TransformId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TransformId", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetOutputS3Path sets the OutputS3Path field's value.
func (s *StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput) SetOutputS3Path(v string) *StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput {
	s.OutputS3Path = &v
	return s
}

// SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.
func (s *StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput) SetTransformId(v string) *StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput {
	s.TransformId = &v
	return s
}

type StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The unique run identifier that is associated with this task run.
	TaskRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetTaskRunId sets the TaskRunId field's value.
func (s *StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunOutput) SetTaskRunId(v string) *StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunOutput {
	s.TaskRunId = &v
	return s
}

type StartTriggerInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the trigger to start.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StartTriggerInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StartTriggerInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StartTriggerInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartTriggerInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *StartTriggerInput) SetName(v string) *StartTriggerInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type StartTriggerOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the trigger that was started.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StartTriggerOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StartTriggerOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *StartTriggerOutput) SetName(v string) *StartTriggerOutput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type StartWorkflowRunInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the workflow to start.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StartWorkflowRunInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StartWorkflowRunInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StartWorkflowRunInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartWorkflowRunInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *StartWorkflowRunInput) SetName(v string) *StartWorkflowRunInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type StartWorkflowRunOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// An Id for the new run.
	RunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StartWorkflowRunOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StartWorkflowRunOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetRunId sets the RunId field's value.
func (s *StartWorkflowRunOutput) SetRunId(v string) *StartWorkflowRunOutput {
	s.RunId = &v
	return s
}

type StopCrawlerInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Name of the crawler to stop.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StopCrawlerInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StopCrawlerInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StopCrawlerInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopCrawlerInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *StopCrawlerInput) SetName(v string) *StopCrawlerInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type StopCrawlerOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StopCrawlerOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StopCrawlerOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type StopCrawlerScheduleInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Name of the crawler whose schedule state to set.
	//
	// CrawlerName is a required field
	CrawlerName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StopCrawlerScheduleInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StopCrawlerScheduleInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StopCrawlerScheduleInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopCrawlerScheduleInput"}
	if s.CrawlerName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CrawlerName"))
	}
	if s.CrawlerName != nil && len(*s.CrawlerName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CrawlerName", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCrawlerName sets the CrawlerName field's value.
func (s *StopCrawlerScheduleInput) SetCrawlerName(v string) *StopCrawlerScheduleInput {
	s.CrawlerName = &v
	return s
}

type StopCrawlerScheduleOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StopCrawlerScheduleOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StopCrawlerScheduleOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type StopTriggerInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the trigger to stop.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StopTriggerInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StopTriggerInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StopTriggerInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopTriggerInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *StopTriggerInput) SetName(v string) *StopTriggerInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type StopTriggerOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the trigger that was stopped.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StopTriggerOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StopTriggerOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *StopTriggerOutput) SetName(v string) *StopTriggerOutput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type StopWorkflowRunInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the workflow to stop.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The ID of the workflow run to stop.
	//
	// RunId is a required field
	RunId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StopWorkflowRunInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StopWorkflowRunInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StopWorkflowRunInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopWorkflowRunInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}
	if s.RunId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RunId"))
	}
	if s.RunId != nil && len(*s.RunId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RunId", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *StopWorkflowRunInput) SetName(v string) *StopWorkflowRunInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetRunId sets the RunId field's value.
func (s *StopWorkflowRunInput) SetRunId(v string) *StopWorkflowRunInput {
	s.RunId = &v
	return s
}

type StopWorkflowRunOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StopWorkflowRunOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StopWorkflowRunOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Describes the physical storage of table data.
type StorageDescriptor struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of reducer grouping columns, clustering columns, and bucketing columns
	// in the table.
	BucketColumns []*string `type:"list"`

	// A list of the Columns in the table.
	Columns []*Column `type:"list"`

	// True if the data in the table is compressed, or False if not.
	Compressed *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The input format: SequenceFileInputFormat (binary), or TextInputFormat, or
	// a custom format.
	InputFormat *string `type:"string"`

	// The physical location of the table. By default, this takes the form of the
	// warehouse location, followed by the database location in the warehouse, followed
	// by the table name.
	Location *string `type:"string"`

	// Must be specified if the table contains any dimension columns.
	NumberOfBuckets *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The output format: SequenceFileOutputFormat (binary), or IgnoreKeyTextOutputFormat,
	// or a custom format.
	OutputFormat *string `type:"string"`

	// The user-supplied properties in key-value form.
	Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// An object that references a schema stored in the AWS Glue Schema Registry.
	//
	// When creating a table, you can pass an empty list of columns for the schema,
	// and instead use a schema reference.
	SchemaReference *SchemaReference `type:"structure"`

	// The serialization/deserialization (SerDe) information.
	SerdeInfo *SerDeInfo `type:"structure"`

	// The information about values that appear frequently in a column (skewed values).
	SkewedInfo *SkewedInfo `type:"structure"`

	// A list specifying the sort order of each bucket in the table.
	SortColumns []*Order `type:"list"`

	// True if the table data is stored in subdirectories, or False if not.
	StoredAsSubDirectories *bool `type:"boolean"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StorageDescriptor) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StorageDescriptor) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StorageDescriptor) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StorageDescriptor"}
	if s.Columns != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Columns {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Columns", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.SchemaReference != nil {
		if err := s.SchemaReference.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("SchemaReference", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.SerdeInfo != nil {
		if err := s.SerdeInfo.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("SerdeInfo", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.SortColumns != nil {
		for i, v := range s.SortColumns {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "SortColumns", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetBucketColumns sets the BucketColumns field's value.
func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetBucketColumns(v []*string) *StorageDescriptor {
	s.BucketColumns = v
	return s
}

// SetColumns sets the Columns field's value.
func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetColumns(v []*Column) *StorageDescriptor {
	s.Columns = v
	return s
}

// SetCompressed sets the Compressed field's value.
func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetCompressed(v bool) *StorageDescriptor {
	s.Compressed = &v
	return s
}

// SetInputFormat sets the InputFormat field's value.
func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetInputFormat(v string) *StorageDescriptor {
	s.InputFormat = &v
	return s
}

// SetLocation sets the Location field's value.
func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetLocation(v string) *StorageDescriptor {
	s.Location = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumberOfBuckets sets the NumberOfBuckets field's value.
func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetNumberOfBuckets(v int64) *StorageDescriptor {
	s.NumberOfBuckets = &v
	return s
}

// SetOutputFormat sets the OutputFormat field's value.
func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetOutputFormat(v string) *StorageDescriptor {
	s.OutputFormat = &v
	return s
}

// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *StorageDescriptor {
	s.Parameters = v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaReference sets the SchemaReference field's value.
func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetSchemaReference(v *SchemaReference) *StorageDescriptor {
	s.SchemaReference = v
	return s
}

// SetSerdeInfo sets the SerdeInfo field's value.
func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetSerdeInfo(v *SerDeInfo) *StorageDescriptor {
	s.SerdeInfo = v
	return s
}

// SetSkewedInfo sets the SkewedInfo field's value.
func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetSkewedInfo(v *SkewedInfo) *StorageDescriptor {
	s.SkewedInfo = v
	return s
}

// SetSortColumns sets the SortColumns field's value.
func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetSortColumns(v []*Order) *StorageDescriptor {
	s.SortColumns = v
	return s
}

// SetStoredAsSubDirectories sets the StoredAsSubDirectories field's value.
func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetStoredAsSubDirectories(v bool) *StorageDescriptor {
	s.StoredAsSubDirectories = &v
	return s
}

// Defines column statistics supported for character sequence data values.
type StringColumnStatisticsData struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The average string length in the column.
	//
	// AverageLength is a required field
	AverageLength *float64 `type:"double" required:"true"`

	// The size of the longest string in the column.
	//
	// MaximumLength is a required field
	MaximumLength *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`

	// The number of distinct values in a column.
	//
	// NumberOfDistinctValues is a required field
	NumberOfDistinctValues *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`

	// The number of null values in the column.
	//
	// NumberOfNulls is a required field
	NumberOfNulls *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s StringColumnStatisticsData) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StringColumnStatisticsData) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StringColumnStatisticsData) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StringColumnStatisticsData"}
	if s.AverageLength == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AverageLength"))
	}
	if s.MaximumLength == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MaximumLength"))
	}
	if s.NumberOfDistinctValues == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NumberOfDistinctValues"))
	}
	if s.NumberOfNulls == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NumberOfNulls"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAverageLength sets the AverageLength field's value.
func (s *StringColumnStatisticsData) SetAverageLength(v float64) *StringColumnStatisticsData {
	s.AverageLength = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaximumLength sets the MaximumLength field's value.
func (s *StringColumnStatisticsData) SetMaximumLength(v int64) *StringColumnStatisticsData {
	s.MaximumLength = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumberOfDistinctValues sets the NumberOfDistinctValues field's value.
func (s *StringColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfDistinctValues(v int64) *StringColumnStatisticsData {
	s.NumberOfDistinctValues = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumberOfNulls sets the NumberOfNulls field's value.
func (s *StringColumnStatisticsData) SetNumberOfNulls(v int64) *StringColumnStatisticsData {
	s.NumberOfNulls = &v
	return s
}

// The database and table in the AWS Glue Data Catalog that is used for input
// or output data.
type Table struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A unique identifier for the AWS Glue Data Catalog.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the connection to the AWS Glue Data Catalog.
	ConnectionName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A database name in the AWS Glue Data Catalog.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A table name in the AWS Glue Data Catalog.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Table) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Table) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Table) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Table"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.ConnectionName != nil && len(*s.ConnectionName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ConnectionName", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.TableName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
	}
	if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *Table) SetCatalogId(v string) *Table {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetConnectionName sets the ConnectionName field's value.
func (s *Table) SetConnectionName(v string) *Table {
	s.ConnectionName = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *Table) SetDatabaseName(v string) *Table {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *Table) SetTableName(v string) *Table {
	s.TableName = &v
	return s
}

// Represents a collection of related data organized in columns and rows.
type TableData struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the table resides.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The time when the table definition was created in the Data Catalog.
	CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The person or entity who created the table.
	CreatedBy *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the database where the table metadata resides. For Hive compatibility,
	// this must be all lowercase.
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A description of the table.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates whether the table has been registered with AWS Lake Formation.
	IsRegisteredWithLakeFormation *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The last time that the table was accessed. This is usually taken from HDFS,
	// and might not be reliable.
	LastAccessTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The last time that column statistics were computed for this table.
	LastAnalyzedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The table name. For Hive compatibility, this must be entirely lowercase.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The owner of the table.
	Owner *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// These key-value pairs define properties associated with the table.
	Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// A list of columns by which the table is partitioned. Only primitive types
	// are supported as partition keys.
	//
	// When you create a table used by Amazon Athena, and you do not specify any
	// partitionKeys, you must at least set the value of partitionKeys to an empty
	// list. For example:
	//
	// "PartitionKeys": []
	PartitionKeys []*Column `type:"list"`

	// The retention time for this table.
	Retention *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A storage descriptor containing information about the physical storage of
	// this table.
	StorageDescriptor *StorageDescriptor `type:"structure"`

	// The type of this table (EXTERNAL_TABLE, VIRTUAL_VIEW, etc.).
	TableType *string `type:"string"`

	// A TableIdentifier structure that describes a target table for resource linking.
	TargetTable *TableIdentifier `type:"structure"`

	// The last time that the table was updated.
	UpdateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// If the table is a view, the expanded text of the view; otherwise null.
	ViewExpandedText *string `type:"string"`

	// If the table is a view, the original text of the view; otherwise null.
	ViewOriginalText *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s TableData) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TableData) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *TableData) SetCatalogId(v string) *TableData {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value.
func (s *TableData) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *TableData {
	s.CreateTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetCreatedBy sets the CreatedBy field's value.
func (s *TableData) SetCreatedBy(v string) *TableData {
	s.CreatedBy = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *TableData) SetDatabaseName(v string) *TableData {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *TableData) SetDescription(v string) *TableData {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetIsRegisteredWithLakeFormation sets the IsRegisteredWithLakeFormation field's value.
func (s *TableData) SetIsRegisteredWithLakeFormation(v bool) *TableData {
	s.IsRegisteredWithLakeFormation = &v
	return s
}

// SetLastAccessTime sets the LastAccessTime field's value.
func (s *TableData) SetLastAccessTime(v time.Time) *TableData {
	s.LastAccessTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetLastAnalyzedTime sets the LastAnalyzedTime field's value.
func (s *TableData) SetLastAnalyzedTime(v time.Time) *TableData {
	s.LastAnalyzedTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *TableData) SetName(v string) *TableData {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *TableData) SetOwner(v string) *TableData {
	s.Owner = &v
	return s
}

// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func (s *TableData) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *TableData {
	s.Parameters = v
	return s
}

// SetPartitionKeys sets the PartitionKeys field's value.
func (s *TableData) SetPartitionKeys(v []*Column) *TableData {
	s.PartitionKeys = v
	return s
}

// SetRetention sets the Retention field's value.
func (s *TableData) SetRetention(v int64) *TableData {
	s.Retention = &v
	return s
}

// SetStorageDescriptor sets the StorageDescriptor field's value.
func (s *TableData) SetStorageDescriptor(v *StorageDescriptor) *TableData {
	s.StorageDescriptor = v
	return s
}

// SetTableType sets the TableType field's value.
func (s *TableData) SetTableType(v string) *TableData {
	s.TableType = &v
	return s
}

// SetTargetTable sets the TargetTable field's value.
func (s *TableData) SetTargetTable(v *TableIdentifier) *TableData {
	s.TargetTable = v
	return s
}

// SetUpdateTime sets the UpdateTime field's value.
func (s *TableData) SetUpdateTime(v time.Time) *TableData {
	s.UpdateTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetViewExpandedText sets the ViewExpandedText field's value.
func (s *TableData) SetViewExpandedText(v string) *TableData {
	s.ViewExpandedText = &v
	return s
}

// SetViewOriginalText sets the ViewOriginalText field's value.
func (s *TableData) SetViewOriginalText(v string) *TableData {
	s.ViewOriginalText = &v
	return s
}

// An error record for table operations.
type TableError struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The details about the error.
	ErrorDetail *ErrorDetail `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the table. For Hive compatibility, this must be entirely lowercase.
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s TableError) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TableError) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetErrorDetail sets the ErrorDetail field's value.
func (s *TableError) SetErrorDetail(v *ErrorDetail) *TableError {
	s.ErrorDetail = v
	return s
}

// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *TableError) SetTableName(v string) *TableError {
	s.TableName = &v
	return s
}

// A structure that describes a target table for resource linking.
type TableIdentifier struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the table resides.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database that contains the target table.
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the target table.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s TableIdentifier) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TableIdentifier) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *TableIdentifier) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TableIdentifier"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *TableIdentifier) SetCatalogId(v string) *TableIdentifier {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *TableIdentifier) SetDatabaseName(v string) *TableIdentifier {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *TableIdentifier) SetName(v string) *TableIdentifier {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// A structure used to define a table.
type TableInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A description of the table.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The last time that the table was accessed.
	LastAccessTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The last time that column statistics were computed for this table.
	LastAnalyzedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The table name. For Hive compatibility, this is folded to lowercase when
	// it is stored.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The table owner.
	Owner *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// These key-value pairs define properties associated with the table.
	Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// A list of columns by which the table is partitioned. Only primitive types
	// are supported as partition keys.
	//
	// When you create a table used by Amazon Athena, and you do not specify any
	// partitionKeys, you must at least set the value of partitionKeys to an empty
	// list. For example:
	//
	// "PartitionKeys": []
	PartitionKeys []*Column `type:"list"`

	// The retention time for this table.
	Retention *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A storage descriptor containing information about the physical storage of
	// this table.
	StorageDescriptor *StorageDescriptor `type:"structure"`

	// The type of this table (EXTERNAL_TABLE, VIRTUAL_VIEW, etc.).
	TableType *string `type:"string"`

	// A TableIdentifier structure that describes a target table for resource linking.
	TargetTable *TableIdentifier `type:"structure"`

	// If the table is a view, the expanded text of the view; otherwise null.
	ViewExpandedText *string `type:"string"`

	// If the table is a view, the original text of the view; otherwise null.
	ViewOriginalText *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s TableInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TableInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *TableInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TableInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}
	if s.Owner != nil && len(*s.Owner) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Owner", 1))
	}
	if s.PartitionKeys != nil {
		for i, v := range s.PartitionKeys {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "PartitionKeys", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.StorageDescriptor != nil {
		if err := s.StorageDescriptor.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("StorageDescriptor", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.TargetTable != nil {
		if err := s.TargetTable.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("TargetTable", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *TableInput) SetDescription(v string) *TableInput {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetLastAccessTime sets the LastAccessTime field's value.
func (s *TableInput) SetLastAccessTime(v time.Time) *TableInput {
	s.LastAccessTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetLastAnalyzedTime sets the LastAnalyzedTime field's value.
func (s *TableInput) SetLastAnalyzedTime(v time.Time) *TableInput {
	s.LastAnalyzedTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *TableInput) SetName(v string) *TableInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *TableInput) SetOwner(v string) *TableInput {
	s.Owner = &v
	return s
}

// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func (s *TableInput) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *TableInput {
	s.Parameters = v
	return s
}

// SetPartitionKeys sets the PartitionKeys field's value.
func (s *TableInput) SetPartitionKeys(v []*Column) *TableInput {
	s.PartitionKeys = v
	return s
}

// SetRetention sets the Retention field's value.
func (s *TableInput) SetRetention(v int64) *TableInput {
	s.Retention = &v
	return s
}

// SetStorageDescriptor sets the StorageDescriptor field's value.
func (s *TableInput) SetStorageDescriptor(v *StorageDescriptor) *TableInput {
	s.StorageDescriptor = v
	return s
}

// SetTableType sets the TableType field's value.
func (s *TableInput) SetTableType(v string) *TableInput {
	s.TableType = &v
	return s
}

// SetTargetTable sets the TargetTable field's value.
func (s *TableInput) SetTargetTable(v *TableIdentifier) *TableInput {
	s.TargetTable = v
	return s
}

// SetViewExpandedText sets the ViewExpandedText field's value.
func (s *TableInput) SetViewExpandedText(v string) *TableInput {
	s.ViewExpandedText = &v
	return s
}

// SetViewOriginalText sets the ViewOriginalText field's value.
func (s *TableInput) SetViewOriginalText(v string) *TableInput {
	s.ViewOriginalText = &v
	return s
}

// Specifies a version of a table.
type TableVersion struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The table in question.
	Table *TableData `type:"structure"`

	// The ID value that identifies this table version. A VersionId is a string
	// representation of an integer. Each version is incremented by 1.
	VersionId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s TableVersion) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TableVersion) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetTable sets the Table field's value.
func (s *TableVersion) SetTable(v *TableData) *TableVersion {
	s.Table = v
	return s
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *TableVersion) SetVersionId(v string) *TableVersion {
	s.VersionId = &v
	return s
}

// An error record for table-version operations.
type TableVersionError struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The details about the error.
	ErrorDetail *ErrorDetail `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the table in question.
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The ID value of the version in question. A VersionID is a string representation
	// of an integer. Each version is incremented by 1.
	VersionId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s TableVersionError) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TableVersionError) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetErrorDetail sets the ErrorDetail field's value.
func (s *TableVersionError) SetErrorDetail(v *ErrorDetail) *TableVersionError {
	s.ErrorDetail = v
	return s
}

// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *TableVersionError) SetTableName(v string) *TableVersionError {
	s.TableName = &v
	return s
}

// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *TableVersionError) SetVersionId(v string) *TableVersionError {
	s.VersionId = &v
	return s
}

type TagResourceInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ARN of the AWS Glue resource to which to add the tags. For more information
	// about AWS Glue resource ARNs, see the AWS Glue ARN string pattern (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-api-common.html#aws-glue-api-regex-aws-glue-arn-id).
	//
	// ResourceArn is a required field
	ResourceArn *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Tags to add to this resource.
	//
	// TagsToAdd is a required field
	TagsToAdd map[string]*string `type:"map" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s TagResourceInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TagResourceInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *TagResourceInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TagResourceInput"}
	if s.ResourceArn == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn"))
	}
	if s.ResourceArn != nil && len(*s.ResourceArn) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceArn", 1))
	}
	if s.TagsToAdd == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagsToAdd"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
func (s *TagResourceInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *TagResourceInput {
	s.ResourceArn = &v
	return s
}

// SetTagsToAdd sets the TagsToAdd field's value.
func (s *TagResourceInput) SetTagsToAdd(v map[string]*string) *TagResourceInput {
	s.TagsToAdd = v
	return s
}

type TagResourceOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s TagResourceOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TagResourceOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// The sampling parameters that are associated with the machine learning transform.
type TaskRun struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The last point in time that the requested task run was completed.
	CompletedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The list of error strings associated with this task run.
	ErrorString *string `type:"string"`

	// The amount of time (in seconds) that the task run consumed resources.
	ExecutionTime *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The last point in time that the requested task run was updated.
	LastModifiedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The names of the log group for secure logging, associated with this task
	// run.
	LogGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies configuration properties associated with this task run.
	Properties *TaskRunProperties `type:"structure"`

	// The date and time that this task run started.
	StartedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The current status of the requested task run.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"TaskStatusType"`

	// The unique identifier for this task run.
	TaskRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The unique identifier for the transform.
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s TaskRun) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TaskRun) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCompletedOn sets the CompletedOn field's value.
func (s *TaskRun) SetCompletedOn(v time.Time) *TaskRun {
	s.CompletedOn = &v
	return s
}

// SetErrorString sets the ErrorString field's value.
func (s *TaskRun) SetErrorString(v string) *TaskRun {
	s.ErrorString = &v
	return s
}

// SetExecutionTime sets the ExecutionTime field's value.
func (s *TaskRun) SetExecutionTime(v int64) *TaskRun {
	s.ExecutionTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetLastModifiedOn sets the LastModifiedOn field's value.
func (s *TaskRun) SetLastModifiedOn(v time.Time) *TaskRun {
	s.LastModifiedOn = &v
	return s
}

// SetLogGroupName sets the LogGroupName field's value.
func (s *TaskRun) SetLogGroupName(v string) *TaskRun {
	s.LogGroupName = &v
	return s
}

// SetProperties sets the Properties field's value.
func (s *TaskRun) SetProperties(v *TaskRunProperties) *TaskRun {
	s.Properties = v
	return s
}

// SetStartedOn sets the StartedOn field's value.
func (s *TaskRun) SetStartedOn(v time.Time) *TaskRun {
	s.StartedOn = &v
	return s
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *TaskRun) SetStatus(v string) *TaskRun {
	s.Status = &v
	return s
}

// SetTaskRunId sets the TaskRunId field's value.
func (s *TaskRun) SetTaskRunId(v string) *TaskRun {
	s.TaskRunId = &v
	return s
}

// SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.
func (s *TaskRun) SetTransformId(v string) *TaskRun {
	s.TransformId = &v
	return s
}

// The criteria that are used to filter the task runs for the machine learning
// transform.
type TaskRunFilterCriteria struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Filter on task runs started after this date.
	StartedAfter *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// Filter on task runs started before this date.
	StartedBefore *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The current status of the task run.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"TaskStatusType"`

	// The type of task run.
	TaskRunType *string `type:"string" enum:"TaskType"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s TaskRunFilterCriteria) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TaskRunFilterCriteria) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetStartedAfter sets the StartedAfter field's value.
func (s *TaskRunFilterCriteria) SetStartedAfter(v time.Time) *TaskRunFilterCriteria {
	s.StartedAfter = &v
	return s
}

// SetStartedBefore sets the StartedBefore field's value.
func (s *TaskRunFilterCriteria) SetStartedBefore(v time.Time) *TaskRunFilterCriteria {
	s.StartedBefore = &v
	return s
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *TaskRunFilterCriteria) SetStatus(v string) *TaskRunFilterCriteria {
	s.Status = &v
	return s
}

// SetTaskRunType sets the TaskRunType field's value.
func (s *TaskRunFilterCriteria) SetTaskRunType(v string) *TaskRunFilterCriteria {
	s.TaskRunType = &v
	return s
}

// The configuration properties for the task run.
type TaskRunProperties struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The configuration properties for an exporting labels task run.
	ExportLabelsTaskRunProperties *ExportLabelsTaskRunProperties `type:"structure"`

	// The configuration properties for a find matches task run.
	FindMatchesTaskRunProperties *FindMatchesTaskRunProperties `type:"structure"`

	// The configuration properties for an importing labels task run.
	ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties *ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties `type:"structure"`

	// The configuration properties for a labeling set generation task run.
	LabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties *LabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties `type:"structure"`

	// The type of task run.
	TaskType *string `type:"string" enum:"TaskType"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s TaskRunProperties) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TaskRunProperties) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetExportLabelsTaskRunProperties sets the ExportLabelsTaskRunProperties field's value.
func (s *TaskRunProperties) SetExportLabelsTaskRunProperties(v *ExportLabelsTaskRunProperties) *TaskRunProperties {
	s.ExportLabelsTaskRunProperties = v
	return s
}

// SetFindMatchesTaskRunProperties sets the FindMatchesTaskRunProperties field's value.
func (s *TaskRunProperties) SetFindMatchesTaskRunProperties(v *FindMatchesTaskRunProperties) *TaskRunProperties {
	s.FindMatchesTaskRunProperties = v
	return s
}

// SetImportLabelsTaskRunProperties sets the ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties field's value.
func (s *TaskRunProperties) SetImportLabelsTaskRunProperties(v *ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties) *TaskRunProperties {
	s.ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties = v
	return s
}

// SetLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties sets the LabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties field's value.
func (s *TaskRunProperties) SetLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties(v *LabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties) *TaskRunProperties {
	s.LabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties = v
	return s
}

// SetTaskType sets the TaskType field's value.
func (s *TaskRunProperties) SetTaskType(v string) *TaskRunProperties {
	s.TaskType = &v
	return s
}

// The sorting criteria that are used to sort the list of task runs for the
// machine learning transform.
type TaskRunSortCriteria struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The column to be used to sort the list of task runs for the machine learning
	// transform.
	//
	// Column is a required field
	Column *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TaskRunSortColumnType"`

	// The sort direction to be used to sort the list of task runs for the machine
	// learning transform.
	//
	// SortDirection is a required field
	SortDirection *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"SortDirectionType"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s TaskRunSortCriteria) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TaskRunSortCriteria) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *TaskRunSortCriteria) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TaskRunSortCriteria"}
	if s.Column == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Column"))
	}
	if s.SortDirection == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SortDirection"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetColumn sets the Column field's value.
func (s *TaskRunSortCriteria) SetColumn(v string) *TaskRunSortCriteria {
	s.Column = &v
	return s
}

// SetSortDirection sets the SortDirection field's value.
func (s *TaskRunSortCriteria) SetSortDirection(v string) *TaskRunSortCriteria {
	s.SortDirection = &v
	return s
}

// The encryption-at-rest settings of the transform that apply to accessing
// user data. Machine learning transforms can access user data encrypted in
// Amazon S3 using KMS.
//
// Additionally, imported labels and trained transforms can now be encrypted
// using a customer provided KMS key.
type TransformEncryption struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// An MLUserDataEncryption object containing the encryption mode and customer-provided
	// KMS key ID.
	MlUserDataEncryption *MLUserDataEncryption `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the security configuration.
	TaskRunSecurityConfigurationName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s TransformEncryption) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TransformEncryption) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *TransformEncryption) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TransformEncryption"}
	if s.TaskRunSecurityConfigurationName != nil && len(*s.TaskRunSecurityConfigurationName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TaskRunSecurityConfigurationName", 1))
	}
	if s.MlUserDataEncryption != nil {
		if err := s.MlUserDataEncryption.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("MlUserDataEncryption", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetMlUserDataEncryption sets the MlUserDataEncryption field's value.
func (s *TransformEncryption) SetMlUserDataEncryption(v *MLUserDataEncryption) *TransformEncryption {
	s.MlUserDataEncryption = v
	return s
}

// SetTaskRunSecurityConfigurationName sets the TaskRunSecurityConfigurationName field's value.
func (s *TransformEncryption) SetTaskRunSecurityConfigurationName(v string) *TransformEncryption {
	s.TaskRunSecurityConfigurationName = &v
	return s
}

// The criteria used to filter the machine learning transforms.
type TransformFilterCriteria struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The time and date after which the transforms were created.
	CreatedAfter *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The time and date before which the transforms were created.
	CreatedBefore *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// This value determines which version of AWS Glue this machine learning transform
	// is compatible with. Glue 1.0 is recommended for most customers. If the value
	// is not set, the Glue compatibility defaults to Glue 0.9. For more information,
	// see AWS Glue Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/release-notes.html#release-notes-versions)
	// in the developer guide.
	GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Filter on transforms last modified after this date.
	LastModifiedAfter *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// Filter on transforms last modified before this date.
	LastModifiedBefore *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// A unique transform name that is used to filter the machine learning transforms.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Filters on datasets with a specific schema. The Map<Column, Type> object
	// is an array of key-value pairs representing the schema this transform accepts,
	// where Column is the name of a column, and Type is the type of the data such
	// as an integer or string. Has an upper bound of 100 columns.
	Schema []*SchemaColumn `type:"list"`

	// Filters the list of machine learning transforms by the last known status
	// of the transforms (to indicate whether a transform can be used or not). One
	// of "NOT_READY", "READY", or "DELETING".
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"TransformStatusType"`

	// The type of machine learning transform that is used to filter the machine
	// learning transforms.
	TransformType *string `type:"string" enum:"TransformType"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s TransformFilterCriteria) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TransformFilterCriteria) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *TransformFilterCriteria) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TransformFilterCriteria"}
	if s.GlueVersion != nil && len(*s.GlueVersion) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GlueVersion", 1))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}
	if s.Schema != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Schema {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Schema", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCreatedAfter sets the CreatedAfter field's value.
func (s *TransformFilterCriteria) SetCreatedAfter(v time.Time) *TransformFilterCriteria {
	s.CreatedAfter = &v
	return s
}

// SetCreatedBefore sets the CreatedBefore field's value.
func (s *TransformFilterCriteria) SetCreatedBefore(v time.Time) *TransformFilterCriteria {
	s.CreatedBefore = &v
	return s
}

// SetGlueVersion sets the GlueVersion field's value.
func (s *TransformFilterCriteria) SetGlueVersion(v string) *TransformFilterCriteria {
	s.GlueVersion = &v
	return s
}

// SetLastModifiedAfter sets the LastModifiedAfter field's value.
func (s *TransformFilterCriteria) SetLastModifiedAfter(v time.Time) *TransformFilterCriteria {
	s.LastModifiedAfter = &v
	return s
}

// SetLastModifiedBefore sets the LastModifiedBefore field's value.
func (s *TransformFilterCriteria) SetLastModifiedBefore(v time.Time) *TransformFilterCriteria {
	s.LastModifiedBefore = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *TransformFilterCriteria) SetName(v string) *TransformFilterCriteria {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchema sets the Schema field's value.
func (s *TransformFilterCriteria) SetSchema(v []*SchemaColumn) *TransformFilterCriteria {
	s.Schema = v
	return s
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *TransformFilterCriteria) SetStatus(v string) *TransformFilterCriteria {
	s.Status = &v
	return s
}

// SetTransformType sets the TransformType field's value.
func (s *TransformFilterCriteria) SetTransformType(v string) *TransformFilterCriteria {
	s.TransformType = &v
	return s
}

// The algorithm-specific parameters that are associated with the machine learning
// transform.
type TransformParameters struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The parameters for the find matches algorithm.
	FindMatchesParameters *FindMatchesParameters `type:"structure"`

	// The type of machine learning transform.
	//
	// For information about the types of machine learning transforms, see Creating
	// Machine Learning Transforms (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-job-machine-learning-transform.html).
	//
	// TransformType is a required field
	TransformType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TransformType"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s TransformParameters) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TransformParameters) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *TransformParameters) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TransformParameters"}
	if s.TransformType == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TransformType"))
	}
	if s.FindMatchesParameters != nil {
		if err := s.FindMatchesParameters.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("FindMatchesParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetFindMatchesParameters sets the FindMatchesParameters field's value.
func (s *TransformParameters) SetFindMatchesParameters(v *FindMatchesParameters) *TransformParameters {
	s.FindMatchesParameters = v
	return s
}

// SetTransformType sets the TransformType field's value.
func (s *TransformParameters) SetTransformType(v string) *TransformParameters {
	s.TransformType = &v
	return s
}

// The sorting criteria that are associated with the machine learning transform.
type TransformSortCriteria struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The column to be used in the sorting criteria that are associated with the
	// machine learning transform.
	//
	// Column is a required field
	Column *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TransformSortColumnType"`

	// The sort direction to be used in the sorting criteria that are associated
	// with the machine learning transform.
	//
	// SortDirection is a required field
	SortDirection *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"SortDirectionType"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s TransformSortCriteria) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TransformSortCriteria) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *TransformSortCriteria) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TransformSortCriteria"}
	if s.Column == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Column"))
	}
	if s.SortDirection == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SortDirection"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetColumn sets the Column field's value.
func (s *TransformSortCriteria) SetColumn(v string) *TransformSortCriteria {
	s.Column = &v
	return s
}

// SetSortDirection sets the SortDirection field's value.
func (s *TransformSortCriteria) SetSortDirection(v string) *TransformSortCriteria {
	s.SortDirection = &v
	return s
}

// Information about a specific trigger.
type Trigger struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The actions initiated by this trigger.
	Actions []*Action `type:"list"`

	// A description of this trigger.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// Reserved for future use.
	Id *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the trigger.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The predicate of this trigger, which defines when it will fire.
	Predicate *Predicate `type:"structure"`

	// A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules
	// for Jobs and Crawlers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html).
	// For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify:
	// cron(15 12 * * ? *).
	Schedule *string `type:"string"`

	// The current state of the trigger.
	State *string `type:"string" enum:"TriggerState"`

	// The type of trigger that this is.
	Type *string `type:"string" enum:"TriggerType"`

	// The name of the workflow associated with the trigger.
	WorkflowName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Trigger) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Trigger) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetActions sets the Actions field's value.
func (s *Trigger) SetActions(v []*Action) *Trigger {
	s.Actions = v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *Trigger) SetDescription(v string) *Trigger {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *Trigger) SetId(v string) *Trigger {
	s.Id = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *Trigger) SetName(v string) *Trigger {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetPredicate sets the Predicate field's value.
func (s *Trigger) SetPredicate(v *Predicate) *Trigger {
	s.Predicate = v
	return s
}

// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.
func (s *Trigger) SetSchedule(v string) *Trigger {
	s.Schedule = &v
	return s
}

// SetState sets the State field's value.
func (s *Trigger) SetState(v string) *Trigger {
	s.State = &v
	return s
}

// SetType sets the Type field's value.
func (s *Trigger) SetType(v string) *Trigger {
	s.Type = &v
	return s
}

// SetWorkflowName sets the WorkflowName field's value.
func (s *Trigger) SetWorkflowName(v string) *Trigger {
	s.WorkflowName = &v
	return s
}

// The details of a Trigger node present in the workflow.
type TriggerNodeDetails struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The information of the trigger represented by the trigger node.
	Trigger *Trigger `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s TriggerNodeDetails) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TriggerNodeDetails) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetTrigger sets the Trigger field's value.
func (s *TriggerNodeDetails) SetTrigger(v *Trigger) *TriggerNodeDetails {
	s.Trigger = v
	return s
}

// A structure used to provide information used to update a trigger. This object
// updates the previous trigger definition by overwriting it completely.
type TriggerUpdate struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The actions initiated by this trigger.
	Actions []*Action `type:"list"`

	// A description of this trigger.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// Reserved for future use.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The predicate of this trigger, which defines when it will fire.
	Predicate *Predicate `type:"structure"`

	// A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules
	// for Jobs and Crawlers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html).
	// For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify:
	// cron(15 12 * * ? *).
	Schedule *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s TriggerUpdate) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TriggerUpdate) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *TriggerUpdate) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TriggerUpdate"}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}
	if s.Actions != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Actions {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Actions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.Predicate != nil {
		if err := s.Predicate.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Predicate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetActions sets the Actions field's value.
func (s *TriggerUpdate) SetActions(v []*Action) *TriggerUpdate {
	s.Actions = v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *TriggerUpdate) SetDescription(v string) *TriggerUpdate {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *TriggerUpdate) SetName(v string) *TriggerUpdate {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetPredicate sets the Predicate field's value.
func (s *TriggerUpdate) SetPredicate(v *Predicate) *TriggerUpdate {
	s.Predicate = v
	return s
}

// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.
func (s *TriggerUpdate) SetSchedule(v string) *TriggerUpdate {
	s.Schedule = &v
	return s
}

type UntagResourceInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource from which to remove the tags.
	//
	// ResourceArn is a required field
	ResourceArn *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Tags to remove from this resource.
	//
	// TagsToRemove is a required field
	TagsToRemove []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UntagResourceInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UntagResourceInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UntagResourceInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UntagResourceInput"}
	if s.ResourceArn == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn"))
	}
	if s.ResourceArn != nil && len(*s.ResourceArn) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceArn", 1))
	}
	if s.TagsToRemove == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagsToRemove"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
func (s *UntagResourceInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *UntagResourceInput {
	s.ResourceArn = &v
	return s
}

// SetTagsToRemove sets the TagsToRemove field's value.
func (s *UntagResourceInput) SetTagsToRemove(v []*string) *UntagResourceInput {
	s.TagsToRemove = v
	return s
}

type UntagResourceOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UntagResourceOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UntagResourceOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type UpdateClassifierInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A CsvClassifier object with updated fields.
	CsvClassifier *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest `type:"structure"`

	// A GrokClassifier object with updated fields.
	GrokClassifier *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest `type:"structure"`

	// A JsonClassifier object with updated fields.
	JsonClassifier *UpdateJsonClassifierRequest `type:"structure"`

	// An XMLClassifier object with updated fields.
	XMLClassifier *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateClassifierInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateClassifierInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateClassifierInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateClassifierInput"}
	if s.CsvClassifier != nil {
		if err := s.CsvClassifier.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("CsvClassifier", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.GrokClassifier != nil {
		if err := s.GrokClassifier.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("GrokClassifier", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.JsonClassifier != nil {
		if err := s.JsonClassifier.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("JsonClassifier", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.XMLClassifier != nil {
		if err := s.XMLClassifier.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("XMLClassifier", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCsvClassifier sets the CsvClassifier field's value.
func (s *UpdateClassifierInput) SetCsvClassifier(v *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) *UpdateClassifierInput {
	s.CsvClassifier = v
	return s
}

// SetGrokClassifier sets the GrokClassifier field's value.
func (s *UpdateClassifierInput) SetGrokClassifier(v *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) *UpdateClassifierInput {
	s.GrokClassifier = v
	return s
}

// SetJsonClassifier sets the JsonClassifier field's value.
func (s *UpdateClassifierInput) SetJsonClassifier(v *UpdateJsonClassifierRequest) *UpdateClassifierInput {
	s.JsonClassifier = v
	return s
}

// SetXMLClassifier sets the XMLClassifier field's value.
func (s *UpdateClassifierInput) SetXMLClassifier(v *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) *UpdateClassifierInput {
	s.XMLClassifier = v
	return s
}

type UpdateClassifierOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateClassifierOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateClassifierOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none
	// is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A list of the column statistics.
	//
	// ColumnStatisticsList is a required field
	ColumnStatisticsList []*ColumnStatistics `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of partition values identifying the partition.
	//
	// PartitionValues is a required field
	PartitionValues []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The name of the partitions' table.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.ColumnStatisticsList == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ColumnStatisticsList"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.PartitionValues == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartitionValues"))
	}
	if s.TableName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
	}
	if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
	}
	if s.ColumnStatisticsList != nil {
		for i, v := range s.ColumnStatisticsList {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "ColumnStatisticsList", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetColumnStatisticsList sets the ColumnStatisticsList field's value.
func (s *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetColumnStatisticsList(v []*ColumnStatistics) *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput {
	s.ColumnStatisticsList = v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetPartitionValues sets the PartitionValues field's value.
func (s *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetPartitionValues(v []*string) *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput {
	s.PartitionValues = v
	return s
}

// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput {
	s.TableName = &v
	return s
}

type UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Error occurred during updating column statistics data.
	Errors []*ColumnStatisticsError `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
func (s *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput) SetErrors(v []*ColumnStatisticsError) *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput {
	s.Errors = v
	return s
}

type UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none
	// is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A list of the column statistics.
	//
	// ColumnStatisticsList is a required field
	ColumnStatisticsList []*ColumnStatistics `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the partitions' table.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.ColumnStatisticsList == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ColumnStatisticsList"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.TableName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
	}
	if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
	}
	if s.ColumnStatisticsList != nil {
		for i, v := range s.ColumnStatisticsList {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "ColumnStatisticsList", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetColumnStatisticsList sets the ColumnStatisticsList field's value.
func (s *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetColumnStatisticsList(v []*ColumnStatistics) *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput {
	s.ColumnStatisticsList = v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput) SetTableName(v string) *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput {
	s.TableName = &v
	return s
}

type UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// List of ColumnStatisticsErrors.
	Errors []*ColumnStatisticsError `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
func (s *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableOutput) SetErrors(v []*ColumnStatisticsError) *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableOutput {
	s.Errors = v
	return s
}

type UpdateConnectionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connection resides. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A ConnectionInput object that redefines the connection in question.
	//
	// ConnectionInput is a required field
	ConnectionInput *ConnectionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// The name of the connection definition to update.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateConnectionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateConnectionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateConnectionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateConnectionInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.ConnectionInput == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ConnectionInput"))
	}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}
	if s.ConnectionInput != nil {
		if err := s.ConnectionInput.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("ConnectionInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *UpdateConnectionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *UpdateConnectionInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetConnectionInput sets the ConnectionInput field's value.
func (s *UpdateConnectionInput) SetConnectionInput(v *ConnectionInput) *UpdateConnectionInput {
	s.ConnectionInput = v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *UpdateConnectionInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateConnectionInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type UpdateConnectionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateConnectionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateConnectionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type UpdateCrawlerInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of custom classifiers that the user has registered. By default, all
	// built-in classifiers are included in a crawl, but these custom classifiers
	// always override the default classifiers for a given classification.
	Classifiers []*string `type:"list"`

	// Crawler configuration information. This versioned JSON string allows users
	// to specify aspects of a crawler's behavior. For more information, see Configuring
	// a Crawler (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/crawler-configuration.html).
	Configuration *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used by this crawler.
	CrawlerSecurityConfiguration *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS Glue database where results are stored, such as: arn:aws:daylight:us-east-1::database/sometable/*.
	DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`

	// A description of the new crawler.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies data lineage configuration settings for the crawler.
	LineageConfiguration *LineageConfiguration `type:"structure"`

	// Name of the new crawler.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A policy that specifies whether to crawl the entire dataset again, or to
	// crawl only folders that were added since the last crawler run.
	RecrawlPolicy *RecrawlPolicy `type:"structure"`

	// The IAM role or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role that is used by
	// the new crawler to access customer resources.
	Role *string `type:"string"`

	// A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules
	// for Jobs and Crawlers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html).
	// For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify:
	// cron(15 12 * * ? *).
	Schedule *string `type:"string"`

	// The policy for the crawler's update and deletion behavior.
	SchemaChangePolicy *SchemaChangePolicy `type:"structure"`

	// The table prefix used for catalog tables that are created.
	TablePrefix *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of targets to crawl.
	Targets *CrawlerTargets `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateCrawlerInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateCrawlerInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateCrawlerInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}
	if s.Targets != nil {
		if err := s.Targets.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Targets", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetClassifiers sets the Classifiers field's value.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetClassifiers(v []*string) *UpdateCrawlerInput {
	s.Classifiers = v
	return s
}

// SetConfiguration sets the Configuration field's value.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetConfiguration(v string) *UpdateCrawlerInput {
	s.Configuration = &v
	return s
}

// SetCrawlerSecurityConfiguration sets the CrawlerSecurityConfiguration field's value.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetCrawlerSecurityConfiguration(v string) *UpdateCrawlerInput {
	s.CrawlerSecurityConfiguration = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *UpdateCrawlerInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdateCrawlerInput {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetLineageConfiguration sets the LineageConfiguration field's value.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetLineageConfiguration(v *LineageConfiguration) *UpdateCrawlerInput {
	s.LineageConfiguration = v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateCrawlerInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetRecrawlPolicy sets the RecrawlPolicy field's value.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetRecrawlPolicy(v *RecrawlPolicy) *UpdateCrawlerInput {
	s.RecrawlPolicy = v
	return s
}

// SetRole sets the Role field's value.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetRole(v string) *UpdateCrawlerInput {
	s.Role = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetSchedule(v string) *UpdateCrawlerInput {
	s.Schedule = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaChangePolicy sets the SchemaChangePolicy field's value.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetSchemaChangePolicy(v *SchemaChangePolicy) *UpdateCrawlerInput {
	s.SchemaChangePolicy = v
	return s
}

// SetTablePrefix sets the TablePrefix field's value.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetTablePrefix(v string) *UpdateCrawlerInput {
	s.TablePrefix = &v
	return s
}

// SetTargets sets the Targets field's value.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetTargets(v *CrawlerTargets) *UpdateCrawlerInput {
	s.Targets = v
	return s
}

type UpdateCrawlerOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateCrawlerOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateCrawlerOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the crawler whose schedule to update.
	//
	// CrawlerName is a required field
	CrawlerName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The updated cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based
	// Schedules for Jobs and Crawlers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html).
	// For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify:
	// cron(15 12 * * ? *).
	Schedule *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput"}
	if s.CrawlerName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CrawlerName"))
	}
	if s.CrawlerName != nil && len(*s.CrawlerName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CrawlerName", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCrawlerName sets the CrawlerName field's value.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) SetCrawlerName(v string) *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput {
	s.CrawlerName = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.
func (s *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) SetSchedule(v string) *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput {
	s.Schedule = &v
	return s
}

type UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Specifies a custom CSV classifier to be updated.
type UpdateCsvClassifierRequest struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Enables the processing of files that contain only one column.
	AllowSingleColumn *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates whether the CSV file contains a header.
	ContainsHeader *string `type:"string" enum:"CsvHeaderOption"`

	// A custom symbol to denote what separates each column entry in the row.
	Delimiter *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Specifies not to trim values before identifying the type of column values.
	// The default value is true.
	DisableValueTrimming *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of strings representing column names.
	Header []*string `type:"list"`

	// The name of the classifier.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A custom symbol to denote what combines content into a single column value.
	// It must be different from the column delimiter.
	QuoteSymbol *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateCsvClassifierRequest"}
	if s.Delimiter != nil && len(*s.Delimiter) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Delimiter", 1))
	}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}
	if s.QuoteSymbol != nil && len(*s.QuoteSymbol) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("QuoteSymbol", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAllowSingleColumn sets the AllowSingleColumn field's value.
func (s *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) SetAllowSingleColumn(v bool) *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest {
	s.AllowSingleColumn = &v
	return s
}

// SetContainsHeader sets the ContainsHeader field's value.
func (s *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) SetContainsHeader(v string) *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest {
	s.ContainsHeader = &v
	return s
}

// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
func (s *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) SetDelimiter(v string) *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest {
	s.Delimiter = &v
	return s
}

// SetDisableValueTrimming sets the DisableValueTrimming field's value.
func (s *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) SetDisableValueTrimming(v bool) *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest {
	s.DisableValueTrimming = &v
	return s
}

// SetHeader sets the Header field's value.
func (s *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) SetHeader(v []*string) *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest {
	s.Header = v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) SetName(v string) *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetQuoteSymbol sets the QuoteSymbol field's value.
func (s *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) SetQuoteSymbol(v string) *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest {
	s.QuoteSymbol = &v
	return s
}

type UpdateDatabaseInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the metadata database resides. If none
	// is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// A DatabaseInput object specifying the new definition of the metadata database
	// in the catalog.
	//
	// DatabaseInput is a required field
	DatabaseInput *DatabaseInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// The name of the database to update in the catalog. For Hive compatibility,
	// this is folded to lowercase.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateDatabaseInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateDatabaseInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateDatabaseInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateDatabaseInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseInput == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseInput"))
	}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseInput != nil {
		if err := s.DatabaseInput.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("DatabaseInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *UpdateDatabaseInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *UpdateDatabaseInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseInput sets the DatabaseInput field's value.
func (s *UpdateDatabaseInput) SetDatabaseInput(v *DatabaseInput) *UpdateDatabaseInput {
	s.DatabaseInput = v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *UpdateDatabaseInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateDatabaseInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type UpdateDatabaseOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateDatabaseOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateDatabaseOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type UpdateDevEndpointInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The map of arguments to add the map of arguments used to configure the DevEndpoint.
	//
	// Valid arguments are:
	//
	//    * "--enable-glue-datacatalog": ""
	//
	//    * "GLUE_PYTHON_VERSION": "3"
	//
	//    * "GLUE_PYTHON_VERSION": "2"
	//
	// You can specify a version of Python support for development endpoints by
	// using the Arguments parameter in the CreateDevEndpoint or UpdateDevEndpoint
	// APIs. If no arguments are provided, the version defaults to Python 2.
	AddArguments map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// The list of public keys for the DevEndpoint to use.
	AddPublicKeys []*string `type:"list"`

	// Custom Python or Java libraries to be loaded in the DevEndpoint.
	CustomLibraries *DevEndpointCustomLibraries `type:"structure"`

	// The list of argument keys to be deleted from the map of arguments used to
	// configure the DevEndpoint.
	DeleteArguments []*string `type:"list"`

	// The list of public keys to be deleted from the DevEndpoint.
	DeletePublicKeys []*string `type:"list"`

	// The name of the DevEndpoint to be updated.
	//
	// EndpointName is a required field
	EndpointName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The public key for the DevEndpoint to use.
	PublicKey *string `type:"string"`

	// True if the list of custom libraries to be loaded in the development endpoint
	// needs to be updated, or False if otherwise.
	UpdateEtlLibraries *bool `type:"boolean"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateDevEndpointInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateDevEndpointInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateDevEndpointInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateDevEndpointInput"}
	if s.EndpointName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EndpointName"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAddArguments sets the AddArguments field's value.
func (s *UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetAddArguments(v map[string]*string) *UpdateDevEndpointInput {
	s.AddArguments = v
	return s
}

// SetAddPublicKeys sets the AddPublicKeys field's value.
func (s *UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetAddPublicKeys(v []*string) *UpdateDevEndpointInput {
	s.AddPublicKeys = v
	return s
}

// SetCustomLibraries sets the CustomLibraries field's value.
func (s *UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetCustomLibraries(v *DevEndpointCustomLibraries) *UpdateDevEndpointInput {
	s.CustomLibraries = v
	return s
}

// SetDeleteArguments sets the DeleteArguments field's value.
func (s *UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetDeleteArguments(v []*string) *UpdateDevEndpointInput {
	s.DeleteArguments = v
	return s
}

// SetDeletePublicKeys sets the DeletePublicKeys field's value.
func (s *UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetDeletePublicKeys(v []*string) *UpdateDevEndpointInput {
	s.DeletePublicKeys = v
	return s
}

// SetEndpointName sets the EndpointName field's value.
func (s *UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetEndpointName(v string) *UpdateDevEndpointInput {
	s.EndpointName = &v
	return s
}

// SetPublicKey sets the PublicKey field's value.
func (s *UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetPublicKey(v string) *UpdateDevEndpointInput {
	s.PublicKey = &v
	return s
}

// SetUpdateEtlLibraries sets the UpdateEtlLibraries field's value.
func (s *UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetUpdateEtlLibraries(v bool) *UpdateDevEndpointInput {
	s.UpdateEtlLibraries = &v
	return s
}

type UpdateDevEndpointOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateDevEndpointOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateDevEndpointOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Specifies a grok classifier to update when passed to UpdateClassifier.
type UpdateGrokClassifierRequest struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches, such as Twitter,
	// JSON, Omniture logs, Amazon CloudWatch Logs, and so on.
	Classification *string `type:"string"`

	// Optional custom grok patterns used by this classifier.
	CustomPatterns *string `type:"string"`

	// The grok pattern used by this classifier.
	GrokPattern *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the GrokClassifier.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateGrokClassifierRequest"}
	if s.GrokPattern != nil && len(*s.GrokPattern) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GrokPattern", 1))
	}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetClassification sets the Classification field's value.
func (s *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) SetClassification(v string) *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest {
	s.Classification = &v
	return s
}

// SetCustomPatterns sets the CustomPatterns field's value.
func (s *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) SetCustomPatterns(v string) *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest {
	s.CustomPatterns = &v
	return s
}

// SetGrokPattern sets the GrokPattern field's value.
func (s *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) SetGrokPattern(v string) *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest {
	s.GrokPattern = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) SetName(v string) *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type UpdateJobInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the job definition to update.
	//
	// JobName is a required field
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies the values with which to update the job definition.
	//
	// JobUpdate is a required field
	JobUpdate *JobUpdate `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateJobInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateJobInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateJobInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateJobInput"}
	if s.JobName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobName"))
	}
	if s.JobName != nil && len(*s.JobName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobName", 1))
	}
	if s.JobUpdate == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobUpdate"))
	}
	if s.JobUpdate != nil {
		if err := s.JobUpdate.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("JobUpdate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *UpdateJobInput) SetJobName(v string) *UpdateJobInput {
	s.JobName = &v
	return s
}

// SetJobUpdate sets the JobUpdate field's value.
func (s *UpdateJobInput) SetJobUpdate(v *JobUpdate) *UpdateJobInput {
	s.JobUpdate = v
	return s
}

type UpdateJobOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Returns the name of the updated job definition.
	JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateJobOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateJobOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value.
func (s *UpdateJobOutput) SetJobName(v string) *UpdateJobOutput {
	s.JobName = &v
	return s
}

// Specifies a JSON classifier to be updated.
type UpdateJsonClassifierRequest struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A JsonPath string defining the JSON data for the classifier to classify.
	// AWS Glue supports a subset of JsonPath, as described in Writing JsonPath
	// Custom Classifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/custom-classifier.html#custom-classifier-json).
	JsonPath *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the classifier.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateJsonClassifierRequest) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateJsonClassifierRequest) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateJsonClassifierRequest) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateJsonClassifierRequest"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetJsonPath sets the JsonPath field's value.
func (s *UpdateJsonClassifierRequest) SetJsonPath(v string) *UpdateJsonClassifierRequest {
	s.JsonPath = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *UpdateJsonClassifierRequest) SetName(v string) *UpdateJsonClassifierRequest {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type UpdateMLTransformInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A description of the transform. The default is an empty string.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// This value determines which version of AWS Glue this machine learning transform
	// is compatible with. Glue 1.0 is recommended for most customers. If the value
	// is not set, the Glue compatibility defaults to Glue 0.9. For more information,
	// see AWS Glue Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/release-notes.html#release-notes-versions)
	// in the developer guide.
	GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) that are allocated to
	// task runs for this transform. You can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs; the default
	// is 10. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4
	// vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see
	// the AWS Glue pricing page (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
	//
	// When the WorkerType field is set to a value other than Standard, the MaxCapacity
	// field is set automatically and becomes read-only.
	MaxCapacity *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The maximum number of times to retry a task for this transform after a task
	// run fails.
	MaxRetries *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The unique name that you gave the transform when you created it.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when this
	// task runs.
	NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The configuration parameters that are specific to the transform type (algorithm)
	// used. Conditionally dependent on the transform type.
	Parameters *TransformParameters `type:"structure"`

	// The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role with the required
	// permissions.
	Role *string `type:"string"`

	// The timeout for a task run for this transform in minutes. This is the maximum
	// time that a task run for this transform can consume resources before it is
	// terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The default is 2,880 minutes (48 hours).
	Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A unique identifier that was generated when the transform was created.
	//
	// TransformId is a required field
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated when this task runs. Accepts
	// a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.
	//
	//    * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//    memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.1X worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory
	//    and a 64GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
	//
	//    * For the G.2X worker type, each worker provides 8 vCPU, 32 GB of memory
	//    and a 128GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
	WorkerType *string `type:"string" enum:"WorkerType"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateMLTransformInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateMLTransformInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateMLTransformInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateMLTransformInput"}
	if s.GlueVersion != nil && len(*s.GlueVersion) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GlueVersion", 1))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}
	if s.Timeout != nil && *s.Timeout < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Timeout", 1))
	}
	if s.TransformId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TransformId"))
	}
	if s.TransformId != nil && len(*s.TransformId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TransformId", 1))
	}
	if s.Parameters != nil {
		if err := s.Parameters.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Parameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *UpdateMLTransformInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdateMLTransformInput {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetGlueVersion sets the GlueVersion field's value.
func (s *UpdateMLTransformInput) SetGlueVersion(v string) *UpdateMLTransformInput {
	s.GlueVersion = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxCapacity sets the MaxCapacity field's value.
func (s *UpdateMLTransformInput) SetMaxCapacity(v float64) *UpdateMLTransformInput {
	s.MaxCapacity = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxRetries sets the MaxRetries field's value.
func (s *UpdateMLTransformInput) SetMaxRetries(v int64) *UpdateMLTransformInput {
	s.MaxRetries = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *UpdateMLTransformInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateMLTransformInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumberOfWorkers sets the NumberOfWorkers field's value.
func (s *UpdateMLTransformInput) SetNumberOfWorkers(v int64) *UpdateMLTransformInput {
	s.NumberOfWorkers = &v
	return s
}

// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func (s *UpdateMLTransformInput) SetParameters(v *TransformParameters) *UpdateMLTransformInput {
	s.Parameters = v
	return s
}

// SetRole sets the Role field's value.
func (s *UpdateMLTransformInput) SetRole(v string) *UpdateMLTransformInput {
	s.Role = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimeout sets the Timeout field's value.
func (s *UpdateMLTransformInput) SetTimeout(v int64) *UpdateMLTransformInput {
	s.Timeout = &v
	return s
}

// SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.
func (s *UpdateMLTransformInput) SetTransformId(v string) *UpdateMLTransformInput {
	s.TransformId = &v
	return s
}

// SetWorkerType sets the WorkerType field's value.
func (s *UpdateMLTransformInput) SetWorkerType(v string) *UpdateMLTransformInput {
	s.WorkerType = &v
	return s
}

type UpdateMLTransformOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The unique identifier for the transform that was updated.
	TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateMLTransformOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateMLTransformOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetTransformId sets the TransformId field's value.
func (s *UpdateMLTransformOutput) SetTransformId(v string) *UpdateMLTransformOutput {
	s.TransformId = &v
	return s
}

type UpdatePartitionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partition to be updated resides. If
	// none is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database in which the table in question resides.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The new partition object to update the partition to.
	//
	// The Values property can't be changed. If you want to change the partition
	// key values for a partition, delete and recreate the partition.
	//
	// PartitionInput is a required field
	PartitionInput *PartitionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// List of partition key values that define the partition to update.
	//
	// PartitionValueList is a required field
	PartitionValueList []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The name of the table in which the partition to be updated is located.
	//
	// TableName is a required field
	TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdatePartitionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdatePartitionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdatePartitionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdatePartitionInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.PartitionInput == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartitionInput"))
	}
	if s.PartitionValueList == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartitionValueList"))
	}
	if s.TableName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
	}
	if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1))
	}
	if s.PartitionInput != nil {
		if err := s.PartitionInput.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("PartitionInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *UpdatePartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *UpdatePartitionInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *UpdatePartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *UpdatePartitionInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetPartitionInput sets the PartitionInput field's value.
func (s *UpdatePartitionInput) SetPartitionInput(v *PartitionInput) *UpdatePartitionInput {
	s.PartitionInput = v
	return s
}

// SetPartitionValueList sets the PartitionValueList field's value.
func (s *UpdatePartitionInput) SetPartitionValueList(v []*string) *UpdatePartitionInput {
	s.PartitionValueList = v
	return s
}

// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *UpdatePartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *UpdatePartitionInput {
	s.TableName = &v
	return s
}

type UpdatePartitionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdatePartitionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdatePartitionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type UpdateRegistryInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A description of the registry. If description is not provided, this field
	// will not be updated.
	//
	// Description is a required field
	Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// This is a wrapper structure that may contain the registry name and Amazon
	// Resource Name (ARN).
	//
	// RegistryId is a required field
	RegistryId *RegistryId `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateRegistryInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateRegistryInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateRegistryInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateRegistryInput"}
	if s.Description == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description"))
	}
	if s.RegistryId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RegistryId"))
	}
	if s.RegistryId != nil {
		if err := s.RegistryId.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("RegistryId", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *UpdateRegistryInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdateRegistryInput {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetRegistryId sets the RegistryId field's value.
func (s *UpdateRegistryInput) SetRegistryId(v *RegistryId) *UpdateRegistryInput {
	s.RegistryId = v
	return s
}

type UpdateRegistryOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The Amazon Resource name (ARN) of the updated registry.
	RegistryArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the updated registry.
	RegistryName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateRegistryOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateRegistryOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetRegistryArn sets the RegistryArn field's value.
func (s *UpdateRegistryOutput) SetRegistryArn(v string) *UpdateRegistryOutput {
	s.RegistryArn = &v
	return s
}

// SetRegistryName sets the RegistryName field's value.
func (s *UpdateRegistryOutput) SetRegistryName(v string) *UpdateRegistryOutput {
	s.RegistryName = &v
	return s
}

type UpdateSchemaInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The new compatibility setting for the schema.
	Compatibility *string `type:"string" enum:"Compatibility"`

	// The new description for the schema.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// This is a wrapper structure to contain schema identity fields. The structure
	// contains:
	//
	//    * SchemaId$SchemaArn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema. One
	//    of SchemaArn or SchemaName has to be provided.
	//
	//    * SchemaId$SchemaName: The name of the schema. One of SchemaArn or SchemaName
	//    has to be provided.
	//
	// SchemaId is a required field
	SchemaId *SchemaId `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// Version number required for check pointing. One of VersionNumber or Compatibility
	// has to be provided.
	SchemaVersionNumber *SchemaVersionNumber `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateSchemaInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateSchemaInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateSchemaInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateSchemaInput"}
	if s.SchemaId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SchemaId"))
	}
	if s.SchemaId != nil {
		if err := s.SchemaId.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("SchemaId", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.SchemaVersionNumber != nil {
		if err := s.SchemaVersionNumber.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("SchemaVersionNumber", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCompatibility sets the Compatibility field's value.
func (s *UpdateSchemaInput) SetCompatibility(v string) *UpdateSchemaInput {
	s.Compatibility = &v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *UpdateSchemaInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdateSchemaInput {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaId sets the SchemaId field's value.
func (s *UpdateSchemaInput) SetSchemaId(v *SchemaId) *UpdateSchemaInput {
	s.SchemaId = v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaVersionNumber sets the SchemaVersionNumber field's value.
func (s *UpdateSchemaInput) SetSchemaVersionNumber(v *SchemaVersionNumber) *UpdateSchemaInput {
	s.SchemaVersionNumber = v
	return s
}

type UpdateSchemaOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the registry that contains the schema.
	RegistryName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema.
	SchemaArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the schema.
	SchemaName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateSchemaOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateSchemaOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetRegistryName sets the RegistryName field's value.
func (s *UpdateSchemaOutput) SetRegistryName(v string) *UpdateSchemaOutput {
	s.RegistryName = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaArn sets the SchemaArn field's value.
func (s *UpdateSchemaOutput) SetSchemaArn(v string) *UpdateSchemaOutput {
	s.SchemaArn = &v
	return s
}

// SetSchemaName sets the SchemaName field's value.
func (s *UpdateSchemaOutput) SetSchemaName(v string) *UpdateSchemaOutput {
	s.SchemaName = &v
	return s
}

type UpdateTableInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the table resides. If none is provided,
	// the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility,
	// this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// By default, UpdateTable always creates an archived version of the table before
	// updating it. However, if skipArchive is set to true, UpdateTable does not
	// create the archived version.
	SkipArchive *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// An updated TableInput object to define the metadata table in the catalog.
	//
	// TableInput is a required field
	TableInput *TableInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateTableInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateTableInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateTableInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateTableInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.TableInput == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableInput"))
	}
	if s.TableInput != nil {
		if err := s.TableInput.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("TableInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *UpdateTableInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *UpdateTableInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *UpdateTableInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *UpdateTableInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetSkipArchive sets the SkipArchive field's value.
func (s *UpdateTableInput) SetSkipArchive(v bool) *UpdateTableInput {
	s.SkipArchive = &v
	return s
}

// SetTableInput sets the TableInput field's value.
func (s *UpdateTableInput) SetTableInput(v *TableInput) *UpdateTableInput {
	s.TableInput = v
	return s
}

type UpdateTableOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateTableOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateTableOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type UpdateTriggerInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the trigger to update.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The new values with which to update the trigger.
	//
	// TriggerUpdate is a required field
	TriggerUpdate *TriggerUpdate `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateTriggerInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateTriggerInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateTriggerInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateTriggerInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}
	if s.TriggerUpdate == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TriggerUpdate"))
	}
	if s.TriggerUpdate != nil {
		if err := s.TriggerUpdate.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("TriggerUpdate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *UpdateTriggerInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateTriggerInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetTriggerUpdate sets the TriggerUpdate field's value.
func (s *UpdateTriggerInput) SetTriggerUpdate(v *TriggerUpdate) *UpdateTriggerInput {
	s.TriggerUpdate = v
	return s
}

type UpdateTriggerOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The resulting trigger definition.
	Trigger *Trigger `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateTriggerOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateTriggerOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetTrigger sets the Trigger field's value.
func (s *UpdateTriggerOutput) SetTrigger(v *Trigger) *UpdateTriggerOutput {
	s.Trigger = v
	return s
}

type UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the function to be updated is located. If
	// none is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the catalog database where the function to be updated is located.
	//
	// DatabaseName is a required field
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A FunctionInput object that redefines the function in the Data Catalog.
	//
	// FunctionInput is a required field
	FunctionInput *UserDefinedFunctionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// The name of the function.
	//
	// FunctionName is a required field
	FunctionName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput"}
	if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName"))
	}
	if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1))
	}
	if s.FunctionInput == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FunctionInput"))
	}
	if s.FunctionName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FunctionName"))
	}
	if s.FunctionName != nil && len(*s.FunctionName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("FunctionName", 1))
	}
	if s.FunctionInput != nil {
		if err := s.FunctionInput.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("FunctionInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetFunctionInput sets the FunctionInput field's value.
func (s *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetFunctionInput(v *UserDefinedFunctionInput) *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput {
	s.FunctionInput = v
	return s
}

// SetFunctionName sets the FunctionName field's value.
func (s *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetFunctionName(v string) *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput {
	s.FunctionName = &v
	return s
}

type UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type UpdateWorkflowInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A collection of properties to be used as part of each execution of the workflow.
	DefaultRunProperties map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// The description of the workflow.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// You can use this parameter to prevent unwanted multiple updates to data,
	// to control costs, or in some cases, to prevent exceeding the maximum number
	// of concurrent runs of any of the component jobs. If you leave this parameter
	// blank, there is no limit to the number of concurrent workflow runs.
	MaxConcurrentRuns *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Name of the workflow to be updated.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateWorkflowInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateWorkflowInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateWorkflowInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateWorkflowInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetDefaultRunProperties sets the DefaultRunProperties field's value.
func (s *UpdateWorkflowInput) SetDefaultRunProperties(v map[string]*string) *UpdateWorkflowInput {
	s.DefaultRunProperties = v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *UpdateWorkflowInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdateWorkflowInput {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxConcurrentRuns sets the MaxConcurrentRuns field's value.
func (s *UpdateWorkflowInput) SetMaxConcurrentRuns(v int64) *UpdateWorkflowInput {
	s.MaxConcurrentRuns = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *UpdateWorkflowInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateWorkflowInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

type UpdateWorkflowOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the workflow which was specified in input.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateWorkflowOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateWorkflowOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *UpdateWorkflowOutput) SetName(v string) *UpdateWorkflowOutput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// Specifies an XML classifier to be updated.
type UpdateXMLClassifierRequest struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches.
	Classification *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the classifier.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The XML tag designating the element that contains each record in an XML document
	// being parsed. This cannot identify a self-closing element (closed by />).
	// An empty row element that contains only attributes can be parsed as long
	// as it ends with a closing tag (for example, <row item_a="A" item_b="B"></row>
	// is okay, but <row item_a="A" item_b="B" /> is not).
	RowTag *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateXMLClassifierRequest"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetClassification sets the Classification field's value.
func (s *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) SetClassification(v string) *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest {
	s.Classification = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) SetName(v string) *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetRowTag sets the RowTag field's value.
func (s *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) SetRowTag(v string) *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest {
	s.RowTag = &v
	return s
}

// Represents the equivalent of a Hive user-defined function (UDF) definition.
type UserDefinedFunction struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the function resides.
	CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The Java class that contains the function code.
	ClassName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The time at which the function was created.
	CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The name of the catalog database that contains the function.
	DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the function.
	FunctionName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The owner of the function.
	OwnerName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The owner type.
	OwnerType *string `type:"string" enum:"PrincipalType"`

	// The resource URIs for the function.
	ResourceUris []*ResourceUri `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UserDefinedFunction) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UserDefinedFunction) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value.
func (s *UserDefinedFunction) SetCatalogId(v string) *UserDefinedFunction {
	s.CatalogId = &v
	return s
}

// SetClassName sets the ClassName field's value.
func (s *UserDefinedFunction) SetClassName(v string) *UserDefinedFunction {
	s.ClassName = &v
	return s
}

// SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value.
func (s *UserDefinedFunction) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *UserDefinedFunction {
	s.CreateTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
func (s *UserDefinedFunction) SetDatabaseName(v string) *UserDefinedFunction {
	s.DatabaseName = &v
	return s
}

// SetFunctionName sets the FunctionName field's value.
func (s *UserDefinedFunction) SetFunctionName(v string) *UserDefinedFunction {
	s.FunctionName = &v
	return s
}

// SetOwnerName sets the OwnerName field's value.
func (s *UserDefinedFunction) SetOwnerName(v string) *UserDefinedFunction {
	s.OwnerName = &v
	return s
}

// SetOwnerType sets the OwnerType field's value.
func (s *UserDefinedFunction) SetOwnerType(v string) *UserDefinedFunction {
	s.OwnerType = &v
	return s
}

// SetResourceUris sets the ResourceUris field's value.
func (s *UserDefinedFunction) SetResourceUris(v []*ResourceUri) *UserDefinedFunction {
	s.ResourceUris = v
	return s
}

// A structure used to create or update a user-defined function.
type UserDefinedFunctionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The Java class that contains the function code.
	ClassName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The name of the function.
	FunctionName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The owner of the function.
	OwnerName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The owner type.
	OwnerType *string `type:"string" enum:"PrincipalType"`

	// The resource URIs for the function.
	ResourceUris []*ResourceUri `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UserDefinedFunctionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UserDefinedFunctionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UserDefinedFunctionInput"}
	if s.ClassName != nil && len(*s.ClassName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ClassName", 1))
	}
	if s.FunctionName != nil && len(*s.FunctionName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("FunctionName", 1))
	}
	if s.OwnerName != nil && len(*s.OwnerName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OwnerName", 1))
	}
	if s.ResourceUris != nil {
		for i, v := range s.ResourceUris {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "ResourceUris", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetClassName sets the ClassName field's value.
func (s *UserDefinedFunctionInput) SetClassName(v string) *UserDefinedFunctionInput {
	s.ClassName = &v
	return s
}

// SetFunctionName sets the FunctionName field's value.
func (s *UserDefinedFunctionInput) SetFunctionName(v string) *UserDefinedFunctionInput {
	s.FunctionName = &v
	return s
}

// SetOwnerName sets the OwnerName field's value.
func (s *UserDefinedFunctionInput) SetOwnerName(v string) *UserDefinedFunctionInput {
	s.OwnerName = &v
	return s
}

// SetOwnerType sets the OwnerType field's value.
func (s *UserDefinedFunctionInput) SetOwnerType(v string) *UserDefinedFunctionInput {
	s.OwnerType = &v
	return s
}

// SetResourceUris sets the ResourceUris field's value.
func (s *UserDefinedFunctionInput) SetResourceUris(v []*ResourceUri) *UserDefinedFunctionInput {
	s.ResourceUris = v
	return s
}

// A value could not be validated.
type ValidationException struct {
	_            struct{}                  `type:"structure"`
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ValidationException) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ValidationException) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

func newErrorValidationException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error {
	return &ValidationException{
		RespMetadata: v,
	}
}

// Code returns the exception type name.
func (s *ValidationException) Code() string {
	return "ValidationException"
}

// Message returns the exception's message.
func (s *ValidationException) Message() string {
	if s.Message_ != nil {
		return *s.Message_
	}
	return ""
}

// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.
func (s *ValidationException) OrigErr() error {
	return nil
}

func (s *ValidationException) Error() string {
	return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message())
}

// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.
func (s *ValidationException) StatusCode() int {
	return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode
}

// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.
func (s *ValidationException) RequestID() string {
	return s.RespMetadata.RequestID
}

// There was a version conflict.
type VersionMismatchException struct {
	_            struct{}                  `type:"structure"`
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	// A message describing the problem.
	Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s VersionMismatchException) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s VersionMismatchException) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

func newErrorVersionMismatchException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error {
	return &VersionMismatchException{
		RespMetadata: v,
	}
}

// Code returns the exception type name.
func (s *VersionMismatchException) Code() string {
	return "VersionMismatchException"
}

// Message returns the exception's message.
func (s *VersionMismatchException) Message() string {
	if s.Message_ != nil {
		return *s.Message_
	}
	return ""
}

// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.
func (s *VersionMismatchException) OrigErr() error {
	return nil
}

func (s *VersionMismatchException) Error() string {
	return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message())
}

// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.
func (s *VersionMismatchException) StatusCode() int {
	return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode
}

// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.
func (s *VersionMismatchException) RequestID() string {
	return s.RespMetadata.RequestID
}

// A workflow represents a flow in which AWS Glue components should be executed
// to complete a logical task.
type Workflow struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The date and time when the workflow was created.
	CreatedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// A collection of properties to be used as part of each execution of the workflow.
	DefaultRunProperties map[string]*string `type:"map"`

	// A description of the workflow.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The graph representing all the AWS Glue components that belong to the workflow
	// as nodes and directed connections between them as edges.
	Graph *WorkflowGraph `type:"structure"`

	// The date and time when the workflow was last modified.
	LastModifiedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The information about the last execution of the workflow.
	LastRun *WorkflowRun `type:"structure"`

	// You can use this parameter to prevent unwanted multiple updates to data,
	// to control costs, or in some cases, to prevent exceeding the maximum number
	// of concurrent runs of any of the component jobs. If you leave this parameter
	// blank, there is no limit to the number of concurrent workflow runs.
	MaxConcurrentRuns *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name of the workflow representing the flow.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Workflow) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Workflow) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCreatedOn sets the CreatedOn field's value.
func (s *Workflow) SetCreatedOn(v time.Time) *Workflow {
	s.CreatedOn = &v
	return s
}

// SetDefaultRunProperties sets the DefaultRunProperties field's value.
func (s *Workflow) SetDefaultRunProperties(v map[string]*string) *Workflow {
	s.DefaultRunProperties = v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *Workflow) SetDescription(v string) *Workflow {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetGraph sets the Graph field's value.
func (s *Workflow) SetGraph(v *WorkflowGraph) *Workflow {
	s.Graph = v
	return s
}

// SetLastModifiedOn sets the LastModifiedOn field's value.
func (s *Workflow) SetLastModifiedOn(v time.Time) *Workflow {
	s.LastModifiedOn = &v
	return s
}

// SetLastRun sets the LastRun field's value.
func (s *Workflow) SetLastRun(v *WorkflowRun) *Workflow {
	s.LastRun = v
	return s
}

// SetMaxConcurrentRuns sets the MaxConcurrentRuns field's value.
func (s *Workflow) SetMaxConcurrentRuns(v int64) *Workflow {
	s.MaxConcurrentRuns = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *Workflow) SetName(v string) *Workflow {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// A workflow graph represents the complete workflow containing all the AWS
// Glue components present in the workflow and all the directed connections
// between them.
type WorkflowGraph struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of all the directed connections between the nodes belonging to the
	// workflow.
	Edges []*Edge `type:"list"`

	// A list of the the AWS Glue components belong to the workflow represented
	// as nodes.
	Nodes []*Node `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s WorkflowGraph) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s WorkflowGraph) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetEdges sets the Edges field's value.
func (s *WorkflowGraph) SetEdges(v []*Edge) *WorkflowGraph {
	s.Edges = v
	return s
}

// SetNodes sets the Nodes field's value.
func (s *WorkflowGraph) SetNodes(v []*Node) *WorkflowGraph {
	s.Nodes = v
	return s
}

// A workflow run is an execution of a workflow providing all the runtime information.
type WorkflowRun struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The date and time when the workflow run completed.
	CompletedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// This error message describes any error that may have occurred in starting
	// the workflow run. Currently the only error message is "Concurrent runs exceeded
	// for workflow: foo."
	ErrorMessage *string `type:"string"`

	// The graph representing all the AWS Glue components that belong to the workflow
	// as nodes and directed connections between them as edges.
	Graph *WorkflowGraph `type:"structure"`

	// Name of the workflow that was executed.
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The ID of the previous workflow run.
	PreviousRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The date and time when the workflow run was started.
	StartedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The statistics of the run.
	Statistics *WorkflowRunStatistics `type:"structure"`

	// The status of the workflow run.
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"WorkflowRunStatus"`

	// The ID of this workflow run.
	WorkflowRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The workflow run properties which were set during the run.
	WorkflowRunProperties map[string]*string `type:"map"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s WorkflowRun) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s WorkflowRun) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCompletedOn sets the CompletedOn field's value.
func (s *WorkflowRun) SetCompletedOn(v time.Time) *WorkflowRun {
	s.CompletedOn = &v
	return s
}

// SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value.
func (s *WorkflowRun) SetErrorMessage(v string) *WorkflowRun {
	s.ErrorMessage = &v
	return s
}

// SetGraph sets the Graph field's value.
func (s *WorkflowRun) SetGraph(v *WorkflowGraph) *WorkflowRun {
	s.Graph = v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *WorkflowRun) SetName(v string) *WorkflowRun {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetPreviousRunId sets the PreviousRunId field's value.
func (s *WorkflowRun) SetPreviousRunId(v string) *WorkflowRun {
	s.PreviousRunId = &v
	return s
}

// SetStartedOn sets the StartedOn field's value.
func (s *WorkflowRun) SetStartedOn(v time.Time) *WorkflowRun {
	s.StartedOn = &v
	return s
}

// SetStatistics sets the Statistics field's value.
func (s *WorkflowRun) SetStatistics(v *WorkflowRunStatistics) *WorkflowRun {
	s.Statistics = v
	return s
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *WorkflowRun) SetStatus(v string) *WorkflowRun {
	s.Status = &v
	return s
}

// SetWorkflowRunId sets the WorkflowRunId field's value.
func (s *WorkflowRun) SetWorkflowRunId(v string) *WorkflowRun {
	s.WorkflowRunId = &v
	return s
}

// SetWorkflowRunProperties sets the WorkflowRunProperties field's value.
func (s *WorkflowRun) SetWorkflowRunProperties(v map[string]*string) *WorkflowRun {
	s.WorkflowRunProperties = v
	return s
}

// Workflow run statistics provides statistics about the workflow run.
type WorkflowRunStatistics struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Total number of Actions that have failed.
	FailedActions *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Total number Actions in running state.
	RunningActions *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Total number of Actions that have stopped.
	StoppedActions *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Total number of Actions that have succeeded.
	SucceededActions *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Total number of Actions that timed out.
	TimeoutActions *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Total number of Actions in the workflow run.
	TotalActions *int64 `type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s WorkflowRunStatistics) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s WorkflowRunStatistics) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetFailedActions sets the FailedActions field's value.
func (s *WorkflowRunStatistics) SetFailedActions(v int64) *WorkflowRunStatistics {
	s.FailedActions = &v
	return s
}

// SetRunningActions sets the RunningActions field's value.
func (s *WorkflowRunStatistics) SetRunningActions(v int64) *WorkflowRunStatistics {
	s.RunningActions = &v
	return s
}

// SetStoppedActions sets the StoppedActions field's value.
func (s *WorkflowRunStatistics) SetStoppedActions(v int64) *WorkflowRunStatistics {
	s.StoppedActions = &v
	return s
}

// SetSucceededActions sets the SucceededActions field's value.
func (s *WorkflowRunStatistics) SetSucceededActions(v int64) *WorkflowRunStatistics {
	s.SucceededActions = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimeoutActions sets the TimeoutActions field's value.
func (s *WorkflowRunStatistics) SetTimeoutActions(v int64) *WorkflowRunStatistics {
	s.TimeoutActions = &v
	return s
}

// SetTotalActions sets the TotalActions field's value.
func (s *WorkflowRunStatistics) SetTotalActions(v int64) *WorkflowRunStatistics {
	s.TotalActions = &v
	return s
}

// A classifier for XML content.
type XMLClassifier struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches.
	//
	// Classification is a required field
	Classification *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The time that this classifier was registered.
	CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The time that this classifier was last updated.
	LastUpdated *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`

	// The name of the classifier.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The XML tag designating the element that contains each record in an XML document
	// being parsed. This can't identify a self-closing element (closed by />).
	// An empty row element that contains only attributes can be parsed as long
	// as it ends with a closing tag (for example, <row item_a="A" item_b="B"></row>
	// is okay, but <row item_a="A" item_b="B" /> is not).
	RowTag *string `type:"string"`

	// The version of this classifier.
	Version *int64 `type:"long"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s XMLClassifier) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s XMLClassifier) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetClassification sets the Classification field's value.
func (s *XMLClassifier) SetClassification(v string) *XMLClassifier {
	s.Classification = &v
	return s
}

// SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value.
func (s *XMLClassifier) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *XMLClassifier {
	s.CreationTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetLastUpdated sets the LastUpdated field's value.
func (s *XMLClassifier) SetLastUpdated(v time.Time) *XMLClassifier {
	s.LastUpdated = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *XMLClassifier) SetName(v string) *XMLClassifier {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetRowTag sets the RowTag field's value.
func (s *XMLClassifier) SetRowTag(v string) *XMLClassifier {
	s.RowTag = &v
	return s
}

// SetVersion sets the Version field's value.
func (s *XMLClassifier) SetVersion(v int64) *XMLClassifier {
	s.Version = &v
	return s
}

const (
	// BackfillErrorCodeEncryptedPartitionError is a BackfillErrorCode enum value
	BackfillErrorCodeEncryptedPartitionError = "ENCRYPTED_PARTITION_ERROR"

	// BackfillErrorCodeInternalError is a BackfillErrorCode enum value
	BackfillErrorCodeInternalError = "INTERNAL_ERROR"

	// BackfillErrorCodeInvalidPartitionTypeDataError is a BackfillErrorCode enum value
	BackfillErrorCodeInvalidPartitionTypeDataError = "INVALID_PARTITION_TYPE_DATA_ERROR"

	// BackfillErrorCodeMissingPartitionValueError is a BackfillErrorCode enum value
	BackfillErrorCodeMissingPartitionValueError = "MISSING_PARTITION_VALUE_ERROR"

	// BackfillErrorCodeUnsupportedPartitionCharacterError is a BackfillErrorCode enum value
	BackfillErrorCodeUnsupportedPartitionCharacterError = "UNSUPPORTED_PARTITION_CHARACTER_ERROR"
)

// BackfillErrorCode_Values returns all elements of the BackfillErrorCode enum
func BackfillErrorCode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		BackfillErrorCodeEncryptedPartitionError,
		BackfillErrorCodeInternalError,
		BackfillErrorCodeInvalidPartitionTypeDataError,
		BackfillErrorCodeMissingPartitionValueError,
		BackfillErrorCodeUnsupportedPartitionCharacterError,
	}
}

const (
	// CatalogEncryptionModeDisabled is a CatalogEncryptionMode enum value
	CatalogEncryptionModeDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// CatalogEncryptionModeSseKms is a CatalogEncryptionMode enum value
	CatalogEncryptionModeSseKms = "SSE-KMS"
)

// CatalogEncryptionMode_Values returns all elements of the CatalogEncryptionMode enum
func CatalogEncryptionMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CatalogEncryptionModeDisabled,
		CatalogEncryptionModeSseKms,
	}
}

const (
	// CloudWatchEncryptionModeDisabled is a CloudWatchEncryptionMode enum value
	CloudWatchEncryptionModeDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// CloudWatchEncryptionModeSseKms is a CloudWatchEncryptionMode enum value
	CloudWatchEncryptionModeSseKms = "SSE-KMS"
)

// CloudWatchEncryptionMode_Values returns all elements of the CloudWatchEncryptionMode enum
func CloudWatchEncryptionMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CloudWatchEncryptionModeDisabled,
		CloudWatchEncryptionModeSseKms,
	}
}

const (
	// ColumnStatisticsTypeBoolean is a ColumnStatisticsType enum value
	ColumnStatisticsTypeBoolean = "BOOLEAN"

	// ColumnStatisticsTypeDate is a ColumnStatisticsType enum value
	ColumnStatisticsTypeDate = "DATE"

	// ColumnStatisticsTypeDecimal is a ColumnStatisticsType enum value
	ColumnStatisticsTypeDecimal = "DECIMAL"

	// ColumnStatisticsTypeDouble is a ColumnStatisticsType enum value
	ColumnStatisticsTypeDouble = "DOUBLE"

	// ColumnStatisticsTypeLong is a ColumnStatisticsType enum value
	ColumnStatisticsTypeLong = "LONG"

	// ColumnStatisticsTypeString is a ColumnStatisticsType enum value
	ColumnStatisticsTypeString = "STRING"

	// ColumnStatisticsTypeBinary is a ColumnStatisticsType enum value
	ColumnStatisticsTypeBinary = "BINARY"
)

// ColumnStatisticsType_Values returns all elements of the ColumnStatisticsType enum
func ColumnStatisticsType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		ColumnStatisticsTypeBoolean,
		ColumnStatisticsTypeDate,
		ColumnStatisticsTypeDecimal,
		ColumnStatisticsTypeDouble,
		ColumnStatisticsTypeLong,
		ColumnStatisticsTypeString,
		ColumnStatisticsTypeBinary,
	}
}

const (
	// ComparatorEquals is a Comparator enum value
	ComparatorEquals = "EQUALS"

	// ComparatorGreaterThan is a Comparator enum value
	ComparatorGreaterThan = "GREATER_THAN"

	// ComparatorLessThan is a Comparator enum value
	ComparatorLessThan = "LESS_THAN"

	// ComparatorGreaterThanEquals is a Comparator enum value
	ComparatorGreaterThanEquals = "GREATER_THAN_EQUALS"

	// ComparatorLessThanEquals is a Comparator enum value
	ComparatorLessThanEquals = "LESS_THAN_EQUALS"
)

// Comparator_Values returns all elements of the Comparator enum
func Comparator_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		ComparatorEquals,
		ComparatorGreaterThan,
		ComparatorLessThan,
		ComparatorGreaterThanEquals,
		ComparatorLessThanEquals,
	}
}

const (
	// CompatibilityNone is a Compatibility enum value
	CompatibilityNone = "NONE"

	// CompatibilityDisabled is a Compatibility enum value
	CompatibilityDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// CompatibilityBackward is a Compatibility enum value
	CompatibilityBackward = "BACKWARD"

	// CompatibilityBackwardAll is a Compatibility enum value
	CompatibilityBackwardAll = "BACKWARD_ALL"

	// CompatibilityForward is a Compatibility enum value
	CompatibilityForward = "FORWARD"

	// CompatibilityForwardAll is a Compatibility enum value
	CompatibilityForwardAll = "FORWARD_ALL"

	// CompatibilityFull is a Compatibility enum value
	CompatibilityFull = "FULL"

	// CompatibilityFullAll is a Compatibility enum value
	CompatibilityFullAll = "FULL_ALL"
)

// Compatibility_Values returns all elements of the Compatibility enum
func Compatibility_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CompatibilityNone,
		CompatibilityDisabled,
		CompatibilityBackward,
		CompatibilityBackwardAll,
		CompatibilityForward,
		CompatibilityForwardAll,
		CompatibilityFull,
		CompatibilityFullAll,
	}
}

const (
	// ConnectionPropertyKeyHost is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyHost = "HOST"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyPort is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyPort = "PORT"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyUsername is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyUsername = "USERNAME"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyPassword is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyPassword = "PASSWORD"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyEncryptedPassword is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyEncryptedPassword = "ENCRYPTED_PASSWORD"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcDriverJarUri is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcDriverJarUri = "JDBC_DRIVER_JAR_URI"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcDriverClassName is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcDriverClassName = "JDBC_DRIVER_CLASS_NAME"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcEngine is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcEngine = "JDBC_ENGINE"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcEngineVersion is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcEngineVersion = "JDBC_ENGINE_VERSION"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyConfigFiles is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyConfigFiles = "CONFIG_FILES"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyInstanceId is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyInstanceId = "INSTANCE_ID"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcConnectionUrl is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcConnectionUrl = "JDBC_CONNECTION_URL"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcEnforceSsl is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcEnforceSsl = "JDBC_ENFORCE_SSL"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyCustomJdbcCert is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyCustomJdbcCert = "CUSTOM_JDBC_CERT"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeySkipCustomJdbcCertValidation is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeySkipCustomJdbcCertValidation = "SKIP_CUSTOM_JDBC_CERT_VALIDATION"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyCustomJdbcCertString is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyCustomJdbcCertString = "CUSTOM_JDBC_CERT_STRING"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyConnectionUrl is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyConnectionUrl = "CONNECTION_URL"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyKafkaBootstrapServers is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyKafkaBootstrapServers = "KAFKA_BOOTSTRAP_SERVERS"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyKafkaSslEnabled is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyKafkaSslEnabled = "KAFKA_SSL_ENABLED"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyKafkaCustomCert is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyKafkaCustomCert = "KAFKA_CUSTOM_CERT"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyKafkaSkipCustomCertValidation is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyKafkaSkipCustomCertValidation = "KAFKA_SKIP_CUSTOM_CERT_VALIDATION"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeySecretId is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeySecretId = "SECRET_ID"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyConnectorUrl is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyConnectorUrl = "CONNECTOR_URL"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyConnectorType is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyConnectorType = "CONNECTOR_TYPE"

	// ConnectionPropertyKeyConnectorClassName is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value
	ConnectionPropertyKeyConnectorClassName = "CONNECTOR_CLASS_NAME"
)

// ConnectionPropertyKey_Values returns all elements of the ConnectionPropertyKey enum
func ConnectionPropertyKey_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		ConnectionPropertyKeyHost,
		ConnectionPropertyKeyPort,
		ConnectionPropertyKeyUsername,
		ConnectionPropertyKeyPassword,
		ConnectionPropertyKeyEncryptedPassword,
		ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcDriverJarUri,
		ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcDriverClassName,
		ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcEngine,
		ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcEngineVersion,
		ConnectionPropertyKeyConfigFiles,
		ConnectionPropertyKeyInstanceId,
		ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcConnectionUrl,
		ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcEnforceSsl,
		ConnectionPropertyKeyCustomJdbcCert,
		ConnectionPropertyKeySkipCustomJdbcCertValidation,
		ConnectionPropertyKeyCustomJdbcCertString,
		ConnectionPropertyKeyConnectionUrl,
		ConnectionPropertyKeyKafkaBootstrapServers,
		ConnectionPropertyKeyKafkaSslEnabled,
		ConnectionPropertyKeyKafkaCustomCert,
		ConnectionPropertyKeyKafkaSkipCustomCertValidation,
		ConnectionPropertyKeySecretId,
		ConnectionPropertyKeyConnectorUrl,
		ConnectionPropertyKeyConnectorType,
		ConnectionPropertyKeyConnectorClassName,
	}
}

const (
	// ConnectionTypeJdbc is a ConnectionType enum value
	ConnectionTypeJdbc = "JDBC"

	// ConnectionTypeSftp is a ConnectionType enum value
	ConnectionTypeSftp = "SFTP"

	// ConnectionTypeMongodb is a ConnectionType enum value
	ConnectionTypeMongodb = "MONGODB"

	// ConnectionTypeKafka is a ConnectionType enum value
	ConnectionTypeKafka = "KAFKA"

	// ConnectionTypeNetwork is a ConnectionType enum value
	ConnectionTypeNetwork = "NETWORK"

	// ConnectionTypeMarketplace is a ConnectionType enum value
	ConnectionTypeMarketplace = "MARKETPLACE"

	// ConnectionTypeCustom is a ConnectionType enum value
	ConnectionTypeCustom = "CUSTOM"
)

// ConnectionType_Values returns all elements of the ConnectionType enum
func ConnectionType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		ConnectionTypeJdbc,
		ConnectionTypeSftp,
		ConnectionTypeMongodb,
		ConnectionTypeKafka,
		ConnectionTypeNetwork,
		ConnectionTypeMarketplace,
		ConnectionTypeCustom,
	}
}

const (
	// CrawlStateRunning is a CrawlState enum value
	CrawlStateRunning = "RUNNING"

	// CrawlStateCancelling is a CrawlState enum value
	CrawlStateCancelling = "CANCELLING"

	// CrawlStateCancelled is a CrawlState enum value
	CrawlStateCancelled = "CANCELLED"

	// CrawlStateSucceeded is a CrawlState enum value
	CrawlStateSucceeded = "SUCCEEDED"

	// CrawlStateFailed is a CrawlState enum value
	CrawlStateFailed = "FAILED"
)

// CrawlState_Values returns all elements of the CrawlState enum
func CrawlState_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CrawlStateRunning,
		CrawlStateCancelling,
		CrawlStateCancelled,
		CrawlStateSucceeded,
		CrawlStateFailed,
	}
}

const (
	// CrawlerLineageSettingsEnable is a CrawlerLineageSettings enum value
	CrawlerLineageSettingsEnable = "ENABLE"

	// CrawlerLineageSettingsDisable is a CrawlerLineageSettings enum value
	CrawlerLineageSettingsDisable = "DISABLE"
)

// CrawlerLineageSettings_Values returns all elements of the CrawlerLineageSettings enum
func CrawlerLineageSettings_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CrawlerLineageSettingsEnable,
		CrawlerLineageSettingsDisable,
	}
}

const (
	// CrawlerStateReady is a CrawlerState enum value
	CrawlerStateReady = "READY"

	// CrawlerStateRunning is a CrawlerState enum value
	CrawlerStateRunning = "RUNNING"

	// CrawlerStateStopping is a CrawlerState enum value
	CrawlerStateStopping = "STOPPING"
)

// CrawlerState_Values returns all elements of the CrawlerState enum
func CrawlerState_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CrawlerStateReady,
		CrawlerStateRunning,
		CrawlerStateStopping,
	}
}

const (
	// CsvHeaderOptionUnknown is a CsvHeaderOption enum value
	CsvHeaderOptionUnknown = "UNKNOWN"

	// CsvHeaderOptionPresent is a CsvHeaderOption enum value
	CsvHeaderOptionPresent = "PRESENT"

	// CsvHeaderOptionAbsent is a CsvHeaderOption enum value
	CsvHeaderOptionAbsent = "ABSENT"
)

// CsvHeaderOption_Values returns all elements of the CsvHeaderOption enum
func CsvHeaderOption_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CsvHeaderOptionUnknown,
		CsvHeaderOptionPresent,
		CsvHeaderOptionAbsent,
	}
}

const (
	// DataFormatAvro is a DataFormat enum value
	DataFormatAvro = "AVRO"
)

// DataFormat_Values returns all elements of the DataFormat enum
func DataFormat_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DataFormatAvro,
	}
}

const (
	// DeleteBehaviorLog is a DeleteBehavior enum value
	DeleteBehaviorLog = "LOG"

	// DeleteBehaviorDeleteFromDatabase is a DeleteBehavior enum value
	DeleteBehaviorDeleteFromDatabase = "DELETE_FROM_DATABASE"

	// DeleteBehaviorDeprecateInDatabase is a DeleteBehavior enum value
	DeleteBehaviorDeprecateInDatabase = "DEPRECATE_IN_DATABASE"
)

// DeleteBehavior_Values returns all elements of the DeleteBehavior enum
func DeleteBehavior_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DeleteBehaviorLog,
		DeleteBehaviorDeleteFromDatabase,
		DeleteBehaviorDeprecateInDatabase,
	}
}

const (
	// EnableHybridValuesTrue is a EnableHybridValues enum value
	EnableHybridValuesTrue = "TRUE"

	// EnableHybridValuesFalse is a EnableHybridValues enum value
	EnableHybridValuesFalse = "FALSE"
)

// EnableHybridValues_Values returns all elements of the EnableHybridValues enum
func EnableHybridValues_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		EnableHybridValuesTrue,
		EnableHybridValuesFalse,
	}
}

const (
	// ExistConditionMustExist is a ExistCondition enum value
	ExistConditionMustExist = "MUST_EXIST"

	// ExistConditionNotExist is a ExistCondition enum value
	ExistConditionNotExist = "NOT_EXIST"

	// ExistConditionNone is a ExistCondition enum value
	ExistConditionNone = "NONE"
)

// ExistCondition_Values returns all elements of the ExistCondition enum
func ExistCondition_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		ExistConditionMustExist,
		ExistConditionNotExist,
		ExistConditionNone,
	}
}

const (
	// JobBookmarksEncryptionModeDisabled is a JobBookmarksEncryptionMode enum value
	JobBookmarksEncryptionModeDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// JobBookmarksEncryptionModeCseKms is a JobBookmarksEncryptionMode enum value
	JobBookmarksEncryptionModeCseKms = "CSE-KMS"
)

// JobBookmarksEncryptionMode_Values returns all elements of the JobBookmarksEncryptionMode enum
func JobBookmarksEncryptionMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		JobBookmarksEncryptionModeDisabled,
		JobBookmarksEncryptionModeCseKms,
	}
}

const (
	// JobRunStateStarting is a JobRunState enum value
	JobRunStateStarting = "STARTING"

	// JobRunStateRunning is a JobRunState enum value
	JobRunStateRunning = "RUNNING"

	// JobRunStateStopping is a JobRunState enum value
	JobRunStateStopping = "STOPPING"

	// JobRunStateStopped is a JobRunState enum value
	JobRunStateStopped = "STOPPED"

	// JobRunStateSucceeded is a JobRunState enum value
	JobRunStateSucceeded = "SUCCEEDED"

	// JobRunStateFailed is a JobRunState enum value
	JobRunStateFailed = "FAILED"

	// JobRunStateTimeout is a JobRunState enum value
	JobRunStateTimeout = "TIMEOUT"
)

// JobRunState_Values returns all elements of the JobRunState enum
func JobRunState_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		JobRunStateStarting,
		JobRunStateRunning,
		JobRunStateStopping,
		JobRunStateStopped,
		JobRunStateSucceeded,
		JobRunStateFailed,
		JobRunStateTimeout,
	}
}

const (
	// LanguagePython is a Language enum value
	LanguagePython = "PYTHON"

	// LanguageScala is a Language enum value
	LanguageScala = "SCALA"
)

// Language_Values returns all elements of the Language enum
func Language_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		LanguagePython,
		LanguageScala,
	}
}

const (
	// LastCrawlStatusSucceeded is a LastCrawlStatus enum value
	LastCrawlStatusSucceeded = "SUCCEEDED"

	// LastCrawlStatusCancelled is a LastCrawlStatus enum value
	LastCrawlStatusCancelled = "CANCELLED"

	// LastCrawlStatusFailed is a LastCrawlStatus enum value
	LastCrawlStatusFailed = "FAILED"
)

// LastCrawlStatus_Values returns all elements of the LastCrawlStatus enum
func LastCrawlStatus_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		LastCrawlStatusSucceeded,
		LastCrawlStatusCancelled,
		LastCrawlStatusFailed,
	}
}

const (
	// LogicalAnd is a Logical enum value
	LogicalAnd = "AND"

	// LogicalAny is a Logical enum value
	LogicalAny = "ANY"
)

// Logical_Values returns all elements of the Logical enum
func Logical_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		LogicalAnd,
		LogicalAny,
	}
}

const (
	// LogicalOperatorEquals is a LogicalOperator enum value
	LogicalOperatorEquals = "EQUALS"
)

// LogicalOperator_Values returns all elements of the LogicalOperator enum
func LogicalOperator_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		LogicalOperatorEquals,
	}
}

const (
	// MLUserDataEncryptionModeStringDisabled is a MLUserDataEncryptionModeString enum value
	MLUserDataEncryptionModeStringDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// MLUserDataEncryptionModeStringSseKms is a MLUserDataEncryptionModeString enum value
	MLUserDataEncryptionModeStringSseKms = "SSE-KMS"
)

// MLUserDataEncryptionModeString_Values returns all elements of the MLUserDataEncryptionModeString enum
func MLUserDataEncryptionModeString_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		MLUserDataEncryptionModeStringDisabled,
		MLUserDataEncryptionModeStringSseKms,
	}
}

const (
	// NodeTypeCrawler is a NodeType enum value
	NodeTypeCrawler = "CRAWLER"

	// NodeTypeJob is a NodeType enum value
	NodeTypeJob = "JOB"

	// NodeTypeTrigger is a NodeType enum value
	NodeTypeTrigger = "TRIGGER"
)

// NodeType_Values returns all elements of the NodeType enum
func NodeType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		NodeTypeCrawler,
		NodeTypeJob,
		NodeTypeTrigger,
	}
}

const (
	// PartitionIndexStatusCreating is a PartitionIndexStatus enum value
	PartitionIndexStatusCreating = "CREATING"

	// PartitionIndexStatusActive is a PartitionIndexStatus enum value
	PartitionIndexStatusActive = "ACTIVE"

	// PartitionIndexStatusDeleting is a PartitionIndexStatus enum value
	PartitionIndexStatusDeleting = "DELETING"

	// PartitionIndexStatusFailed is a PartitionIndexStatus enum value
	PartitionIndexStatusFailed = "FAILED"
)

// PartitionIndexStatus_Values returns all elements of the PartitionIndexStatus enum
func PartitionIndexStatus_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		PartitionIndexStatusCreating,
		PartitionIndexStatusActive,
		PartitionIndexStatusDeleting,
		PartitionIndexStatusFailed,
	}
}

const (
	// PermissionAll is a Permission enum value
	PermissionAll = "ALL"

	// PermissionSelect is a Permission enum value
	PermissionSelect = "SELECT"

	// PermissionAlter is a Permission enum value
	PermissionAlter = "ALTER"

	// PermissionDrop is a Permission enum value
	PermissionDrop = "DROP"

	// PermissionDelete is a Permission enum value
	PermissionDelete = "DELETE"

	// PermissionInsert is a Permission enum value
	PermissionInsert = "INSERT"

	// PermissionCreateDatabase is a Permission enum value
	PermissionCreateDatabase = "CREATE_DATABASE"

	// PermissionCreateTable is a Permission enum value
	PermissionCreateTable = "CREATE_TABLE"

	// PermissionDataLocationAccess is a Permission enum value
	PermissionDataLocationAccess = "DATA_LOCATION_ACCESS"
)

// Permission_Values returns all elements of the Permission enum
func Permission_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		PermissionAll,
		PermissionSelect,
		PermissionAlter,
		PermissionDrop,
		PermissionDelete,
		PermissionInsert,
		PermissionCreateDatabase,
		PermissionCreateTable,
		PermissionDataLocationAccess,
	}
}

const (
	// PrincipalTypeUser is a PrincipalType enum value
	PrincipalTypeUser = "USER"

	// PrincipalTypeRole is a PrincipalType enum value
	PrincipalTypeRole = "ROLE"

	// PrincipalTypeGroup is a PrincipalType enum value
	PrincipalTypeGroup = "GROUP"
)

// PrincipalType_Values returns all elements of the PrincipalType enum
func PrincipalType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		PrincipalTypeUser,
		PrincipalTypeRole,
		PrincipalTypeGroup,
	}
}

const (
	// RecrawlBehaviorCrawlEverything is a RecrawlBehavior enum value
	RecrawlBehaviorCrawlEverything = "CRAWL_EVERYTHING"

	// RecrawlBehaviorCrawlNewFoldersOnly is a RecrawlBehavior enum value
	RecrawlBehaviorCrawlNewFoldersOnly = "CRAWL_NEW_FOLDERS_ONLY"
)

// RecrawlBehavior_Values returns all elements of the RecrawlBehavior enum
func RecrawlBehavior_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		RecrawlBehaviorCrawlEverything,
		RecrawlBehaviorCrawlNewFoldersOnly,
	}
}

const (
	// RegistryStatusAvailable is a RegistryStatus enum value
	RegistryStatusAvailable = "AVAILABLE"

	// RegistryStatusDeleting is a RegistryStatus enum value
	RegistryStatusDeleting = "DELETING"
)

// RegistryStatus_Values returns all elements of the RegistryStatus enum
func RegistryStatus_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		RegistryStatusAvailable,
		RegistryStatusDeleting,
	}
}

const (
	// ResourceShareTypeForeign is a ResourceShareType enum value
	ResourceShareTypeForeign = "FOREIGN"

	// ResourceShareTypeAll is a ResourceShareType enum value
	ResourceShareTypeAll = "ALL"
)

// ResourceShareType_Values returns all elements of the ResourceShareType enum
func ResourceShareType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		ResourceShareTypeForeign,
		ResourceShareTypeAll,
	}
}

const (
	// ResourceTypeJar is a ResourceType enum value
	ResourceTypeJar = "JAR"

	// ResourceTypeFile is a ResourceType enum value
	ResourceTypeFile = "FILE"

	// ResourceTypeArchive is a ResourceType enum value
	ResourceTypeArchive = "ARCHIVE"
)

// ResourceType_Values returns all elements of the ResourceType enum
func ResourceType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		ResourceTypeJar,
		ResourceTypeFile,
		ResourceTypeArchive,
	}
}

const (
	// S3EncryptionModeDisabled is a S3EncryptionMode enum value
	S3EncryptionModeDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// S3EncryptionModeSseKms is a S3EncryptionMode enum value
	S3EncryptionModeSseKms = "SSE-KMS"

	// S3EncryptionModeSseS3 is a S3EncryptionMode enum value
	S3EncryptionModeSseS3 = "SSE-S3"
)

// S3EncryptionMode_Values returns all elements of the S3EncryptionMode enum
func S3EncryptionMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		S3EncryptionModeDisabled,
		S3EncryptionModeSseKms,
		S3EncryptionModeSseS3,
	}
}

const (
	// ScheduleStateScheduled is a ScheduleState enum value
	ScheduleStateScheduled = "SCHEDULED"

	// ScheduleStateNotScheduled is a ScheduleState enum value
	ScheduleStateNotScheduled = "NOT_SCHEDULED"

	// ScheduleStateTransitioning is a ScheduleState enum value
	ScheduleStateTransitioning = "TRANSITIONING"
)

// ScheduleState_Values returns all elements of the ScheduleState enum
func ScheduleState_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		ScheduleStateScheduled,
		ScheduleStateNotScheduled,
		ScheduleStateTransitioning,
	}
}

const (
	// SchemaDiffTypeSyntaxDiff is a SchemaDiffType enum value
	SchemaDiffTypeSyntaxDiff = "SYNTAX_DIFF"
)

// SchemaDiffType_Values returns all elements of the SchemaDiffType enum
func SchemaDiffType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		SchemaDiffTypeSyntaxDiff,
	}
}

const (
	// SchemaStatusAvailable is a SchemaStatus enum value
	SchemaStatusAvailable = "AVAILABLE"

	// SchemaStatusPending is a SchemaStatus enum value
	SchemaStatusPending = "PENDING"

	// SchemaStatusDeleting is a SchemaStatus enum value
	SchemaStatusDeleting = "DELETING"
)

// SchemaStatus_Values returns all elements of the SchemaStatus enum
func SchemaStatus_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		SchemaStatusAvailable,
		SchemaStatusPending,
		SchemaStatusDeleting,
	}
}

const (
	// SchemaVersionStatusAvailable is a SchemaVersionStatus enum value
	SchemaVersionStatusAvailable = "AVAILABLE"

	// SchemaVersionStatusPending is a SchemaVersionStatus enum value
	SchemaVersionStatusPending = "PENDING"

	// SchemaVersionStatusFailure is a SchemaVersionStatus enum value
	SchemaVersionStatusFailure = "FAILURE"

	// SchemaVersionStatusDeleting is a SchemaVersionStatus enum value
	SchemaVersionStatusDeleting = "DELETING"
)

// SchemaVersionStatus_Values returns all elements of the SchemaVersionStatus enum
func SchemaVersionStatus_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		SchemaVersionStatusAvailable,
		SchemaVersionStatusPending,
		SchemaVersionStatusFailure,
		SchemaVersionStatusDeleting,
	}
}

const (
	// SortAsc is a Sort enum value
	SortAsc = "ASC"

	// SortDesc is a Sort enum value
	SortDesc = "DESC"
)

// Sort_Values returns all elements of the Sort enum
func Sort_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		SortAsc,
		SortDesc,
	}
}

const (
	// SortDirectionTypeDescending is a SortDirectionType enum value
	SortDirectionTypeDescending = "DESCENDING"

	// SortDirectionTypeAscending is a SortDirectionType enum value
	SortDirectionTypeAscending = "ASCENDING"
)

// SortDirectionType_Values returns all elements of the SortDirectionType enum
func SortDirectionType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		SortDirectionTypeDescending,
		SortDirectionTypeAscending,
	}
}

const (
	// TaskRunSortColumnTypeTaskRunType is a TaskRunSortColumnType enum value
	TaskRunSortColumnTypeTaskRunType = "TASK_RUN_TYPE"

	// TaskRunSortColumnTypeStatus is a TaskRunSortColumnType enum value
	TaskRunSortColumnTypeStatus = "STATUS"

	// TaskRunSortColumnTypeStarted is a TaskRunSortColumnType enum value
	TaskRunSortColumnTypeStarted = "STARTED"
)

// TaskRunSortColumnType_Values returns all elements of the TaskRunSortColumnType enum
func TaskRunSortColumnType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		TaskRunSortColumnTypeTaskRunType,
		TaskRunSortColumnTypeStatus,
		TaskRunSortColumnTypeStarted,
	}
}

const (
	// TaskStatusTypeStarting is a TaskStatusType enum value
	TaskStatusTypeStarting = "STARTING"

	// TaskStatusTypeRunning is a TaskStatusType enum value
	TaskStatusTypeRunning = "RUNNING"

	// TaskStatusTypeStopping is a TaskStatusType enum value
	TaskStatusTypeStopping = "STOPPING"

	// TaskStatusTypeStopped is a TaskStatusType enum value
	TaskStatusTypeStopped = "STOPPED"

	// TaskStatusTypeSucceeded is a TaskStatusType enum value
	TaskStatusTypeSucceeded = "SUCCEEDED"

	// TaskStatusTypeFailed is a TaskStatusType enum value
	TaskStatusTypeFailed = "FAILED"

	// TaskStatusTypeTimeout is a TaskStatusType enum value
	TaskStatusTypeTimeout = "TIMEOUT"
)

// TaskStatusType_Values returns all elements of the TaskStatusType enum
func TaskStatusType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		TaskStatusTypeStarting,
		TaskStatusTypeRunning,
		TaskStatusTypeStopping,
		TaskStatusTypeStopped,
		TaskStatusTypeSucceeded,
		TaskStatusTypeFailed,
		TaskStatusTypeTimeout,
	}
}

const (
	// TaskTypeEvaluation is a TaskType enum value
	TaskTypeEvaluation = "EVALUATION"

	// TaskTypeLabelingSetGeneration is a TaskType enum value
	TaskTypeLabelingSetGeneration = "LABELING_SET_GENERATION"

	// TaskTypeImportLabels is a TaskType enum value
	TaskTypeImportLabels = "IMPORT_LABELS"

	// TaskTypeExportLabels is a TaskType enum value
	TaskTypeExportLabels = "EXPORT_LABELS"

	// TaskTypeFindMatches is a TaskType enum value
	TaskTypeFindMatches = "FIND_MATCHES"
)

// TaskType_Values returns all elements of the TaskType enum
func TaskType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		TaskTypeEvaluation,
		TaskTypeLabelingSetGeneration,
		TaskTypeImportLabels,
		TaskTypeExportLabels,
		TaskTypeFindMatches,
	}
}

const (
	// TransformSortColumnTypeName is a TransformSortColumnType enum value
	TransformSortColumnTypeName = "NAME"

	// TransformSortColumnTypeTransformType is a TransformSortColumnType enum value
	TransformSortColumnTypeTransformType = "TRANSFORM_TYPE"

	// TransformSortColumnTypeStatus is a TransformSortColumnType enum value
	TransformSortColumnTypeStatus = "STATUS"

	// TransformSortColumnTypeCreated is a TransformSortColumnType enum value
	TransformSortColumnTypeCreated = "CREATED"

	// TransformSortColumnTypeLastModified is a TransformSortColumnType enum value
	TransformSortColumnTypeLastModified = "LAST_MODIFIED"
)

// TransformSortColumnType_Values returns all elements of the TransformSortColumnType enum
func TransformSortColumnType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		TransformSortColumnTypeName,
		TransformSortColumnTypeTransformType,
		TransformSortColumnTypeStatus,
		TransformSortColumnTypeCreated,
		TransformSortColumnTypeLastModified,
	}
}

const (
	// TransformStatusTypeNotReady is a TransformStatusType enum value
	TransformStatusTypeNotReady = "NOT_READY"

	// TransformStatusTypeReady is a TransformStatusType enum value
	TransformStatusTypeReady = "READY"

	// TransformStatusTypeDeleting is a TransformStatusType enum value
	TransformStatusTypeDeleting = "DELETING"
)

// TransformStatusType_Values returns all elements of the TransformStatusType enum
func TransformStatusType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		TransformStatusTypeNotReady,
		TransformStatusTypeReady,
		TransformStatusTypeDeleting,
	}
}

const (
	// TransformTypeFindMatches is a TransformType enum value
	TransformTypeFindMatches = "FIND_MATCHES"
)

// TransformType_Values returns all elements of the TransformType enum
func TransformType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		TransformTypeFindMatches,
	}
}

const (
	// TriggerStateCreating is a TriggerState enum value
	TriggerStateCreating = "CREATING"

	// TriggerStateCreated is a TriggerState enum value
	TriggerStateCreated = "CREATED"

	// TriggerStateActivating is a TriggerState enum value
	TriggerStateActivating = "ACTIVATING"

	// TriggerStateActivated is a TriggerState enum value
	TriggerStateActivated = "ACTIVATED"

	// TriggerStateDeactivating is a TriggerState enum value
	TriggerStateDeactivating = "DEACTIVATING"

	// TriggerStateDeactivated is a TriggerState enum value
	TriggerStateDeactivated = "DEACTIVATED"

	// TriggerStateDeleting is a TriggerState enum value
	TriggerStateDeleting = "DELETING"

	// TriggerStateUpdating is a TriggerState enum value
	TriggerStateUpdating = "UPDATING"
)

// TriggerState_Values returns all elements of the TriggerState enum
func TriggerState_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		TriggerStateCreating,
		TriggerStateCreated,
		TriggerStateActivating,
		TriggerStateActivated,
		TriggerStateDeactivating,
		TriggerStateDeactivated,
		TriggerStateDeleting,
		TriggerStateUpdating,
	}
}

const (
	// TriggerTypeScheduled is a TriggerType enum value
	TriggerTypeScheduled = "SCHEDULED"

	// TriggerTypeConditional is a TriggerType enum value
	TriggerTypeConditional = "CONDITIONAL"

	// TriggerTypeOnDemand is a TriggerType enum value
	TriggerTypeOnDemand = "ON_DEMAND"
)

// TriggerType_Values returns all elements of the TriggerType enum
func TriggerType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		TriggerTypeScheduled,
		TriggerTypeConditional,
		TriggerTypeOnDemand,
	}
}

const (
	// UpdateBehaviorLog is a UpdateBehavior enum value
	UpdateBehaviorLog = "LOG"

	// UpdateBehaviorUpdateInDatabase is a UpdateBehavior enum value
	UpdateBehaviorUpdateInDatabase = "UPDATE_IN_DATABASE"
)

// UpdateBehavior_Values returns all elements of the UpdateBehavior enum
func UpdateBehavior_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		UpdateBehaviorLog,
		UpdateBehaviorUpdateInDatabase,
	}
}

const (
	// WorkerTypeStandard is a WorkerType enum value
	WorkerTypeStandard = "Standard"

	// WorkerTypeG1x is a WorkerType enum value
	WorkerTypeG1x = "G.1X"

	// WorkerTypeG2x is a WorkerType enum value
	WorkerTypeG2x = "G.2X"
)

// WorkerType_Values returns all elements of the WorkerType enum
func WorkerType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		WorkerTypeStandard,
		WorkerTypeG1x,
		WorkerTypeG2x,
	}
}

const (
	// WorkflowRunStatusRunning is a WorkflowRunStatus enum value
	WorkflowRunStatusRunning = "RUNNING"

	// WorkflowRunStatusCompleted is a WorkflowRunStatus enum value
	WorkflowRunStatusCompleted = "COMPLETED"

	// WorkflowRunStatusStopping is a WorkflowRunStatus enum value
	WorkflowRunStatusStopping = "STOPPING"

	// WorkflowRunStatusStopped is a WorkflowRunStatus enum value
	WorkflowRunStatusStopped = "STOPPED"

	// WorkflowRunStatusError is a WorkflowRunStatus enum value
	WorkflowRunStatusError = "ERROR"
)

// WorkflowRunStatus_Values returns all elements of the WorkflowRunStatus enum
func WorkflowRunStatus_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		WorkflowRunStatusRunning,
		WorkflowRunStatusCompleted,
		WorkflowRunStatusStopping,
		WorkflowRunStatusStopped,
		WorkflowRunStatusError,
	}
}